December 3, 2013 Agenda packet

City Council Agenda Page 1 of 5 December 3, 2013

NOTICE OF A PUBLIC MEETING

AN AGENDA OF A REGULAR MEETING OF THE CITY COUNCIL THE CITY OF SAN ANGELO, TEXAS 9:00 A.M. - Tuesday, December 3, 2013

McNease Convention Center, South Meeting Room 500 Rio Concho Drive

San Angelo, TX 76903 THE MCNEASE CONVENTION CENTER IS ACCESSIBLE TO PERSONS WITH DISABILITIES. ACCESSIBLE ENTRIES AND SPECIALLY MARKED PARKING SPACES ARE AVAILABLE AT BOTH MAIN ENTRANCES AT SURBER DRIVE AND RIO CONCHO DRIVE. IF ADDITIONAL ASSISTANCE IS NEEDED TO OBSERVE OR COMMENT, PLEASE NOTIFY THE OFFICE OF THE CITY CLERK, ROOM 208, CITY HALL, 657-4405, AT LEAST 24 HOURS PRIOR TO THE MEETING. City Council meetings are broadcast on Channel 17-Government Access at 10:30 A.M. and 7:00 P.M. every day for two weeks beginning on the Thursday after each meeting.

As a courtesy to those in attendance, please place your cell phone on “Silent” or “Vibrate” Thank You!

I. OPEN SESSION (9:00 A.M.)

A. Call to Order

B. Prayer and Pledge

"Honor the Texas flag; I pledge allegiance to thee, Texas, one state under God, one and indivisible.”

C. Proclamations

“Concho Christmas Celebration Day”, Saturday, December 7, 2013, to be accepted by Lee Pfluger, President of Concho Christmas Celebration

“Giving Tuesday, December 3, 2013”, to be accepted by Kaete Sullivan, Development Director of ICD, Inc., Stonebridge Training Residence, Newbridge Family Shelter, and Roland Nadeau, Public Relations & Marketing with Christians in Action

D. Recognition

“River Fest Committee”, Coordination of and hosting by various organizations and individuals of the River Fest, a celebration of the completion of the Concho River Improvements Project and the 100th Anniversary of Santa Fe Park

E. Public Comment

The Council takes public comment on all items in the Regular Agenda. Public input on a Regular Agenda item will be taken at its appropriate discussion. Public input on an item not on the Agenda or Consent Agenda may be identified and requested for consideration by the Council at this time. The Council may request an item to be placed on a future agenda, or for a Consent Agenda item, to be moved to the Regular Agenda for public comment.

On public hearing items, public input will be received on each item immediately following the Council discussion and prior to any action on the item. Each member of the public should make their remarks from the podium and begin by stating their name. Remarks by each citizen will be limited to three to five minutes, unless waived by a council member for all speaking on that matter. No individual will be allowed to speak more than once on any one subject until every citizen wishing to comment has done so.


II. CONSENT AGENDA

1. Consideration of approving the November 19, 2013 City Council Regular meeting minutes

2. Consideration of awarding Competitive Sealed Proposal WU-02-13 for the 2013 Rio Concho Sewer Line Improvements to Darnell Construction, LLC of San Angelo, Texas in the amount of $2,093,869.54, authorizing staff to negotiate a contract, and authorizing the City Manager to execute said contract and any related documents (K. Krueger)

3. Consideration of adopting a Resolution authorizing the City Manager to execute a consulting services agreement and any necessary related documents between the City of San Angelo, Texas and MGT of America, Inc., for the provision of two separate indirect cost allocation plans; one being an annual OMB A-87 compliant indirect cost allocation plan based on actual costs for fiscal year 2012, and the other being an annual GAAP compliant full cost allocation based on budgeted costs for FY 2014, said agreement being in the amount $11,500.00 and to be effective December 1, 2013 through November 30, 2014, and providing for an option to renew for two (2) additional years (T. Bunnell)

4. Consideration of adopting a Resolution ratifying acceptance by the City Manager on behalf of the City, of the Texas Department of Public Safety fiscal year 2013 Emergency Management Performance Grant (EMPG) award #13TX-EMPG-0885 in the revised amount of Sixty-Two Thousand Seven Hundred Ninety-Five and 35/100 Dollars ($62,795.35); and authorizing the City Manager to execute any other related documents (S. Mild)

5. Second Hearing and consideration of adopting an Ordinance amending Chapter 10, Traffic Control regarding the operation of golf carts (T. Vasquez)

AN ORDINANCE OF THE CITY OF SAN ANGELO, TEXAS, AMENDING CHAPTER 10, TRAFFIC CONTROL, OF THE SAN ANGELO CODE OF ORDINANCES, TO ADD A NEW ARTICLE 10.1700, ENTITLED “OPERATION OF GOLF CARTS ON PUBLIC STREETS” IN ORDER TO ALLOW AND REGULATE THE OPERATION OF GOLF CARTS ON ANY PART OF THE TRAFFIC AREA OF ANY PUBLIC STREET OR HIGHWAY WITHIN THE CITY LIMITS WHERE THE POSTED SPEED LIMIT IS NOT MORE THAN THIRTY (30) MILES PER HOUR, PROVIDING DEFINITIONS, ESTABLISHING LIMITATIONS ON SUCH OPERATION, ESTABLISHING REQUIREMENTS FOR EQUIPMENT, ANNUAL REGISTRATION, ESTABLISHING ADMINISTRATIVE PROCESSES, ESTABLISHING A REGISTRATION FEE, PROVIDING FOR A PENALTY FOR THE VIOLATION OF THIS ORDINANCE, AND AMENDING APPENDIX A, ENTITLED ARTICLE 3.000 BUSINESS RELATED FEES TO ADD A NEW SECTION 3.1300 GOLF CART REGISTRATION FEE; PROVIDING FOR SEVERABILITY; AND PROVIDING FOR AN EFFECTIVE DATE OF THIS ORDINANCE

6. Second Hearing and consideration of adopting an Ordinance amending the continuance to levy and collect a one-half cent sales and use tax as approved by the voters in the November 2, 2010 Special Election (B. Schneeman)

AN ORDINANCE AMENDING ARTICLE 2.3600 ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT CORPORATION OF THE CODE OF ORDINANCES OF THE CITY OF SAN ANGELO, TEXAS BY AMENDING SECTION 2.3606 TO ADD A NEW SUBSECTION 1 TO INCLUDE THE PROJECTS ALLOWED IN SECTION 4B OF ARTICLE 5190.6 V.A.C.S., AS AMENDED, (HEREINAFTER “ACT”) FOR THE CITY OF SAN ANGELO TO CONTINUE TO LEVY AND COLLECT A ONE-HALF CENT SALES AND USE TAX, SAID PROJECTS HAVING BEEN APPROVED BY THE VOTERS IN THE NOVEMBER 2, 2010 SPECIAL ELECTION TO BE UNDERTAKEN AS ALLOWED BY THE ACT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE RESULTS OF THE SAID SPECIAL ELECTION; AND TO RESTATE AND RENUMBER SECTION 2.3606 IN ITS ENTIRETY; PROVIDING FOR SEVERABILITY; AND, PROVIDING FOR AN EFFECTIVE DATE


7. Second Hearing and consideration of adopting an Ordinance amending the 2013-2014 Budget (M. Chegwidden)

AN ORDINANCE OF THE CITY OF SAN ANGELO AMENDING THE BUDGET FOR THE FISCAL YEAR BEGINNING OCTOBER 1, 2013, AND ENDING SEPTEMBER 30, 2014, FOR ENCUMBRANCES, RESTRICTED AND DEDICATED MONIES, INCOMPLETE PROJECTS, AND GRANTS

8. Consideration of selecting Image Trend for RFP FD-02-13, authorizing staff to negotiate a Fire Department records management system contract between the City of San Angelo and Image Trend for software, annual maintenance and hardware, and for additional hardware to be purchased from other vendors, in a total combined amount not to exceed $210,000.00, and authorizing the City Manager to execute said contract and any related documents (S.Farris)

III. REGULAR AGENDA:

F. EXECUTIVE/CLOSED SESSION

Executive Session under the provision of Government Code, Title 5. Open Government; Ethics, Subtitle A. Open Government, Chapter 551. Open Meetings, Subchapter D. Exceptions to Requirement that Meetings be Open under the following sections:

Section 551.071(2) to consult with its attorney on a matter in which the duty of the attorney to the governmental body under the Texas Disciplinary Rules of Professional Conduct of the State Bar of Texas clearly conflicts with this chapter

Section 551.072 to deliberate the purchase, exchange, lease, or value of real property regarding recreational, agricultural and grazing leases and Airport/Mathis Field property

Section 551.074(a)(1) to deliberate the evaluation and duties of the City Manager Section 551.087 to discuss an offer of financial or other incentive to Hirschfeld Energy Systems,

LLC with whom the City of San Angelo is conducting economic development negotiations and which the City of San Angelo seeks to have, locate, stay or expand in San Angelo

G. PUBLIC HEARING AND COMMENT

9. Consideration of authorizing 2014 Premiums for health, dental and post-65 health insurance as well as discussion regarding stop loss and vision rates and any related action in connection thereto

(Presentation by Human Resources Director Lisa Marley)

10. Second Public Hearing and consideration of adopting an Ordinance relating to the City of San Angelo’s application of existing policies regarding commercial property development moratorium and related matters

AN ORDINANCE OF THE CITY OF SAN ANGELO, TEXAS, (“CITY”) ADOPTING A COMMERCIAL PROPERTY DEVELOPMENT MORATORIUM IN ACCORDANCE WITH STATE LAW UPON PUBLIC HEARING AND ISSUANCE OF WRITTEN FINDINGS; TO EXPIRE NINETY (90) DAYS AFTER THE DATE THE MORATORIUM IS ADOPTED; INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO, APPROVAL OF NEW APPLICATIONS FOR COMMERCIAL PROPERTY DEVELOPMENT RELATING TO MOBILE HOMES, MANUFACTURED HOUSING PARKS AND RECREATIONAL VEHICLE PARKS; PROVIDING A SEVERABILITY CLAUSE; PROVIDING AN EFFECTIVE DATE

(Presentation by Interim Development Services Director AJ Fawver)


11. First Public Hearing and consideration of introducing an Ordinance amending Chapter 12, Exhibit “A” (Zoning Ordinance) of the Code of Ordinances, City of San Angelo

Z13-37: SKG Engineering

AN ORDINANCE AMENDING CHAPTER 12, EXHIBIT “A” OF THE CODE OF ORDINANCES, CITY OF SAN ANGELO, TEXAS, WHICH SAID EXHIBIT “A” OF CHAPTER 12 ADOPTS ZONING REGULATIONS, USE DISTRICTS AND A ZONING MAP, IN ACCORDANCE WITH A COMPREHENSIVE PLAN, BY CHANGING THE ZONING AND CLASSIFICATION OF THE FOLLOWING PROPERTY, TO WIT: 17 West 8th Street, located approximately 200 feet west of the intersection of West 8th Street and North Chadbourne Street. This property specifically occupies the Miles Addition, Block 23, Lot 5, in north central San Angelo, changing the zoning classification from Two-Family Residential (RS-2) to General Commercial (CG) District; PROVIDING FOR SEVERABILITY AND PROVIDING A PENALTY

(Presentation by Planner Kevin Thomas Boyd)

12. First Public Hearing and consideration of introducing an Ordinance authorizing abandonments of public streets and right-of-ways in the Fairview Addition, Block 66, 67 and 74 in north central San Angelo

AN ORDINANCE PROVIDING FOR THE ABANDONMENT AND CLOSING OF UNIMPROVED STREETS AND ALLEY SEGMENTS, TO WIT: An 80' wide portion of the unimproved public right-of-way for Florence Street, extending approximately 680' northward from Hughes Street and immediately south of the railroad right-of-way (to include portions of the 100' right-of-way of Hughes Street), an approximately 100' x 270' portion of unimproved public right-of-way of Velma Street - And - a 20' x 430' alley right-of-way in Blocks 66 and 67 and 20' x 35' alley right-of-way in Block 74 of the Fairview Addition, in north central San Angelo; AUTHORIZING THE CONVEYANCE THEREOF TO THE ABUTTING PROPERTY OWNERS; PROVIDING FOR THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF ABANDONMENT AND CONVEYANCE; AND PROVIDING FOR THE MAYOR TO EXECUTE AND DELIVER A QUIT CLAIM DEED TO THE ABUTTING PROPERTY OWNERS

(Presentation by Planner Kevin Thomas Boyd)

13. First Public Hearing and consideration of introducing an Ordinance authorizing abandonments of public streets and right-of-ways in the Miles Addition Block 32 in north-central San Angelo

AN ORDINANCE PROVIDING FOR THE ABANDONMENT AND CLOSING OF THE FOLLOWING ALLEY, TO WIT: An approximately 20 foot wide x 495 foot long portion of alley running east to west, perpendicular to Martin Luther King Drive located in Block 32 of the Miles Addition in north-central San Angelo; AUTHORIZING THE CONVEYANCE THEREOF TO THE ABUTTING PROPERTY OWNERS; PROVIDING FOR THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF ABANDONMENT AND CONVEYANCE; AND PROVIDING FOR THE MAYOR TO EXECUTE AND DELIVER A QUIT CLAIM DEED TO THE ABUTTING PROPERTY OWNERS

(Presentation by Interim Development Services Director AJ Fawver)

14. Public Hearing and consideration of approving an amendment to the 2013 Annual Action Plan for use of CDBG funds for Neighborhood Blitz and authorizing staff to submit said amendment to HUD and any related action thereto

(Presentation by Neighborhood and Family Services Director Bob Salas)

15. Public Hearing and consideration of approving the 2012 Consolidated Annual Performance and Evaluation Report (CAPER) and authorizing staff to send CAPER to HUD and any related action thereto

(Presentation by Neighborhood and Family Services Director Bob Salas)


16. Consideration of authorizing staff to negotiate the purchase of a Fire Engine via Buy-Board purchasing coop from Hall Motors a Ferrara dealer, authorizing additional equipment purchases from other vendors, in a total combined amount not to exceed $460,000.00, and authorizing the City Manager to execute said contract and any related documents

(Presentation by Assistant Fire Chief Scott Farris)

H. FOLLOW UP AND ADMINISTRATIVE ISSUES

17. Consideration of and possible action on matters discussed in Executive/Closed Session, if needed

18. Consideration of approving a Board nomination by Council and designated Councilmembers:

a. Zoning Board of Adjustment: John Haydn (SMD2) to a 1st term January 2015

19. Announcements and consideration of Future Agenda Items

20. Adjournment

The City Council reserves the right to consider business out of the posted order, and at any time during the meeting, reserves the right to adjourn into executive session on any of the above posted agenda items which are not listed as executive session items and which qualify to be discussed in closed session under Chapter 551 of the Texas Government Code. Given by order of the City Council and posted in accordance with Title 5, Texas Government Code, Chapter 551, Tuesday, November 26, 2013, 2013, at 5:30 P.M.

/s/________________________ Alicia Ramirez, City Clerk

#GivingTuesday Proclamation WHEREAS, Giving Tuesday was established as a national day of giving on the Tuesday following Thanksgiving; and

WHEREAS, Giving Tuesday is a celebration of philanthropy and volunteerism where people give whatever they are able to give; and

WHEREAS, Giving Tuesday is a day where citizens work together to share commitments, rally for favorite causes, build a stronger community, and thing about other people; and

WHEREAS, it is fitting and proper on Giving Tuesday and on every day to recognize the tremendous impact of philantrophy, volunteerism, and community service in the City of San Angelo; and

WHEREAS, Giving Tuesday is an opportunity to encourage citizens to serve others throughout this holiday season and during other times of the year.

NOW, THEREFORE, I, Dwain Morrison, Mayor of the City of San Angelo, do hereby proclaim December 3, 2013 as

Giving Tuesday

In the City of San Angelo, and encourage all citizens to join together to give back to the community in any way that is personally meaningful.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the Seal of the City of San Angelo, TEXAS, to be affixed this 3rd day of December 2013. Dwain Morrison Mayor

P R O C L A M A T I O N WHEREAS, The Nineteenth Annual City of San Angelo Concho Christmas Celebration

with over 3 million lights is one of the largest Christmas lighting displays in the state; and,

WHEREAS, The display offers a two and one-half mile walking or driving tour

beginning behind the Main Post Office on the corner of Abe Street and First Street and ending at El Paseo de Santa Angela; and,

WHEREAS, Those involved consist of hundreds of volunteers, including offenders

from the Department of Corrections who assist with installation of Christmas scenes and hang lights, the San Angelo Restaurant Association who supply food to the inmates, R.S.V.P. who deliver inmates’ food: and,

WHEREAS, The Community Christmas Tree Lighting Ceremony will be held

Saturday, December 7th of 2013, at 5:15 p.m. at the corner of South Chadbourne and West Concho Avenue. Activities will include the San Angelo Community Band conducted by Dr. Constance Kelley of Angelo State University, the Harmony Belles Chorus directed by Libby Cammack, and the Twin Mountain Tonesmen directed by Mark Clark; and,

WHEREAS, The Community Tree lighting will be followed by the 12th annual Lights

of Christmas Parade, at 6:00 p.m. which may be viewed on 2nd Street between Oakes & Chadbourne, on Chadbourne between 2nd Street & Concho, on Concho between Chadbourne & Oakes, on Oakes back to 2nd Street; and,

WHEREAS, The Tour of Lights can be seen Sunday through Thursday from

6:00 - 10:00 p.m., and each Friday and Saturday from 6:00 p.m. - midnight, December 6th through December 31st, 2013.

NOW, THEREFORE, I, Dwain Morrison, Mayor of the City of San Angelo, Texas, on behalf of the City Council, do hereby declare Saturday, December 7th of 2013, as

CONCHO CHRISTMAS CELEBRATION DAY

and encourage citizens to join the activities and view the magnificent display that has become a treasured community event.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the Seal of the City to be affixed this 3rd day of December 2013.

THE CITY OF SAN ANGELO DWAIN MORRISON, MAYOR

Recognition -- River Fest This is in recognition of the several organizations and individuals who came together to coordinate and host River Fest, a celebration of the completion of the river improvements project and the 100th anniversary of Santa Fe Park. Event organizers included: City of San Angelo -- Angelica Pena, Roger Havlak, MaryAnn Vasquez, Bob Bluthardt, Mike Hitchcock, Lori Davila, Ida Rios, Carl White, SAPD – Sgt. Korby Kennedy and Sgt. Clay Weiting San Angelo Host – Carlo Campanelli Downtown San Angelo – Del Velasquez Convention and Visitors’ Bureau – Pamela Miller and Jenni Campbell Mclaughlin Advertising – Stephen Mclaughlin San Angelo Museum of Fine Arts – Howard Taylor Girl Scouts – Beth Vogel Vega Washer Pitching – Alex Vega Race Texas (Color Up 5K) – Jim Ross Art in Uncommon Places – Julie Raymond and Sue Rainey Two Pro Management (Santa Fe Golf Course) – Steve McNabb and Duane Poss International Water Lily Collection – Ken Landon Soundstage and Songwriters’ Association – Joseph Ashmore Volunteers came from: Angelo State University students – Sanford Mouton Lake View High School JROTC Central High School Key Club Goodfellow AFB We give a special thanks to Anthony Wilson and Brian Groves for event promotion and coverage. On October 18 and 19, 2013, more than 7,000 people enjoyed several activities along the river including: the unveiling of the sculptures at the Salmon Sculpture Garden, music at the RiverStage including the Texas Tornados, a Color Up 5K with more than 2,300 recreational runners, canoe races, Eco Fair, Kids Court with petting zoo, pony rides and bouncy houses, music by the Soundstage and Songwriters’ Association, Vega Washer Pitching tournament and music at the RiverStage by Casey James and Little Texas. The event raised $1,500 for the Wounded Warrior Project and more than $12,000 for tree planting along the river. We recognize the effort it took to coordinate and host the event and, on behalf of the City, I would like to thank you.

CITY COUNCIL MINUTE RECORD The City of San Angelo Page 31 Tuesday, November 19, 2013 Vol. 105

OPEN SESSION BE IT REMEMBERED City Council convened in a regular meeting at A.M., Tuesday, November 19, 2013, in the San Angelo McNease Convention Center, 500 Rio Concho Drive, San Angelo, Texas. All duly authorized members of the Council, to-wit:

Mayor, Dwain Morrison Councilmember Rodney Fleming Councilmember Marty Self Councilmember Johnny Silvas Councilmember Don Vardeman Councilmember H.R. Wardlaw Councilmember Charlotte Farmer

were present and acting, with the exception of, thus constituting a quorum. Whereupon, the following business was transacted:

An invocation was given by Trenton Massey, Senior at TLC and pledge was led by Truett Bailey, Kindergartner, and Davis Bailey, 2nd Grader at Angelo Catholic School.

RECOGNITIONS

Brian Groves, Multimedia Coordinator for the City of San Angelo, recognized for his selection as one of the Standard-Times’ 20 Under 40 honorees, recognizing accomplished young professionals in our community. Brian Groves, Multimedia Coordinator for the City of San Angelo, recognized for the six statewide video awards our office won at last month’s annual convention of the Texas Association of Telecommunications Officers and Advisors. That included five second-place awards and one first-place honor. Students recognized for participating in the San Angelo Independent School District Vocational Program and working for various City of San Angelo Departments: Students: John Gibson, Jarrod Weiss, Alberto Frias, Quirt Edwards; Job Coaches: Tawnya Fowler and Leslie Deans; Staff Speaking: Becca Flores, Vocational Adjustment Coordinator for SAISD.

PUBLIC COMMENT

Mayor Morrison recognized San Angelo Central High School Bobcat Football players John Archuleta and Coach Brent Davis for the recent district win.

Mayor Morrison also recognized TLC High School Eagles Football players Jay Mayberry, Chris Marris, Trenton Massey, and Cheerleaders Stephanie __, Rebecca Way, Isabel Rosales for their district win.

Mayor Morrison announced City Manager Daniel Valenzuela will be attending a West Texas Water Partnership meeting in Odessa and Assistant City Manager/Chief Financial Officer Michael Dane will be facilitating the meeting.

Kathy Ballard, Concho Valley Workforce Development Board, announced and invited the public to the West Texas Energy Consortium Inaugural Conference and Economic Impact Presentation at Howard College in Big Spring, Texas, on December 3, 2013.

Public comments were made by Jerry Sea, WTOS Member and St. Paul Baptist Church.

Page 32 Minutes Vol. 105 November 19, 2013

A farewell speech was given by Jeff Hintz, outgoing Interim Senior Planner.

Councilmember Silvas commented on a constituent’s water bill and stressed the importance of contacting the Water Utilities Billing Department for assistance.

CONSENT AGENDA

APPROVAL OF THE NOVEMBER 5, 2013 CITY COUNCIL REGULAR MEETING MINUTES

AWARD OF BID TR-02-13/THERMOPLASTIC STRIPING TO FLAT LINE INC. (CHILDRESS, TX) FOR INSTALLATION OF PAVEMENT MARKINGS ON 2013 SEAL COATED STREETS, AND AUTHORIZATION FOR THE CITY MANAGER TO EXECUTE ANY NECESSARY RELATED DOCUMENTS (P.FRERICH)

SELECTION OF SUDDENLINK BUSINESS FOR RFP IT-01-13 TO PROVIDE LONG DISTANCE PHONE SERVICE AND PHONE CONNECTIVITY (PRIS AND POTS) SERVICES, AUTHORIZATION FOR STAFF TO NEGOTIATE A FIVE YEAR CONTRACT, AND AUTHORIZING THE CITY MANAGER TO EXECUTE SAID CONTRACT

AUTHORIZATION FOR THE CITY MANAGER TO EXECUTE SUPPLEMENTAL LEASE AGREEMENT NO. 4 TO LEASE GS-07B-15605, IN SUBSTANTIALLY THE ATTACHED FORM, AND ALL RELATED DOCUMENTS BETWEEN THE CITY OF SAN ANGELO AND THE UNITED STATES GENERAL SERVICES ADMINISTRATION (U.S. GSA) AT SAN ANGELO REGIONAL AIRPORT

AUTHORIZATION FOR THE CITY MANAGER OR HIS DESIGNEE TO ESTABLISH THE FAIR MARKET VALUE OF 0.067 ACRES OF SURPLUS PROPERTY ADJACENT TO LOT 1, BLOCK 1, GROUP 4, LAKE NASWORTHY ADDITION, CITY OF SAN ANGELO, TOM GREEN COUNTY, IN SOUTHWEST SAN ANGELO, FOR PURPOSES OF DISPOSING OF SURPLUS PROPERTY AND THE AUTHORITY TO EXECUTE ALL DOCUMENTS NECESSARY TO CONVEY THE SURFACE ESTATE ONLY IN THE SURPLUS PROPERTY BY SPECIAL WARRANTY DEED TO THE ADJACENT LOT OWNER, RESERVING UNTO THE CITY OF SAN ANGELO BLANKET DRAINAGE AND UTILITY EASEMENTS

AUTHORIZATION FOR THE SALE OF THE FOLLOWING PROPERTIES FOR THE APPRAISED VALUE AND AUTHORIZATION FOR THE MAYOR, CITY MANAGER, OR WATER UTILITIES DIRECTOR TO EXECUTE ALL NECESSARY LEGAL DOCUMENTS PERTAINING TO THE SALE OF SUBJECT PROPERTIES, SUBJECT TO COMPLETION OF ALL CURATIVE REQUIREMENTS

3005 Red Bluff Circle, Lot 56, Group Red Bluff, $93,700.00 (Durham) 2171 Gun Club Road, Lot 11A, Block 1, Group 10, $23,900.00 (Ng)

ADOPTION OF A RESOLUTION AUTHORIZING THE CITY MANAGER TO EXECUTE A LICENSE AGREEMENT FOR AERIAL DECK AND SUPPORTING STRUCTURES BETWEEN THE CITY OF SAN ANGELO AND 333 SOUTH CHADBOURNE LLC FOR CONSTRUCTING AND MAINTAINING ONE AERIAL DECK AND SIX SUPPORTING STRUCTURES ON AND OVER CITY-OWNED PROPERTY IDENTIFIED AS LOT 4 OF THE O. B. SAMPSON SUBDIVISION OF LOTS 1 TO 10 IN BLOCK B OF THE MAIN PART OF THE CITY, AND SUCH OTHER INSTRUMENTS AS MAY BE NECESSARY OR CONVENIENT FOR CARRYING OUT SUCH PURPOSES; AND FINDING A PUBLIC PURPOSE AND BENEFIT THEREIN (Page 41 , #2013-11-153)

ADOPTION OF A RESOLUTION AUTHORIZING THE MAYOR TO EXECUTE A TAX-RESALE (QUITCLAIM) DEED CONVEYING ALL RIGHT, TITLE AND INTEREST OF THE CITY OF SAN ANGELO, AND ALL OTHER TAXING UNITS INTERESTED IN THE TAX FORECLOSURE JUDGMENT OR TAX WARRANT: (Page 43, #2013-11-154)

Minutes Page 33 November 19, 2013 Vol. 105

2118 Shelton, (Stephens), S 50' of N 100' of W 150' of Lot 7, Block 3, Home Acres, $1,886, Suit No. A-11-0193-TAX

ADOPTION OF A RESOLUTION AUTHORIZING THE CITY MANGER TO EXECUTE AN EASEMENT AND RIGHT OF WAY TO AEP TEXAS NORTH COMPANY, GRANTING A 15’ PERPETUAL EASEMENT AND RIGHT OF WAY FOR ELECTRIC DISTRIBUTION LINES ON 20.087 ACRES OF LAND OWNED BY THE CITY OF SAN ANGELO AND UNDER LEASE TO HOWARD COUNTY JUNIOR COLLEGE DISTRICT; SAID LAND BEING LOCATED AT 3501 N. US HWY 67, COMMONLY KNOWN AS THE WEST TEXAS TRAINING CENTER, AND BEING FOR THE BENEFIT OF HOWARD COUNTY JUNIOR COLLEGE DISTRICT (Page 45, #2013-11-155)

SECOND HEARING AND ADOPTION OF AN ORDINANCE AMENDING THE 2013-2014 BUDGET FOR A CONTRACT CHANGE ORDER (Page 47, #2013-11-156)

AN ORDINANCE OF THE CITY OF SAN ANGELO AMENDING THE BUDGET FOR THE FISCAL YEAR BEGINNING OCTOBER 1, 2013, AND ENDING SEPTEMBER 30, 2014, FOR A CONTRACT CHANGE ORDER

SECOND HEARING AND ADOPTION OF AN ORDINANCE AMENDING CHAPTER 12, EXHIBIT “A” (ZONING ORDINANCE) OF THE CODE OF ORDINANCES, CITY OF SAN ANGELO (Page 51, #2013-11-157)

Z 13-36: SAS Texas Properties LLC

AN ORDINANCE AMENDING CHAPTER 12, EXHIBIT “A” OF THE CODE OF ORDINANCES, CITY OF SAN ANGELO, TEXAS, WHICH SAID EXHIBIT “A” OF CHAPTER 12 ADOPTS ZONING REGULATIONS, USE DISTRICTS AND A ZONING MAP, IN ACCORDANCE WITH A COMPREHENSIVE PLAN, BY CHANGING THE ZONING AND CLASSIFICATION OF THE FOLLOWING PROPERTY, TO WIT: An unaddressed tract, located approximately 800 feet south from the intersection of Humble Road & North Bryant Boulevard. This property specifically occupies the Lakeside Gardens Addition, Block One, Lots 28-31 in northwestern San Angelo, changing the zoning classification from Heavy Commercial (CH) to General Commercial (CG) District; PROVIDING FOR SEVERABILITY AND PROVIDING A PENALTY

SECOND HEARING AND ADOPTION OF AN ORDINANCE AMENDING CHAPTER 12, EXHIBIT “A” (ZONING ORDINANCE) OF THE CODE OF ORDINANCES, CITY OF SAN ANGELO (Page 53, #2013-11-158)

Z 13-34: The River San Angelo Church, Inc.

AN ORDINANCE AMENDING CHAPTER 12, EXHIBIT “A” OF THE CODE OF ORDINANCES, CITY OF SAN ANGELO, TEXAS, WHICH SAID EXHIBIT “A” OF CHAPTER 12 ADOPTS ZONING REGULATIONS, USE DISTRICTS AND A ZONING MAP, IN ACCORDANCE WITH A COMPREHENSIVE PLAN, BY CHANGING THE ZONING AND CLASSIFICATION OF THE FOLLOWING PROPERTY, TO WIT: 5050 Lake Drive, located approximately 800 feet southeast of the intersection of North Chadbourne Street and Lake Drive; more specifically occupying the Julia A. Bailey Subdivision, being 4.384 acres out of the south part of Block 8, Lot 2, in northwest San Angelo, changing the zoning classification from Ranch & Estate (R&E) and General Commercial/Heavy Commercial (CG/CH) to General Commercial (CG) District; PROVIDING FOR SEVERABILITY AND PROVIDING A PENALTY

SECOND HEARING AND ADOPTION OF AN ORDINANCE AUTHORIZING ABANDONMENT OF THE COMPLETE UNIMPROVED 60-FOOT WIDE PUBLIC RIGHT-OF-WAY FOR NELSON AVENUE EXTENDING NORTH FOR A DISTANCE OF 485 FEET FROM ERA STREET, EAST OF BLOCK 3, LOTS 8-13 OF THE GOODFELLOW COURT ANNEX, AND IMMEDIATELY WEST TO PROPERTY OUTSIDE OF THE CITY LIMITS, -AND- AN ABANDONMENT OF THE COMPLETE 13-FOOT WIDE


RIGHT-OF-WAY FOR AN ALLEY EXTENDING WEST OF NELSON AVENUE AND DIRECTLY NORTH OF THE GOODFELLOW COURT ANNEX, BLOCK 3, AND ADJACENT TO THE ENTIRE NORTHERN LENGTH OF LOT 8 OF SAME SUBDIVISION IN EAST SAN ANGELO (Page 55, #2013-11-159)

AN ORDINANCE PROVIDING FOR THE ABANDONMENT AND CLOSING OF THE FOLLOWING UNIMPROVED STREET SEGMENT AND UNIMPROVED ALLEY SEGMENT TO WIT: a complete unimproved 60-foot wide public right-of-way for Nelson Avenue extending north for a distance of 485 feet from Era Street, east of Block 3, Lots 8-13 of the Goodfellow Court Annex, and immediately west to property outside of the City Limits, -AND- an abandonment of the complete 13-foot wide right-of- way for an alley extending west of Nelson Avenue and directly north of the Goodfellow Court Annex, Block 3, and adjacent to the entire northern length of Lot 8 of same subdivision in east San Angelo; AUTHORIZING THE CONVEYANCE THEREOF TO THE ABUTTING PROPERTY OWNERS; PROVIDING FOR THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF ABANDONMENT AND CONVEYANCE; AND PROVIDING FOR THE MAYOR TO EXECUTE AND DELIVER A QUIT CLAIM DEED TO THE ABUTTING PROPERTY OWNERS

Motion, to approve the Consent Agenda, as presented, was made by Councilmember Farmer and seconded by Councilmember Vardeman. Motion carried unanimously.

REGULAR AGENDA: PUBLIC HEARING AND COMMENT

FIRST PUBLIC HEARING AND INTRODUCTION OF AN ORDINANCE AMENDING CHAPTER 12, EXHIBIT “A” (ZONING ORDINANCE) OF THE CODE OF ORDINANCES, CITY OF SAN ANGELO Z13-28: Greg Huling AN ORDINANCE AMENDING CHAPTER 12, EXHIBIT “A” OF THE CODE OF ORDINANCES, CITY OF SAN ANGELO, TEXAS, WHICH SAID EXHIBIT “A” OF CHAPTER 12 ADOPTS ZONING REGULATIONS, USE DISTRICTS AND A ZONING MAP, IN ACCORDANCE WITH A COMPREHENSIVE PLAN, BY CHANGING THE ZONING AND CLASSIFICATION OF THE FOLLOWING PROPERTY, TO WIT: An unaddressed 5 acre tract, located approximately 280 feet south of the intersection of Southland Boulevard and Green Meadow Drive. This property specifically occupies the Community of Faith subdivision, Block 1, Section 1, Lots 1 & 2, in western San Angelo, changing the zoning classification from Single-Family Residential (RS-1) to Low-Rise Multi-Family Residential (RM-1) District; PROVIDING FOR SEVERABILITY AND PROVIDING A PENALTY Interim Senior Planner Jeff Hintz presented background information. A copy of the presentation is part of the Permanent Supplemental Record. General discussion was held on the area’s new home development, traffic flow and congestion, the number of protest letters received, the petition circulated against the zone change, property devaluation, future plans to widen the road, and the issues related to this area and the entire city regarding large trucks utilizing neighborhood streets as truck routes. Motion, to deny the introduction of the Ordinance, as presented, was made by Councilmember Farmer and seconded by Councilmember Wardlaw.

Public comments were made by Proponent Greg Huling, Planning Commissioner Teri Jackson, Opponents: ___, Citizens Tamara Stone, Linda Silva, Jack Brandt, Jeff Curry,

A vote was taken on the motion on the floor. AYE: Self, Vardeman, Wardlaw, and Farmer. NAY: Morrison, Fleming, and Silvas. Motion carried 4-3.

RECESS

At 10:24 A.M., Mayor Morrison called a recess.


RECONVENE

At 10:42 A.M., Council reconvened, and the following business was transacted:

APPROVAL OF A PETITION FOR VARIANCE UNDER THE CODE OF ORDINANCES, WATER CONSERVATION AND DROUGHT CONTINGENCY PLAN, SECTION 11.203 (E), TO THE ALLOWABLE WATERING FREQUENCIES AND TIME OF DAY FOR NEWLY PLANTED LANDSCAPE SUBMITTED BY THE SAN ANGELO INDEPENDENT SCHOOL DISTRICT Water Utilities Director Ricky Dickson presented background information. Responding to a question from Councilmember Fleming, Jim Elson, Maintenance Director, informed the ball fields were seeded last year and are seeded based on ground temperature. Mr. Elson also informed the school board approved the installation of artificial turf to three areas and he hoped to receive approval for other areas. He also noted the areas will be monitored closely as staff monitors all utilities on a monthly basis. Motion, to approve the petition for the variance, as presented, was made by Councilmember Farmer and seconded by Councilmember Vardeman. Public comment was made by SAISD Trustee Bill Dendle. A vote was taken on the motion on the floor. AYE: Self, Silvas, Vardeman, Wardlaw, and Farmer. NAY: Morrison and Fleming. Motion carried 5-2.

FIRST PUBLIC HEARING AND DENIAL OF AN INTRODUCTION OF AN ORDINANCE INCREASING THE NUMBER OF MEMBERS ON THE PUBLIC HOUSING AUTHORITY (PHA) FROM FIVE (5) TO SEVEN (7) AND OTHER RELATED PROVISIONS AN ORDINANCE AMENDING CHAPTER 2, ENTITLED “ADMINISTRATION”, ARTICLE 2.2700 ENTITLED “HOUSING AUTHORITY”, SECTION 2.2701 ENTITLED “CREATED; MEMBERS; TERMS”, OF THE CODE OF ORDINANCES OF THE CITY OF SAN ANGELO, BY INCREASING THE NUMBER OF MEMBERS ON THE HOUSING AUTHORITY FROM FIVE (5) TO SEVEN (7); PROVIDING THAT TWO (2) MEMBERS BE TENANTS OF PUBLIC HOUSING; AND PROVIDING FOR SEVERABILITY AND AN EFFECTIVE DATE City Clerk Alicia Ramirez and PHA Executive Director Becky Salandy presented background information. Ms. Salandy noted the increased membership offered more diversity and assisted the board with meeting the quorum requirement. Motion, to introduce the Ordinance, as presented, was made by Councilmember Silvas and seconded by Councilmember Self. General discussion was held on the concerns to meet the quorum, current membership, and the reasons for the increased membership. A vote was taken on the motion on the floor. AYE: Morrison, Self, and Silvas. NAY: Fleming, Vardeman, Wardlaw, and Farmer. Motion failed 3-4.

UPDATE AND PRESENTATION BY THE PUBLIC HOUSING AUTHORITY (PHA) AND RELATED MATTERS PHA Executive Director Rebecca Salandy presented background information. A copy of the presentation is part of the Permanent Supplemental Record. Mayor Morrison left the meeting at 11:09 a.m. and returned at 11:13 a.m. Councilmember Wardlaw left the meeting at 11:13 a.m. Councilmember Farmer requested quarterly updates from the PHA. Council concurred.


Responding to a question from Councilmember Silvas, Ms. Salandy stated a security assessment is conducted by REACT and properties are inspected every other year per HUD requirements. She also noted additional inspections are conducted by local inspectors. FIRST PUBLIC HEARING AND INTRODUCTION OF AN ORDINANCE AMENDING CHAPTER 10, TRAFFIC CONTROL REGARDING THE OPERATION OF GOLF CARTS AN ORDINANCE OF THE CITY OF SAN ANGELO, TEXAS, AMENDING CHAPTER 10, TRAFFIC CONTROL, OF THE SAN ANGELO CODE OF ORDINANCES, TO ADD A NEW ARTICLE 10.1700, ENTITLED “OPERATION OF GOLF CARTS ON PUBLIC STREETS” IN ORDER TO ALLOW AND REGULATE THE OPERATION OF GOLF CARTS ON ANY PART OF THE TRAFFIC AREA OF ANY PUBLIC STREET OR HIGHWAY WITHIN THE CITY LIMITS WHERE THE POSTED SPEED LIMIT IS NOT MORE THAN THIRTY (30) MILES PER HOUR, PROVIDING DEFINITIONS, ESTABLISHING LIMITATIONS ON SUCH OPERATION, ESTABLISHING REQUIREMENTS FOR EQUIPMENT, ANNUAL REGISTRATION, ESTABLISHING ADMINISTRATIVE PROCESSES, ESTABLISHING A REGISTRATION FEE, PROVIDING FOR A PENALTY FOR THE VIOLATION OF THIS ORDINANCE, AND AMENDING APPENDIX A, ENTITLED ARTICLE 3.000 BUSINESS RELATED FEES TO ADD A NEW SECTION 3.1300 GOLF CART REGISTRATION FEE; PROVIDING FOR SEVERABILITY; AND PROVIDING FOR AN EFFECTIVE DATE OF THIS ORDINANCE Councilmember Wardlaw returned to the meeting at 11:18 a.m. Police Chief Tim Vasquez presented background information noting the ordinance was further reviewed by the City Attorney and revised per City Council direction. Responding to a question from Councilmember Fleming, Chief Vasquez informed state law provisions all those individuals to use a golf carts within a 2 mile radius of a golf course. He further explained, per the ordinance, permitted golf carts may be used on street with a 30 MPH designation. Motion, to introduce the Ordinance, as presented, was made by Councilmember Fleming and seconded by Councilmember Vardeman. General discussion was held on golf cart use at apartment complexes and required inspections. A vote was taken on the motion on the floor. Motion carried unanimously. DISCUSSION AND POSSIBLE ACTION RELATED TO AN INCREASE IN THE SUPPORT FOR THE TOM GREEN COUNTY MENTAL HEALTH UNIT AND TOM GREEN COUNTY CRISIS INTERVENTION UNIT Police Chief Tim Vasquez presented background information and informed the request was submitted as part of the 2013-14 Budget discussion, but not approved. Motion, to authorize the increase $37,539.00, as presented, was made by Councilmember Fleming and seconded by Councilmember Silvas. Responding to a question from Councilmember Farmer, Budget Manager Morgan Chegwidden stated funds will be allocated from the General Fund contingency funds and as an internal budget amendment. Responding to question from Councilmember Farmer, TGC Sheriff David Jones stated the program is a shared funded program between MHMR, county, and city as well as other grant funding. A vote was taken on the motion on the floor. Motion carried unanimously.


FIRST PUBLIC HEARING AND INTRODUCTION OF AN ORDINANCE RELATING TO THE CITY OF SAN ANGELO’S APPLICATION OF EXISTING POLICIES REGARDING COMMERCIAL PROPERTY DEVELOPMENT MORATORIUM AND RELATED MATTERS AN ORDINANCE OF THE CITY OF SAN ANGELO, TEXAS, (“CITY”) ADOPTING A COMMERCIAL PROPERTY DEVELOPMENT MORATORIUM IN ACCORDANCE WITH STATE LAW UPON PUBLIC HEARING AND ISSUANCE OF WRITTEN FINDINGS; TO EXPIRE NINETY (90) DAYS AFTER THE DATE THE MORATORIUM IS ADOPTED; INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO, APPROVAL OF NEW APPLICATIONS FOR COMMERCIAL PROPERTY DEVELOPMENT RELATING TO MOBILE HOMES, MANUFACTURED HOUSING PARKS AND RECREATIONAL VEHICLE PARKS; PROVIDING A SEVERABILITY CLAUSE; PROVIDING AN EFFECTIVE DATE Interim Development Services Director AJ Fawver and Interim Senior Planner Jeff Hintz presented background information. A copy of the presentation is part of the Permanent Supplemental Record. General discussion was held on the 90 day requirement and clarified any prior applicants requesting such development would be required to follow the new policy. Motion, to introduce the Ordinance extending the 90 day moratorium and maintain the committee active to complete and finalize the policy, as presented, was made by Councilmember Fleming and seconded by Councilmember Silvas. Motion carried unanimously. FIRST PUBLIC HEARING AND INTRODUCTION OF AN ORDINANCE AMENDING THE CONTINUANCE TO LEVY AND COLLECT A ONE-HALF CENT SALES AND USE TAX AS APPROVED BY THE VOTERS IN THE NOVEMBER 2, 2010 SPECIAL ELECTION AN ORDINANCE AMENDING ARTICLE 2.3600 ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT CORPORATION OF THE CODE OF ORDINANCES OF THE CITY OF SAN ANGELO, TEXAS BY AMENDING SECTION 2.3606 TO ADD A NEW SUBSECTION 1 TO INCLUDE THE PROJECTS ALLOWED IN SECTION 4B OF ARTICLE 5190.6 V.A.C.S., AS AMENDED, (HEREINAFTER “ACT”) FOR THE CITY OF SAN ANGELO TO CONTINUE TO LEVY AND COLLECT A ONE-HALF CENT SALES AND USE TAX, SAID PROJECTS HAVING BEEN APPROVED BY THE VOTERS IN THE NOVEMBER 2, 2010 SPECIAL ELECTION TO BE UNDERTAKEN AS ALLOWED BY THE ACT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE RESULTS OF THE SAID SPECIAL ELECTION; AND TO RESTATE AND RENUMBER SECTION 2.3606 IN ITS ENTIRETY; PROVIDING FOR SEVERABILITY; AND, PROVIDING FOR AN EFFECTIVE DATE Interim Economic Development Director Bob Schneeman presented background information. A copy of the presentation is part of the Permanent Supplemental Record. General discussion was held on how the funds can be used, possibly holding a special May 2014 election, sales tax project’s eligibility, and addressing perpetual needs, i.e. infrastructure. Motion, to introduce the Ordinance, as presented, was made by Councilmember Vardeman and seconded by Councilmember Self. Public comment was made by Citizen Jim Turner and Billy DeWitt. A vote was taken on the motion on the floor. Motion carried unanimously.

RECESS

At 11:57 A.M., Mayor Morrison called a recess.

EXECUTIVE/CLOSED SESSION

At 12:19 P.M., Council convened in Executive Session under the provision of Government Code, Title 5. Open Government; Ethics, Subtitle A. Open Government, Chapter 551. Open Meetings, Subchapter D. Exceptions to Requirement that Meetings be Open, Section 551.071(1) to consult with attorney on a contemplated settlement


offer to ACAP Health for clinical care engineering services for the City health insurance program (Marley); Section 551.071(2) to consult with its attorney on a matter in which the duty of the attorney to the governmental body under the Texas Disciplinary Rules of Professional Conduct of the State Bar of Texas clearly conflicts with this chapter regarding quarterly invoices dated 9/17/2013 and 10/29/2013 for services rendered pursuant to the Interlocal Agreement between cities of Abilene, Midland and San Angelo effective 4/9/2011 (West Texas Water Partnership) and subject to confidentiality under said Interlocal Agreement; Section 551.072 to deliberate the purchase, exchange, lease, or value of real property regarding Lake Nasworthy area (Fawver), South Concho River and Lake Nasworthy real property recreational and grazing lease (Preas), West Texas Christian Foundation, Aka Christian Village Property, and West Texas Water Partnership; and, Section 551.074(a)(1) to deliberate the evaluation and duties of the City Manager.

RECESS

At 1:55 P.M., Mayor New called a recess.

RECONVENE

At 2:00 P.M., Council reconvened, and the following business was transacted:

DISCUSSION AND POSSIBLE ACTION REGARDING AN AMENDMENT TO THE THOROUGHFARE PLAN COMPONENT OF SAN ANGELO'S COMPREHENSIVE PLAN, SPECIFICALLY PLANNED PROJECTIONS COLLECTOR STREETS BOUNDED BY JACKSON STREET TO THE NORTH, KNICKERBOCKER ROAD TO THE WEST, SOUTH BRYANT BOULEVARD TO THE EAST, AND LOOP 306 TO THE SOUTH IN SOUTH-CENTRAL SAN ANGELO

Interim Development Services Director AJ Fawver presented background information. A copy of the presentation is part of the Permanent Supplemental Record. Motion, to approve the amendment, as presented, was made by Councilmember Fleming and seconded by Councilmember Silvas. Motion carried unanimously. CONSIDERATION OF ACCEPTING THE CITY OF SAN ANGELO’S FISCAL YEAR 2012 COMPREHENSIVE ANNUAL FINANCIAL REPORT (CAFR) AND SINGLE AUDIT AS PRESENTED BY THE CITY’S EXTERNAL AUDITOR Finance Director Tina Bunnell, Freddy Moore and Gayla Thorn of Armstrong, Backus & Co., LLC presented background information. Mr. Moore reported there were no material misstatements and were pleased with City Management’s action plan to correct errors. Ms. Thorn stated due to the amount of grants received by the City and audit requirements, further audits were done on 25% of the grants noting one finding of significant insufficiency regarding the reporting requirements. Assistant City Manager/Chief Financial Officer Michael Dane stated the corrective action included hiring an individual to oversee the grants and internal department transfers to further concentrate on the tasks. Ms. Thorn reported on the changes to the future report. Responding to a question from Councilmember Wardlaw, Ms. Thorn stated unfunded liabilities, specifically pensions, will be added to the financial statements incrementally. She noted the upcoming GASB only refers to ____. Councilmember Vardeman left the meeting at 2:20 p.m. Motion, to accept the 2012 CAFR, as presented, was made by Councilmember Farmer and seconded by Councilmember Silvas. Motion carried unanimously.

DENIAL TO ISSUE A REBATE FOR WATER FEES

Budget Manager Morgan Chegwidden presented background information. A copy of the presentation is part of


the Permanent Supplemental Record. Staff recommends no action at this time.

General discussion was held on how the 75 day goal fund balance calculation, unrestricted funds remain in fund balance, ability to increase or decrease based on increased or decreased revenue,

Motion, to accept staff’s recommendation to deny the issuance of a rebate, as presented, was made by Councilmember Wardlaw and seconded by Councilmember Farmer. Motion carried unanimously.

FIRST PUBLIC HEARING AND INTRODUCTION OF AN ORDINANCE AMENDING THE 2013-2014 BUDGET

AN ORDINANCE OF THE CITY OF SAN ANGELO AMENDING THE BUDGET FOR THE FISCAL YEAR BEGINNING OCTOBER 1, 2013, AND ENDING SEPTEMBER 30, 2014, FOR ENCUMBRANCES, RESTRICTED AND DEDICATED MONEYS, INCOMPLETE PROJECTS, AND GRANTS.

Budget Manager Morgan Chegwidden presented background information.

Motion, to introduce the Ordinance, as presented, was made by Councilmember Fleming and seconded by Councilmember Self. Motion carried unanimously.

DISCUSSION AND DIRECTION TO THE CITY OF SAN ANGELO DEVELOPMENT CORPORATION REGARDING THE FISCAL YEAR 2013-2014 BUDGET

Requested by Council Member Farmer, BS reviewed the recommended cuts requested by City Council.

General discussion was held on the advertisement budget, the allocation to the Chamber for similar advertisements, the 20 under 40 banquet, eligible and increased expenses with little return, need to concentrate more on water related projects, extended an invitation to Council in forming a committee in setting goals for the Chamber’s performance measures,

Councilmember Wardlaw left the meeting at 2:47 p.m.

DISCUSSION AND DIRECTION TO STAFF TO COORDINATE AND HOSTING A JOINT MEETING WITH CITY COUNCIL, TOM GREEN COUNTY COMMISSIONER’S COURT, AND SAN ANGELO INDEPENDENT SCHOOL DISTRICT TRUSTEES REGARDING THE COORDINATION OF SHARED RESOURCES

Mayor Morrison as one of the representative from the three local governing entities, he suggested the City host a meeting with all entity representatives and conduct a round table discussion regarding developing a working partnership. Mr. Morrison suggested the meeting be held in the evening with a 30 minute of public participation period. Council concurred.

Mayor Morrison directed staff to approach the entities and schedule the meeting in January or February 2014.

Public comment was made by Citizen Jim Turner.

FOLLOW UP AND ADMINISTRATIVE ISSUES

CONSIDERATION OF MATTERS DISCUSSED IN EXECUTIVE/CLOSED SESSION

Mayor Morrison reported no decision was made on the West Texas Christian Foundation, Aka Christian Village Property.

Motion, regarding the contemplated settlement offer to ACAP Health for clinical care engineering services for the City health insurance program, to acknowledge Council does not have a sufficient basis or sufficient information to make or reach any decision on the matter, was made by Councilmember Farmer and seconded by Councilmember Silvas. Motion carried unanimously


AUTHORIZATION OF FUNDING AND PAYMENT FOR CITY’S PROPORTIONATE SHARE OF COSTS INCURRED FOR SERVICES PURSUANT TO THE INTERLOCAL AGREEMENT BETWEEN CITIES OF ABILENE, MIDLAND AND SAN ANGELO, EFFECTIVE APRIL 9, 2011 (WEST TEXAS WATER PARTNERSHIP), FOR THE QUARTERLY INVOICE DATED SEPTEMBER 17, 2013 AND OCTOBER 29, 2013

Motion, to authorize Phase I invoices (acknowledging Phase I has been completed) and to authorize payment for the Phase I invoices from the ½ cent sales tax revenue, as presented, was made by Councilmember Silvas and seconded by Councilmember Fleming. Motion carried unanimously.

ANNOUNCEMENTS AND CONSIDERATION OF FUTURE AGENDA ITEMS

Assistant City Manager/Chief Financial Officer Michael Dane distributed the proposed December 3, 2013 Agenda and solicited Council comments and suggestions.

Councilmember Vardeman requested and update on stormwater fees.

Councilmember Farmer requested an updated quarterly COSADC report.

Mayor Morrison requested information regarding the May 2014 Election Calendar for possible special ½ sales tax election.

ADJOURNMENT

Motion, to adjourn, was made by Councilmember Farmer and seconded by Councilmember Self. Motion carried unanimously.

The meeting adjourned at 3:03 P.M.

THE CITY OF SAN ANGELO ___________________________________ Dwain Morrison, Mayor

ATTEST: _______________________________ Alicia Ramirez, City Clerk In accordance with Chapter 2, Article 2.300, of the Official Code of the City of San Angelo, the minutes of this meeting consist of the preceding Minute Record and the Supplemental Minute Record. Details on Council meetings may be obtained from the City Clerk’s Office or a video of the entire meeting may be purchased from the Public Information Officer at 481-2727. (Portions of the Supplemental Minute Record video tape recording may be distorted due to equipment malfunction or other uncontrollable factors.)

Memo Date: November 27, 2013

To: Mayor and Council members

From: Kevin Krueger, Assistant Water Utilities Director

Subject: Consent Agenda Item for December 3, 2013 Council Meeting

Contact: Kevin Krueger, Assistant Water Utilities Director, 657-4209

Caption: Consideration of awarding competitive seal proposal WU-02-13 for the 2013 Rio Concho Sewer Line Improvements to Darnell Construction, LLC of San Angelo, Texas in the amount of $2,093,869.54, authorizing staff to negotiate a contract, and authorizing the City Manager, Water Utilities Director, or City Manager Designee to execute said contract and any related documents.

Summary:

Competitive sealed proposals have been received from (2) contractors for the construction of the 2013 Rio Concho Sewer Line Improvements. The two contractors were Darnell Construction, LLC ($2,093,869.54) and S.J. Louis Construction of Texas, Ltd. ($2,202,139.13). Ranking first by points was the proposal submitted by Darnell Construction, LLC in the amount of $2,093,869.54 and the first ranking proposal had no exceptions to the specifications.

History: This project is a continuation of the Water Utilities Capital Improvements Program to rehabilitate the sewer system.

Financial Impact: Proposal amount of $2,093,869.54 funded by the Wastewater Capital Improvements Program.

Related Vision Item

(if applicable):

Capital Improvements Program and Wastewater Master Plan.

Other Information/ Recommendation:

Approximately 3,057 feet of clay sewer main will be replaced under this contract. This project will replace the main sewer trunk line serving central San Angelo which lies on the North bank of the North Concho River from S. Oakes Street to S. Abe Street. It is recommended the proposal be accepted from Darnell Construction, LLC (San Angelo, Texas) and the City Manager, Water Utilities Director or City Manager Designee be authorized to negotiate and execute a contract and related documents.

Attachments: Bid Tabulation ;

Scoring Justifications

Publication: Advertised for bid in the San Angelo Standard Times September 25 and October 2, 2013.

Reviewed by Director:

Ricky Dickson, Water Utilties Director, November 20, 2013

Approved by Legal: November 21, 2013

Y:\13-RFX\Water Utilities\WU0213 Concho-Oakes Sewer\Bid Tabulation

No. Item Description QTY Units Unit Cost Extended Unit Cost Extended

130" Sewer Main Open Cut; Include Bypass Pumping System, Trench Repair

2,641 LF 429.00$ 1,132,989.00$ 386.00$ 1,019,426.00$

2Boring 30" Sewer Main - Include Bypass Pumping System, 38" Steel Casing, Spacers and Tail Ditches

416 LF 630.00 262,080.00 853.00 354,848.00

36" Sewer Main Open Cut; Include Bypass Pumping System

75 LF 52.61 3,945.75 246.00 18,450.00


175 LF 185.88 32,529.00 251.00 43,925.00


15 LF 177.90 2,668.50 280.00 4,200.00

6 4" PVC Service Line 10 EA 4,804.00 48,040.00 3,300.00 33,000.00

7 60" MH - Type A 6 EA 7,778.00 46,668.00 9,400.00 56,400.00

8 60" MH - Type B 9 EA 5,481.50 49,333.50 9,000.00 81,000.00

9 72" MH - Type B 1 EA 6,348.31 6,348.31 12,100.00 12,100.00

10 Shallow Manholes 4 EA 7,547.98 30,191.92 12,500.00 50,000.00

11 Type V Embedment / Concrete Capping 1,255 LF 31.60 39,658.00 68.00 85,340.00

12Slope Stabilization Flex Terra Hydro Mulch (or approved equal), Refer to S-1572A

3,774 SF 1.18 4,453.32 2.00 7,548.00

14 Decomposed Granite, Refer to S-1572A 1,269 SF 5.00 6,345.00 12.00 15,228.00

15 Concrete Embedment at Neff's Park, Refer to R-1572A 455 LF 311.94 141,932.70 268.00 121,940.00

16 Rock Façade at Neff's Park 3,185 SF 10.96 34,907.60 20.00 63,700.00

17 Backfill Parking Lot Area - West Side of Neff's Park 5,400 CF 0.53 2,862.00 0.50 2,700.00

18Paving Parking Area - West Side of Neff's Park to include Curb & Gutter and Asphalt, Refer to S-1572A

362 SY 90.00 32,580.00 50.00 18,100.00

19Drainage Improvements (Concrete Pilot Channels), Refer to S-1572A

1 LS 514.00 514.00 2,000.00 2,000.00

20 Abandon Existing 18" & 21" Sewer Line 3,103 LF 11.00 34,133.00 10.00 31,030.00

21 Provide Trench Safety System 1,313 LF 0.38 498.94 0.01 13.13

22 Allowance for Additional Work 1 LS 181,191.00 181,191.00 181,191.00 181,191.00

Total $2,093,869.54 Total $2,202,139.13

Invitations Mailed To:Benmark Supply Midland TX

Big Country Water Works Brownwood TX

CM Construction San Angelo TX

Darnell Construction, LLC San Angelo TX

Dickson Underground Utility Construction, LLC San Angelo TX

HD Supply Waterworks Waco TX

Housley Communication Inc San Angelo TX

JENCO San Angelo TX

Morrison Supply San Angelo TX

Reece Albert San Angelo TX

Roberts Construction San Angelo TX

Texas Water & Soil San Angelo TX

Darnell SJ Louis

CITY OF SAN ANGELOBID TABULATION * RFB NO: WU-02-13 * November 13, 2013

2013 Rio Concho Sewer Line Improvements from Oakes St. to Abe St.

City of San Angelo Water Utilities Department

Memo To: Roger Banks, Purchasing Manager

From: David Hall, Engineering Coordinator

Date: November 21, 2013

Re: RFCSP: WU-02-13 – 2013 Rio Concho Sewer Line Improvements

After reviewing the responses submitted for RFP RFCSP: WU-02-13 – 2013 Rio Concho Sewer Line Improvements, the five -member committee (consisting of Roger Banks, Purchasing Division Manager, Ricky Dickson, Water Utilities Director, Russell Pehl, Engineering Manager, Kevin Krueger – Assistant Water Utilities Director and myself) scored the submissions as reflected below.

1. Darnell Construction, LLC, San Angelo, Texas – 482.07 points due to lowest price, local presence, references and experience.

2. S.J. Louis Construction of Texas, Ltd., Mansfield, Texas – 460.25 due to higher price, less local presence and experience.

As a result of the rankings, the committee is recommending that Darnell Construction, LLC of San Angelo, Texas be selected.

City of San Angelo

Finance Department


To: Mayor and Councilmembers

From: Tina Bunnell, Director of Finance

Subject: Consent Agenda Item for December 3, 2013 Council Meeting

Contact: Tina Bunnell, Director of Finance, 1221

Caption: Consideration of adopting a Resolution of the City of San Angelo City Council authorizing the City Manager to execute a consulting services agreement and any necessary related documents between the City of San Angelo, Texas and Mgt of America, Inc., for the provision of two separate indirect cost allocation plans; one being an annual OMB A-87 compliant indirect cost allocation plan based on actual costs for fiscal year 2012, and the other being an annual GAAP compliant full cost allocation based on budgeted costs for FY 2014, said agreement being in the amount $11,500.00 and to be effective December 1, 2013 through November 30, 2014, and providing for an option to renew for two (2) additional years

Summary: This agreement allows for the contracted services of MGT of America, Inc. MGT of America will provide the City with two separate indirect cost allocation plans, one which is used for compliance with the Federal Office of Management & Budget (OMB) A-87 and a second which is compliant with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (GAAP). Indirect costs are expenses (such as for City Attorney, Finance, HR) which are incurred in joint usage and, therefore, difficult to assign to or identify with a specific cost object or cost center or department. The indirect cost plans are used to allocate indirect costs to individual departments for services used and paid for initially by the General Fund. The A-87 compliant cost plan is used to allocate indirect costs to grant funded departments as the grants typically have a set limit for allowable indirect costs. The full indirect cost plan is used for all other departments. Financial Impact: The cost of the service is $11,500 per year and is budgeted in the General Fund.

Other Information/Recommendation: Staff recommends executing the contract for the indirect cost plan with MGT of America, Inc.

Attachments: Consulting Services Agreement, Exhibit A, and Resolution Reviewed by Service Area Director: Michael Dane, ACM/CFO

CONSULTING SERVICES AGREEMENT By and Between

The City of San Angelo, Texas and

MGT of America, Inc.

THIS AGREEMENT is entered into this _____day of _____ , 2013 by and between the city of San Angelo, Texas ("Client"), and MGT of America, Inc., a Florida Corporation ("MGT").

In consideration of the mutual covenants set forth in this Agreement, the parties agree as follows:

I. Description of Services.

MGT shall, as an independent contractor, provide the services specified in section 1.1 below ("the Services"), on the schedule specified in section 1.2 below.

1.1 Scope of Services

MGT shall provide to Client the following services:

An annual OMB A-87 compliant indirect cost allocation plan based on actual costs for FY 2012, with the option to renew for an additional two years.

An annual GAAP compliant full cost allocation plan based on budgeted costs for FY2014 with the option to renew for an additional two years.

1.2 Timetable for Services

The Services shall be performed and the product(s) of the services shall be delivered on the following schedule:

The proposed services will be completed in approximately ten weeks (75 days) from kick-off to delivery of the final cost allocation plans, assuming key data is made available in a timely manner.

The annual project will commence on mutually agreeable date.

2. Compensation.

For its work under this Agreement, MGT shall be paid a total amount not to exceed $11,500.00 as follows: This fee shall be paid on the following schedule:

40% of the contract amount will be invoiced following completion of initial on-site work including department interviews (tasks 1-4 in Exhibit A).

40% of the contract amount will be invoiced following delivery of the draft cost allocation plans (tasks 5-10 in Exhibit A).

20% of the contract amount will be invoiced following submittal of the final cost allocation plans and project recap report.

3. Term and Termination.

This agreement shall become effective upon its execution and delivery by the parties and shall remain in effect until completion of, and full payment for, the Services. For recordkeeping purposes, the term of this Agreement shall be from December 1, 2013 through November 30, 2014. This contract may be terminated prior to completion of the Services at the option of either party, upon delivery of written notice by the terminating party to the other party. In the event of early termination by Client for reasons other than MGT's default in provision of the Services, MGT shall be paid, upon invoicing in accordance with this Agreement, the agreed compensation (or if, due to termination, there is no agreed value for the services performed to date, MGT's standard hourly rates, as said rates are set forth in Exhibit B attached hereto and incorporated herein for all purposes) for Services performed, plus expenses incurred, prior to termination. The rights and remedies of the Client provided in this section are in addition to any other rights and remedies provided by law or under this Agreement.

4. Independent Contractor Status

The relationship of MGT to Client is that of an independent contractor, and nothing in this Agreement shall be construed as creating any other relationship. As an independent contractor, MGT shall comply with all laws relating to federal and state income taxes, associated payroll and business taxes, licenses and fees, workers compensation insurance, and all other applicable state and federal laws and regulations. Neither MGT nor anyone employed or subcontracted by MGT shall be, represent, act, purport to act, or be deemed to be an agent, representative, employee or servant to Client.

5. Project Managers

Mark Carpenter shall serve as Project Manager and point of contact for MGT under this Agreement. Morgan Chegwidden shall serve as Project Manager and point of contact for Client under this Agreement. By written notice to the other party, either party may change the identity of its project manager during the term of this Agreement.

6. Miscellaneous

6.1 No Continuing Waiver

The failure or forbearance by either party in exercising any remedy available to it upon a breach of any provision of this Agreement shall not operate or be construed as a waiver of any subsequent or continuing breach by either party.

6.2 Entire Agreement.

This written Agreement represents the entire agreement of the parties, and neither party is relying upon any negotiation, representation, warranty, promise, or covenant not set forth in this Agreement. This Agreement may not be modified or amended except by a written instrument for that purpose duly executed by both parties.

6.3 Subcontracting and Assignment.

MGT may utilize subcontractors in performing the Services, but MGT shall remain responsible to Client for performance under this Agreement. This contract shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of both Client and MGT and their respective successors and assigns, if any, and legal representatives.

6.4 Interpretation, Venue, and Severability.

This agreement shall be construed, interpreted, and enforced in accordance with Texas law without regard to conflicts of laws principles. Should any provision of this Agreement be held invalid or unenforceable by final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction, it is the parties' intention that the remainder of this Agreement shall nevertheless be given effect as written. Any action arising out of or relating to this Agreement may be brought only in the Texas state court having jurisdiction and located in Torn Green County, Texas. If more than one party executes this Agreement as Client, then each such party shall be jointly and severally responsible for Client's performance and payment under this Agreement.

6.5 Prior Performance.

Services performed by MGT pursuant to Client's authorization, but before execution of this Agreement, shall be considered as having been performed pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

6.6 Notices.

All written notices, demands or requests pursuant to this Agreement may be served (as an alternate to personal service) by registered or certified mail or air freight services that provide proof of delivery, with postage and fees thereon fully prepaid, and addressed to the parties so to be served as follows:

If to MGT:

MGT of America, Inc. 4009 Banister Lane, Suite 265

Austin TX 78704

If to Client:

City of San Angelo Post Office Box 1751

San Angelo, Texas 76902

Service of any such notice or demand so made by mail shall be deemed complete on the day of actual delivery as shown by the addressee's registry or certification receipt. Either party hereto may, from time to time, by written notice served upon the other as aforesaid, designate a different mailing address, or (a) different or additional person(s) to which or to whom all such notices or demands are thereafter to be addressed. Persons named to receive copies of notices are listed for accommodation only and are not required to be personally served to comply with service of notice on a party.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this agreement is executed in duplicate originals on this the ____ day of ____________, 2013.

CITY OF SAN ANGELO

_______________________

By: Tina Bunnell, Finance Director

ATTEST:

_________________________

Alicia Ramirez, City Clerk

MGT OF AMERICA, INC.

_______________________________

By: J . Bradley Burgess, Vice President

ATTEST:___________________________ Approved as to Form: Approved as to Content: _______________________________ ______________________________ Lysia H. Bowling City Attorney Chief Accountant

EXHIBIT A

Methodology

The OMB Circular A-87 central services cost allocation plan and the Full Cost allocation plan will be prepared concurrently by completing the following 18 tasks. The OMB A-87 and the Full Cost allocation plans will be referred to as the cost allocation plans or just the plans.

1. Conduct an initial meeting with designated personnel.

Meet in San Angelo with City personnel who have responsibility or a high interest in the annual cost allocation plans. This meeting will refine the specific objectives, requirements, measurements, and schedule of the project. This meeting will also help the project consultants understand the unique aspects of the City including any organizational or structural changes from prior years.

2. Conduct an introductory training session with all relevant personnel.

Conduct an initial and introductory training session with key City personnel and project stakeholders. Project consultants will work with City personnel to establish the objectives, content, and list of attendees for this meeting or presentation. This session is vital to successful project results including approval by operating department officials. Agenda items for these meetings or presentations could include:

v Review the project objectives.

v Review and confirm the federal and/or state requirements.

v Finalize and document the project measurements.

v Review and finalize the project schedule.

v Review available financial data.

v Review available allocation data.

v Explain the cost allocation plan.

v Summarize the purpose for calculating the cost allocation plans.

v Explain how each meeting attendee is involved in the calculations.

v Discuss example summary reports produced by the project.

v Discuss example applications produced by the project.

v Address potential areas for additional direct or indirect cost recovery.

v Solicit questions and answers.

3. Collect basic financial and operational data.

Collect and review data such as organization charts, expenditure statements, budgets, personnel counts, salary reports, and transaction statistics. Project consultants will work with City personnel to develop and gather the needed data in the most efficient way possible. The review of this data will provide the structure for the cost allocation plans including the determination of “allocating” and “receiving” departments.

This step utilizes a feature in the MGT proprietary cost allocation software not available in most other cost allocation plan software. The MGT proprietary cost allocation software has the ability to analyze, display, and allocate the indirect costs of each central service department in great detail. This detail facilitates review, explanation, and understanding of incoming costs which leads to reduced errors, fewer reruns of reports, and the ultimate acceptance and approval of the cost allocation plans.

Allocating departments are referred to as central service departments and will include, but are not limited to accounting, purchasing, human resources, and information technology. Receiving departments will be all applicable City general fund departments or divisions and all other City non general funds.

Project consultants will also identify, evaluate, and inventory federal- and state-funded City programs and internal service funds so that central service support will be properly allocated.

4. Conduct department interviews.

Meet with and interview each central service department to determine the allowable expenditures, services provided, chargebacks or direct bills, personnel providing the services, the recipients of the provided services, and appropriate transaction data.

5. Divide central service departments into functions.

Divide the allowable costs in each central service department into functions. Functions represent distinct activities within a department.

Using information gathered in Task 4, project consultants will complete Personnel Staffing Analysis (PSA) worksheets to assist in dividing departments into functions. The PSA provides a basis for the distribution of department costs into department functions. During interviews with central service departments, MGT consultants will discuss assignments and duties of City personnel.

Determine and distribute departments into functions based on timesheets, assignments, activities, or other allowed methods. Once staff members and their corresponding salaries are distributed into functions, other department costs—such as materials and supplies—will also be distributed into the same functions. This task breaks a department into functional cost pools, which can then be allocated throughout the City using meaningful, measurable, and auditable allocation bases.

6. Distribute central service department costs into functions.

Distribute the allowable costs in each central service department, and the incoming costs into each central service department, into the functions determined in Task 5. Incoming costs are the costs from other central service departments determined by a double step-down calculation. The distribution of allowable department costs and incoming costs will determine the total cost of providing each distinct service within each central service department.

The MGT proprietary software is written in a relational database and uses Microsoft Excel as a report writer. This platform provides unlimited flexibility in calculating, formatting, and reporting information. Charts and graphs can be used to explain and illustrate allocation information. Allocation information is automatically produced that compares allocation totals to receiving departments (funds) from year to year.

7. Develop allocation bases for central service department functions.

Determine an appropriate allocation base for each function in each central service department. This determination will serve as the basis for allocating the allowable costs in each function to the recipients of the service. Project consultants will request corresponding transaction data from central service department personnel.

Central service departments will allocate costs to all City funds. This allocation methodology ensures the most fair and accurate distribution of costs as opposed to a methodology that singles out particular departments or funds for maximum allocation.

8. Process draft cost allocation plans.

Process the draft cost allocation plans using the MGT proprietary cost allocation software. The cost allocation plans will include summary and detail reports. The summary report in each cost allocation plan provides information on the dollar amounts allocated from each central service department to every receiving department. The detailed reports in each cost allocation plan provide information on the expenditures, allowable costs, incoming costs, personnel distribution, functions, and allocation bases for every central service department.

The MGT proprietary cost allocation software incorporates a double step-down methodology, is technical and detailed, has a self-auditing feature, and has been used for several hundred cost allocation plans in the past five years—many submitted for federal and state approval.

9. Conduct quality control and internal review of the draft cost allocation plans.

The project manager and the project consultant will undertake an internal review process to raise the accuracy of the cost allocation plans and ensure City personnel do not waste time reviewing substandard or incomplete work.

Four quality assurance measures are followed within every engagement. The project manager will undertake the first measure. This consultant will maintain a high level of communication with City personnel. Examples of communication include project status reports, review of documents, and submittal of preliminary results. This proactive communication ensures assumptions are correct, decisions are sound, and final results are solid.

The second measure is undertaken between the project consultant and the project manager. Similar to the first quality assurance measure, the project consultant maintains a high level of communication with the project manager. Assumptions are tested, issues discussed, and methods agreed to before and during the project, not following completion.

The third measure is a series of comparisons completed by the project consultant and project manager. Utilizing the MGT proprietary software, the project consultant and manager will compare cost allocation plans between years, and between multiple years, if

appropriate. Variances are identified, researched, understood, and explained to relevant individuals. The comparison and variance analysis between years, which is available to City personnel, raises the accuracy of project results.

The fourth and most formal measure is a comprehensive review of the draft cost allocation plan by a senior-level consultant with expertise in cost allocation. This experienced consultant has a fresher perspective of the project than do the project manager and project consultant. This perspective incorporates knowledge from dozens of similar projects.

This perspective and review forces the project manager and project consultant to defend project decisions. As a result, the cost allocation plan is strengthened, and a greater audit strategy is prepared in advance of final submittal to the City.

Additionally, the MGT proprietary cost allocation software automatically generates self-auditing schedule that reconciles the sum of all central service department expenditures to the sum of all allocated costs.

10. Provide draft cost allocation plans.

Meet in San Angelo with City personnel if requested or provide electronic printed and electronic copies of the draft results of the cost allocation plans to City personnel. This step is an opportunity to review preliminary results, address questions or concerns, and make changes as necessary. Task 9 will ensure City officials review quality draft results and are not forced to spend hours editing and correcting substandard work.

11. Process final cost allocation plans.

Process the final cost allocation plans after addressing issues or concerns raised in Task 10. The final cost allocation plans will be professionally formatted and displayed.

The final cost allocation plans will include the following two detailed sections.

1. Each allocating department will include descriptive narratives of the cost allocation methodologies for primary categories of allocated costs (aka functions or service categories).

2. A separate section documenting changes in allocation methodologies from the prior year and reasons for the changes.

Additionally, the MGT proprietary cost allocation software automatically generates management reports. These reports provide:

v A schedule comparing total allocated costs between fiscal years for every receiving department.

v A schedule comparing allocated costs between fiscal years, by central service department, to receiving departments meeting defined criteria (for example, a variance greater than 10 percent or a variance greater than $10,000).

v A schedule documenting unit costs of identified support activities such as the cost of payroll per employee, or the cost per purchase order.

v A schedule explaining variances in allocated costs from the prior year.

12. Provide final cost allocation plans in paper and electronic format.

Provide up to five printed and bound copies and one electronic copy (Excel or Adobe PDF file) on CD-ROM or email of the final cost allocation plans to City personnel following confirmation that the work is final by the City’s project manager. Additionally, MGT consultants will provide electronic copies (Excel or Adobe PDF file) of summary schedules, variance analyses, and management reports as requested.

13. Present project results to elected officials if requested.

Present the final project results to the City’s elected officials either in a work session or at a public meeting if requested. This presentation will include a high-level overview of the project and the applications, implications, and anticipated benefits to City operations. Detailed information will be presented as requested.

15. Identify additional uses for the cost allocation plans.

Continuously explore additional applications for the cost allocation plans.

16. Negotiate OMB A-87 cost allocation plan if requested.

Negotiate the final OMB Circular A-87 central services cost allocation plan with the appropriate State and/or Federal authorities if those authorities request such negotiation.

17. Respond to audit inquiries.

Provide answers and supporting documentation in response to State and/or Federal and/or other appropriate agency audit inquiries. Additionally, project consultants will work with State and/or Federal and/or other appropriate agency auditors to resolve issues in the current and future cost allocation plans.

18. Prepare a cost allocation plans project recap report.

Prepare a cost allocation plans project recap report for City personnel. This report will include comments and input from City personnel to review regarding the just-completed cost allocation plans. This report will also provide City personnel an opportunity to provide timely feedback on aspects of the cost allocation plan project that went well and aspects of the project that need improvement. The project consultants will then formulate this feedback into the following years’ work plan as applicable.

Additionally, the project recap report will include changes in allocation methodologies from the prior year and reasons for the changes.

These proposed 18 steps will not only have a minimal impact on City staff, the steps will also be completed in the most timely and efficient manner possible. The proposed senior-level project team has the capability and capacity to deliver the project results, with additional services, within the City’s desired project timeline.

A RESOLUTION OF THE CITY OF SAN ANGELO CITY COUNCIL AUTHORIZING THE CITY MANAGER OR DESIGNEE TO EXECUTE A CONSULTING SERVICES AGREEMENT AND ANY NECESSARY RELATED DOCUMENTS BETWEEN THE CITY OF SAN ANGELO, TEXAS AND MGT OF AMERICA, INC., FOR THE PROVISION OF TWO SEPARATE INDIRECT COST ALLOCATION PLANS; ONE BEING AN ANNUAL OMB A-87 COMPLIANT INDIRECT COST ALLOCATION PLAN BASED ON ACTUAL COSTS FOR FISCAL YEAR 2012, AND THE OTHER BEING AN ANNUAL GAAP COMPLIANT FULL COST ALLOCATION BASED ON BUDGETED COSTS FOR FY 2014, SAID AGREEMENT BEING IN THE AMOUNT $11,500.00 AND TO BE EFFECTIVE DECEMBER 1, 2013 THROUGH NOVEMBER 30, 2014, AND PROVIDING FOR AN OPTION TO RENEW FOR TWO (2) ADDITIONAL YEARS

WHEREAS, the City of San Angelo (“City”) is in need of consulting services for the provision of two separate indirect cost allocation plans to allocate indirect costs to individual departments for services used and paid for initially by the General Fund, one being for compliance with the Federal Office of Management & Budget (OMB) A-87 and the other being for Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (GAAP) (“Services”), and WHEREAS, City has previously entered into a consulting services agreement with MGT of America, Inc. for the provision of these services, and WHEREAS, MGT of America, Inc. possesses all necessary qualifications and expertise to perform Services, and. WHEREAS, City wishes to engage the services of MGT of America, Inc. and MGT of America, Inc. wishes to perform the services for City, under an agreement to be effective December 1, 2013 through November 30, 2014, said agreement being in the amount of $11,500.00 and providing an option to renew for an additional two years for each service plan. NOW THEREFORE BE IT RESOLVED BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF SAN ANGELO, TEXAS THAT:

1. The above recitals are true and correct and incorporated herein.

2. The City Council hereby approves the selection of MGT of America, Inc. to provide the consulting services and authorize the City Manager or his designee to execute a consulting services agreement between the City of San Angelo and MGT of America, Inc. and any necessary related documents.

PASSED, APPROVED, and ADOPTED on this the ____ day of _________________,

2013.

CITY OF SAN ANGELO, TEXAS

By: ________________________ Dwain Morrison, Mayor

ATTEST: _____ Alicia Ramirez, City Clerk APPROVED AS TO CONTENT: APPROVED AS TO FORM: _____________________________ ___________________________ Tina Bunnell, Finance Director. Lysia H. Bowling, City Attorney

A RESOLUTION OF THE CITY OF SAN ANGELO CITY COUNCIL RATIFYING ACCEPTANCE BY THE CITY MANAGER ON BEHALF OF THE CITY OF THE TEXAS DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC SAFETY FISCAL YEAR 2013 EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT PERFORMANCE GRANT (EMPG) AWARD #13TX-EMPG-0885 IN THE REVISED AMOUNT OF SIXTY-TWO THOUSAND SEVEN HUNDRED NINETY-FIVE AND 35/100 DOLLARS ($62,795.35); AND, AUTHORIZING THE CITY MANAGER TO EXECUTE ANY OTHER RELATED DOCUMENTS

Whereas, on October 1, 2013, the City Council authorized the City Manager to accept the Texas Department of Public Safety fiscal year 2013 Emergency Management Performance Grant (EMPG) #13TX-EMPG-0885 in the amount of Fifty-Eight Thousand, Two Hundred Seventy-Eight and 98/100 Dollars ($58,278.98) and execute any related documents for grant participation and compliance; and

Whereas, the Texas Department of Public Safety has notified the City of an adjustment in the amount of the EMPG award of Four Thousand Five Hundred Sixteen and 37/100 Dollars ($4,516.37) for an award of grant funds in the amount of Sixty-Two Thousand Seven Hundred Ninety-Five and 35/100 Dollars ($62,795.35), the acceptance of which is required within 45 days of October 16, 2013 to activate the grant; and

Whereas, the grant funds will be distributed, subject to said acceptance of the grant and commitment to comply with the terms and conditions of the grant requirements.

NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF SAN ANGELO, TEXAS THAT:

Section 1. The action of the City Manager to accept the Department of Public Safety FY 2013 EMPG award #13TX-EMPG-0885 in the amount of Sixty-Two Thousand Seven Hundred Ninety-Five and 35/100 Dollars ($62,795.35) and execute the grant award is hereby ratified and the City Manager is hereby authorized to execute any related documents for grant acceptance, participation or compliance.

Section 2. This Resolution shall take effect immediately from and after its passage and approval.

PASSED and APPROVED THIS DAY OF , 2013.

CITY OF SAN ANGELO, TEXAS ATTEST: Dwain Morrison, Mayor Alicia Ramirez, City Clerk APPROVED AS TO CONTENT: APPROVED AS TO FORM: _______________________________ Teresa Covey Lysia H. Bowling Emergency Management Coordinator City Attorney

Adopted: 5/30/03 Revised: 6/21/10

City of San Angelo


To: Mayor and Council Members

From: Teresa Covey, Interim Emergency Management Coordinator

Subject: Agenda Item for December 3, 2013 Council Meeting

Contact: Steve Mild, Emergency Management, 325-657-4230

Caption: Consent

Consideration of ratifying the acceptance of the FY2013 Emergency Management Performance Grant (EMPG) in the amount of $4,516.37, originally authorized for acceptance on 10/1/13 for $58,278.98, and authorizing the Mayor or City Manager to execute related documents

Summary: The Emergency Management Department has received this annual grant from FEMA through the Texas Division of Emergency Management (TDEM) for our efforts in maintaining our advanced preparedness level.

History: The Emergency Management Department has received this grant annually to assist with the funding of the Emergency Management Department.

Financial Impact: The supplement award of $4,516.37 is additional monies to fund a portion of the Emergency Management Department.

Related Vision Item

(if applicable):

Acceptance of this grant award enables the Emergency Management Department to continue the review and maintenance process of the Emergency Operations Plan (EOP) in the event(s) of catastrophic failures of services.


Staff recommends approval for the Mayor or City Manager to sign the FY2013 Emergency Management Performance Grant (EMPG) Revised Notice of Subrecipient Grant Award.

Attachments: Revised Notice of Sub-Recipient Grant Award Terms and Conditions

Presentation: N/A

Publication: N/A

Reviewed by Service Area Director:

Approved by Legal: Date of Approval (attach Legal Approval Form)

City of San Angelo

Memo Date: 10/22/2013

To: Mayor and Council Members

From: Tim Vasquez, Chief of Police

Subject: Agenda Item for November 19th, 2013 City Council Meeting

Contact: Tim Vasquez, Chief of Police, 325-657-4336

Caption: Regular

First public hearing and introduction of an Ordinance adopting 10.1700 of the City of San Angelo Code of Ordinances related to the operation and regulation of golf carts on public streets and providing for the penalty for violations of said ordinance as well as providing for repeal, savings and severability, effective date, and publication of said ordinance therein.

Summary: Currently the City of San Angelo has no ordinance regulating the use of golf carts. Applicable laws are currently found in the Texas Transportation Code as found in Section 551.401 through 551.405.

History: At the September 3rd, 2013 City Council Meeting Chief Tim Vasquez presented background information on golf cart issues as it relates to specifically Angelo State University and Commercial entities in the City. Motion by Councilman D. Vardeman and second by Councilman M. Self directed City staff to draft ordinance relating the use of golf carts on public streets specifically with regards to Angelo State University, Governmental Agencies, and Commercial Entities and motion carried unanimously.

At the November 5, 2013 City Council meeting, a first hearing of the ordinance was held and introduced with changes by City Council which included removing the government permit fee exemption, reducing the miles per hour from 35 to 30, and removing the passenger age limit. After further review and revision, the City Attorney has recommended Council reconsider the revised ordinance and conduct another first hearing.

Financial Impact: Application and Permit for each golf cart is $20.00

Related Vision Item (if applicable):

N/A


Staff recommends approval of Ordinance 10.1700 with changes of the following at Council Direction: 10.173(a) The maximum speed limit of the public street is thirty-five (35) miles per hour less. Change to thirty (30) miles per hour or less.

Attachments: 10.1700, Operation of Golf Cart Vehicle on Public Streets REVISED per City Council direction on 11/5/13

Presentation: (If item includes a PowerPoint presentation or any other type of electronic media to be displayed on the projector, this file must be submitted with your background information by the scheduled due date.)

Publication: N/A


Tim Vasquez, Chief of Police, 10-22-2013

Approved by Legal: October 23, 2013, City Attorney Lysia H. Bowling

AN ORDINANCE OF THE CITY OF SAN ANGELO, TEXAS, AMENDING CHAPTER 10, TRAFFIC CONTROL, OF THE SAN ANGELO CODE OF ORDINANCES, TO ADD A NEW ARTICLE 10.1700, ENTITLED “OPERATION OF GOLF CARTS ON PUBLIC STREETS” IN ORDER TO ALLOW AND REGULATE THE OPERATION OF GOLF CARTS ON ANY PART OF THE TRAFFIC AREA OF ANY PUBLIC STREET OR HIGHWAY WITHIN THE CITY LIMITS WHERE THE POSTED SPEED LIMIT IS NOT MORE THAN THIRTY (30) MILES PER HOUR, PROVIDING DEFINITIONS, ESTABLISHING LIMITATIONS ON SUCH OPERATION, ESTABLISHING REQUIREMENTS FOR EQUIPMENT, ANNUAL REGISTRATION, ESTABLISHING ADMINSTRATIVE PROCESSES, ESTABLISHING A REGISTRATION FEE, PROVIDING FOR A PENALTY FOR THE VIOLATION OF THIS ORDINANCE, AND AMENDING APPENDIX A, ENTITLED ARTICLE 3.000 BUSINESS RELATED FEES TO ADD A NEW SECTION 3.1300 GOLF CART REGISTRATION FEE; PROVIDING FOR SEVERABILITY; AND PROVIDING FOR AN EFFECTIVE DATE OF THIS ORDINANCE

WHEREAS, the City of San Angelo (“City”) is authorized under state law to allow and regulate the operation of golf carts on public streets of the City where the posted speed limit is not more than 35 miles per hour, including equipment requirements;

WHEREAS, the City Council has determined that the regulations set forth in this ordinance are reasonably necessary to promote and protect the interests of the public health, safety and welfare of the City; and

NOW THEREFORE, BE IT ORDAINED BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF SAN ANGELO, TEXAS:

Section 1) THAT, Chapter 10, entitled “Traffic Control” of the Code of Ordinances, City of San Angelo, Texas is hereby amended by adding the following Article 10.1700, entitled “Operation of Golf Carts on Public Streets” to allow and regulate the operation of golf carts on public streets where the posted speed limit is not more than thirty (30) miles per hour within the City limits:

ARTICLE 10.1700 OPERATION OF GOLF CARTS ON PUBLIC STREETS

Sec. 10.1701 Statutory Authorization.

In accordance with the authority granted under Chapter 551 of the Texas Transportation Code, Subchapter F, “Golf Carts and Utility Vehicles,” the City of San Angelo allows and regulates the operation of golf carts on public streets within the City limits where the posted speed limit is not more than 35 miles per hour, which includes imposing equipment safety standards.

Sec. 10.1702 Designation of Police Department.

The City of San Angelo Police Department is hereby authorized under the direction of the Police Chief or an authorized designee to administer the procedures for registration of golf carts and collect registration fees pursuant to this article.

Sec. 10.1703 Definitions.

Pursuant to this article:

(a) applicant means a natural person or entity submitting an application for registration for a golf cart.

(b) department means the City of San Angelo Police Department.

(c) driver’s license means an authorization issued by the State of Texas for the operation of a motor vehicle.

(d) golf cart means a motor vehicle designed by the manufacturer primarily for use on a golf course as defined in the Texas Transportation Code and not a go-cart, neighborhood electric vehicle, off road vehicle, utility vehicle or all-terrain vehicle.

(e) operator means the person who drives or has physical control of a golf cart on any part of the traffic area of any public street or highway.

(f) personal use means a use other than business use for facility maintenance, parcel delivery, premises security or any governmental use.

(g) registration means authorization issued by the Department to an applicant for registration of a golf cart.

(h) sidewalk means the portion of a street that is between a curb or lateral line of a roadway and the adjacent property line and intended for pedestrian use, and including pedestrian walkway, jogging path, bike or park trail.

(i) traffic area means any portion of any road, street, highway, drive, or other right-of- way, whether improved or unimproved, including the berm or shoulder, designed or ordinarily used for vehicular traffic, within the city limits.

Sec. 10.1704 Golf Cart Operation.

It shall be unlawful to operate a golf cart on any part of the traffic area of any public street or highway within the city limits where the posted speed limit is more than thirty (30) miles per hour and:

(a) That is not registered with the Department and does not have a current registration decal issued pursuant to this article conspicuously displayed upon the back of the golf cart.

(b) Without a valid Texas driver’s license.

(c) For personal use.

(d) On or upon any sidewalk, pedestrian walkway, jogging path, park trail or any location normally used for pedestrian traffic.

(e) With unseated occupants or a number of occupants in excess of the number for which factory seating is installed and provided.

(f) While towing another golf cart or conveyance of any kind or person on roller skates, skateboard or bicycle.

(g) When visibility is impaired by weather, smoke, fog, or other condition, or at any time when there is insufficient light to clearly see persons or vehicles on the roadway at a distance of five hundred feet (500’) or during inclement weather.

Sec. 10.1705 Golf Cart Equipment Required.

It shall be unlawful to operate a golf cart pursuant to this article which does not have the following equipment:

(a) Two (2) headlamps;

(b) Two (2) tail lamps;

(c) Side reflectors [two (2) front, amber in color and two (2) rear, red in color];

(d) Parking brake;

(e) Rearview mirror(s), capable of a clear, unobstructed view of at least two hundred feet (200’) to the rear;

(f) Slow-moving vehicle emblem.

Sec. 10.1706 Golf Cart Registration Required.

All golf carts operated upon the traffic areas within the city limits pursuant to this article shall be registered with the Department prior to such operation. Registration of a golf cart is not intended to and shall not operate to warrant or guarantee that the golf cart meets any particular standard or condition or that it may be safely operated upon the traffic areas within the City. Registration shall be made in the manner set forth as follows:

(a) Application for a golf cart registration shall be made upon a form provided by and to the Department. An annual registration fee as prescribed in Appendix A, Article 3.000, entitled “Business Related Fees”, Section 3.1300, entitled “Golf Cart Registration Fee”, shall be paid before each registration or renewal thereof is granted.

(b) The Department, upon receiving proper application therefore and upon compliance inspection for required equipment, is authorized to issue a golf cart registration decal which shall be effective for one (1) calendar year.

(c) Such decal shall be firmly attached to the rear of the golf cart for which issued in such position as to be plainly visible from the rear.

(d) Upon the expiration of any golf cart registration, the same may be renewed upon application and payment of the prescribed fee.

(e) The Department shall not issue a golf cart registration decal for any golf cart the Department has reasonable grounds to believe that the applicant is not the owner of, or entitled to the possession of, such golf cart.

(f) The Department shall not issue a golf cart registration decal for any golf cart for which the applicant has not submitted evidence of financial responsibility for the current registration period for the golf cart equivalent to or greater than the current minimum requirement for liability insurance under the Texas Motor Vehicle Safety Responsibility Act for operation of a motor vehicle. Such financial responsibility may be provided by a general liability insurance policy, self-insurance through a governmental agency, or by other valid insurance.

Sec. 10.1706 Liability.

Nothing in this article shall be construed as an assumption of liability by City for any injuries (including death) to persons, pets, or property which may result from the operation of a golf cart pursuant to this article.

Section 2) THAT, the following penalty clause is adopted with this amendment:

PENALTY:

Any person who violates any provisions of this article shall be guilty of a misdemeanor and upon conviction shall be subject to a fine as provided for in Section 1.106 of this Code. Each day of such violation shall constitute a separate offense.

Section 3) THAT, the following severability clause is adopted with this amendment:

SEVERABILITY:

That the terms and provisions of this ordinance shall be deemed to be severable in that if any portion of this ordinance shall be declared to be invalid, the same shall not affect the validity of the other provisions of this ordinance.

Section 4) THAT, Appendix A, Article 3.000, entitled “Business Related Fees” is hereby amended by adding the following Section 3.1300, entitled “Golf Cart Registration Fee”:

Sec. 3.1300 Golf Cart Registration Fee

A golf cart registration application hereunder shall be accompanied by a golf cart registration fee of $20.00.

Section 5) THAT, the following severability clause is adopted with this amendment:

SEVERABILITY:

That the terms and provisions of this ordinance shall be deemed to be severable in that if any portion of this ordinance shall be declared to be invalid, the same shall not affect the validity of the other provisions of this ordinance.

Section 6) THAT this Ordinance shall be effective from an after the date of adoption.

INTRODUCED on the day of 2013, and finally PASSED, APPROVED and ADOPTED on this the day of , 2013.

CITY OF SAN ANGELO, TEXAS Dwain Morrison, Mayor ATTEST: Alicia Ramirez, City Clerk Approved as to content: Approved as to form: Tim Vasquez, Police Chief Lysia H. Bowling, City Attorney

Excerpt from Current City Code of Ordinances, Chapter 2, Article 2.3600 ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT

Sec. 2.3606 Levy, Use and Termination of Sales Tax

(a) In accordance with the results of the September 11, 2004 sales tax election held under Section 4B of Vernon’s Ann. Civ. St. Art. 5190.6 (“Act” hereinafter), the City of San Angelo shall continue to levy and collect a one-half cent sales and use tax for the following purposes authorized by said election:

(1) Infrastructure relating to the development of water supply facilities for one or more of the following options: water reuse and/or the use of fresh or brackish ground water; and the development and institution of water conservation programs including, but not limited to, education programs and incentives for the installation of water saving plumbing fixtures;

(2) Projects authorized under the Act including, but not limited to, Concho River improvements; park improvements; sports and athletics facilities and improvements, including maintenance and operations expenses for such sports and athletics facilities and improvements; convention center, Fort Concho Museum, coliseum and fairground improvements; related improvements to enhance the foregoing items; and development and expansion of affordable housing;

(3) Economic development purposes authorized under Section 4B of the Act, including, but not limited to, the development, promotion, creation, retention or expansion of business enterprises that create or retain primary jobs, and suitable infrastructure necessary to promote or develop business enterprises.

(b) The one-half cent sales tax shall be levied and collected from July 1, 2005 and shall terminate on June 30, 2025.

(c) One-half cent sales tax collected from July 1, 1999 until June 30, 2005 shall continue to be used for the following purposes authorized in the election held on January 16, 1999:

(1) Lake Nasworthy Dredging Project and related improvements.

(2) Coliseum and Fairgrounds Projects, including but not limited to replacement of air conditioning plant in the coliseum, construction of an indoor arena, and other facility improvements.

(3) The promotion and/or development of new or expanding business enterprises which create or retain jobs including the provision of infrastructure to support such enterprises.

(Ordinance adopted 7/5/05)

AN ORDINANCE AMENDING ARTICLE 2.3600 ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT CORPORATION OF THE CODE OF ORDINANCES OF THE CITY OF SAN ANGELO, TEXAS BY AMENDING SECTION 2.3606 TO ADD A NEW SUBSECTION 1 TO INCLUDE THE PROJECTS ALLOWED IN SECTION 4B OF ARTICLE 5190.6 V.A.C.S., AS AMENDED, (HEREINAFTER “ACT”) FOR THE CITY OF SAN ANGELO TO CONTINUE TO LEVY AND COLLECT A ONE-HALF CENT SALES AND USE TAX, SAID PROJECTS HAVING BEEN APPROVED BY THE VOTERS IN THE NOVEMBER 2, 2010 SPECIAL ELECTION TO BE UNDERTAKEN AS ALLOWED BY THE ACT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE RESULTS OF THE SAID SPECIAL ELECTION; AND TO RESTATE AND RENUMBER SECTION 2.3606 IN ITS ENTIRETY; PROVIDING FOR SEVERABILITY; AND, PROVIDING FOR AN EFFECTIVE DATE.

BE IT ORDAINED BY THE CITY OF SAN ANGELO:

Section 1. THAT, Chapter 2, Article 2.3600 Section 2.3606 of the Code of Ordinances of the City of San Angelo, Texas is hereby amended to add a new Subsection 1, paragraphs (a), (b), (c), (d), (e) and (f) to reflect that in accordance with the results of the November 2, 2010 Special Election held under Section 4B of Article 5190.6 V.A.C.S, the City of San Angelo shall continue to levy and collect a one-half cent sales and use tax for the purposes and projects authorized by said election; and to restate and renumber paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) of said Section 2.3606 as adopted by the Code of Ordinances on July 5, 2005, as Subsection 2, Subsection 3 and Subsection 4, to read as follows:

ARTICLE 2.3606 ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT CORPORATION Sec. 2.3606 Levy, Use and Termination of Sales Tax 1. In accordance with the results of the November 2, 2010 sales tax election held under Section 4B of Article 5190.6 V.A.C.S, the City of San Angelo shall continue to levy and collect a one-half cent sales and use tax for following purposes and projects authorized by said election:

(a) The use of sales and use tax proceeds for infrastructure relating to the development of water supply, water purchase, water rights purchase, and/or capital improvements for one or more of the following options: water reuse and/or the use of fresh or brackish water; and the development and institution of water conservation programs, including, but not limited to, education programs and incentives for the installation of water saving plumbing fixtures, to be from a minimum of 21% increasing to 72% of gross sales and use tax proceeds as voter approved project obligations are met and subject to future voter approval of additional projects; and

(b) The use of sales and use tax proceeds for the continued economic development projects authorized under Section 4B of the Act, including, but not limited to, the development, promotion, creation, retention or expansion of business enterprises that create or retain primary jobs, including suitable infrastructure, up to 28% of gross sales and use tax revenues; and

(c) The use of sales and use tax proceeds for the continued development and expansion of affordable housing for a period of thirty (30) years at its current allocation; and (d) The use of sales and use tax proceeds for infrastructure relating to the Concho River improvements anticipated to be in the sum of $4 million: and

(e) The use of sales and use tax proceeds for projects authorized under the Act including, restoration of the Auditorium Downtown Plaza anticipated to be in the sum of $3.75 million, youth sports facility consolidation anticipated to be in the sum of $1.75 million, Fort Concho/Museum District anticipated to be in the sum of $1 million, Fair Grounds Third (3rd) Phase Construction anticipated to be in the sum of $1 million, and Airport Modification leveraging funds anticipated to be in the sum of $500,000; and

(f) The uses of sales and use tax proceeds for infrastructure and capital improvement projects, other than development of water infrastructure or economic development, requiring funding in addition to funding anticipated at the time of approval shall be resubmitted to the qualified voters for approval before the expenditure of additional funds from sales and use tax proceeds.

2. In accordance with the results of the September 11, 2004 sales tax election held under Section 4B of Vernon’s Ann. Civ. St. Art. 5190.6 (“Act” hereinafter), the City of San Angelo shall continue to levy and collect a one-half cent sales and use tax for the following purposes authorized by said election:

(a) Infrastructure relating to the development of water supply facilities for one or more of the following options: water reuse and/or the use of fresh or brackish ground water; and the development and institution of water conservation programs including, but not limited to, education programs and incentives for the installation of water saving plumbing fixtures; (b) Projects authorized under the Act including, but not limited to, Concho River improvements; park improvements; sports and athletics facilities and improvements, including maintenance and operations expenses for such sports and athletics facilities and improvements; convention center, Fort Concho Museum, coliseum and fairground improvements; related improvements to enhance the foregoing items; and development and expansion of affordable housing; (c) Economic development purposes authorized under Section 4B of the Act, including, but not limited to, the development, promotion, creation, retention or expansion of business

enterprises that create or retain primary jobs, and suitable infrastructure necessary to promote or develop business enterprises.

3. The one-half cent sales tax shall be levied and collected from July 1, 2005 and shall terminate on June 30, 2025.

4. One-half cent sales tax collected from July 1, 1999 until June 30, 2005 shall continue to be used for the following purposes authorized in the election held on January 16, 1999:

(a) Lake Nasworthy Dredging Project and related improvements. (b) Coliseum and Fairgrounds Projects, including but not limited to replacement of air conditioning plant in the coliseum, construction of an indoor arena, and other facility improvements. (c) The promotion and/or development of new or expanding business enterprises which create or retain jobs including the provision of infrastructure to support such enterprises

Section 2. THAT, the terms and provisions of this Ordinance shall be deemed to be severable in that if any portion of this Ordinance shall be declared to be invalid, the same shall not affect the validity of the other provisions of this Ordinance.

Section 3. THAT, this Ordinance shall be effective on, from and after the date of adoption.

INTRODUCED on the ______ day of _______________, 2013, and finally PASSED,

APPROVED and ADOPTED on this the _____ day of _______________2013.

CITY OF SAN ANGELO, TEXAS Dwain Morrison, Mayor ATTEST: Alicia Ramirez, City Clerk

Approved as to content: Approved as to form: Robert Schneeman Lysia Bowling Interim Economic Development Director City Attorney

City of San Angelo



From: Robert Schneeman, Interim Director of Economic Development

Subject: Agenda Item for November 19, 2013 meeting

Contact: Robert Schneeman, 657-4210

Caption: REGULAR Agenda

Consideration and possible action regarding approval of an ordinance amending Article 2.3600 Economic Development Corporation of the Code of Ordinances of the City of San Angelo, Texas by amending Section 2.3606 to add a new Subsection 1 to include the projects allowed in Section 4b of Article 5190.6 V.A.C.S., as amended, (hereinafter “Act”) for the City of San Angelo to continue to levy and collect a one-half cent sales and use tax, said projects having been approved by the voters in the November 2, 2010 special election to be undertaken as allowed by the Act in accordance with the results of the said special election; and to restate and renumber Section 2.3606 in its entirety; providing for severability; and, providing for an effective date.

Summary: The City Code of Ordinances requires updating to reflect the changes in the use of half cent sales tax approved by voters on the 2010 ballot.

History: There have been three half cent sales tax ballot initiatives including approval of the tax in 1999, extension and approval of additional projects in 2004 and extension, and approval of additional projects in 2010. TO date the City Code of Ordinances has not been revised to reflect the 2010 ballot changes.

Financial Impact: To be determined

Related Vision Item

(if applicable):

N/A


Staff recommends approval

Attachments: Current Levy, Use, and Termination of Sales Tax ordinance; Amended Levy, Use, and Termination of Sales Tax ordinance; 2010 voter approved ballot

Presentation: Robert Schneeman, Interim Director of Economic Development

` City of San Angelo



From: Morgan Chegwidden, Budget Manager

Subject: Agenda Item for November 19, 2013, Council Meeting

Contact: Morgan Chegwidden, Budget Manager

Caption: Regular Item

First public hearing and introduction of an Ordinance amending the 2013-2014 Budget for encumbrances, restricted and dedicated moneys, incomplete projects, and grants which necessitate budget amendments

Summary: This proposed amendment contains the following items (additional information attached):

• Encumbrances, Grants, Citizen Contributions, Restricted Items, and Incomplete Projects

• Health Department RLSS Additional Emergency Grant for Nursing Rent

• Health Department Section 1115 Waiver Funds

• Police Bulletproof Vest Partnership Grant

• Police State Justice Assistance Grant Program

• Hotel Occupancy Tax Capital Improvement Projects

• Fort Concho Heating & Cooling Improvements

History: See attached Budget Amendment Request memorandums.

Financial Impact: $19,567,092 (see attached detail on Exhibit A of the ordinance).

Related Vision Item

(if applicable):

N/A


Staff recommends approval.

Attachments: Ordinance including Exhibit A; Department request memos

Presentation: N/A

Publication: N/A

Reviewed by Tina Bunnell

Director:

AN ORDINANCE OF THE CITY OF SAN ANGELO AMENDING THE BUDGET FOR THE FISCAL YEAR BEGINNING OCTOBER 1, 2013, AND ENDING SEPTEMBER 30, 2014, FOR ENCUMBRANCES, RESTRICTED AND DEDICATED MONEYS, INCOMPLETE PROJECTS, AND GRANTS.

WHEREAS the City of San Angelo has determined that new projects not included in the current budget should begin, and

WHEREAS the City of San Angelo has determined that certain budgeted amounts should be amended due to project changes and unforeseen circumstances, and

WHEREAS the resources necessary for these changes are available;

NOW THEREFORE, BE IT ORDAINED BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF SAN ANGELO, TEXAS THAT:

The City’s budget for fiscal year 2013-2014 be amended by the amounts contained in Exhibit A.

INTRODUCED on the 19th day of November, 2013, and APPROVED and ADOPTED on this the 3rd day of December, 2013.

CITY OF SAN ANGELO, TEXAS

__________________________________ Dwain Morrison, Mayor

ATTEST: __________________________________ Alicia Ramirez, City Clerk

Approved as to Content and Form: __________________________________ Tina Bunnell, Director of Finance

City of San Angelo Proposed Budget Amendment Exhibit A

Fund Number Fund Name Total Amendment 101 General 1,449,500 103 Intergovernmental 1,807,105 106 TIRZ 555,128 201 State Office Building 277,514 203 Texas Bank Sports Complex 175,000 220 Airport 510,438 240 Stormwater 361,500 260 Water 606,608 270 Wastewater 47,079 305 Communications 61,393 310 Health Insurance 201,288 320 Property/Casualty 681,724 410 Civic Events 410,543 420 Fort Concho 200,000 501 Equipment Replacement 236,847 502 General Capital Projects 3,643,513 512 Waterline Supply Projects 4,073,789 520 Wastewater Capital Projects 4,028,841 531 Airport Capital 22,205 601 Designated Revenue 217,077 Totals 19,567,092

City of San Angelo Proposed Budget Amendment Amendment Additional Information Project/Need Source of Funding Expense Revenue Net Cost Budget Carryovers

Encumbrances Multiple Funds –

Fund Balance 10,215,061 0 10,215,061

Grants Multiple Funds –

Fund Balance 2,401,128 2,594,534 (193,406)

Citizen Contributions Designated

Revenue Fund – Fund Balance

217,077 25,517 191,560

Restricted Items Multiple Funds –

Fund Balance 2,486,111 0 2,486,111

Capital Projects Multiple Funds –

Fund Balance 3,286,484 0 3,286,484

Health Department Section 1115 Waiver Funds Grant

Texas Department of Health and Human Services and The Centers for Medicare and Medicaid

137,500 137,500 0

Health Department RLSS Additional Emergency Grant for Nursing Rent

Department of State Health Services RLSS/LPHS Grant

20,000 20,000 0

Police Bulletproof Vest Partnership Grant Department of

Justice 2013 Bulletproof Vest Partnership Grant

8,731 8,731 0

Police State Justice Assistance Grant Program

State Justice Assistance Grant

18,000 18,000 0

Hotel Occupancy Tax capital projects Surplus Hotel

Occupancy Tax receipts

677,000 275,000 402,000

Fort Concho Heating & Cooling Improvements

Clements Foundation, Fort

100,000 100,000 0

Exhibit B

Concho Foundation

Totals 19,567,092 3,179,282 16,387,810

City of San Angelo

Memo Date: 10/17/2013


From: Assistant Fire Chief Scott Farris

Subject: Agenda Item for 12/03/2013 Council Meeting

Contact: Scott Farris, Fire Dept., 657-4355

Caption: CONSENT

Consideration of selecting Image Trend for RFP FD-02-13, authorizing staff to negotiate a Fire Department records management system contract between the City of San Angelo and Image Trend for software, annual maintenance and hardware, and for additional hardware to be purchased from other vendors, in a total combined amount not to exceed $210,000.00, and authorizing the City Manager to execute said contract and any related documents. (S.Farris)

Summary: We have conducted an RFP to replace our existing outdated records management system. Four (4) vendors responded. A committee was formed and we would like to select the highest qualified vendor (Image Trend) and negotiate a contract.

History: Our existing records management system is dated (purchased in 2000) and is neither supported nor maintained via the present provider (ZOLL). Future service for our current system is non-existent without entering new contracts. The system stores and provides all Fire Dept. data required for audits from regulatory agencies (i.e. Texas Commission on Fire Protection, State Fire marshal’s office, Department of State Health Services). The system also assists with daily Fire dept. operations to include scheduling, vehicle maintenance records, & personnel records. This will be our second attempt at procuring the services. In 2012 we rejected all RFP’s submitted due to the fact they did not meet our needed operational and/or budget requirements.

Financial Impact: $102,800 startup with $14,800 annual maintenance cost for four years, in amount of $162,000. Additional cost $48,000 will be needed hardware to operate the system (i.e. servers, medical grade tablets for patient side reporting/signatures, wireless access points at fire stations). Additional cost items may be purchased though Image Trend or other vendors in order to achieve the best value for the City. The total cost for the records management system, upgrades to effected stations/vehicles, and hardware for operations shall not exceed $210,000. Chief Dunn approached council on 9/3/2013 and received approval for the rollover of excess ambulance revenues from the FY2012-2013 to FY2013-2014 as a funding source.

Related Vision Item

(if applicable):

Visions reference as determined at the September 2007 Visions meeting. Infrastructure Vision San Angelo will have a quality infrastructure system when… Dependable delivery of essential services


Staff recommends allowing selection of and negotiations with the highest qualified vendor. If negotiations prove positive, a contract will be constructed though our legal dept. and said contract will be executed with authorization of the City Manager

Attachments: PUR FD-03-12 RFPAcknowledgement and Elvaluation.xlsx RFP committee findings.docx PUR FD-03-12 RFP0213 071113.docx PUR FD-03-12 ImageTrend Response.pdf

Presentation: none

Publication: none


Brian Dunn, Fire, 10/17/2013

Approved by Legal: 10/17/2013

CITY OF SAN ANGELO RESPONSE TO REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL FD-02-13 RECORDS MANAGEMENT SYSTEM ROGER BANKS, DIVISION MANAGER [email protected] TEL: (325) 657-4220 SCOTT FARRIS, ASSISTANT FIRE CHIEF [email protected] TEL: (325) 657-4355 FIRE DEPARTMENT 72 WEST COLLEGE AVENUE SAN ANGELO, TEXAS 76903 DUE: JULY 11, 2013 AT 2:00 PM PREPARED BY: TRISHA MOLINE IMAGETREND, INC. 20855 KENSINGTON BLVD LAKEVILLE, MN 55044 952-469-1589 [email protected] WWW.IMAGETREND.COM

mailto:[email protected]



http://www.imagetrend.com/

7/10/13 Page: 2

TAB 1 – TABLE OF CONTENTS Tab 1 – Table of Contents............................................................................................................................. 2

Tab 2 – Executive Summary ......................................................................................................................... 3

Tab 3 – Letter of Interest, Addendum Acknowledgement & W9 Form ......................................................... 5

Letter of Interest ........................................................................................................................................ 5

Addendum Acknowledgement ................................................................................................................... 6

W9 ............................................................................................................................................................. 7

Tab 4 – Conflict of Interest Form & Debarment & Suspension Certification ................................................. 8

Conflict of Interest Form ............................................................................................................................ 8

Debarment & Suspension Certification ..................................................................................................... 8

Tab 5 – List of References ............................................................................................................................ 9

Tab 6 – Example of Standard Contract ....................................................................................................... 11

Tab 7 – Pricing Options ............................................................................................................................... 18

License Purchase, Client Hosted Price Model ........................................................................................ 18

Server Hardware Costs ........................................................................................................................... 21

Tab 8 – Report Management System Questionnaire ................................................................................. 23

Tab 9 – Additional Information .................................................................................................................... 54

Product Description ................................................................................................................................. 54

Mobile Data Collection ............................................................................................................................. 65

Optional Modules ..................................................................................................................................... 69

Security .................................................................................................................................................... 73

Implementation ........................................................................................................................................ 76

Training .................................................................................................................................................... 79

Support .................................................................................................................................................... 81

System Specifications ............................................................................................................................. 84

Tab 10 – Appendix ...................................................................................................................................... 87

7/10/13 Page: 3

TAB 2 – EXECUTIVE SUMMARY ImageTrend Inc. is pleased to present this proposal outlining our products and services in response to the City of San Angelo’s RFP #FD-02-13 for a Fire Department Records management System. The goal of procuring the best state-of-the-art Fire and EMS data collection and management system that incorporates both the NFIRS and NHTSA (NEMSIS Gold) data sets in support of collecting and reporting for both fire and pre-hospital incidents can best be accomplished with ImageTrend’s EMS Rescue Bridge. Not only does this system provide data handling, but also it has extensive tools for turning this data into valuable and discernible information with its data analysis and reporting capabilities. ImageTrend’s emergency data management systems have been in operation since 2001 and have a history of collecting millions of EMS and Fire incidents. During this time the States of Minnesota, Alaska, Arizona, Colorado, Delaware, Georgia, Idaho, Indiana, Kansas, Kentucky, Louisiana, Maine, Maryland, Massachusetts, Michigan, Mississippi, Missouri, Nebraska, New Hampshire, New Mexico, New York, Oklahoma, Rhode Island, Vermont, Virginia, Washington, Wisconsin and Wyoming as well as many services and individual users, have provided us invaluable information for product refinement and expansion. This has resulted in a solution that not only collects data, but also provides further features for electronic streamlined field data collection to eliminate redundancies and save time. These systems combined have collected over 50,000,000 incidents via online run forms, data imports from disparate and legacy systems and from ImageTrend field collection systems. Thousands of satisfied users from hundreds of emergency services and all levels of the emergency user community will attest to the ease of use and responsiveness of the award-winning Emergency Data Systems (EDS). Based on the success of ImageTrend’s EMS products and the requests of our clients, ImageTrend developed the Rescue Bridge, a unique combined fire/EMS reporting system developed upon one common platform for centralization and ease of use. This system has been installed for several counties and services, as well as for the States of Minnesota, New Mexico, Nebraska, Washington and Oregon. Several smaller systems have been sold to municipalities. ImageTrend’s Rescue Bridge is an advanced and comprehensive fire and EMS solution that accommodates enhanced information aggregation and exchange in a paperless environment. This secure Web-based system provides for complete and accurate incident reporting with staff and equipment management from anywhere at any time. Administrative efficiencies are available for statewide, regional or local levels through seamless integrations and continuous access from any internet connection. The Rescue Bridge provides functionality for collecting and analyzing EMS and fire data, as well as additional modules for inventory management, staff training records, location information, hydrant information and inspections. The advanced Report Writer allows access to hundreds of standard reports as well as the ability to create ad hoc reports as needed. These reporting and query tools provide the user a way to turn data into valuable information. As an enterprise architecture each user is able to view, analyze and run reports on their specific data. ImageTrend’s expertise in Web applications and database solutions for many industries has been the groundwork for this dynamic system. This secure system conforms to HIPAA regulations through secure logins, hierarchical based password administration, audit trails and site monitoring and encompasses data validation checks at all levels. The system’s DataPort allows for data exchange with other software packages, systems and agencies via a variety of standards. EKG integrations with LifePak12 is this Physio Control, Philips and ZOLL are standard. Billing integrations with software (i.e. Ortivus, RescueNet, etc.) or services (ADPI, Digitech, etc.) have been delivered with most systems, as well as, CAD (Tritech, Motorola, etc.) integrations. The overview also includes the optional EMS Field Bridge and Mobile Fire Inspections modules. The EMS Field Bridge, which when installed on the Tablet PC, makes mobile data collection easy with its pen-based entry, handwriting recognition and portability. This portability allows for installation in the

7/10/13 Page: 4

emergency vehicles where the data can be entered as it happens, ensuring a higher accuracy and limiting redundant entries. This application can also be installed on any standard desktop or laptop PC, where the drop down menus, default run templates, power tools and automated narratives significantly reduce run form completion times. The Rescue Bridge also supports fire inspection duties with easy-to-use forms that store building inspection information and violation tracking. With the use of a Tablet PC, these forms can be completed during the inspection, document violations and capture needed signatures. This information is then immediately available for any incident that may occur. Linking information from inspections to incidents assists in decision making and implementing time-saving procedures, which increase preparedness. The groundwork for this dynamic system was built through ImageTrend’s expertise in Web applications and database solutions throughout many industries. This secure system conforms to HIPAA regulations through secure logins, hierarchical based password administration, audit trails and site monitoring and encompasses data validation checks at all levels. As a product offering the EMS Rescue Bridge solution provides you a risk-free solution with its proven track record. Our experience provides a basis of reference to ensure an implementation process that is attainable in the allocated time and within budget. ImageTrend‘s products and services, whether our premium hosting option or our project management, support and training will ensure a successful implementation. ImageTrend‘s successful implementations are dependent upon providing turnkey processes often involving disparate systems. Please contact our references and ask them about us. Since it is true that a picture is worth a thousand words, we would welcome any opportunity to demonstrate our offering to you in person for efficient and thorough understanding. This would give you the chance to not only view the solution, but to meet our enthusiastic and dedicated team as well. Sincerely, Michael J. McBrady President

7/10/13 Page: 5

TAB 3 – LETTER OF INTEREST, ADDENDUM ACKNOWLEDGEMENT & W9 FORM

LETTER OF INTEREST

The undersigned firm submits the following information in response to Request for Proposal (as amended by Addenda), issued by the City of San Angelo, Texas (“City”).

Respondent is responsible for calling the Purchasing Division or checking the City’s website to determine if any addendums have been issued prior to submitting a proposal.

Respondent also understands that the City is not bound to select any proposals for the final pre-qualified list and may reject any RFP submittal that the City receives.

Respondent further understands that all costs and expenses incurred by it in preparing this RFP and participating in this process will be borne solely by the respondent, and that the RFP submittal materials will become the property of the City and will not be returned.

Respondent agrees that the City will not be responsible for any errors, omissions, inaccuracies, or incomplete statements in this RFP and accepts all terms of the RFP submittal process by signing this letter of interest and making the RFP submittal.

The respondent certifies, by submission of this proposal or acceptance of this contract, that neither it nor its principals is presently debarred, suspended, proposed for debarment, declared ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from participation in this transaction by any Federal or State departments or agencies.

Respondent agrees that any offer submitted because of this RFP shall be binding on the Respondent for 120 calendar days following the specified opening date. Any proposal for which the respondent specified a shorter acceptance period may be rejected.

This RFP shall be governed by and construed in all respects according to the laws of the State of Texas.

ImageTrend, Inc. Company

Authorized Signature

Michael J. McBrady, President Printed Name & Title

20855 Kensington Blvd. Address

Lakeville, MN 55044 City, State, Zip Code

Date

7/10/13 Page: 6

ADDENDUM ACKNOWLEDGEMENT

Receipt is hereby acknowledged of the following addenda to the Contract documents. Addendum No. 1 dated Received Addendum No. 2 dated Received Addendum No. 3 dated Received Addendum No. 4 dated Received Addendum No. 5 dated Received Addendum No. 6 dated Received




20855 Kensington Blvd. Address

Lakeville, MN 55044 City, State, Zip Code

Date

7/10/13 Page: 7

W9

A W9 has been included in the Appendix.

7/10/13 Page: 8

TAB 4 – CONFLICT OF INTEREST FORM & DEBARMENT & SUSPENSION CERTIFICATION

CONFLICT OF INTEREST FORM ImageTrend has no known conflicts of interest with the City of San Angelo or other local governmental entity.

DEBARMENT & SUSPENSION CERTIFICATION

1) The prospective primary participant certifies to the best of its knowledge and belief that it and its principals:

a) Are not presently debarred, suspended, proposed for disbarment, declared ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from covered transactions by any Federal department or agency;

b) Have not within a three-year period preceding this application been convicted of or had a civil judgment rendered against them for commission of fraud or a criminal offense in connection with obtaining, attempting to obtain, or performing a public (Federal, State or local) transaction or contract under public transaction; violation of Federal or State antitrust statutes or commission of embezzlement, theft, forgery, bribery, falsification or destruction of records, making false statements, or receiving stolen property;

c) Are not presently indicted for or otherwise criminally or civilly charged by a governmental entity (Federal, State or local) with commission of any of the offenses enumerated in paragraph (1)(b) of this certification; and

d) Have not within a three-year period preceding this application had one or more public transactions (Federal, State or local) terminated for cause or default.

2) Where the prospective primary participant is unable ot certify to any of the statements in this certification, such prospective primary participant shall attach an explanation to this proposal.




20855 Kensington Blvd. Address Lakeville, MN 55044 City, State, Zip Code

Date

7/10/13 Page: 9

TAB 5 – LIST OF REFERENCES List at least three (3) references of similar scope and size giving company name, contact information and term.

Government/Company Name: Houston Fire Department Location: 500 Jefferson, Suite 1500, Houston, TX 77002 Contact Person and Title: Paul Nelson, EMS Administration Telephone Number: (832) 394-6823 Email: [email protected] Scope of Work: The Houston Fire Department was looking for an ePCR system to be used to electronically capture patient care data in the field, provide extensive reporting capabilities, and interface with ACH Billing and CAD. They selected the ImageTrend EMS Service Bridge solution, which provides a centralized EMS Data Repository with full data management, seamless integrations and reporting functionality, with web-based access for all licensed EMS providers and administrators. As a mobile field solution, they will be using the EMS Field Bridge software on Tablet PCs. These allow for the electronic collection of data in the field with mobile platforms and integrate seamlessly with the EMS Service Bridge. Contract Period: Order date: 06/2012, current client

Government/Company Name: Pearland EMS Location: 2703 Veterans Drive, Pearland, TX 77584 Contact Person and Title: Daniel Baum, LP, EMS Fire Chief Telephone Number: (281) 997-5841 Scope of Work: Pearland EMS chose the ImageTrend’s EMS Service Bridge to fulfill their data collection and quality assurance needs. They are using the EMS Field Bridge for mobile data collection, Mapping and Reporting System (MARS), Hospital Dashboard, Auto-CAD, Automatic Transfer Notification and seamless integrations to CAD and Billing to complete their end-to-end comprehensive system. Contract Period: Order date: 10/2012, current client

Government/Company Name: Richardson Fire Department Location: 136 N. Greenville Ave, Richardson, TX 75081 Contact Person and Title: Curtis Poovey, Battalion Chief - EMS

REFERENCE ONE

REFERENCE TWO

REFERENCE THREE


7/10/13 Page: 10

Telephone Number: (972) 744-5701 Email: [email protected] Scope of Work: The Richardson Fire Department chose ImageTrend’s EMS Service Bridge and Field Bridge to meet their data collection needs. ImageTrend’s EMS Service Bridge is a pre-hospital emergency centralized web-based data collection, analysis and reporting system. ImageTrend’s system is fully integrated with MyFax, the billing software and CAD, offering a complete system to meet the Department’s needs. Contract Period: Order date: 01/2012, current client



7/10/13 Page: 11

TAB 6 – EXAMPLE OF STANDARD CONTRACT THIS AGREEMENT is made and entered into on the date last written below, by and between the ImageTrend, Inc., a Minnesota corporation (hereinafter "IMAGETREND"), and Client Name (hereinafter “CLIENT”). R E C I T A L S

WHEREAS, IMAGETREND owns the software system known SOFTWARE; and

WHEREAS, CLIENT desires to obtain the license of the Software mentioned above; and

WHEREAS, IMAGETREND is willing to provide CLIENT with a non-exclusive license of the Software on the terms and conditions contained herein;

NOW, THEREFORE, THE PARTIES HEREBY AGREE AS FOLLOWS:

SECTION 1. DEFINITIONS.

“Authorized personnel” means the employees of CLIENT and other contractors who work for CLIENT within the geographical boundaries of CLIENT. “Confidential information” means the proprietary products and trade secrets of IMAGETREND and/or its suppliers, including, but not limited to, computer software, code, technical parameters, price lists, customer lists, designs, software documentations, manuals, models and account tables, and any and all information maintained or developed by CLIENT pursuant to this AGREEMENT which is deemed confidential under existing state and/or federal law. “Server” means server products used for hosting the software by the CLIENT, which will be configured to meet the then current specifications as provided by ImageTrend. “Licensed Information” means any information pertaining to the Software which is owned by IMAGETREND and is licensed to CLIENT. Licensed Information includes such information as input form, user manuals and user documentation, interface format and input/output format, and any other materials pertaining to the Software. “Software” means the computer program(s) in machine readable object code form listed in Exhibit “A”, including the executable processing programs comprising the various modules from the Software and the Licensed Information. “Upgraded Version” means the Licensed Software and/or Licensed Information to which updates, enhancements, corrections, installations of patches or other changes have been made. The exterior form of the Updated Version is reflected by changes to the version numbers. “Support” means interactive telephone and e-mail support, computer based online training, product upgrades and enhancements, along with defect corrections, delivered from IMAGETREND’s offices. “Perpetual License” means an unlimited use of software without rights for resale.

7/10/13 Page: 12

SECTION 2. TERM OF AGREEMENT. The term of this AGREEMENT shall be one year(s) from signature date, subject to Section 13 of this AGREEMENT. This AGREEMENT shall be subject to automatic renewal unless terminated by either party as provided in Section 13, below. SECTION 3. GRANT OF LICENSE.

A. NON-EXCLUSIVE PERPETUAL USE LICENSE. In accordance with the terms and conditions hereof, IMAGETREND agrees to grant to CLIENT and CLIENT agrees to accept a non-transferable and non-exclusive perpetual use license of the Software. The CLIENT will install on their servers the perpetual use license for the Software and is subject to the Application Use Support Service Level Agreement attached as Exhibit B. CLIENT expressly acknowledges that all copies of the Software and/or Licensed Information in any form provided by IMAGETREND to CLIENT hereunder are the sole property of IMAGETREND and/or its suppliers, and that CLIENT shall not have any right, title, or interest to any such Software and/or Licensed Information or copies thereof except as provided in this AGREEMENT.

B. PROTECTION OF SOFTWARE AND LICENSED INFORMATION. CLIENT agrees to respect and not to remove, obliterate, or cancel from view any copyright, trademark, confidentiality or other proprietary notice, mark, or legend appearing on any of the Software or Licensed Information, and to reproduce and include the same on each authorized copy of the Software and Licensed Information. CLIENT shall not copy or duplicate the Software or any part thereof except for the purposes of system backup, testing, maintenance, or recovery. CLIENT may duplicate the Licensed Information only for internal training, provided that all the names, trademark rights, product names, copyright statement, and other proprietary right statements of IMAGETREND are reserved. IMAGETREND reserves all rights which are not expressly granted to CLIENT in this AGREEMENT. CLIENT shall not modify, reverse engineer, disassemble, or decompile the Software, or any portion thereof, and shall not use the software or portion thereof for purposes other than as intended and provided for in this Agreement.

SECTION 4. SERVICES PROVIDED BY IMAGETREND.

A. SUPPLY OF SOFTWARE AND LICENSED INFORMATION. IMAGETREND shall provide CLIENT software and services as detailed in Exhibit A.

B. MODIFICATIONS, IMPROVEMENTS AND ENHANCEMENTS. During the terms of this Agreement and any extensions under Section 2, IMAGETREND will provide CLIENT with error corrections, defect fixes, patches or other updates to the Software in object code form, to the extent available in accordance with IMAGETREND’s release schedule. If CLIENT desires to add new functions or make enhancements to the Software, CLIENT must, for additional consideration, negotiate with IMAGETREND to develop new functions or improvements to the existing Software. All such error corrections, bug fixes, patches, updates, or other improvements or modifications shall be the sole property of IMAGETREND.

C. INSTALLATION, INTRODUCTORY TRAINING AND DEBUGGING. 1. IMAGETREND shall provide CLIENT with start-up services such as the installation and

introductory training relating to the Software, and, if necessary, initial debugging services.

7/10/13 Page: 13

2. “Train-the-trainer” training for administrators as detailed in Exhibit A. Additionally, online training videos and user guides in electronic format will be made available.

3. IMAGETREND will provide installation instructions and assistance for installation of the Software on the CLIENT’s Servers. Client agrees to ensure that IMAGETREND will have unlimited server access.

4. Introductory training relating to the Software as detailed in Exhibit A. The parties may enter into a supplemental written agreement in the event CLIENT desires that IMAGETREND provide additional training.

SECTION 5. MAINTAINENCE and SUPPORT. A. Application use support as detailed in Service Level Agreement Exhibit

B. Server support is not included. IMAGETREND will provide installation instructions and provide

limited installation assistance via VPN. Server assistance may be contracted separately and will require unlimited server access. IMAGETREND’s hosting services may be contracted separately.

SECTION 6. SERVICES PROVIDED BY CLIENT. A. CLIENT will host this application at their facility.

B. CLIENT will install the software on their servers following IMAGETREND’s current

recommendations and installation procedures.

C. CLIENT agrees to provide IMAGETREND unlimited server access for the purpose of assisting in standard installation and error analysis procedures.

D. CLIENT will provide sufficient infrastructure and follow IMAGETREND recommendations to ensure application’s accessibility and response times. CLIENT will configure the hosting environment to the hardware recommendations as detailed in Exhibit F.

E. IMAGETREND will provide basic hosting consultation during normal business hours for the term of the contract. Onsite and after-hours support will be charged at the then standard rates plus travel expenses.

SECTION 7. FEES. A. The fees for this contract are as detailed in the attached Exhibit A.

B. At anytime during this agreement, the CLIENT may contract with IMAGETREND for additional

software and services not covered in this agreement with fees to be negotiated on an item-by-item basis. To the extent that CLIENT pays IMAGETREND to uniquely customize the software, each CLIENT shall have the non-exclusive license to utilize such software without additional cost or expense, however to the extent that such software is then distributed and therefore becomes a product requiring ongoing support, as such it shall be subject to support fee increases. Any product enhancements offered by IMAGETREND will be offered to all CLIENTS as such and may be subject to licensure and support.

SECTION 8. PROTECTION AND CONFIDENTIALITY. A. ACKNOWLEDGEMENT.

CLIENT hereby acknowledges and agrees that the Software and Licensed Information provided hereunder constitute and contain valuable proprietary products and trade secrets of

7/10/13 Page: 14

IMAGETREND and/or its suppliers, embodying substantial creative efforts and confidential information, ideas and expressions. Accordingly, CLIENT agrees to treat (and take precautions to ensure that its authorized personnel treat) the Software and Licensed Information as confidential in accordance with the confidentiality requirements and conditions set forth below.

B. MAINTENANCE OF CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION. Each party agrees to keep confidential all confidential information disclosed to it by the other party in accordance herewith, and to protect the confidentiality thereof in the same manner it protects the confidentiality of similar information and data of its own (at all times exercising at least a reasonable degree of care in the protection of confidential information); provided, however, that the provisions of this Section 8 shall not apply to information which: (i) is in the public domain; (ii) has been acquired by CLIENT by normal means upon the disclosure of the information by IMAGETREND; (iii) is duly obtained by CLIENT directly or indirectly from a third party who has independently developed the information and is entitled to disclose the information to CLIENT, and such disclosure does not directly or indirectly violate the confidentiality obligation of such third party; or (iv) becomes known publicly, without fault on the part of CLIENT, subsequent to the receipt of the information by CLIENT.

C. SURVIVAL. This Section 8 shall survive the termination of this AGREEMENT or of any license granted under this AGREEMENT.

SECTION 9. WARRANTIES. A. PERFORMANCE.

IMAGETREND warrants that the Software will conform to the specifications as set forth in the Licensed Information. However, this warranty shall be revoked in the event that any person other than IMAGETREND and its agents make any unauthorized amendment or change to the Software in any manner.

B. OWNERSHIP. IMAGETREND represents that it is the owner of the entire right, title, and interests in and to the Software, and that it has the sole right to grant licenses thereunder, and that it has not knowingly granted licenses thereunder to any other entity that would restrict rights granted hereunder to CLIENT.

C. LIMITATIONS ON WARRANTY. All of IMAGETREND’s obligations under this Section 9 shall be contingent on CLIENT’s use of the Software in accordance with this AGREEMENT and in accordance with IMAGETREND’s instructions as provided by IMAGETREND in the Licensed Information, and as such instructions may be amended, supplemented, or modified by IMAGETREND from time to time. IMAGETREND shall have no warranty obligations with respect to any failures of the Software which are the result of accident, abuse, misapplication, extreme power surge or extreme electromagnetic field. The express warranties provided herein are the only warranties made by IMAGETREND with respect to the Software and supersede all other express or implied warranties, including, but not limited to, any warranties of merchantability and warranties for any special purpose.

7/10/13 Page: 15

SECTION 10. LIMITATION OF LIABILITY. Unless otherwise provided in this Section 10, CLIENT’s exclusive remedy for any damages or losses arising out of IMAGETREND’s breach of warranties shall be, at IMAGETREND’s option, either (i) immediate release from the agreement; or (ii) repair of the Software. SECTION 11. INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS. IMAGETREND will provide standard insurance coverage as detailed in a Certificate of Insurance, if requested. SECTION 12 TERMINATION.

A. TERMINATION WITHOUT CAUSE. Following the expiration of the original term of this AGREEMENT, either party shall have the right to terminate this AGREEMENT, without cause, by giving not less than sixty (60) days written notice of termination.

B. TERMINATION FOR CAUSE. This AGREEMENT may be terminated by the non-defaulting party by giving not less than thirty (30) days written notice of termination if any of the following events of default occur: (i) if a party materially fails to perform or comply with this AGREEMENT or any provision hereof; (ii) if either party fails to strictly comply with the provisions of Section 7 , above, or makes an assignment in violation of Section 13, below; (iii) if a party becomes insolvent or admits in writing its inability to pay its debts as they mature, or makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors; (iv) if a petition under any foreign, state, or United States bankruptcy act, receivership statute, or the like, as they now exist, or as they may be amended from time to time, is filed by a party; or (v) if such a petition is filed by any third party, or an application for a receiver is made by anyone and such petition or application is not resolved favorably within ninety (90) days.

SECTION 13 NONASSIGNABILITY. CLIENT shall not assign this AGREEMENT or its rights hereunder without the prior written consent of IMAGETREND. SECTION 14 GOVERNING LAW. The parties agree that the law governing this AGREEMENT shall be that of the State of Minnesota without regard to its conflict of laws principles. SECTION 15 COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS. IMAGETREND shall comply with all applicable laws, ordinances, codes and regulations of the federal, state and local governments. SECTION 16. WAIVER. Any waiver by either party of any default or breach hereunder shall not constitute a waiver of any provision of this AGREEMENT or of any subsequent default or breach of the same or a different kind. SECTION 17 NOTICES. All notices and other communications required or permitted to be given under this AGREEMENT shall be in writing and shall be personally served or mailed, postage prepaid and addressed to the respective parties as follows:

7/10/13 Page: 16

TO CLIENT: Client Name Address Line 1 Address Line 2 City, State, ZIP ATTENTION: Contact Name

TO IMAGETREND: ImageTrend, Inc. 20855 Kensington Blvd. Lakeville, MN 55044

ATTENTION: Mike McBrady

Notice shall be deemed effective on the date personally delivered or, if mailed, three (3) days after deposit in the mail. SECTION 18.FORCE MAJEURE. Neither party shall be liable in damages or have the right to terminate this Agreement for any delay or default in performing hereunder if such delay or default is caused by conditions beyond its control including, but not limited to Acts of God, Government restrictions (including the denial or cancellation of any export or other necessary license), wars, insurrections and/or any other cause beyond the reasonable control of the party whose performance is affected. SECTION 19. ARBITRATION. Any dispute between IMAGETREND and CLIENT under this Agreement shall be resolved by arbitration by an arbitrator selected under the rules of the American Arbitration Association (STATE) and the arbitration shall be conducted in that same location under the rules of said Association. If an arbitrator cannot be agreed upon by the parties, IMAGETREND and CLIENT shall each choose an arbitrator, and those two chosen arbitrators shall choose a third arbitrator, who shall preside over any dispute. IMAGETREND and CLIENT shall each be entitled to present evidence and argument to the arbitrator. The arbitrator shall have the right only to interpret and apply the provisions of this Agreement and may not change any of its provisions. The arbitrator shall permit reasonable pre-hearing discovery of facts, to the extent necessary to establish a claim or a defense to a claim, subject to supervision by the arbitrator. The determination of the arbitrator shall be conclusive, final and binding upon the parties and judgment upon the same may be entered in any Minnesota court having jurisdiction thereof. The arbitrator shall give written notice to the parties stating his determination, and shall furnish to each party a signed copy of such determination. IMAGETREND and CLIENT shall equally share the cost of the arbitrator(s) fees. The arbitrator may award reasonable costs and expenses, including reasonable attorney fees, to the prevailing party. SECTION 20. INTERPRETATION. This AGREEMENT has been negotiated between persons sophisticated and knowledgeable in the matters dealt with in this AGREEMENT. Each party further acknowledges that it has not been influenced to any extent whatsoever in executing this AGREEMENT by any other party hereto or by any person representing it, or both. Accordingly, any rule or law or legal decision that would require interpretation of any ambiguities in this AGREEMENT against the party that has drafted it is not applicable and is waived. The provisions of this AGREEMENT shall be interpreted in a reasonable manner to effect the purpose of the parties and this AGREEMENT.

7/10/13 Page: 17

SECTION 21. SIGNATOR’S WARRANTY. Each party warrants to each other party that he or she is fully authorized and competent to enter into this AGREEMENT, in the capacity indicated by his or her signature and agrees to be bound by this AGREEMENT. SECTION 22. PRIOR AGREEMENTS AND AMENDMENTS. This AGREEMENT, including all Exhibits attached hereto, represents the entire understanding of the parties as to those matters contained herein. No prior oral or written understanding shall be of any force or effect with respect to those matters covered hereunder. This AGREEMENT may only be modified by a written amendment duly executed by the parties to this AGREEMENT. WITNESS THE EXECUTION HEREOF on the day and year last written below. APPROVED AS: "CLIENT" "IMAGETREND" By: By: Name: Name: Michael J. McBrady Title: Title: President

Dated: Dated:

Standard Contract Exhibits EXHIBIT A – Pricing Agreement EXHIBIT B – Service Level Agreement EXHIBIT C – HIPAA Business Associate Agreement EXHIBIT D – Insurance Certificate EXHIBIT E – Implementation Statement of Work EXHIBIT F – CAD Statement of Work EXHIBIT G – Request for Acceptance Form EXHIBIT H – Server Hardware Specifications

7/10/13 Page: 18

TAB 7 – PRICING OPTIONS Based on the information provided in the RFP and Report Management System Questionnaire, ImageTrend has provided the following pricing. Any of the Requested Modules and Optional items can be removed or added from the base system. ImageTrend has priced out onsite software installation as indicated in the RFP, however, we have vast experience in performing software installation on the client’s servers via VPN and have include this option for cost savings. The server hardware costs have been listed separately and are based upon the current list price. Any changes in cost will be passed on to the client.

LICENSE PURCHASE, CLIENT HOSTED PRICE MODEL

Dat

a M

anag

emen

t and

Rep

ortin

g

Description Qty Price Extended Rescue Bridge License 1 $25,000.00 $25,000.00

Feature Set Included: 1 Included Web-based Data Collection 1 Included Data Warehouse 1 Included SQL Database 1 Included Use Security and Permissions Module 1 Included NTHSA V2.2.1 Dataset 1 Included NFIRS 5.0 Reporting 1 Included

Modules Included: 1 Included Activities 1 Included Certification Dashboard 1 Included

Documents 1 Included QA/QI Module 1 Included Run History 1 Included Service and Staff Administration 1 Included Standard/Adhoc Report Writer 1 Included Training Tracking 1 Included Validation 1 Included Fire Shifts 1 Included Hydrants 1 Included Inspections 1 Included Inventory Management 1 Included Locations 1 Included Occupants 1 Included NFIRS Quality Assurance Report 1 Included CMS Billing Calculator 1 Included EKG Integration 1 Included Export to State System 1 Included

Data Management and Reporting Software and Interfaces Subtotal $25,000.00

7/10/13 Page: 19

Data Management and Reporting Annual Support - 1st Year 1 $5,000.00 $5,000.00 Data Management and Reporting Annual Support - 2nd Year 1 $5,000.00 Data Management and Reporting Annual Support - 3rd Year 1 $5,000.00 Data Management and Reporting Software and Interfaces Support

Subtotal $5,000.00

Fiel

d D

ata

Col

lect

ion

Field Bridge Site License 1 $10,000.00 $10,000.00 Mobile Fire Inspections Site License 1 $5,000.00 $5,000.00

Field Data Collection Subtotal $15,000.00 Field Data Collection Annual Support - 1st Year 1 $3,000.00 $3,000.00 Field Data Collection Annual Support - 2nd Year 1 $3,000.00 Field Data Collection Annual Support - 3rd Year 1 $3,000.00

Field Data Collection Annual Support Subtotal $3,000.00

Impl

emen

tatio

n an

d Tr

aini

ng

Rescue Bridge Setup and Project Management 1 $5,000.00 $5,000.00 Onsite Software Installation (2 full days M-F) 2 $1,500.00 $3,000.00 Travel for Onsite Installation 1 $1,500.00 $1,500.00 Onsite Training Sessions (3 full days M-F) 3 $1,000.00 $3,000.00 Travel per Trainer for Onsite Training 1 $1,500.00 $1,500.00

Project Management and Implementation Subtotal $14,000.00

Req

uest

ed M

odul

es

Scheduler Setup Fee 1 $5,000.00 $5,000.00

Scheduler Annual Support 1 $1,000.00 $1,000.00 Investigations Setup Fee 1 $4,500.00 $4,500.00

Investigations Annual Support 1 $900.00 $900.00 Billing Bridge Integration 1 $2,500.00 $2,500.00

Billing Bridge Integration Annual Support 1 $500.00 $500.00 CAD Integration 1 $8,000.00 $8,000.00

CAD Integration Annual Support 1 $1,600.00 $1,600.00 Auto-CAD Setup Fee 1 $500.00 $500.00

Auto-CAD Annual Support 1 $100.00 $100.00 Automatic Transfer Notification Setup 1 $500.00 $500.00

Automatic Transfer Notification Annual Support 1 $100.00 $100.00

FireScene Use License (1-9 computers) 1 $500.00 $500.00 FireScene Annual Support 1 $100.00 $100.00

Melissa Data (Address Verification) Integration - Requires a Statement of Work at $125/hour. Estimated at $10,000.

1 $10,000.00 $10,000.00

7/10/13 Page: 20

Melissa Data Integration Annual Support - Based on 20% of final Statement of Work total

1 $2,000.00 $2,000.00

Test Site Setup via VPN 1 $2,500.00 $2,500.00 Test Site Annual Support 1 $500.00 $500.00

Requested Modules and Integrations Subtotal $34,000.00 Requested Modules and Integrations Support Subtotal $6,800.00

Tota

ls

Data Management and Reporting Software and Interfaces Subtotal $25,000.00 Field Data Collection Subtotal $15,000.00

Project Management and Implementation Subtotal $14,000.00 Requested Modules and Integrations Subtotal $34,000.00

Year 1 Annual Support Subtotal $14,800.00 Total Year 1 $102,800.00

Total Year 2 $14,800.00 Total Year 3 $14,800.00 Total Year 4 $14,800.00 Total Year 5 $14,800.00

5 Year Total $162,000.00

Opt

iona

l

Installation on Client Servers (via VPN) 1 $2,500.00 MARS Setup Fee 1 $2,500.00

MARS Annual Transaction Fee 1 $2,400.00 Hospital Dashboard Setup Fee 1 $5,000.00

Hospital Dashboard Annual Support 1 $1,000.00 Permits Setup Fee 1 $5,000.00

Permits Annual Support 1 $1,000.00 Onsite Training Sessions (1 full day M-F) @ $1,000 per session TBD $1,000.00 Travel per Trainer for Onsite Training TBD $1,500.00

Out

Of

Scop

e Out of Scope and Customization billed at $125/hour - Requires Separate Statement of Work Out of Scope Support for Client Hosted Server Assistance billed at $150.00/hour

7/10/13 Page: 21

SERVER HARDWARE COSTS

Serv

er H

ardw

are

Application Server 1 $3,885.00 $3,885.00 PowerEdge R420 1 Included Warranty & Service 1 Included

3 Year Basic Hardware Warranty and Repair: 5x10 HW - Only, 5X10 NBD Onsite 1 Included

Processor Intel® Xeon® E5-2407 2.20GHz, 10M Cache, 6.4GT/s QPI, No Turbo, 4C, 80W, Max Mem 1066MHz 1 Included Additional Processor Intel® Xeon® E5-2407 2.20GHz, 10M Cache, 6.4GT/s QPI, No Turbo, 4C, 80W 1 Included Memory Capacity (2) 16GB RDIMM, 1600MT/s, Low Volt, Dual Rank, x4 Data Width 1 Included Hard Drives (4) 300GB 10K RPM SAS 6Gbps 2.5in Hot-plug Hard Drive 1 Included ColdFusion Enterprise License from Adobe 1 $8,500.00 $8,500.00

Application Server Hardware Subtotal: $12,385.00 Database Server 1 $12,250.00 $12,250.00

PowerEdge R420 1 Included

Warranty & Service 1 Included 3 Year Basic Hardware Warranty and Repair: 5x10 HW - Only, 5X10 NBD Onsite 1 Included

Processor Intel® Xeon® E5-2407 2.20GHz, 10M Cache, 6.4GT/s QPI, No Turbo, 4C, 80W, Max Mem 1066MHz 1 Included Memory Capacity (4) 16GB RDIMM, 1600MT/s, Low Volt, Dual Rank, x4 Data Width 1 Included Hard Drives (4) 300GB 10K RPM SAS 6Gbps 2.5in Hot-plug Hard Drive 1 Included Database Software Microsoft®SQL Server™2012 STD,4CORE,NFI,with Downgrade Media incl 1 Included

Database Server Hardware Subtotal: $12,250.00 Test/Training Server 1 $11,000.00 $11,000.00

PowerEdge R420 1 Included

Warranty & Service 1 Included 3 Year Basic Hardware Warranty and Repair: 5x10 HW - Only, 5X10 NBD Onsite 1 Included

Processor Intel® Xeon® E5-2407 2.20GHz, 10M Cache, 6.4GT/s QPI, No Turbo, 4C, 80W, Max Mem 1066MHz 1 Included

7/10/13 Page: 22

Memory Capacity (4) 16GB RDIMM, 1600MT/s, Low Volt, Dual Rank, x4 Data Width 1 Included Hard Drives (4) 300GB 10K RPM SAS 6Gbps 2.5in Hot-plug Hard Drive 1 Included Database Software Microsoft®SQL Server™2012 STD,4CORE,NFI,with Downgrade Media incl 1 Included

Database Server Hardware Subtotal: $11,000.00

Tota

ls Application Server Hardware Subtotal: $12,385.00

Database Server Hardware Subtotal: $12,250.00 Database Server Hardware Subtotal: $11,000.00

Total: $35,635.00

TAB 8 – REPORT MANAGEMENT SYSTEM QUESTIONNAIRE

Report Management System Questionnaire Your System (Yes or No)

Comments

General Support multi-jurisdictional functions allowing individual agencies, department, groups or individuals to share data while also protecting agency specific or confidential data. Yes

As a Web-based system, the Rescue Bridge supports multi-jurisdictional functions allowing agencies, departments, groups or individuals to share data based on permissions set by the system administrator.

Modules integrated to maximize information sharing and reduce duplication of effort. Yes The system is fully integrated to eliminate redundant data and

maximize information sharing. Individual workstations:

Use a graphical user interface (GUI)

Yes

This software operates on Microsoft Windows Server 2008 R2 as well as Adobe ColdFusion. Our system’s architectural and GUI design are developed to take advantage of any of the recommended operating system features as well as to provide a GUI that is end-user friendly and maximizes good data collection, while promoting intuitive usage.

Support command-line, point-and-click, and function key entry of commands and/or data Yes This feature is supported.

Support insert and delete modes in field data entry Yes This feature is supported. Support cut and paste modes in field data entry Yes This feature is supported. Ability to reduce data entry redundancy by populating all duplicate fields with a single entry Yes This feature is supported.

Allow user to move windows anywhere on screen(s) Yes This feature is supported. Allow user to minimize and maximize windows Yes This feature is supported. Ability to restrict any/all RMS windows from being closed, as determined by system administrator No

Windows cannot be restricted from being closed, however, a save prompt is presented for an unfinished records, closed call rules can be implemented and validation is incorporated throughout the incident.

Support use of numeric keypad for number entry Yes Support relational database management technology to eliminate duplicate entry, duplicate storage and operational inefficiencies. Yes

The Rescue Bridge is designed specifically as a data collection system with a relational database that has a scalable open architecture with Web-based online and mobile data collection with full reporting capabilities.

Print any text information on any screen to a printer Yes This feature is supported. Print any text information in any window to a printer Yes This feature is supported.

7/10/13 Page: 24

Print any or all records retrieved from an inquiry to a networked printer Yes Based on permissions.

Include date, hour and minutes in most time stamps Yes This feature is supported. Include date, time and user ID stamp for all data entries

Yes

Within the Field Bridge, all patient assessment and treatment actions are time stamped. Within the powertools, the incident report is populated and the action is stamped with the time of completion. Based on permissions, time stamped items can be overwritten if necessary. Any action within the ePCR is included in the audit trail. When the Powertools are utilized, such as vital signs and medication use, the event is automatically time stamped. Another way to quickly time stamp events is to select the clock icon when in the appropriate field. In addition, within Active Protocol, national and service protocols can be set up and displayed as an action checklist, allowing easy access to specific power tools needed for each assigned protocol. When an action is selected under a protocol, the color-coded power tools appear. When the power tools are filled out and saved, the incident report is populated and the action is stamped with the time of completion.

Use standard database format for storing date, so that dates can be manipulated as dates Yes This feature is supported.

Use standard database format for storing time, so that times can be manipulated as times. Yes This feature is supported.

Search all tables/files using any or all fields

Yes

Database search criteria can be selected on a field level basis allowing you to define exactly the fields you want. User-defined headers, sorting, and grouping give you the ability to display search results using a number of options.

Search all tables/files using exact match and wild card Yes This feature is supported. Supports National Fire Incident Reporting System (NFIRS 5)

Yes The Rescue Bridge is NFIRS 5 Compliant which expands the collection of data beyond fires to include the full range of fire department activity on a national scale.

Provide pick lists for data entry (e.g. pull-down menus) Yes This feature is supported. Use relational database for all data and code table storage Yes This feature is supported. Display real-time date and time constantly on screen Yes This feature is supported. Include jurisdictional indicator in incident and report number Yes This can be setup by the system administrator Relational database should be SQL compliant Yes This feature is supported. Ability for system administrator to relabel/hide/modify fields on screens Yes ImageTrend’s Layout Editor is used to configure client-based

Field Bridge and web-based Dynamic Run Form. The Layout

7/10/13 Page: 25

Editor allows the run forms to be configured to the exact needs and specifications of the individual service. Tabs, panels or fields can be moved, added or deleted, creating a run form to meet the needs of each service for data reporting. Other configurations include the ability to change labels, inactivate fields, change the width/height of fields and change the position of labels. There are several other configurations to allow for quicker and easier data entry. Multiple run form templates can be created for different situation - for example, a run form for cardiac arrest calls and another for cancelled calls. Default values can be added into most of the fields, this is based on template type so a Cancelled call may have different defaults than a Scheduled Transport.

Ability to auto fill fields during data entry using existing information such as names, addresses, phone numbers, from a master names index.

Yes

The Field Bridge and Rescue Bridge allow system users to search for repeat patients by name, address or social security number. Demographic information, next of kin, past medical history, medications, allergies and billing information from repeat patients will automatically be populated into the new run form, eliminating redundant data entry and making documentation more efficient. Additionally, the repeat patient database on the Field Bridge is synchronized each time a run is posted so all units have the same list. Therefore, if a different unit treats the same repeat patient the most updated information will be available.

Ability to provide basic word processing features like those in MS Word for writing narratives. Include description of items such as: Yes

The auto-narrative provides a summary of the current incident in paragraph format. This is a compilation of all entries for the incident. The text can be manually edited and saved with Word processing functions for additional information. The narrative can be manually regenerated as well.

Spell-checking Yes This feature is supported. Medical dictionary Yes This feature is supported. Word wrap Yes This feature is supported. Copy, cut and paste Yes This feature is supported.

Allow for a training system to be setup to allow non-production use of the system. This would be used to train personnel in the use of the system and to try out modifications and enhancements before they go into production. Yes

As an enterprise solution, the Rescue Bridge supports multiple locations, departments or segments to be setup within one application. ImageTrend can setup a test segment within the system. ImageTrend’s Project Manager will work with the client to define the appropriate amount of test data to be used and will request that the client identify subsets of their data to

7/10/13 Page: 26

be used as test data. All personally identifiable information will be changed at random. ImageTrend optionally offers all upgrades in a testing environment for review and testing of updates or requested changes to the system before deploying them to the Production environment. The testing server mimics the production environment for software requirements and must meet the specifications as outlined in the System Specification Section.

The system should include online help and tutorials

Yes

ImageTrend provides online education materials for their products as self-guided tutorials to all clients with support agreements. These online support and educational materials can be found at ImageTrend University via your ImageTrend application. ImageTrend recently started implementing ImageTrend University throughout its solutions to promote ongoing education and training of our solutions. When accessing ImageTrend University through the application, users can view educational videos, manuals, quick guides and workbooks to assist them in better understanding our software and support train-the-trainer sessions. These have been very useful as both refresher and initial education materials. A sample demonstration of ImageTrend University can be found at www.imagetrend.com/support/user-education.

Ability to add attachments of any type (EKG/plans/documents or images) Yes Attachments can be added in any format through the system.

System has the capability to establish and “auto-export” to defined entities such as billing, State, Federal, etc. Yes This feature is supported and has been included in the Pricing

Options. User friendly interface for the rapid export of data to patient billing systems via multiple formats (i.e. CSV, XML, TLV) Yes ImageTrend’s standard formats include CSV, XML and

NEMSIS. Other formats may incur additional fees. Allow user to adjust window and font size Yes This feature is supported. Security Require a minimum of user name and password to log user onto system Yes Username and password is required for system use.

Allow each user to have individual security profile

Yes

The application employs a hierarchical based password administration as a series of group policies to control application entry and level of access within the application. With the system administrator being the highest level of security, groups can be created below that to encompass all other group needs.

http://www.imagetrend.com/university

7/10/13 Page: 27

Permission and rights are governed by the ability of what the user can see and do. Service administrators can control and edit all the functions with their own service. Service users have the ability to edit and view their own information.

Allow system administrator to assign new password Yes This feature is supported. Does not display password as a visible filed anywhere in system without System Administrator rights Yes Passwords are encrypted.

Support assigning security access by module Yes This feature is supported. Within module, support assigning security access by function(e.g., insert, modify, delete, read-only) Yes This feature is supported.

Restrict access to the operating system of the server(s) n/a As a client hosted application, the operating system of the server security is handled by the client.

Restrict access to the operating system of the workstation n/a The system restricts access to ImageTrend software only. Support ability of system administrator to remotely log-off users from any device

No

Administrators can not remotely log-off users, however password encryption allows system administrators to set a session logout variable after a set time frame of inactivity has been reached. Incomplete reports are stored for later completion.

Support assigning security access by certain fields Yes This feature is supported. Within a field, support assigning security access by function (e.g., insert, modify, delete, read-only) Yes This feature is supported.

Advance and flexible data security – HIPAA compliant (Field level access of database)

Yes

ImageTrend applications meet or exceed State and federal data privacy requirements and the HIPAA guidelines. Secure logins are an industry standard process and are part of the HIPAA guidelines for data protection. These are implemented throughout the application with the use of the hierarchical security access features of the ImageTrend security module, which provides the environment for controlling the access necessary to provide data protection. The application also provides for security breach notifications and audit trails.

Restrict access to individual database tables by security (including access from report writer) Yes This feature is supported.

Online Storage Complete RMS records will be available online for a minimum of 7 years n/a

As a client hosted application, the client is responsible for record storage. ImageTrend will provide access to the system as contracted.

Performance

7/10/13 Page: 28

Operate 24 hours per day, 7 days per week except when system down time is necessary for upgrades and routine maintenance

n/a As a client hosted application, system downtime is regulated by the client.

Response time for typical FRMS commands (excluding ad hoc inquiries or large reports) must average 2 seconds or less Yes

ImageTrend software responds between 1-5 seconds per page. Additional response indicators are established in the system infrastructure.

Audit Support an audit log of each transaction performed, including date, time, and user ID of person performing transaction

Yes

The Rescue Bridge's audit trail tracks user information when accessing the secure portion of the application. IP address, User ID, date/time, browser information, along with information on each file accessed, is all tracked within a separate database, which is kept for a period of time for reporting purpose and audit trails.

Allow system administrator to review selected transactions Yes This feature is supported. Documentation Provide user level, system administrator functional & system technical manuals in hardcopy and electronic form

Yes

ImageTrend provides the most up-to-date documentation, including administrator and user manuals and release notes for any upgrades. With a support agreement, this documentation, along with educational videos, PowerPoint presentations and other documents will be found at ImageTrend University, which can be accessed from the application. Please visit www.imagetrend.com/support/user-education for a demonstration of the ImageTrend University. Any provided documentation becomes the property of the client. ImageTrend will provide a full set of documentation at each location upon request. Documentation updates are available online at no cost.

System Training Perform onsite end user module training for train the trainers, system administrator training & major release/update training for end user and system administrator.

Yes

Many upgrades do not require additional training, since they may only affect behind the scenes operations of the software. If an upgrade is evaluated that it will require training, then the type of education is determined at that time. Most likely it can be handled with a short informational video or a scheduled webinar with one of our educational staff. If more education is deemed necessary that will be recommended with the upgrade notification and discussed with the client to determine if the training needs to occur pre- or post-upgrade.

Perform onsite end user module training direct to some users Yes As contracted. Training/Test System



7/10/13 Page: 29

Support a full training mode which is independent of the live, operational system (including independent code tables and files)

Yes

ImageTrend optionally offers all upgrades in a testing environment for review and testing of updates or requested changes to the system before deploying them to the Production environment. The testing server mimics the production environment for software requirements and must meet the specifications as outlined in the System Specification Section.

Support a full test mode which is independent of the live, operational system (including independent code tables and files) and independent of the training mode.

Yes See above response.

Support a full training mode and test server which is independent of the live, operational server (including independent code tables and files)

Yes See above response.

Backup and Purge Support purging of records in all files/tables based on date

Yes

Information can be stored in the system for as long as desired by the client. Archived information will still be accessible by the System Administrators. Data will only be purged upon a client request. Reports can be archived or deleted from the system at any time based on the client’s preference. As a client hosted system, backups and purged data is handled by the client.

Support archiving of records in all files/tables based on date, prior to purge Yes See above response.

Write all archived records to alternative medium Yes As mutually agreed upon. Allow backup/purge to occur without affecting RMS operation (i.e., RMS to remain “up” during backups) Yes As a client hosted system, backups are handled by the client.

Code Tables All RMS codes and descriptions can be entered, modified, or deleted by system administrator at any time except for NFIRS and NHTSA codes

Yes Additional RMS codes and descriptions (i.e. NICE) can be maintained by the client.

Allow system administrator full security access to all relational tables No The relational tables are only accessed via the application.

Fire/EMS RMS Reporting Create ad-hoc reports Yes Ad hoc reports can be created through the Report Writer. Provide ability to export the entire RMS database to a separate database, in a variety of standard file formats. Yes The database can be exported is standard formats (NEMSIS,

NFIRS, etc.). Provide ability to export user-selected portions of the RMS database to a separate file, in a variety of standard file formats Yes Exports are available in the standard formats (NEMSIS,

NFIRS, etc.)

7/10/13 Page: 30

Provides a variety of “canned” reports

Yes

The Report Writer allows users to dynamically create, display, and store standard as well as ad hoc reports. With over 100 standard reports and the ability to create ad hoc reports as needed, the Report Writer offers expanded reporting and data analysis capabilities. Reports can be scheduled on regular intervals and supports distribution via email to a pre-determined list of recipients.

Must have the ability to build charts and graphs Yes This feature is supported within the Report Writer. Ability for general user to easily create any report without using third party reporting programs (i.e. Crystal Reports) Yes ImageTrend’s Report Writer is proprietary and a part of the

Rescue Bridge. User friendly interface for report creation Yes This feature is supported. Ability to print specific portions of a report without printing the entire report Yes A defined dataset can be selected when printing reports.

Basic Fire/EMS Incident Reporting Support entry of NFIRS 5.0 required data Yes The Rescue Bridge is NFIRS 5.0 compliant and collects this

data. Ability to support NFIRS “plus one” type coding (3-character NFIRS code plus 4th character for local use) Yes The system supports NFIRS plus one codes.

Display code description anytime code is displayed on screen and allow access vie either Yes This feature is supported.

Automatically create incident and populate fields with data transferred from CAD

Yes

ImageTrend has successfully completed more than 60 CAD integrations with over 30 different CAD vendors for both Fire and EMS systems. Many of which use this same method of pushing out an XML file to a directory. Establishing the initial download of CAD data to the Field Bridge is a manual process. The crew clicks on “Download CAD” and receives a list of available incidents based on their unit. This easy to use feature ensures that they select the correct CAD incident. Once the initial download is established, if desired, the system will continue to automatically download new CAD data relevant to this incident in the background as it becomes available. Otherwise it can be set up to be manual process such that the crew has to click on the “Download CAD” button to receive the updated data download.

Data transferred from CAD should include, at minimum: Location of incident Yes NEMSIS E8.11 and other incident address fields in the

Address section Incident number Yes This item can be imported from CAD. Call type code and expanded description Yes NEMSIS E3.3 for call type code and E3.1 for description

7/10/13 Page: 31

Name of caller No This would require custom development. Address of caller No This would require custom development. Telephone number of caller No This would require custom development. Call source (e.g. E911, 7-digit) No This would require custom development. Area designators Yes Assuming this refers to zones. Call box # This item requires further understanding. Map page reference Yes NEMSIS IT5.75 Date and time of call pick up (off hook) Yes NEMSIS E5.2 PSAP Date and time of call entry Yes NEMSIS E5.3 Date and time of each unit’s dispatch Yes NEMSIS E5.4 Date and time of each unit’s enroute to scene Yes NEMSIS E5.5 Date and time of each unit’s available on radio Yes NEMSIS E5.11 Date and time of each unit’s available in quarters Yes NEMSIS E5.13 Date and time of incident closure This item requires further understanding Incident priority This item requires further understanding Incident number (system generated) Yes NEMSIS E2.3 or E1.1 Cross-reference incident number(s), if multi-jurisdictional response Yes NEMSIS E2.3 or E1.1

Report (aka, run) number (optional, system generated) Yes NEMSIS E2.3 or E1.1

Disposition Yes NEMSIS E20.10 All units assigned to incident Yes NEMSIS E2.11, E2.12 App personnel assigned to each unit at the incident Yes This item can be imported from CAD.

Support manual entry of incident information Yes This feature is supported. Ability for rapid medical data entry via a large touch screen interface.

Yes

Many features make this product a better option for our crew members such as the ability to create multiple templates, selecting the placement of the data fields within the template/tabs, individual customization of font size and the touch screen. The efficiency of documentation has improved dramatically, the ability to make the document fluid with simple modifications as needed and the data save/restore capabilities have positively impacted the entire organization.

Allow the entry of unlimited length text in comments type fields Yes This feature is supported. Support word wrap in narrative fields Yes This feature is supported. Support spell check in narrative fields Yes This feature is supported. Support cut and paste ability in narrative fields Yes This feature is supported. Support ability to enter previously created narrative templates

No The EMS portion of the system allows the system administrator to upload narrative templates and they will load in the run form.

7/10/13 Page: 32

Support ability to automatically generate narratives based upon incident type

Yes


Record report information in RMS for all units assigned to an incident, with individual date/time stamps for all status changes

Yes The Apparatus/Personnel tab on the NFIRS run form has the ability to capture multiple apparatus’ with time stamps.

Ability to update RMS with any new CAD information received Yes This feature is supported. Allow company officer to enter incident report for their unit as soon as it clears the incident, even if the incident is not closed Yes This feature is supported.

Support ability to store partially completed report(s), complete another transaction, and return to the interrupted report(s) for completion Yes

Incomplete reports can be finished on the mobile unit on which it was originally started. If the user posts the report to the Rescue Bridge, the user can complete the report on the Rescue Bridge also. If the report was started on the Rescue Bridge, the user would be able to finish the report at a later time. Availability of the reports is based on permissions.

Allow review of all partially completed reports Yes This feature is supported. Allow modification of the previously entered incident information: Yes Based on permissions

Location Yes This feature is supported. Type Yes This feature is supported.

Automatically perform edit checks of field data (NFIRS Rules) Yes The validation within the system edit checks based on NFIRS rules.

Support ability to supplement a report (by the same of different company) Yes Based on permissions.

Ability to record multiple exposures as supplements to original incident Yes Exposures can be added to an NFIRS run.

Ability for supervisor to review and approve report

Yes

Through the Quality Management module. The system contains numerous standard QA reports that allow services to review and quickly determine the quality of runs being entered by their emergency technicians. Additionally, each run can be assigned a status. If a run is determined to need follow-ups with emergency personnel, the medical director or other service administrators can record a note with a run. They can identify the specific individuals to send the note to. Users are automatically notified upon entering the system that they have unread notes. These correspondences are tracked within the system with no

7/10/13 Page: 33

limits on the number of notes attached to the run, for ease of review by the administrator or the Medical Director. Users with unread notes can reply to these just like email.

Ability to enter mutual aid reports and record outside jurisdictional unit(s) ID and involvement Yes Mutual aid given/received and the aiding department(s) can be

captured on the NFIRS runs. Ability to generate and print public information report for an incident. Yes The system supports the generation of an NFIRS report for

public consumption. Ability to generate standard queries and reports based upon various categories and criteria (not just NFIRS codes) Yes An NFIRS PDF report can be generated.

Ability to correlate building/business names with addresses. Yes Through the Occupants and Pre-plan modules. Basic EMS Specific Incident Reporting Ability to chart advanced EMS patient procedures

Yes The NEMSIS Dataset and NISE codes provide the basis for all BLS and ALS data elements required to properly document these types of runs.

Ability to have automatic narrative generation from data entry fields

Yes


Ability to generate personal narrative templates Yes

The EMS portion of the system allows the system administrator to upload narrative templates and they will load in the run form.

Ability to have extensive QA/QI tools

Yes

The QA mechanisms in the Rescue Bridge go beyond validity, and allow services and Medical Directors to track, review and comment on all incidents within their service. To start, the system contains numerous standard QA reports that allow services to review and quickly determine the quality of runs being entered by their emergency technicians. Additionally, each run can be assigned a status. This list is dynamic, and can be added to or modified at any time. This may include statuses for: In Progress, Completed, Submitted for Review, Needs Review, Reviewed/Sign Off, Billed, etc. User can search and report on status of all runs. If a run is determined to need follow-ups with emergency personnel, the medical director or other service administrators can record a note with a run. They can identify the specific individuals to send the note to. Users are automatically notified upon entering the system that they have unread notes. These correspondences are tracked within the system with no

7/10/13 Page: 34

limits on the number of notes attached to the run, for ease of review by the administrator or the Medical Director. Users with unread notes can reply to these just like email. The QA/QI module has the following additional features available:

Dynamic grid view of incident records available for review.

Ability to assign multiple users and a status to incidents under QA/QI review.

A new QA/QI Review run form template type to dynamically customize QA/QI data layout.

Ability to create a dynamic list of QA/QI questions. These questions will be available in the Layout Editor.

QA/QI Report Writer dataset for enhanced reporting. Within the Service Bridge QA/QI module, the Review page displays all QA/QI review incidents based on the view criteria specified, such as cardiac arrest, non-transports, high risk procedures, etc. Users are able to click directly into an incident and information will display in their QA/QI run form template format. This page supports bulk actions for Assign for QA/QI and Remove from QA/QI Review. In addition, runs can be locked from editing to maintain the integrity of runs that have been submitted or billed. Administrators have the ability to lock or unlock runs at any time. This can also be set on a schedule. For example, all runs older than 7 days are locked automatically by the system.

Ability to provide retrospective report review workflow feature Yes This feature is supported. Ability to have database query tools

Yes

Database search criteria can be selected on a field level basis allowing you to define exactly the fields you want. User-defined headers, sorting, and grouping give you the ability to display search results using a number of options. Reports can be saved for later review or editing, and also as static content as a CSV file or PDF document.

Ability to have automatic bill calculation

Yes

The CMS Billing Calculator setup allows administrators to indicate what services they can bill for under each CMS service level. This information will be used in the CMS Billing Calculator, if enabled. System administrators can create

7/10/13 Page: 35

service levels or use standard CMS service levels, as well as setup vehicle type or other criteria to establish service levels and associated rates. Within the CMS Billing Calculator, users can select each data element and define what calculates it within the run form. These data elements are cross-referenced with NEMSIS data elements. The system displays a list of all CMS service levels that are active in the system.

Ability to provide real-time error checking and user feedback

Yes

The ImageTrend Rescue Bridge has a built-in Data Validity Scoring to ensure data quality. Each field can have its own value towards the Validity Score, which is set up by the administrator. The Validity Score is clearly displayed on the run form and upon clicking the Validity Score a list of missing fields drops down. Clicking on the field name, takes the user to that field.

In the Field Bridge, fields that have errors detected in them will have their labels marked in red. The total validity percentage for the current run is displayed to the user at the top of the Incident window.

Ability to establish a benchmark time that defines arrival to patient with the press of a button. System will then use that time as the starting time for procedures, vitals, etc.

Yes

Within the Field Bridge, all patient assessment and treatment actions are time stamped. Within the powertools, the incident report is populated and the action is stamped with the time of completion. Based on permissions, time stamped items can be overwritten if necessary. Any action within the ePCR is included in the audit trail. When the Powertools are utilized, such as vital signs and medication use, the event is automatically time stamped. Another way to quickly time stamp events is to select the clock icon when in the appropriate field. In addition, within Active Protocol, national and service protocols can be set up and displayed as an action checklist, allowing easy access to specific power tools needed for each assigned protocol. When an action is selected under a protocol, the color-coded power tools appear. When the power tools are filled out and saved, the incident report is populated and the action is stamped with the time of completion.

Ability to enter information via drop down boxes and combo boxes that have an “auto scroll” feature for repaid entry (i.e. Yes

ImageTrend systems are developed on a common architectural platform and using the same user interface and navigation for ease of use and learning. Tabs, quick arrows,

7/10/13 Page: 36

Medication input for Metoprolol user types “met” and the box scrolls to entries that start with “Met”).

drop down boxes, powertools smart search (auto scroll) and more help guide users through ImageTrend’s systems, making it easy to learn and understand. Pattern recognition is offered within the medication and past medical history through entered text or a search feature which allows the user to filter the search using the “Starts with” or “Contains” feature. As letters are entered into the search, the list is narrowed.

Ability to enter data fields with pre-filled data such as states and zip codes Yes This feature is supported.

Includes FDA medication database for easy selection via quick fill or drop down box. Yes The system includes a FDA medication database.

Includes medical dictionary in patient reporting narrative Yes The medical dictionary is included in the reporting narrative and the spell check function checks against it.

Ability for individual custom patient narrative template that prompts the user for information Yes

The EMS portion of the system allows the system administrator to upload narrative templates and they will load in the run form.

Patient narrative imports data gathered on scene Yes

The auto-narrative provides a summary of the current incident in paragraph format. This is a compilation of all entries for the incident.

Ability to populate patient information such as address, medical history, allergies, and medications from previous patient contact reports.

Yes

The Field Bridge and Rescue Bridge allow system users to search for repeat patients by name, address or social security number. Demographic information, next of kin, past medical history, medications, allergies and billing information from repeat patients will automatically be populated into the new run form, eliminating redundant data entry and making documentation more efficient. Additionally, the repeat patient database on the Field Bridge is synchronized each time a run is posted so all units have the same list. Therefore, if a different unit treats the same repeat patient the most updated information will be available.

Ability for administrator users to easily and rapidly modify EMS report forms Yes This feature is supported

Ability for administrator users to easily and rapidly modify the information contained within drop down boxes, combo boxes, and other input fields. Yes

The Rescue Bridge is customizable to the Client's needs. System administrators have the ability to create Service Defined Questions. Service Defined Questions are centrally administered via the Rescue Bridge to the Field Bridge. Administrators can add and edit any Service Defined Questions needed for reporting. In the Active Protocol,

7/10/13 Page: 37

national and service protocols can be set up and displayed as an action checklist, allowing easy access to specific powertools. These protocols can be set up and displayed by the Administrator.

Address Verification If no address conflict exists, automatically enter the location into the data entry form

The Address Verification items listed below would require a Statement of Work at ImageTrend’s standard development rate of $125/hour. We have completed a similar integration for our Cornerstone product and as such we have experience integrated with vendors such as Melissa Data.

If address conflict exists, display choices to the operator and allow selection of the correct address See above.

Complexes with a single address but multiple tenants (malls, apartment buildings) should be able to be verified by either the complex’s address or the tenant’s address

See above.

Display the following information for address verification, as appropriate: See above.

Exact location or intersection See above. High and low cross street See above. Common place/business name See above. Fire station area See above. Call box # See above. Map page See above. City code See above. Indicators for additional location information (e.g., hazard, pre-plan, occupant, prior history) See above.

Allow override and entry of non-verified address See above. Ability to have construction management features See above. Ability to have transaction logging See above. Fire Prevention/Inspection Ability to support any adopted fire code

Yes The system currently support NFIRS, NFPA and ICC. ImageTrend can discuss additional codes and associated costs if required.

Support entry of exact addresses, to the apartment level Yes Exact addresses can be captured within Inspections/Occupants modules.

Support entry of unlimited auxiliary contact information for each location (i.e., landlord name, address, telephone, management company name, address, telephone, etc.)

Yes Contact information can be captured within the Inspections/Occupants modules.

7/10/13 Page: 38

Allow recording of occupancy classification Yes Occupancy classification can be captured within the Inspections/Occupants modules.

Allow recording of initial fire department conditions for new business approval Yes Initial fire department conditions can be captured within the

Inspections/Occupants modules. Ability to record type of equipment installed in a location, by manufacturer, make, model and install date Yes Installed equipment can be captured within the Occupants

Module. Ability to record unlimited number of “special circumstances” regarding a location (i.e., Building Inspection information, unique characteristics, etc.)

Yes Service Defined Questions can be used within Locations/Occupants/Inspections.

Support entry of unlimited number of violations Yes This feature is supported. Support “check box” style of data entry for violation codes Yes The system provides a violation code lookup button with

search functionality. This is only one violation at a time. Display plain English description for violation codes in addition to code Yes This feature is supported.

Edit data entry to minimize entry of code(s) which would be invalid based on previous entry Yes This feature is supported.

Allow designation of inspection responsibility by station area for each address Yes A station can be assigned on an inspection record.

Allow scheduling of follow-up inspections Yes This feature is supported. Allow designation of re-inspection frequency based on type of business (e.g. regular inspections are every two years; self-inspections are every four years; fire permits every year)

Yes The system supports adding a re-inspection record and scheduling for a future date. However, this is not automatic.

Support ability to create re-inspection schedules on a daily, weekly, monthly or yearly basis. Yes This feature is supported.

Support ability to print out inspection schedules for individual inspectors, company, all companies in a specific shift, or all companies

Yes This feature is supported.

Support ability to generate form letters documenting specific violations with date of scheduled re-inspection Yes This feature is supported.

Support ability to view online and print out history of prior violations for any address Yes This feature is supported.

Allow inspection record to be viewed online without making any changes to record Yes This feature is supported.

Record the name and ID of the inspector and the date and time for each inspection performed Yes This feature is supported.

System should come pre-loaded with all violation code tables providing for any copyright laws or regulations Yes ImageTrend provides the ICC and/or NFPA codes that the

client selects to be included (i.e. ICC 2009). Support ability to record results of violation re-inspection Yes This feature is supported. Support ability to record penalties for non-compliance Yes Fine amounts can be assigned to violations.

7/10/13 Page: 39

Support ability to print out complete inspection report Yes This feature is supported. Record name and operator ID of anyone making changes to inspection record Yes This feature is supported.

Support ability to perform inspections in the field and upload results to main system Yes This feature is supported.

Ability to associate a scanned image (i.e. “pre-fire plan”) to a location Yes The image is attached directly to the inspection/occupant

record. Ability to build and update pre-fire plans based on building information provided Yes This feature is supported.

Ability to have occupancy hazard risk assessment Yes This feature is supported. Ability to correlate building/business names with addresses Yes This feature is supported. Ability to update building real property data in a mobile environment by product implementation Yes Data collected in the Mobile Fire Inspections application can

be synced to the Rescue Bridge. Ability of rapid data entry with drop down menus Yes Drop down menus are available. Ability for user to create highly custom narratives with user prompts. Yes Violation letters can be customized.

Ability to create professional mobile pre-plans Yes With the Mobile Fire Inspections application. Fire Investigation Support ability to track fire investigation Yes This feature is supported. Allow designation of an incident as a potential arson, with ability to record additional fields of associated information Yes This feature is supported.

Investigation data could include: Investigator name and ID Yes

Name field is available but ID could be captured in description field

PD investigator assigned Yes This data can be captured within the system. PD case number Yes This data can be captured within the system. Date case begun Yes This data can be captured within the system. Date case closed Yes This data can be captured within the system. Suspect information (unlimited) Yes This data can be captured within the system. Witness information (unlimited) Yes This data can be captured within the system. Property owner Yes This data can be captured within the system. Evidence taken (unlimited) Yes This data can be captured within the system. Who collected evidence Yes This data can be captured within the system. Characteristics of fire/MO Yes This data can be captured within the system. Cause of fire Yes This data can be captured within the system. Status of case Yes This data can be captured within the system. Narrative Yes This data can be captured within the system.

7/10/13 Page: 40

Ability to attach graphic file(s) to an investigation record (e.g. fire scene diagram)

Yes

When integrated with A-T Solutions’ FireScene, inspectors can quickly access preplan diagrams to sketch items or discover key checkpoints. Use FireScene to view preplan diagrams or detail items during an inspection. Maps or architectural drawing image files can be imported, marked up with sketches while conducting an on-site inspection and then uploaded to Fire Bridge or Rescue Bridge as part of the inspection record. As an added value, use FireScene for table-top training scenarios, as well as to add an even greater level of detail and data to Post Incident Reports and Critiques.

Ability to attach any Windows-compliant file(s) to an investigation record Yes Attachments can be added in any file format.

Allow case status to be updated with ongoing activities and notes Yes This feature is supported.

Ability to automatically supplement initial NFIRS report with investigation results No

NFRIS data can be used to populate the investigations form.

Support ability to view an print entire case report Yes This feature is supported. Support ability to view and print summary of all investigations in progress Yes This feature is supported.

Hazardous Materials Management Include a hazardous materials database as part of the FRMS, for use in identifying materials contacted and recommended remedial action, all of which should be a part of the Pre-Fire-Plan for an address or location

Yes

The Rescue Bridge support the ability to record Hazardous Materials associated with an occupancy. When Hazardous Materials are recorded a visual prompt is activated to alert a responder that Hazardous Materials exist.

Hazardous material information should include: Chemical (by name, code, category) Yes This data can be captured within the system. Consequences of chemical Yes This data can be captured within the system. Resource list for mitigation Yes This data can be captured within the system. SOPs No This item requires further understanding.

Allow recording of types and locations of hazardous materials stored at addresses within the city

Yes This data can be captured within the system.

Hazardous material information for location should include: Warnings Yes This data can be captured within the system. Chemicals at location Yes This data can be captured within the system.

Ability to record hazardous material spill information, including Location Yes This data can be captured within the system. Incident number (if any – not required) Yes This data can be captured within the system. Date of spill Yes This data can be captured within the system. Dept. of Envir. Protection number Yes This data can be captured within the system.

7/10/13 Page: 41

Type of spill Yes This data can be captured within the system. Chemical spilled (unlimited) Yes This data can be captured within the system.

Equipment Inventory Support various types of equipment management, with type controlling the number and type of fields which are displayed to the operator (e.g., breathing apparatus, hoses, ladders, etc.)

Yes

The Inventory Module allows the tracking and management of physical assets on a high-level or detailed basis. The Inventory Module allows departments to manage their inventory based on departmental needs, providing a user-defined dashboard which allows for an overview of inventory items, status, recently viewed products and many other widgets which can be utilized to meet the user’s display preferences. Each department has the ability to define their desired level of inventory management. Administrators can define location sites, products and items within each to an unlimited depth. Intuitive search capabilities identify items in each station and pinpoint exactly where they are stored. The Inventory Module utilizes bar code technology to provide quick look-up and seamless intake and allocations on several levels. Once a barcode is scanned, the system will automatically display the product if it exists in inventory or the option to add the product if it does not. Other advanced search options include the capability to define search criteria, whether item specific or general product information. Tracking product information is simplified through detailed records and easy data entry. Users have the ability to enter information specific to each product, such as the length of hoses or boot size, through the use of custom questions. Additional information that can be recorded includes product attributes and purchase information. Photos and related documents, such as manuals, specifications or invoices, can be attached to each product and/or item.

Inventory data should include: Any fields that are not currently available can be easily created as user defined attributes or custom questions.

Equipment Class Yes See above. Equipment Sub-Class Yes See above. Item description Yes See above. Inventory ID number Yes See above. Unit ID Yes See above.

7/10/13 Page: 42

Serial number Yes See above. Make/Model number Yes See above. VIN number Yes See above. Date of purchase Yes See above. Date brought in to service Yes See above. Scheduled retirement date Yes See above. Supplier name, address, telephone Yes See above. Cost Yes See above. Manufacturer name, address, telephone Yes See above. Expiration date Yes See above. Location Yes See above. Status Yes See above. Comments Yes See above.

Hose data would include: Any fields that are not currently available can be easily created as user defined attributes or custom questions.

Purchase date Yes See above. Date brought in to service Yes See above. Length Yes See above. Size Yes See above. Test pressure Yes See above. Hose location, by station or apparatus Yes See above. Test results, including date and time of test Yes See above. Next scheduled test Yes See above. Name and ID of individual performing test Yes See above.

Breathing apparatus data should include: Any fields that are not currently available can be easily created as user defined attributes or custom questions.

Location, by station, apparatus, and operator Yes See above. Serial number Yes See above. Cylinder check Yes See above. Regulator function Yes See above. Diaphragm function Yes See above. Face piece and tube status Yes See above. Name and ID of individual performing test Yes See above. Date and time of test Yes See above. Next scheduled test date Yes See above. Test results Yes See above.

HazMat monitoring equipment data should include: Any fields that are not currently available can be easily created as user defined attributes or custom questions.

Serial number Yes See above.

7/10/13 Page: 43

Type of instrument Yes See above. Date entered into service Yes See above. Date of last calibration Yes See above. Date of last maintenance Yes See above. Maintenance action taken Yes See above. Name and ID of individual performing action Yes See above. Next scheduled maintenance date Yes See above.

HazMat suits data should include: Any fields that are not currently available can be easily created as user defined attributes or custom questions.

ID number Yes See above. Type of suit Yes See above. Data entered into service Yes See above. Date of last test Yes See above. Test results Yes See above. Maintenance action taken Yes See above. Name and ID of individual performing test Yes See above. Next scheduled test date Yes See above.

Support the ability to track inventory of all vehicles in fleet, inventory data should include: Any fields that are not currently available can be easily

created as user defined attributes or custom questions. Description Yes See above. Inventory ID number Yes See above. Vehicle type Yes See above. VIN Yes See above. License number Yes See above. Purchase date Yes See above. Manufacturer Yes See above. Model number Yes See above. Serial number Yes See above. Warranty expiration Yes See above. Warranty description Yes See above. Location Yes See above. Special requirements Yes See above. Date of service Yes See above. Service record (including maintenance/repair performed, mechanic, time spent out of service, etc.) Yes See above.

Mileage at time of service Yes See above. Engine hours at time of service Yes See above. Date of next scheduled service Yes See above.

7/10/13 Page: 44

Equipment carried (cross referenced from equipment inventory) Yes See above.

Ability to provide results of annual pump test Yes See above. Ability to provide location of the equipment by current assignment to a unit, station or personnel Yes See above.

Allow default test frequencies to be created for each type of equipment No

Custom questions can be set for frequency on an item, but no defaults. This can be accomplished with custom development at $125/hour.

Allow default maintenance type and frequencies to be created for each type of equipment No

Maintenance records on inventory items are available, but no defaults created. This can be accomplished with custom development at $125/hour.

Allow test record to be viewed online without making any changes to record. No

Can be viewed but there currently is no read-only permissions. This can be accomplished with custom development at $125/hour.

Hydrant Inventory

Note: ImageTrend anticipates updating our current Hydrant module in the upcoming year and some of these features may be available at that time.

Supports hydrant information which integrates with other modules such as Pre-Plans and Inspections

Yes

The Hydrants module allows the service to map all fire hydrants within their coverage area and add information about each hydrant's properties (e.g., size, direction to open, flow). The Rescue Bridge supports the ability to record and track hydrant flow tests. This flow test solution supports the capability of different types of tests, for example Base Cap, Pitot and Flow Meter.

Support ability to record disposal by user, date, and reason disposed of (e.g., broken, burned, etc.) No This could be accomplished with a Statement of Work at our

standard development rate of $125/hour. Allow default test frequencies to be created No

This could be accomplished with a Statement of Work at our standard development rate of $125/hour.

Support ability to print out test schedules for individual company, all companies in a specific shift, or all companies No This could be accomplished with a Statement of Work at our

standard development rate of $125/hour. Allow test record to be viewed online without making any changes to record No This could be accomplished with a Statement of Work at our

standard development rate of $125/hour. Support ability to print out complete test report No This could be accomplished with a Statement of Work at our

standard development rate of $125/hour. Hydrant data would include:

Hydrant ID Number (Alpha/Numeric) Yes This is captured. Fire District Yes This is captured. Sector/Zone No This could be accomplished with a Statement of Work at our

standard development rate of $125/hour.

7/10/13 Page: 45

Department/Agency Yes This is captured. Street address with geo-verification

No

The latitude and longitude fields available for data entry in addition to the location/street address field. However, the system does not support automatic geo-verification logic to populate the latitude and longitude fields upon entering of address. This could be accomplished with a Statement of Work at our standard development rate of $125/hour.

City, State, Zip No

The system has a “Location” text field, “Section or District” text field, “Cross Street” text field and “Latitude” and “Longitude” text fields.

Cross Street Yes This is captured. Additional Address Information Yes “Remarks” Text area Manufacturer No This could be accomplished with a Statement of Work at our

standard development rate of $125/hour. Model Yes This is captured. Year Yes This is captured. Date Installed No This could be accomplished with a Statement of Work at our

standard development rate of $125/hour. ISO Type No This could be accomplished with a Statement of Work at our

standard development rate of $125/hour. Valve Size No This could be accomplished with a Statement of Work at our

standard development rate of $125/hour. Barrel Size Yes This is captured Barrel Length No This could be accomplished with a Statement of Work at our

standard development rate of $125/hour. Hydrant/Main/Valve data fields

Water Main ID No Main Diameter No This could be accomplished with a Statement of Work at our

standard development rate of $125/hour. Main Type No This could be accomplished with a Statement of Work at our

standard development rate of $125/hour. Pressure Zone No This could be accomplished with a Statement of Work at our

standard development rate of $125/hour. Hydrant lead Size No This could be accomplished with a Statement of Work at our

standard development rate of $125/hour. Hydrant Valve Size No This could be accomplished with a Statement of Work at our


7/10/13 Page: 46

Lead Valve Distance No This could be accomplished with a Statement of Work at our standard development rate of $125/hour.

Outlets Yes “Number of Outlets” Distance to Curb No This could be accomplished with a Statement of Work at our

standard development rate of $125/hour. Ability for Hydrant Inspections to include the following data fields:

Date of Inspection No This could be accomplished with a Statement of Work at our standard development rate of $125/hour.

Time of Inspection No This could be accomplished with a Statement of Work at our standard development rate of $125/hour.

Name of personnel performing the inspection No This could be accomplished with a Statement of Work at our standard development rate of $125/hour.

Service performed No This could be accomplished with a Statement of Work at our standard development rate of $125/hour.

Repairs done or needed No This could be accomplished with a Statement of Work at our standard development rate of $125/hour.

Notes field Yes “Remarks” Text area Other service performed or requested No This could be accomplished with a Statement of Work at our

standard development rate of $125/hour. Ability to track a history of flows for a hydrant No This could be accomplished with a Statement of Work at our

standard development rate of $125/hour. Ability to add attachments of any type No This could be accomplished with a Statement of Work at our

standard development rate of $125/hour. Ability to maintain Hydrant Flow tests performed including the following data fields: This could be accomplished with a Statement of Work at our

standard development rate of $125/hour. Date of Flow No This could be accomplished with a Statement of Work at our

standard development rate of $125/hour. Time of Flow No This could be accomplished with a Statement of Work at our

standard development rate of $125/hour. Name of personnel performing the test No This could be accomplished with a Statement of Work at our

standard development rate of $125/hour. Pitot Yes This is captured Outlet Diameter with drop down list of choices No This could be accomplished with a Statement of Work at our

standard development rate of $125/hour. Discharge Coeff. Yes This is captured Correcting Factor No This could be accomplished with a Statement of Work at our


7/10/13 Page: 47

Calculated Flow in GPM Yes This is captured Calculated Flow in GPM at 20, 10 and 0 psi No This could be accomplished with a Statement of Work at our

standard development rate of $125/hour. Training Support ability to track training for all personnel Yes Training can be tracked for all personnel within the individual

staff record. Training data to be tracked would include:

Fire courses Yes Any course can be setup and tracked. College/vocational degrees

Yes Documents which outline college/vocational degrees can be added to an individual record. Documents can be categorized for ease of use.

Certifications, including expiration dates Yes Certifications, including issue and expiration date, can be tracked within the staff record.

Seminars Yes An activity/training template can be created for Seminars and attendance can be tracked.

Continuing education Yes This can be setup in the Training Module. BLS/ALS courses Yes This can be setup in the Training Module. Name of entity providing training Yes The Trainer, Station and Location can be tracked.

Support the ability to have an unlimited number of each category of training above Yes This feature is supported.

Track training by date, time, locations and hours spent Yes This feature is supported. Support the ability to create course curriculum, including date, time, class size and location of classes Yes This feature is supported.

Support ability to create class code and class descriptions Yes This feature is supported. Support ability to designate class as mandatory or not by type of class Yes Attendance Mandatory can be selected within each training

course template. Support ability to designate class as certified or not by type of class Yes Certifications can be selected within each training course

template. Ability to assign a unique identifier for each certified class Yes This feature is supported. Support the ability to allow for station company to enter its own categories of mandatory training Yes Services can build their service specific categories. It is a

system defined configuration option. Support ability to enter class roster for each scheduled class Yes Class rosters can be entered. Support ability to record class attendance and issue grades for an entire class Yes There is a “Pass/Fail” option on training templates, as well as

“Score” text field. Automatically post record of attendance into individual’s training record Yes

Training tab on staff record shows this information.

Automatically post training results into individual’s personnel record without requiring user re-entry Yes This feature is supported.

7/10/13 Page: 48

Ability to record attendance and grade for individuals from outside jurisdictions (for both certified and non-certified classes)

Yes A staff record can be setup for members of other jurisdictions. Access to these records is permissions based.

Ability to print a number of training reports indicating course attendance, average grades, course cancellations, hours spent, types of courses, etc.

Yes The training dataset is available in the Report Writer.

Ability to print report of total training hours completed by individuals or groups, for user defined time intervals (i.e., month, quarter, year-to-date, etc.)

Yes The training dataset is available in the Report Writer.

Ability to set mandatory number of training hours by category (e.g., suppression related) Yes This feature is supported.

Ability to print report of which individuals have not completed the mandatory training hours certifications Yes The training dataset is available in the Report Writer.

Ability to view and print individual training record for a specified period of time Yes The training dataset is available in the Report Writer.

Ability to require certain types of training for individuals based upon job requirements (e.g., required certifications) No This could be accomplished with a Statement of Work at our

standard development rate of $125/hour. Support the ability to print list of certificates due to expire within specified period of time Yes Certification Dashboard module shows this information.

Ability for system to print a report for the training officer of certificates due to expire within an upcoming user specified period of time

Yes This feature is supported.


Yes Certification Dashboard module shows this information.

Personnel Support ability to track all personnel information for Fire Department staff (both paid and volunteer)

Yes

The Staff Management Module enables services to not only maintain complete staff profiles, but also develop training reports and manage certifications.

Staff Listing Add Staff Individual Staff Profile

o Demographics o Employment o Certification Management o Permissions o Emergency Contacts o Equipment o Training

7/10/13 Page: 49

o Documents Personnel data should include:

Staff member ID (employee ID) Yes This information can be captured within the Demographics section of the Staff Management Module.

Name Yes This information can be captured within the Demographics section of the Staff Management Module.

Agency Yes This information can be captured within the Employment section of the Staff Management Module.

Rank/job title Yes This information can be captured within the Employment section of the Staff Management Module.

Current assignment – location Yes The station can be tracked within the Employment section of the Staff Management Module.

Current assignment – shift Yes This information can be captured within the Scheduler Module. Temporary assignment and expiration date Yes Position field has a Start Date and End Date. Date hired Yes This information can be captured within the Employment

section of the Staff Management Module. Seniority ranking Yes This information can be captured within the Employment

section of the Staff Management Module. Gender Yes This information can be captured within the Demographics

section of the Staff Management Module. Race Yes This information can be captured within the Demographics

section of the Staff Management Module. Ethnicity Yes This information can be captured within the Demographics

section of the Staff Management Module. Physical descriptors No A picture can be uploaded. Promotion/reclassification date Yes The position and rank fields have a Start Date and End Date.

The audit trail tracks all updates to these fields. Probation end date No This can be accomplished with custom development at

$125/hour. Last evaluation date No This can be accomplished with custom development at

$125/hour. Next evaluation date No This can be accomplished with custom development at

$125/hour. Performance evaluation results (should retain results for all reviews, with date and time stamps and name and ID of supervisor)

Yes A training template called “Performance Evaluation” could be set up and scores can be tracked within it.

Education (prior to beginning at Fire Department, plus updates from Training records) Yes This is captured in the Training module.

Certifications (cross referenced from Training records) Yes Certifications can be tracked.

7/10/13 Page: 50

Certification(s) expiration date Yes Certification expiration dates can be tracked. Licenses Yes Licenses can be tracked within the Certifications License(s) expiration date Yes Licenses can be tracked within the Certifications Special skills No This can be accomplished with custom development at

$125/hour. Home address Yes This is captured in the Staff module Home telephone Yes This is captured in the Staff module Other contact numbers Yes This is captured in the Staff module Emergency contact information Yes This is captured in the Staff module Issued equipment (unlimited) Yes “Equipment” tab in Staff section Career/promotion history

Yes Position field has a “Start Date” and “End Date”. We also have the “Rank” field with a “Start Date” and “End Date”. We audit trail all updates to these fields.

Qualifications for “acting” status This item requires further understanding. Accidents/injuries, including date and time, status, narrative No This can be accomplished with custom development at

$125/hour. Disability indicator, including status and expiration date No This can be accomplished with custom development at

$125/hour. Medical examination information (record of when, type and expiration) (e.g. breathing apparatus medical, driver’s license medical)

No This can be accomplished with custom development at $125/hour.

Support the ability to track an unlimited number and type of certifications per person Yes We have the ability to document additional EMS and

additional Fire certifications for a staff member. Support the ability to record an unlimited number and type of skills per person No

Certifications and Training can be tracked. If skills need to be tracked in an alternate way, this would require custom development.

Support the ability to record an unlimited number and type of licenses per person Yes Additional EMS and Fire certifications can be documented for

staff members. Support the ability to restrict the types of data available for display by security Yes Based on permissions.

Support the ability to print complete employee history record Yes Report Writer has a staff data set to report on staff related fields available to document in the system.

Ability to have FLSA compliant time accounting and payroll No This can be accomplished with custom development at $125/hour.

Ability to have flexible work schedule capabilities No This can be accomplished with custom development at $125/hour.

Ability to scheduling and time accounting for staff and line employees No This can be accomplished with custom development at

$125/hour.

7/10/13 Page: 51

Ability to have customized employee performance evaluations No This can be accomplished with custom development at $125/hour.

Ability to have an integrated payroll system

No

This can be accomplished with custom development at $125/hour. The system supports the documentation of employee pay rates, to set up service specific pay rates and have reports tied around this info.

Interfaces/Subsystems CAD Ability to receive transfer of incident information from CAD to FRMS, via TCP/IP, every 5 minutes, at minimum

Yes

ImageTrend has successfully completed more than 60 CAD integrations with over 30 different CAD vendors for both Fire and EMS systems. Many of which use this same method of pushing out an XML file to a directory. Establishing the initial download of CAD data to the Field Bridge is a manual process. The crew clicks on “Download CAD” and receives a list of available incidents based on their unit. This easy to use feature ensures that they select the correct CAD incident. Once the initial download is established, if desired, the system will continue to automatically download new CAD data relevant to this incident in the background as it becomes available. Otherwise it can be set up to be manual process such that the crew has to click on the “Download CAD” button to receive the updated data download. We left this as configurable because some organizations want it automatic and some want it to be manual.

Ability to receive transfer of incident information from CAD to FRMS, via TCP/IP, in real time Yes Please see above.

Support the ability to upload premise/location information from the fire RMS into CAD, including the following: Yes We can bring in incident address fields from CAD for NFIRS

runs. Emergency contact information

No We currently do not bring this in from CAD for NFIRS runs. This can be accomplished with custom development at $125/hour.

Hazardous materials information No

We currently do not bring this in from CAD for NFIRS runs. This can be accomplished with custom development at $125/hour.

Hazardous materials information No


7/10/13 Page: 52

Knox box/key/combination information No


Premise inspection information No


Pre-fire plan information No


Support the ability to upload personnel skills information from the fire RMS into CAD

No

This would require custom work and cooperation with the CAD vendor. The system currently imports limited personnel information from the CAD system, including “Personnel ID”, “First Name”, “Last Name”, “Rank or Grade”, “Time In”, “Time Out” for CAD data for NFIRS runs.

Scheduling/rostering Software Support the ability to schedule personnel to shift and unit

Yes

ImageTrend’s Scheduler module reduces administrative time and relieves frustration of creating shift schedules. Balance the needs of your agency or department with the availability of staff for efficiency and responsiveness. ImageTrend takes away the guesswork and creates schedules that work with your system for additional automation and time savings

Maintains a daily roster that includes a user-defined table of types of leave and track FEMA/USAR/UASI overtime No Not user defined tables, but can track types of leave and types

of overtime Ability to automatically remove someone from the daily schedule when they are on leave (vacation, injury, etc.) Yes This feature is supported.

Restrict the ability to double schedule any individual No System is left open to user to allow for maximum flexibility Ability to notify supervisors of personnel shortages at a station No Notifications are not currently implemented but are in the

roadmap. Support eh ability to view and print the schedule for a specified period of time No Can View, but print is not currently implemented. This is in the

system the roadmap. Ability to track personnel trades and automatically remove traded-off employee from equipment and assignment Yes This feature is supported.

State NFIRS Upload Ability to extract the State required NFIRS data and submit electronically in the required format Yes In NFIRS format.

Mobile Application Ability to support tablet-based field data collection

Yes The EMS Field Bridge portion of the system is designed for the electronic collection of data in the field with mobile platforms. ImageTrend’s Mobile Fire Inspections is a field data

7/10/13 Page: 53

collection application that assists fire inspectors. The EMS Field Bridge and Mobile Fire Inspections integrate seamlessly with the Rescue Bridge for data aggregation from all field units.

Allow users to swap patient data on scene wirelessly. (i.e. Engine company established patient care, now the medic is transporting and needs the info)

Yes ePCR's can be transferred from tablet to tablet with an Internet connection.

Ability to allow the mobile computing with the full suite of modules while disconnected from the network Yes

The Field Bridge and Mobile Fire Inspections offer 100% of functionality available without an internet connection. Once a connection is reestablished, data can be synced to the Rescue Bridge.

Ability to integrate with CAD to provide in field reporting with NFIRS and EMS ePCRs

Yes

ImageTrend has performed many successful CAD integrations for both Fire and EMS systems. Some of the CAD integrations performed to date are ADSI, Archonix – Cross Current, Cody Systems, CIS, Cyrun CAD, DaPro, EnRoute, Firstwatch, Gaec, HIS, THE Sungard, ID Networks, Interact 911, Intergraph CAD, Motorola Premier – PrintTrak, New World, Northup Grumman, PSSI, Smart Cop, South Software, Spillman, Sun Pro, Sundance, Sungard OSSI, Symposium CAD, Tiburon and Tri-Tech.

Ability to apply Geo-Verification of addresses while in the disconnected move No

This would require an integration with Melissa Data or other similar vendor as outlined in the section above under Address Verification.

Ability of synchronization of the mobile and the server

Yes

Incidents are synced to the Rescue Bridge from the Field Bridge and Mobile Fire Inspections. The Rescue Bridge syncs Active Protocols, Closed Call Rules, Service Defined Questions, Updates and more. These data synchronizations require an internet connection.

Ability to disconnect the mobile before the synchronization has been completed

“Disconnect” requires definition. As Web-based applications, the EMS Field Bridge and Mobile Fire Inspections do not require a direct connection to the Rescue Bridge.

TAB 9 – ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION

The proposed solution is comprised of two parts: the Rescue Bridge and a field client (EMS Field Bridge and Mobile Fire Inspections). The Rescue Bridge is the centralized fire/EMS Data repository with full data management and reporting functionality that provides Web-based data submission by all licensed EMS providers. The EMS Field Bridge portion of the system is designed for the electronic collection of data in the field with mobile platforms. ImageTrend’s Mobile Fire Inspections is a field data collection application that assists fire inspectors. The EMS Field Bridge and Mobile Fire Inspections integrate seamlessly with the Rescue Bridge for data aggregation from all field units.

Rescue Bridge ImageTrend’s Rescue Bridge is an advanced and comprehensive fire and EMS solution that accommodates enhanced information aggregation and exchange in a paperless environment which offers the functionality for full data collection. This secure Web-based system provides for complete and accurate incident reporting with staff and equipment management. Administrative efficiencies are available for statewide, regional or local levels. The system is NEMSIS Gold and NFIRS compliant and fully equipped to serve the needs of fire departments in gathering, analyzing and reporting incident and exposure data. Working in combination with an EMS-specific module to gather EMS data and optional field client systems for field EMS and inspections data collection, the Rescue Bridge provides a proven solution for data collection, analysis and reporting for fire and EMS data. This system utilizes the NEMSIS 2.2.1 dataset with complete consideration for state and federal data privacy requirements including HIPAA and allows NFIRS 5.0 reporting and collection and management of inspections data. Rescue Bridge Key Features:

A centralized, dynamic data warehouse with a scalable, open architecture for ever-changing and growing requirements.

NHTSA v2.2.1 (NEMSIS gold compliance) and NFIRS 5.0, as well as individualized data elements;

Secure multi-tiered access to ensure and respect data privacy to HIPAA and other standards.

Service Administration from an enterprise level, allowing consistency within data entry and reporting.

Web-based online incident forms for data entry by all EMS and Fire providers. Fire operational modules including Inventory, Personnel, Inspections and more. Audit Validation to track and record access and changes to a field. A Quality Management (QA/QI) module that provides for incident review and

action to improve care.

7/10/13 Page: 55

The Report Writer which offers over 100 standard reports and easy to use ad hoc reporting with advanced query capabilities.

DataPort with standard XML file formats to ensure data migration and exchange with other existing systems, applications and agencies (i.e. EKG, CAD, Billing, FirstWatch, others).

Optional modules: o Mobile Data Collection: EMS Field Bridge and Field Bridge Xpress for field

reporting and full data aggregation and Mobile Fire Inspections to collect inspections data in the field.

o Web-based Hospital Dashboard for secure, online viewing of incoming patients at the receiving facility.

o Scheduler to create and manage shifts and personnel calendars. o License Management for managing end-to-end licensing and records

processing. o Visual Informatics for advanced reporting with data mining techniques. o Mapping and Reporting System (MARS) to allow plotting data on

geographical maps and data analysis. o Strategic Triggered Alert Reporting (STAR) to help prepare for possible

epidemic or visual and email alerting of dangerous patterns. Rescue Bridge System Architecture The overall architectural design of the Rescue Bridge and EMS Field Bridge is an open, scalable database structure that supports full functionality with ease of expansion as requirements grow and change. The Rescue Bridge consists of the data repository based upon the NTHSA V2.2.1 and NFIRS 5.0 uniform data set. The open, scalable architectural design allows for system configuration to exact specifications, as well as further implementations so that existing systems can be upgraded and will not require replacement. All system functional modules are designed for ease of use and understanding.

Data Repository The data repository is Microsoft SQL based and designed to support the expanding and dynamic requirements of the fire and EMS communities. These requirements include, but are not limited to, system-wide quality improvements identified through tracking of trends and procedures, benchmarking of specific indicators for compliance and public health issues, and a non-redundant data flow and sharing between concerned agencies from the local to the Service to the national level. The NHTSA V2.2.1 and NFIRS uniform data sets populate the database hosted at ImageTrend’s secure facilities or at the client’s hosting facilities. All fields of the data set are available for reporting and exchanging with other agencies and applications. Data Entry Electronic data entry, whether via the Web or with the field clients supports ease of collection and ensures non-redundant entries, while being workflow oriented. The data can originate from CAD, driver licenses and medical devices, or quick-pick entries in the field as it happens. This data collection constitutes the incident level and

7/10/13 Page: 56

can be posted to the data repository. From here the data is available for querying, comparing, reporting or sharing. Simple, user-friendly reporting and data management capabilities utilize automated forms to record and report incident information. Data entry is optimized and errors are minimized with easy data entry shortcuts such as drop-down selection boxes accommodating complete and accurate fire reporting through the incident reports available within the secure online system. The system is fully configurable, allowing each service to set up the Rescue Bridge to most effectively fit their data collection needs. Security The multi-tiered security module incorporated into this application meets HIPAA guidelines and has been reviewed by HIPAA officers of various organizations with a positive outcome. The reporting and auditing functions of the application’s procedures allow for complete safeguarding and immediate notifications of any attempted breaches. This provides for data access only through assigned permissions and ensures that only those intended see their data and can access it for reporting. Data Exchange The DataPort technology uses XML file format standards to ensure data exchange with a variety of applications and agencies. Data exchange between systems is necessary to ensure completeness of the data set and to eliminate redundant entries throughout the community to the national level. Data from CAD or medical devices can be imported as well as data exports to other systems or agencies to satisfy a variety of reporting requirements. The open and modular architectural design of the system facilitates the addition of functionality as new needs arise and budgets allow. There are several functional modules available. Several are included in the base system offered and others are offered as options. Scalability ImageTrend systems are designed with open, scalable architectures and modular functionality. Modules can be added at any time, and if functionality is desired that does not exist, it can be designed as a module. All system additions are designed and tested on development servers to ensure desired functionality and full functional interfacing with existing functionality. This also provides the client with the ability to review and perform final acceptance prior to going live. The scalability lets the systems grow as needs, budgets and hardware capabilities allow, delivering continual progression. Another consideration of scalability is the user and data volumes. ImageTrend systems are designed for high volume and traffic applications over years. An example would be our EMS Service Bridge system, designed as a centralized data warehouse for EMS pre-hospital data collection, analysis, and reporting. This solution provides:

System access for the public to locate information on the nearest ambulance service.

Limited information access to the ambulance volunteer or paramedic in the field to their personal data and the ambulance runs they perform.

The ambulance service manager has access to all of the data on all of the runs that are handled by his or her service (200 to 50,000 runs annually).

The city administrator has access to all of the runs for his or her city.

7/10/13 Page: 57

ImageTrend’s familiarity with all sizes of fire/EMS reporting systems is reflected in our diverse list of clients, ranging from services with fewer than 200 runs per year to states with hundreds of thousands of runs per year.

Compliance with National Databases ImageTrend is NEMSIS gold compliant and based upon the most current version of the NHTSA data set, which is Version 2.2.1. ImageTrend is committed to supporting the national data set. We understand the importance of a national data set and its positive impact on convenient data exchange and the potential role that EMS data plays in improving health care. As such, we have Gold Vendor Compliance Certification. ImageTrend’s Rescue Bridge is NFIRS 5.0 Compliant which expands the collection of data beyond fires to include the full range of fire department activity on a national scale.

Service Administration The system administrator will have the ability to manage their service through a series of setup screens and functions. Items such as Data Validation, Active Protocols, Closed Call Rules and Layout Editor are centrally administered which offers consistent, easy-to-use run forms. Services can set up their service information, including contact information and customized resource lists. The custom defined resource lists allow a service administrator to set up lists including:

Destinations First Responder Agencies Responding Units Diverted to Facilities

The staff directory allows the service administrators to set up crew members that will have access to the system or that will be available in the list boxes on the online run form allowing quick selections. This includes entering the certification numbers to expedite the data entry process.

Data Validation The Data Validation is set up by the system administrator and is administered to the services and Field Bridge users. The built-in Data Validation includes scoring to ensure data quality. Each field can have its own value towards the validity score. Items that require further information are highlighted in red and the user is prompted at the top of the form of the validity score and the missing items that require attention.

7/10/13 Page: 58

Closed Call Rules System Administrators have the ability to create closed call requirements per individual validation rule. This will restrict providers from posting an incident from the Field Bridge to the Rescue Bridge until the provider satisfies these rule(s). Active Protocol In the Active Protocol, national and service protocols can be set up and displayed as an action checklist, allowing easy access to specific power tools (i.e., vitals, IV, etc.) needed for each assigned protocol. When an action is selected under a protocol, the color-coded power tools appear. When the power tools are filled out and saved, the incident report is populated and the action is stamped with the time of completion. These protocols are centrally administered through the Rescue Bridge to the EMS Field Bridge. Provider Actions Provider Actions allow users to group any control from Medications, Procedures, Vitals, EKG and Assessments to provide chronological documentation for common situations. Layout Editor The Layout Editor is used to configure client-based Field Bridge and web-based Dynamic Run Form. The Layout Editor allows the run forms to be configured to the exact needs and specifications of the individual service. Tabs, panels or fields can be moved, added or deleted, creating a run form to meet the needs of each service for data reporting. Other configurations include the ability to change labels, inactivate fields, change the width/height of fields and change the position of labels. There are several other configurations to allow for quicker and easier data entry. Multiple run form templates can be created for different situation - for example, a run form for cardiac arrest calls and another for cancelled calls. Default values can be added into most of the fields, this is based on template type so a Cancelled call may have different defaults than a Scheduled Transport. Run History Run History allows the user to search runs by incident number, response number, date, time and validity (%) and then view them. The search results page can be sorted by any of the tabs at the top of the columns by clicking on the tab. The full run form can be opened by selecting a result. Staff Management Module The Staff Management Module enables services to not only maintain complete staff profiles, but also develop training reports and manage certifications.

Staff Listing Add Staff Individual Staff Profile

o Demographics o Employment o Certification Management o Permissions

7/10/13 Page: 59

o Emergency Contacts o Equipment o Training o Documents

Service Defined Questions System administrators have the ability to create Service Defined Questions. Service Defined Questions are centrally administered via the Rescue Bridge to the Field Bridge. Furthermore, Service Defined Question responses are databased and can thus be reported on. Administrators can add and edit any service defined questions needed for reporting.

Fire Operations

Web-Based Inspections/Pre-Planning The Rescue Bridge’s included pre-planning, hydrants and inspections modules allow fire departments to be fully prepared for incidents within their coverage area. Data including location, occupant and contact information; building or floor plan information; a plan in case of an incident; and reports for any previous incidents can be stored for each business, residence or possible incident location to increase preparedness. A separate section allows the service to map all fire hydrants within their coverage area and add information about each hydrant’s properties (e.g., size, direction to open, flow). Inspections data can be entered directly into the Rescue Bridge site and saved for each location, or can be gathered and entered on-site using the optional Inspections client system and imported into the Rescue Bridge system to be added to the central data location. With the use of a Tablet PC and the optional Inspections client system, these forms can be completed during the inspection, document violations and capture needed signatures.

Inventory Module The Inventory Module allows the tracking and management of physical assets on a high-level or detailed basis. Available with the Rescue Bridge, the Inventory Module allows departments to manage their inventory based on departmental needs, providing a user-defined dashboard which allows for an overview of inventory items, status, recently viewed products and many other widgets which can be utilized to meet the user’s display preferences. Each department has the ability to define their desired level of inventory management. Administrators can define location sites, products and items within each to an unlimited depth. Intuitive search capabilities identify items in each station and pinpoint exactly where they are stored.

The Inventory Module utilizes bar code technology to provide quick look-up and seamless intake and allocations on several levels. Once a barcode is scanned, the system will automatically display the product if it exists in inventory or the option to

7/10/13 Page: 60

add the product if it does not. Other advanced search options include the capability to define search criteria, whether item specific or general product information. Tracking product information is simplified through detailed records and easy data entry. Users have the ability to enter information specific to each product, such as the length of hoses or boot size, through the use of custom questions. Additional information that can be recorded includes product attributes and purchase information. Photos and related documents, such as manuals, specifications or invoices, can be attached to each product and/or item.

Training Module This module gives the Service the tools to enter courses for scheduling and accreditation, reducing the need for emergency personnel to drive to certifications classes. Some of the features of the system include:

Administrators can set

up training information for staff member’s easy access.

Staff members can find course information, including dates, times, contact information, location of training materials, and any other necessary information.

Text materials for certification training can be easily made available through the Knowledgebase for download and reference.

Rescue Bridge Data Entry As a Web-based application, data is entered via an online form that can be accessed from any internet connection at any time. This form replicates a paper patient care report (PCR) with all fields for data collection. Many features for simplifying data entry are standard including:

Quick-pick lists Defaults Automatic Narrative Powertools Billing Information EKG Integration Validation Rules Electronic Signatures Repeat Patient More

Audit Validation There are several levels of auditing within the Rescue Bridge. The auditing feature not only tracks and records every access and change to a field, it ties into the Data Validation engine which audits each data field to assigned business rules and produces a validation score of completion. All data transfers include validation algorithms to ensure successful data transfer. Additionally our hosting infrastructure includes several automated monitoring and auditing features to ensure security and quality assurance.

7/10/13 Page: 61

The Rescue Bridge's audit trail tracks user information when accessing the secure portion of the application. IP address, User ID, date/time, browser information, along with information on each file accessed, is all tracked within a separate database, which is kept for a period of time for reporting purpose and audit trails. Quality Management The QA mechanisms in the Rescue Bridge go beyond validity, and allow services and Medical Directors to track, review and comment on all incidents within their service. To start, the system contains numerous standard QA reports that allow services to review and quickly determine the quality of runs being entered by their emergency technicians. Additionally, each run can be assigned a status. This list is dynamic, and can be added to or modified at any time. This may include statuses for: In Progress, Completed, Submitted for Review, Needs Review, Reviewed/Sign Off, Billed, etc. User can search and report on status of all runs. If a run is determined to need follow-ups with emergency personnel, the medical director or other service administrators can record a note with a run. They can identify the specific individuals to send the note to. Users are automatically notified upon entering the system that they have unread notes. These correspondences are tracked within the system with no limits on the number of notes attached to the run, for ease of review by the administrator or the Medical Director. Users with unread notes can reply to these just like email. The QA/QI module has the following additional features available:

Dynamic grid view of incident records available for review. Ability to assign multiple users and a status to incidents under QA/QI review. A new QA/QI Review run form template type to dynamically customize QA/QI

data layout. Ability to create a dynamic list of QA/QI questions. These questions will be

available in the Layout Editor. QA/QI Report Writer dataset for enhanced reporting.

Within the Service Bridge QA/QI module, the Review page displays all QA/QI review incidents based on the view criteria specified, such as cardiac arrest, non-transports, high risk procedures, etc. Users are able to click directly into an incident and information will display in their QA/QI run form template format. This page supports bulk actions for Assign for QA/QI and Remove from QA/QI Review. In addition, runs can be locked from editing to maintain the integrity of runs that have been submitted or billed. Administrators have the ability to lock or unlock runs at any time. This can also be set on a schedule. For example, all runs older than 7 days are locked automatically by the system. Report Writer ImageTrend’s Report Writer allows users to dynamically create, display, and store standard as well as ad hoc reports. With over 100 standard reports and the ability to create ad hoc reports as needed, the Report Writer offers expanded reporting and data analysis capabilities. Reports can be scheduled on regular intervals and supports distribution via email to a pre-determined list of recipients.

User Interface Choose from multiple display methods including a row/column report or single record display per page. Database search criteria can be selected on a field level basis allowing you to define exactly the fields you want. User-defined headers, sorting, and grouping give you the ability to display search results using a

7/10/13 Page: 62

number of options. Reports can be saved for later review or editing, and also as static content as a CSV file or a PDF document. User security is strictly enforced to only allow users to report and view information that they have rights to. Additionally, based on your permission group, you will have rights to the following report functions:

Define Data Set Choose Field Properties Define Selection Criteria Report Layout Options Display Options Saving and Scheduling Reports Setting up Permission

Ad Hoc Reports The Report Writer allows you to dynamically create, display, and store ad hoc reports. This gives you the power to find and display the data that you want without relying on static reports that may not have the data that you need. The report writer encompasses a single reporting tool that gives you complete control of data output and display. Administration Administration of the Report Writer involves the complete setup, display, and management of reports. System administrators can:

Manage Reports Manage Report Categories Setup Tables and Fields to be Reported on Setup Table Relationships Create Formulas Schedule Automatic Generation of Reports Automatic Distribute Reports via Email

This allows administrators to assign public/private access to individual data elements as required.

Data Conversion and Integrations ImageTrend’s goal in any solution is to streamline data flow and maximize data usage. The NEMSIS XML Gold standard data exchange methodology has been successfully implemented in numerous solutions and with many different vendors. To accomplish this we have a team that thoroughly investigates the existing data and requirements and develops a plan of integration for ongoing data communications between systems or a data conversion plan for those instances when a singular import of existing data into the new database is required. In either of these instances, the file import method, dataport technology and accurate mapping are the keys to success. These interfaces will be fully reviewed for implementation requirements, after which a detailed implementation and acceptance will be presented. Even in the case of standard

7/10/13 Page: 63

interfaces, ImageTrend reserves the right to fully review all requirements, as it has been our experience that even standard products from vendors often have variances that may not be thoroughly documented. Every client has a unique set of interfaces that define their system and configuration; therefore, not all interfaces may be available for their specific versions. Even if we do not have a specific integration available, as integration experts we fully understand the issues involved and will prepare a detailed plan for successful implementation within reasonable timelines.

Cardiac Monitor Integration ImageTrend currently integrates with ZOLL, Physio Control, Philips and Welch Allyn cardiac monitors. The data types that the EMS Field Bridge currently captures are based on what the manufacturer exports (these are configurable through an administration screen). These include: 12-Lead Analysis, Defibrillation, ETCO2, Heart rate, Invasive blood pressure, Noninvasive blood pressure, Respiratory rate, and SPO2. Each entry is imported and saved as a new entry within the Vitals/Treatments section of the EMS Field Bridge, which also appears on the PCR. In addition, the original manufacturer file is dynamically saved as an attachment in the specific incident. This allows the end-user to be able to view six-second waveform strips, as well as related waveforms for each vitals record at any time in the future. These can also be synced up to the Service Bridge for viewing at any time using the manufacturers’ code reviewing software.

CAD Integration

Dispatches are XML files that contain full or partial run information that are automatically recognized by the ImageTrend EMS Field Bridge application. A file with extension .xmd will open automatically and populate a run form with the information that is contained within the file.

Any dispatch files that have been placed in the dispatches directory under the EMS resource folder will show up under Dispatches in the Browse Incidents window. Dispatches can be placed there manually or by a CAD system.

Billing ImageTrend’s software fully supports integration with the billing systems and software based upon XML data exchange. In some cases we utilize CSV data exchange to support other billing integrations. Other Integrations ImageTrend DataPort technology allows for the integration and exchange of data through multiple methods. This includes the transferring, processing and importing of data files. The DataPort is the gateway for how data is received and processed between applications. In order to effectively implement a robust data processing tool, the application must be able to collect data from disparate systems and in multiple formats to ensure the most widely acceptable and cost effective solution. The process of importing data involves a set of routines that function independently of one another to issue fast and accurate data transferring and importing.

Receiving Transferring Processing Importing (via one of the aforementioned methods)

7/10/13 Page: 64

The DataPort can be configured to assist in the retrieval of data, process and formatting, transferring, and importing, or any combination in-between. This can be accomplished automatically by the system or with user interaction.

7/10/13 Page: 65

MOBILE DATA COLLECTION

EMS Field Bridge The EMS Field Bridge as a remote disconnected client application offers additional features and mobility for the EMT/Paramedic in the field - who is responsible for collecting the data:

Many items such as quick pick lists, drop down menus, default settings, default run forms, repeat patient selections and powertools that minimize the number of fields that require completion.

Online validity checks that inform the EMT of completion status and quickly locate forgotten or overlooked fields.

Support for MapPoint integration for incident mapping including GPS.

If installed on the Tablet PC, the electronic data collection replicates the pen and paper form, with the advantages of less work due to quick pick lists and defaults and higher data integrity due to legibility. The EMS Field Bridge can be installed on laptops and desktops as well.

Handwriting recognition and e-signatures that simplify form completion.

Electronic data collection in the field which reduces data redundancies. ZOLL, Philips, and Medtronic EKG integrations are standard Collection of additional billing information.

Field Bridge Data Entry A new incident report can be created in a variety of ways:

Blank Run Form – using rapid data entry a new incident can be recorded Default Run Form – create templates for typical usage such as cancelled runs,

frequent destinations, etc. This template can then be used for recording efficiency.

Dispatched Run – from imported dispatch information a new report will be initiated using the dispatched information such as the dispatched time, address, etc.

New Patient – from an existing run form a new Patient Care Report can automatically be created for each patient involved in the same occurrence.

Data is validated on a per field basis. Fields that have errors detected in them will have their labels marked in red. The total validity percentage for the current run is displayed to the user at the top of the Incident window. A graphical interactive patient assessment form allows EMTs in the field to quickly capture the patient’s physical findings with mere point and click methods. Select male, female, child or baby figures which can be rotated for frontal, side or back views. Then select a body portion and a drop down list of patient findings appears for fast selection. This information is automatically populated into the automatic narrative and the database. This graphical assessment form is also included as a part of the printed patient care report.

7/10/13 Page: 66

The Auto Narrative provides a summary of the current incident in paragraph format. This is a compilation of all entries for this incident. The text can be manually edited for additional information and saved. The narrative can be manually regenerated. Active Protocol In the Active Protocol, national and service protocols can be set up and displayed as an action checklist, allowing easy access to specific powertools (i.e., vitals, IV, etc.) needed for each assigned protocol. When an action is selected under a protocol, the color-coded powertools appear. When the powertools are filled out and saved, the incident report is populated and the action is stamped with the time of completion. With the Field Bridge’s Active Protocol, protocols are followed through more often, and the incident reporting process will become faster, allowing more time to be spent on patient care.

Patient Billing Information Collection The Billing Information Tracking consists of insurance, authorization, waiver of liability, record of belongings, HIPAA consent, and emergency admission. Billing information is entered through a series of text prompts, radio buttons and checkboxes. The Authorization for Billing, Waiver of Liability, Emergency Admission, and HIPAA Consent panels allow a user to sign his/her name using a Tablet PC. The system can be configured with XML billing data files for integration with standard billing software packages.

7/10/13 Page: 67

Policies and Procedures Policies and Procedures are readily available in the ImageTrend EMS Field Bridge application. Policies and Procedures can be browsed and searched and are presented to the user in a Web page format. Reports and Patient Forms The active incident can be reported in a variety of ways:

Hospital Report – Contains information that is specific to a hospital’s needs including patient vitals, medications and treatments.

Radio Report – Contains information related to patient vitals and demographics. Incident Report with Billing Information – Contains complete incident information

including billing information and signatures. State Patient Care Report – Contains complete incident information with

signatures.

The EMS Field Bridge has standard patient forms that can be printed out and given to the patient.

HIPAA Consent Form – Contains patient information along with a HIPAA statement and a signature of consent.

Waiver of Liability Form – Contains patient information along with a Waiver of Liability statement and a signature of consent by the patient, a witnesses signature, and if the patient is a minor, a parent/guardian signature.

Emergency Admission Form – Application by a Peace Officer for Emergency Admission.

Posting Incidents Incidents can be posted to an external data source, such as a citywide Rescue Bridge, a statewide management system or a billing system. This will then be logged in the incident history by date and time, which can be reviewed in the dialog box for status. Incident posting is done via XML to either a file or a Web Service. The ImageTrend EMS Field Bridge complies with W3C Web Service and XML standards. To establish a posting site the following information is required from the Web Service receiving the posting:

Description: This is the description of this posting site. URL: Enter the URL to the site posting to. Service ID: Enter your service ID. User ID: Enter the user ID for the site posting to. Password: Enter the password for the site posting to.

Dispatches Dispatches are XML files that contain full or partial run information that are automatically recognized by the ImageTrend EMS Field Bridge application. A file with extension .xmd will open automatically and populate a run form with the information that is contained within the file. Dispatches can be placed in the Field Bridge either manually or by a CAD system.

7/10/13 Page: 68

Mobile Fire Inspections ImageTrend’s Mobile Fire Inspections is a field data collection application that assists fire inspectors. Using a laptop or Tablet PC, fire inspectors are able to collect inspections data and access saved information about a location or occupant electronically in the field without a major investment and without learning complex new technology. All the information you need for an accurate and complete report is at your fingertips with easy one-click access and no paper hassles.

Intuitive and Quick Data Entry

Automatically suggest violations based on selected inspection deficiencies

Auto-populate fields such as addresses, dates, contact information and more

Scan documents directly into the application

Instant Access to Information

Access connected data with a single click

Search information in real time for immediate filtering

Enter miscellaneous notes at any point during the inspection

Capture electronic signatures in the field

Generate and print reports on site Print batch reports Customize ad hoc inspection forms,

reports and letters Access NIOSH definition files through location chemicals links Integrate with multiple violation code sets Access additional building information, on-site materials, hydrants,

hazmat and sprinklers in the field through location preplan modules Flexible User Experience

Input violations and inspections from many points within the application Create and utilize user definable fields Navigate windows and forms easily within a logical hierarchy Utilize advanced searching for SQL-like data filtering Attach images and documents to inspection and location records Organize occupants, locations and contacts into user specified groups Create a journal of time stamped interactions with contacts (notes,

meetings, letters, phone calls, emails, etc.)

7/10/13 Page: 69

OPTIONAL MODULES

Hospital Dashboard One of the popular features available for the Rescue Bridge is a Web-based Hospital Dashboard, which provides for online viewing of the EMS pre-hospital patient care report. The application can be accessed from any browser using the appropriate permissions, so that searching and viewing data can be accomplished from any computer with internet access. This module makes the system available to all necessary persons from anywhere and at any time. The security module ensures patient data privacy by allowing each hospital access to only those PCR’s of patients delivered to that facility. Once an authorized individual has logged in using the hospital access code, a run history is available for all incidents delivered to that facility. Clicking the PDF icon will open the completed PCR for viewing. The PDF can also be downloaded and saved locally for reuse and inclusion in hospital records as attachments.

Staff Scheduler ImageTrend’s Scheduler module reduces administrative time and relieves frustration of creating shift schedules. Balance the needs of your agency or department with the availability of staff for efficiency and responsiveness. ImageTrend takes away the guesswork and creates schedules that work with your system for additional automation and time savings.

Reusable Templates Create shift templates that can be reused to easily generate schedules. Templates can be built from the simplest A, B, and C shift schedules to the most complex multivariate schedules with Kelly Days. A shift template is flexible enough to allow for variances such as personal or administrative leave without having to rebuild a shift template from scratch. Fully Integrated The scheduler module integrates with your ImageTrend Service Bridge or Rescue Bridge software to populate NFIRS reports with vehicles and personnel

7/10/13 Page: 70

based on scheduling at the time of the call. It also works with schedules for investigations or inspections to view a department’s full schedule at a glance without having to launch separate modules. Role-based Schedules Shifts can be built based on roles to allow flexibility where the schedule is known but the person filling the role is not yet determined. The available slots can be filled at any point before the shift begins. Multiple, Personalized Views Calendar views can be filtered to show recorded events exclusive of or in combination with shift schedules for periods such as day, week, month or daily log. Personalized calendar views can be saved for quick access. Different categories are color-coded and labeled for high visibility. Each item on the calendar is clickable for greater detail, and those with the appropriate level of access permissions can click to view NFIRS or ePCR incident data within the date range shown.

Analytical Reporting The ImageTrend Analytical Reporting tools allow administrators to expand the reporting of data to cubed data analysis. This creates a dimension of reporting that is not possible with conventional report methods. With these data mining tools, specific data can be analyzed in different views and multiple relationships, allow for dragging and dropping of columns, rearranging of data views, data drill-down, and creating dynamic charts and graphs. This gives the user flexibility in how to view the data with precise control and display. The analysis of the data in these cubes can be used for predicting trends and assessments such as syndromic surveillance reporting. Data can be readily exported for portability and reporting in Microsoft Excel.

7/10/13 Page: 71

Mapping and Reporting System (MARS) Through an integration with Microsoft Bing Maps, ImageTrend’s Mapping and Reporting System allows run information, specifically address information, to be fed into Bing Maps. Address information including street address, city, state and postal code, along with relative information (e.g., cardiac data), can be exported to allow for plotting data on geographical maps for use in data analysis. Each point allows a quick-view of the basic patient data and a link to the PDF run form. These maps give the State or agency a high-level view of concentrations of incidents relative to geographic locations.

Field Bridge Xpress ImageTrend Field Bridge Xpress is a pre-hospital patient care data collection and reporting applications designed for speed and accuracy. Field Bridge Xpress supports Apple’s iPad 2 and newer, Google Android 4.0 and newer, Windows 8 and Mac, in addition to the traditional Windows-based operating system EMS Field Bridge operates on. Each service provider or agency has the option to use popular pads and tablet devices or ruggedized laptops without being dependent upon a single hardware or OS manufacturer.

Feature Packed The flexibility and industry-leading features of Field Bridge Xpress allows users to improve speed and accuracy, and develop efficiencies. Users enjoy a well-organized, intuitive interface to document encounters with the option of entering information via touchscreen,

7/10/13 Page: 72

stylus or keyboard input. Field Bridge Xpress gives users the ability to complete and submit incident reports on scene and capture electronic signatures in the field. Additionally, users are able to post runs wirelessly to be available for viewing and printing at hospitals. Customizable Run Form Field Bridge Xpress utilizes the same powerful, drag-n-drop, Web-based Layout Editor and Provider Actions that drive current ImageTrend Field Bridge templates. Provider Actions allow administrators to define which fields are automatically displayed when specific actions are selected, making it easier for providers to complete run forms quickly without worrying about unnecessary fields. Each agency with a Service Bridge or Rescue Bridge will have the option to develop custom electronic forms similar to paper forms. Agencies will also be able to create powerful reports on data collected through either Field Bridge application. Secure Capabilities For the best in security and capability, data can be collected in Field Bridge Xpress whether offline or connected to a wireless data network. Data is encrypted locally and transmitted by a secure connection using a NEMSIS-compliant data set, making the information truly useful for aggregate reporting, billing or transfer to Hospital Dashboard.

7/10/13 Page: 73

SECURITY

ImageTrend applications meet or exceed State and federal data privacy requirements and the HIPAA guidelines. Secure logins are an industry standard process and are part of the HIPAA guidelines for data protection. These are implemented throughout the application with the use of the hierarchical security access features of the ImageTrend security module, which provides the environment for controlling the access necessary to provide data protection. The application also provides for security breach notifications and audit trails.

Application Securities

Secure User Login • The application adheres to business standard practices for security to

ensure only authorized access to the system Password Encryption

• Hash function implementation • Temporary account suspension for sessions failing to successfully login

after three tries • Check access log for sequential unsuccessful logins • Set session logout variable

Password Requirements

• Length and Complexity Enforcement • Validate Password for Case, Length (8 characters), and Composition

Login Expirations

• Validate for expired logins • Force password changes on expired logins and restrict site access until

new, valid password is created Page Access Checking

• Page Access Checking to make sure user has properly logged in and is not entering the site via an external link

SSL Server Certificate

• 128-bit encryption Security Certificate Permissions Administration

Manage Users and Groups The application employs a hierarchical based password administration as a series of group policies to control application entry and level of access within the application. With the system administrator being the highest level of security, groups can be created below that to encompass all other group needs, which may include:

• Director – Access to view all runs within their service. • Multiple Service Administrators – User Access and administration to

multiple services.

Permissions and Rights Permission and rights are governed by the ability of what the user can see and do. At the global level, rights are based on the following criteria:

• County • City

7/10/13 Page: 74

• Service On the service level, there are two levels:

• Administrator • User

Service administrators can control and edit all the functions with their own service. Service users have the ability to edit and view their own information.

Password Administration Through the Application Access Control, the system administrator can determine several features regarding the password administration:

Number of days without login to the application before the user's account is suspended

Number of attempts a user can attempt to login before their account is placed on temporary suspend

Set the password to contain at least one numeric character Set the pass word to contain at least one uppercase character Time in hours that a user cannot change their password after last change Number of past passwords stored in the log table for a user Number of passwords in the log table to be compared with the newest

password to prevent repeat use of passwords Minimum number of characters in the password Number of days the user will be notified before they must change their

password An Email Confidentiality statement can be added, edited and deleted An inactive account message can be added, edited and deleted Security questions prompt on login or password retrieval Encrypt security question answer

Procedural Securities

Hosting Environment ImageTrend's Web applications are hosted in our state-of-the-art, 4,500 square foot data center. Built in a vault with 21" concrete walls, our facilities offer the maximum level of security and stability for hosting needs. The data center features triple redundant, high-speed internet connections over fiber optic trunk lines. Only authorized personnel have access to the data floor. The data center is monitored electronically and a log book is kept to monitor and record individuals accessing the server room. ImageTrend's production network consists of application/web and database servers. The databases are on a private network with access control managed through the firewall, permitting only authorized administrators or approved VPN access. Applications are monitored for availability and performance from multiple locations to ensure an accurate measure of current system health. Slow application pages and long running database queries are logged for analysis by server administrators and development staff. Serious errors and performance degradation trigger email alerts which are sent to support staff and cell phone alerts to ImageTrend's 24/7 X-Team Support staff. Our X-Team support employees have VPN access to our production servers, to ensure accessibility and security, when accessing our servers from outside of our network

7/10/13 Page: 75

Auditing The Service Bridge’s audit trail tracks user information when accessing the secure portion of the application. IP address, User ID, date/time, browser information, along with information on each file accessed, is all tracked within a separate database. This database is kept for a period of time for reporting purposes and audit trails. Any security breaches are logged within our Project Management system for any HIPAA disclosures related to security breaches or information disclosers. If a security breach happens, the security module currently sends an email to our Director of Development and the Security Officer, who in turn notifies the designated customer contact. Personnel All ImageTrend employees are subjected to background checks and are required to attend and successfully complete HIPAA training. The ImageTrend Project Management System gives us a facility to track any HIPAA Security Incidents or Information Disclosure Incidents for reporting purposes. Only those certified ImageTrend employees that work with either hardware or software related to the specified application or project will access the data center and interact with our servers. These employees have worked with our hardware as part of our IT support staff or are part of our Implementation team as software developers. Authorization is granted from the management level.

7/10/13 Page: 76

IMPLEMENTATION

The goal of ImageTrend’s Standard Implantation Plan is to install the main agency site and assist in system configuration and understanding to promote ease of use, workflow and data entry. A task breakdown of a typical Implementation Plan follows:

Initial conference call with the system administrator and any other applicable participants to establish ongoing communication and establish project roles. The team will meet via webinar weekly for 4 - 6 weeks.

Standard workbook to import destinations, staff, vehicles and station information ImageTrend will work with the system administrator to configure the system level settings

to ensure fast and easy use for the crew. This includes but is not limited to: o Administrative

Site Management Product Settings NEMSIS and State Data Reporting Data Exchange Run Forms Validation Administrative Reports Report Writer Hospital Dashboard

o Service Level Staff setup CE/Training Workflow (incl. QA/QI) Add ePCR Field Bridge

o Other Integrations (as defined in contract) Training Plan (Admin, Train the Trainer) Testing will occur throughout the implementation Training will be designed based on client needs as defined in the contract

NOTE: If additional facilities or services require implementation services and training, additional fees will apply. Services may also elect to purchase their own Service Bridge. Pricing can be provided upon request. Communication and Coordination The overall success of the project will require a close working relationship between the client and ImageTrend. The project as detailed has various status checkpoints and scheduled meetings to ensure project performance. The ImageTrend Project Management Team translates your vision and requirements into an integrated solution. The project begins with a kickoff meeting to establish project roles and provide your project team with familiarity of the key components of the ImageTrend products and introduce best practices into all phases of the project. The project involves high-level planning that helps establish system requirements and estimates of resource requirements and task durations. This can be achieved through the use of ImageTrend’s standard Project Plan. The following guidelines are base responsibilities for all project team members:

Be a vital part of the project team that will carry the project through to completion. Provide a single point of contact for the customer on all issues. Assist the customer in helping them ensure that project deadlines are met and that

deliverables are provided as discussed. Coordinate tasks between different departments and functions within the company. Identify and resolve project conflicts and issues.

7/10/13 Page: 77

Project Management Tools ImageTrend utilizes several software tools to help manage, track and communicate and provide real-time answers to our most important project related questions. Microsoft Project, Team Foundation Server, ImageTrend’s Project Management Solution and Support Suite are the tools that we have found to be most effective for our needs. Project Manager ImageTrend’s Project/Implementation Managers are well-versed in our needs for an efficient and timely implementation. Our agile development environment is “hands-on”; utilizing project management tools (TFS and Microsoft Project) for tracking, documentation and status reports in a supporting role. When using ImageTrend hosting, the base system can be ready for pilot testing within 30 days from the kick off meeting, with integrations taking 60 to 90 days from mutual agreed upon development requirements. Third party cooperation and database access may affect the duration. Ongoing Support Users may contact ImageTrend support with a valid support agreement. Administrators may elect to be the first point of contact for their providers.

7/10/13 Page: 78

7/10/13 Page: 79

TRAINING

ImageTrend offers training courses for each product offering, as well as customized training for clients with specific learning needs. Our programs are designed to help site administrators and field personnel make the most of the system. The ImageTrend Training Curriculum will be reviewed with the Client and customized to ensure that all courses are designed to address the Client’s specific needs. Our response incorporates “Train-the-trainer” training by ImageTrend personnel for cost savings; we can, however, deliver comprehensive training for all personnel at additional cost. “Train-the-trainer” sessions will train a designated person(s) from the Client in all aspects of system administration and usage and provides the basic materials for the training plan for all field personnel. Administrative Training Administration Training will focus on system administration and all the features associated with maintaining the application. Additional training will focus on data collection as well as reporting and data analysis. Administration training will include the knowledge to provide Level 1 support and training to field personnel. This training session can easily accommodate 10 – 15 people and can be accomplished within an 8 hour session. It is recommended that this training be accomplished in groups, since the interactive questions and assistance improves the learning process and establishes the communication links for the ongoing system usage. ImageTrend will hold this training at the location specified by the client.

Free Training for Service Administrators ImageTrend offers free hands-on training to service administrators for select products at the Corporate Office located in Lakeville, MN. This training is available based on pre-determined dates set by ImageTrend. ImageTrend will train up to two administrators per service on setup, navigation and use of Service Bridge and Field Bridge. Service administrators will also learn how to create ad hoc reports based on their data and how to maintain their user information. This training will be offered periodically to services with a valid support agreement and is intended to educate service administrators to help them more effectively and independently use their ImageTrend software. With this inexpensive educational option, service administrators will learn to setup and maintain tasks to increase their comfort level and understanding of the software.

Train-the- Trainer Field User Training Field Training will cover the EMS Field Bridge. The typical EMS Field Bridge training session takes about 4 – 8 hours and can be performed by anyone that has attended a “train-the-trainer” administrative session. The training will be reviewed and revised as necessary to incorporate the Services’ specific requirements. Many of the EMS Field Bridges previously installed are successfully in use by individuals who have elected to bypass training. ImageTrend will be available for training or training guidance. ImageTrend also provides a Webinar training that has proven successful in delivering training in a cost-effective manner. Webinars allow staff to deliver training to personnel from their desktops without the need for travel. Documentation ImageTrend will provide a training plan, course outline, system documentation and user guides to assist in system comprehension. Course syllabi and scenario templates are prepared to enhance system understanding and are made available in a variety of formats for duplication. Other training materials provided include: FAQs, Education Evaluation and an Education Review Checklist. ImageTrend can also provide a Certificate of Education upon completion of the training course(s). ImageTrend provides the most up-to-date documentation, including administrator and user manuals and release notes for any upgrades. With a support agreement, this documentation, along with educational videos, PowerPoint presentations and other documents will be found at

7/10/13 Page: 80

ImageTrend University, which can be accessed from the Service Bridge application. Please visit www.imagetrend.com/support/user-education for a demonstration of the ImageTrend University. Online Help and Education ImageTrend also offers the ImageTrend University to promote ongoing and self-guided education and training of our solutions. When accessing ImageTrend University through the application, users can view educational videos, manuals, quick guides and workbooks to assist them in better understanding our software and support “Train-the-Trainer” sessions. These have been very useful as both refresher and initial education materials. A sample demonstration of ImageTrend University can be found at www.imagetrend.com/support/user-education. Ongoing Training Ongoing training sessions can be held regularly (perhaps every 6 months) for new personnel and as review for existing personnel if desired and contracted. These sessions will be conducted by the trainer via Webinar or, alternatively, ImageTrend can offer these onsite



7/10/13 Page: 81

SUPPORT

ImageTrend provides ongoing support as contracted for their applications. This includes continued attention to product performance and general application maintenance. Support includes technical diagnosis and fixes of technology issues involving ImageTrend software. ImageTrend has a broad range of technical support services available in the areas of:

Web Application Support Subject Matter Expert Application Usage Support Web Application Development/Enhancement Database Administration/Support Project Management Systems Engineering/Architecture

ImageTrend offers multi-level technical support, based on level-two user support by accommodating both the general inquiries of the administrators and those of the system users. We will give the administrators the ability to field support for the system as the first level of contact while providing them the option to refer inquiries directly to ImageTrend. ImageTrend’s Support Team is available Monday through Friday from 7:00 am to 7:00 pm CST at:

Toll Free: 1-888-469-7789 Phone: 952-469-1589 Support Desk: www.imagetrend.com/support

Online Support Desk ImageTrend offers an online support system, Support Desk, which incorporates around-the-clock incident reporting of all submitted tickets to ImageTrend’s support desk specialists. Once a client submits a support ticket, he or she can easily track its process with a secure login, promoting a support log for the client and ImageTrend’s support team. The system promotes speedy resolution by offering keyword-based self-help services and articles in the knowledgebase, should clients wish to bypass traditional support services. Ticket tracking further enhances the efforts of Support Desk personnel by allowing them to identify patterns which can then be utilized for improvements in production, documentation, education and frequently asked questions to populate the knowledgebase. The support ticket tracking system ensures efficient workflow for the support desk specialists while keeping users informed of their incident’s status. Support patterns can be referenced to populate additional knowledgebase articles.

X – Team Support In addition to our standard services, ImageTrend’s X-Team is available for after-hour’s emergency support. Our X-Team will receive notifications of issues submitted to our Online Support Desk. If an issue is deemed non-critical by the X-team they may elect to respond during normal business hours or charge for after hour’s resolution. Incident Reporting Malfunctions ImageTrend takes all efforts to correct malfunctions that are documented and reported by the Client. ImageTrend acknowledges receipt of a malfunction report from a Client and acknowledges the disposition and possible resolution thereof according to the chart below.

Severity Level Examples of each Severity Level: Notification

Acknowledgement: ImageTrend Return Call to Licensee after initial notification of an Error

Action Expectation: Anticipated Error resolution notification after ImageTrend Return Call to Licensee of Notification Acknowledgement of an error.

http://www.imagetrend.com/support

7/10/13 Page: 82

Severity 1 – Critical

- Complete shutdown or partial shutdown of one or more Software functions - Access to one or more Software functions not available - Major subset of Software application impacted

Within one (1) hour of initial notification during business hours or via [email protected] or Support Desk with critical subject status.

Six hours

Severity 2 – Non-Critical

- Minor subsystem failure -Data entry or access impaired on a limited basis – usually can be delegated to local client contact as a first level or response for resolution – usually user error (i.e. training) or forgotten passwords

Within four (4) hours of initial notification

24 Business hours

Severity 3 – Non-essential

- System operational with minor issues; suggested enhancements as mutually agreed upon – typically covered in next version release as mutually agreed upon.

Same day or next business day of initial notification

Next Release

Service Requests (enhancements) Any service requests that are deemed to be product enhancements are detailed and presented to the development staff, where the assessment is made as to whether these should be added to the future product releases and with a priority rating. If an enhancement request is specific to one client and deemed to be outside of the original scope of the product, then a change order is written and presented to the Client. These requests are subject to our standard rates and mutual agreement. Clients review and approve the scope, specification and cost before work is started to ensure goals are properly communicated. Product release management is handled by ImageTrend using standard development tools and methodologies. Work items including, tasks, issues, and scenarios are all captured within the system. Releases are based on one or more iterations during a schedule development phase. This includes by not limited to: development, architecture, testing, documentation, builds, test and uses cases. Submissions of issues or requests are documented within our Product Management system and from there workflow is created to track the path from initial request to resolution.

Out of Scope Client may contract with ImageTrend for Out of Scope services. This will require a separate Statement of Work and will be billed at ImageTrend’s standard hourly rate.

Maintenance and Upgrades System/product maintenance and upgrades, if applicable, are included in the ongoing support and warranty as contracted. These ensure continued attention to product performance and general maintenance. Scheduled product upgrades include enhancements and minor and major product changes. Customers are notified in advance of scheduled maintenance. It is the Client’s responsibility to accept all offered updates and upgrades to the system. If the Client does not accept these, Client should be advised that ImageTrend, at its discretion, may offer limited support for previous versions. All code releases also maintain the integrity of any client specific configurations (i.e. templates, addresses, staff information, active protocols, etc.) that have been implemented either by ImageTrend’s implementation staff or the client’s administrative staff. Escalation Our support staff is committed to resolving your issues as fast as possible. If they cannot resolve your issue immediately, they will identify the course of action that they will be taking and indicate when an answer will be available. They in turn will seek assistance from the designated developer. The next level of escalation goes to the Project Manager, who also addresses all operational issues on an ongoing basis and reviews the issue log regularly to



7/10/13 Page: 83

assess product performance and service levels. Senior Management will handle issues requiring further discussion and resolution. Any issues to be determined to be of a critical nature are immediately brought to the attention of both the X-Team and Senior Management.

Support Log Information regarding outstanding problems, fixes, modifications and improvements will be available to the Client electronically and published on a regular basis to a Project Support Log which will be available for Client’s access.

ImageTrend University ImageTrend provides online education materials for their products as self-guided tutorials to all clients with support agreements. These online support and educational materials can be found at ImageTrend University via your ImageTrend application. ImageTrend recently started implementing ImageTrend University throughout its solutions to promote ongoing education and training of our solutions. When accessing ImageTrend University through the application, users can view educational videos, manuals, quick guides and workbooks to assist them in better understanding our software and support train-the-trainer sessions. These have been very useful as both refresher and initial education materials. A sample demonstration of ImageTrend University can be found at www.imagetrend.com/support/user-education.

System Documentation ImageTrend provides the most up-to-date documentation, including administrator and user manuals and release notes for any upgrades. With a support agreement, this documentation, along with educational videos, PowerPoint presentations and other documents will be found at ImageTrend University, which can be accessed from the Service Bridge application. Please visit www.imagetrend.com/support/user-education for a demonstration of the ImageTrend University. Any provided documentation becomes the property of the client. ImageTrend will provide a full set of documentation at each location upon request. Documentation updates are available online at no cost.

Support Staff ImageTrend’s support staff is made up of EMS and Fire professionals who are well versed in the technical aspects of our products. They are either well trained on the software, have used it in the field, or are the developers of the system.



7/10/13 Page: 84

SYSTEM SPECIFICATIONS

Rescue Bridge Requirements The following is not required if hosted by ImageTrend:

Web/Application Server Hardware Required:

2 GHz Processor 4 GB RAM 40 GB Available Hard Disk Space Recommended:

Dual Quad Core Processors 8-16 GB RAM 100 GB Available Hard Disk Space RAID 5 SCSI Hard Drives with OS and Data Partitions ImageTrend Hosted:

Dual Quad Core Processors 32 GB RAM SAN Data Storage Blade Servers with Microsoft Hyper-V

Operating Systems (OS virtualization is supported and 64-bit recommended)

Microsoft Windows 2008 R2 Server Web Server Software

Microsoft IIS version 7.0 or later Additional Service Software

Microsoft .NET Framework 2.0, 3.5 SP1 and 4.0 Microsoft Tablet PC SDK

Additional Application Software

Adobe ColdFusion 9 Enterprise Database Server (Separate database servers)

Hardware Required:

Dual Quad Core Processors 8-16 GB RAM 100 GB Available Hard Disk Space 100,000 + incidents per year: 200 GB RAID 5 SCSI Hard Drives Software (64-bit recommended) Recommended

Microsoft SQL Server 2012

Compatible

7/10/13 Page: 85

Microsoft SQL Server 2008 R2+

Internet Browser Requirements for End Users Microsoft Internet Explorer 8.0 and above Other browsers that support Mozilla 4.0 and above Adobe Reader 10 or higher Adobe Flash 11 or higher (recommended) Microsoft Silverlight 2.0 (recommended)

Minimum Requirements for End Users using the DRF (Dynamic Run Form)

Software Microsoft Silverlight 3.0 Hardware OS: Windows XP SP2 RAM: 1GB Processor: 1.2 GHz Network 64 kbps ISDN/DSL (Cable or DSL)

EMS Field Bridge 5 Requirements

Hardware: Desktop, Laptop or Tablet PCs with: Required: 1 GHz Processor (non-Atom) 2 GB RAM 600 MB Available Hard Disk Space 802.11 Wireless Optimal: Multi-core processor; Intel Core i5 or greater 4 GB RAM or greater 64-bit Windows operating system 1 GB Available Hard Disk Space 802.11 Wireless Bluetooth Operating Systems Supported Microsoft Windows XP, Vista, Windows 7, Windows 8 (not Windows RT) Screen Resolution Supported 1024x768 or greater

Additional Software Microsoft .NET Framework 4.0 or higher for version 5.6 and greater Microsoft .NET Framework 3.5 SP1 or higher for versions up to 5.5 Adobe Flash Player 11 or higher Adobe Reader 10 or higher

Fire Inspections Requirements

Hardware: Desktop, Laptop or Tablet PCs with:

7/10/13 Page: 86

Required:

1 GHz Processor (non-Atom) 2 GB RAM 600 MB Available Hard Disk Space 802.11 wireless

Optimal:

Multi-core processor; Intel Core i5 or greater 4 GB RAM or greater 64-bit Windows operating system 1 GB Available Hard Disk Space 802.11 Wireless

Operating Systems Supported Microsoft Windows XP, Vista, Windows 7, Windows 8 (not Windows RT) Screen Resolution Supported 1024 x 768 or greater Additional Software Microsoft .NET Framework 2.0

7/10/13 Page: 87

TAB 10 – APPENDIX W9 Rescue Bridge Overview EMS Field Bridge Overview Mobile Fire Inspections with FireScene Overview Scheduler Overview Investigations Overview Integrations Overview MARS Overview Hospital Dashboard Overview

RFP: FD-02-13

It is the committee’s finding that Image Trend is the most highly qualified provider based on the proposals submitted and the products demonstrated. Image Trend meets the current needs of the San Angelo Fire Department as well has having options for future requirements and desires. Image Trends product is cost effective. Image Trends product is user friendly and will feel familiar to users experienced in the San Angelo Fire Department’s current records management system.

Justifications for selecting Image Trend:

· Ranked #1 by all 6 committee members. · System is most similar in terms of end-user experience to what is currently being used · Patient Side interface is clear, clean and user friendly · System includes all modules required · System is flexible enough to accommodate projected future needs · System can be customized to meet the preferences of the San Angelo Fire Department · System uses standard database architecture and software that administrative staff is already

familiar with · Image Trend is one of the lowest cost options both in initial set-up and annual maintenance

Justifications for not selecting New World Systems:

· Most expensive option in initial cost · Second most expensive option in annual maintenance charges

Justifications for not selecting High Plains Information Systems:

· Do not currently have a Hydrant Management module · Do not currently have a Vehicle/Fleet Management module · Do not currently have an Equipment Management module

Justifications for not selecting Emergency Technologies:

· Second most expensive option in initial cost · Most expensive option in annual maintenance charges · Lack of history or references in the Fire Service · Hydrant Management, Building Inspection, Training Records Management were lacking in

functionality and very limited

Request for Proposal City of San Angelo

Fire Department

Records Management System

RFP No.: FD-02-13

City of San Angelo 72 West College Avenue


RFP SUBMITTAL DEADLINE July 11, 2013, 2:00 P.M. Local Time

Table of Contents

INTRODUCTION ..................................................................................................................................................... 1

DISQUALIFICATION ......................................................................................................................................................... 1 CONFIDENTIALITY ........................................................................................................................................................... 1 DOCUMENT AVAILABILITY ................................................................................................................................................ 1 DIGITAL FORMAT ........................................................................................................................................................... 1 ADDENDA ..................................................................................................................................................................... 1 AWARD OF CONTRACT .................................................................................................................................................... 1 ACCEPTANCE OF PROPOSAL CONTENT ................................................................................................................................ 2 EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY ................................................................................................................................. 2 PROPOSAL TERM ........................................................................................................................................................... 2 POINTS OF CONTACT ...................................................................................................................................................... 2

INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS ................................................................................................................................. 3

DEADLINE AND DELIVERY LOCATION ..................................................................................................................... 7

DEADLINE ..................................................................................................................................................................... 7 COPIES......................................................................................................................................................................... 7 SEALED CONTAINER ADDRESSING ...................................................................................................................................... 7 DELIVERY ADDRESSES ..................................................................................................................................................... 7

SCOPE OF SERVICES REQUESTED ............................................................................................................................ 9

GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS ................................................................................................................................................ 9 SUMMARY OF CURRENT OPERATIONS ................................................................................................................................ 9 SCOPE OF SERVICES ...................................................................................................................................................... 10 TERM OF CONTRACT ..................................................................................................................................................... 10

PROPOSAL FORMAT............................................................................................................................................. 11

PROPOSAL FORMAT INSTRUCTIONS ................................................................................................................................. 11

SELECTION PROCESS ............................................................................................................................................ 13

SUBMISSION FORMS............................................................................................................................................ 15

LETTER OF INTEREST ..................................................................................................................................................... 17 ADDENDUM ACKNOWLEDGEMENT .................................................................................................................................. 19 DISCLOSURE OF CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS.......................................................................................................................... 22 DEBARMENT AND SUSPENSION CERTIFICATION .................................................................................................................. 26 LIST OF REFERENCES ..................................................................................................................................................... 28 RECORD MANAGEMENT SYSTEM QUESTIONNAIRE ............................................................................................................. 30

CITY OF SAN ANGELO PURCHASING DIVISION 72 West College Ave, San Angelo, Texas 76903 Telephone: (325) 657-4219 or (325) 657-4220

RFP: FD-02-13/Records Management System 1

INTRODUCTION City of San Angelo seeks a provider for Records Management System for Fire and EMS information.

Disqualification Disqualification may occur for any of the following reasons:

• The respondent is involved in any litigation against the City of San Angelo;

• The respondent is in arrears on any existing contract or has defaulted on a previous contract with

the City;

• The respondent is debarred, suspended, or otherwise excluded from or ineligible for participation in State or Federal assistance programs.

Confidentiality All proposals submitted shall remain confidential. After award, proposals will be made available for public inspection. The City shall not be responsible for the confidentiality of any trade secrets or other information contained or disclosed in the proposal unless clearly identified as such.

Document Availability Proposals documents are available and may be examined or obtained without charge in the Purchasing Department, Suite 330, City Hall, San Angelo, Texas. The Request for Proposal is also available at http://www.sanangelotexas.us. The proposal documents may be found by following the links.

o City Departments o Purchasing o Bidding Information o Bid Opportunities>RFP: FD-02-13

Digital Format If Bidder obtained the bid specifications in digital format in order to prepare a proposal, the bid must be submitted in hard copy according to the instructions contained in this bid package. If, in its bid response, Bidders makes any changes whatsoever to the published bid specifications, the bid specification as published shall control. Furthermore, if an alteration of any kind to the bid specification is discovered after the contract is executed and is or is not being performed; the contract is subject to immediate cancellation without recourse. Addenda Should bid documents or specifications be revised prior to the deadline for submittals, the City’s Purchasing Division will issue an addendum addressing the nature of the change. Respondents must review all addendums and complete, sign and include the Addendum Acknowledgement form with their bid. Addenda will be posted on the City’s website as they are issued. Bidder is responsible for contacting the City or checking the City’s website to determine if any addendums have been issued prior to submitting a bid. Award of Contract The City reserves the right to accept or reject any or all proposals, and to waive any informalities or irregularities in the RFP process. The City is an equal opportunity employer


The City will select the most highly qualified respondent(s) of the requested services based on demonstrated competence and qualifications and then attempt to negotiate with respondent(s) a contract(s) at a fair and reasonable price.

Acceptance of Proposal Content Before submitting a proposal, each Respondent shall make all investigations and examinations necessary to ascertain all conditions and requirements affecting the performance of the contract and to verify any representations made by the City upon which the proposal will rely. If the Respondent receives an offer because of its proposal, failure to have made such investigation and examinations will in no way relieve the Respondent from its obligation to comply in every detail with all provisions and requirements. Equal Employment Opportunity Attention of Respondents to the requirement for ensuring that employees and applicants for employment are not discriminated against because of their race, color religion, sex, national origin, age, or disability. Proposal Term Proposal shall be in effect for at least 180 days from the submission date.

Points of Contact Roger Banks, Division Manager Purchasing Department City of San Angelo P.O. Box 1751 San Angelo Texas, 76902-1751 Email: [email protected] Telephone: (325) 657-4220

Scott Farris, Assistant Fire Chief San Angelo Fire Department City of San Angelo 306 W. 1st San Angelo, TX 76903 Email: [email protected] Phone: (325) 657-4355



INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS The following insurance requirements are an example of the City’s typical insurance requirements. The final requirements will be completed during the negotiations process. For more specific information, please contact John Seaton, Risk Manager at (325) 657-4359. 1 INDEMNIFICATION.

1.1 GENERAL INDEMNIFICATION. CONTRACTOR AGREES TO INDEMNIFY, DEFEND, AND HOLD CITY, ITS COUNCILMEMBERS, BOARD AND COMMISSION MEMBERS, OFFICIALS, AGENTS, GUESTS, INVITEES, CONSULTANTS AND EMPLOYEES FREE AND HARMLESS FROM AND AGAINST ANY AND ALL CLAIMS, DEMANDS, PROCEEDINGS, SUITS, JUDGMENTS, COSTS, PENALTIES, FINES, DAMAGES, LOSSES, ATTORNEYS’ FEES AND EXPENSES ASSERTED BY ANY PERSON OR PERSONS, INCLUDING AGENTS OR EMPLOYEES OF CONTRACTOR OR CITY, BY REASON OF DEATH OR INJURY TO PERSONS, OR LOSS OR DAMAGE TO PROPERTY, RESULTING FROM OR ARISING OUT OF, THE VIOLATION OF ANY LAW OR REGULATION OR IN ANY MANNER ATTRIBUTABLE TO ANY ACT OF COMMISSION, OMISSION, NEGLIGENCE OR FAULT OF CONTRACTOR, ITS AGENTS OR EMPLOYEES, OR THE JOINT NEGLIGENCE OF CONTRACTOR AND ANY OTHER ENTITY, AS A CONSEQUENCE OF ITS EXECUTION OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS CONTRACT OR SUSTAINED IN OR UPON THE PREMISES, OR AS A RESULT OF ANYTHING CLAIMED TO BE DONE OR ADMITTED TO BE DONE BY CONTRACTOR HEREUNDER. THIS INDEMNIFICATION SHALL SURVIVE THE TERM OF THIS CONTRACT AS LONG AS ANY LIABILITY COULD BE ASSERTED. NOTHING HEREIN SHALL REQUIRE CONTRACTOR TO INDEMNIFY, DEFEND OR HOLD HARMLESS ANY INDEMNIFIED PARTY FOR THE INDEMNIFIED PARTY’S OWN GROSS NEGLIGENCE OR WILLFUL MISCONDUCT.

1.3 PROSPECTIVE APPLICATION. ANY AND ALL INDEMNITY PROVIDED FOR IN THIS CONTRACT SHALL SURVIVE THE EXPIRATION OF THIS CONTRACT AND THE DISCHARGE OF ALL OTHER OBLIGATIONS OWED BY THE PARTIES TO EACH OTHER HEREUNDER AND SHALL APPLY PROSPECTIVELY NOT ONLY DURING THE TERM OF THIS CONTRACT BUT THEREAFTER SO LONG AS ANY LIABILITY (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LIABILITY FOR CLOSURE AND POST CLOSURE COSTS) COULD BE ASSERTED IN REGARD TO ANY ACTS OR OMISSIONS OF CONTRACTOR IN PERFORMING UNDER THIS CONTRACT.

1.4 RETROACTIVE APPLICATION. THE INDEMNITY PROVIDED FOR IN THIS CONTRACT SHALL

EXTEND NOT ONLY TO CLAIMS AND ASSESSMENTS OCCURRING DURING THE TERM OF THIS CONTRACT BUT RETROACTIVELY TO CLAIMS AND ASSESSMENTS WHICH MAY HAVE OCCURRED DURING THE TERM OF PREVIOUS AGREEMENTS BETWEEN CITY AND CONTRACTOR.

2 Insurance.

2.1 General Conditions. The following conditions shall apply to all insurance policies obtained by Contractor for the purpose of complying with this Contract.

2.1.1 Satisfactory Companies. Coverage shall be maintained with insurers and under

forms of policies satisfactory to City and with insurers licensed to do business in Texas.

2.1.2 Named Insured. All insurance policies required herein shall be drawn in the name

of Contractor, with City, its council members, board and commission members, officials, agents, guests, invitees, consultants and employees named as additional insureds, except on Workers’ Compensation coverage.


2.1.3 Waiver of Subrogation. Contractor shall require its insurance carrier(s), with

respect to all insurance policies, to waive all rights of subrogation against City, its councilmembers, board and commission members, officials, agents, guests, invitees, consultants and employees.

2.1.4 Certificates of Insurance. At or before the time of execution of this Contract,

Contractor shall furnish City’s Risk Manager with certificates of insurance as evidence that all of the policies required herein are in full force and effect and provide the required coverages and limits of insurance. All certificates of insurance shall clearly state that all applicable requirements have been satisfied. The certificates shall provide that any company issuing an insurance policy shall provide to City not less than thirty (30) days advance notice in writing of cancellation, non-renewal or material change in the policy of insurance. In addition, Contractor and insurance company shall immediately provide written notice to City’s Risk Manager upon receipt of notice of cancellation of any insurance policy, or of a decision to terminate or alter any insurance policy. Copies of required endorsements will be attached to the certificates to confirm the required coverages are in effect. Certificates of insurance and notices of cancellations, terminations or alterations shall be furnished to City’s Risk Manager at City Hall, 72 West College or P.O. Box 1751, San Angelo, Texas 76903.

2.1.6 SubContractors’ Insurance. Contractor shall cause each SubContractor and Sub-subContractor of Contractor to purchase and maintain insurance of the types and in the amounts specified below. Contractor shall require SubContractors and Sub-subContractors to furnish copies of certificates of insurance to Lessor’s Risk Manager evidencing coverage for each SubContractor and Sub-subContractor.

2.2 Types and Amounts of Insurance Required. Contractor shall obtain and continuously maintain in

effect at all times during the term hereof, at Contractor’s sole expense, insurance coverages as follows with limits not less than those set forth below:

2.2.1 Commercial General Liability. This policy shall be a occurrence-type policy and shall protect the Contractor and additional insureds against all claims arising from bodily injury, sickness, disease or death of any person (other than the Contractor’s employees) and damage to property of the City or others arising out of the act or omission of the Contractor or its agents and employees. This policy shall also include protection against claims for the contractual liability assumed by Contractor under the paragraph of this Contract entitled “Indemnification,” including completed operations, products liability, contractual coverage, broad form property coverage, explosion, collapse, underground, premises/operations, and independent contractors (to remain in force for two years after final payment). Policy limits may but higher than but no less than:

$ 2,000,000 General Aggregate $ 1,000,000 Each Occurrence $ 1,000,000 Products- Completed Operations $ 1,000,000 Personal & Advertising Injury


2.2.3 Workers’ Compensation and Employer’s Liability. If Contractor hires any employees, Contractor shall maintain Workers’ Compensation and Employer’s Liability insurance, which shall protect the Contractor against all claims under applicable state workers’ compensation laws and employer’s liability. Coverage shall not be less than:

Statutory Amount Workers’ Compensation $ 100,000.00 Employer’s Liability, Each Accident $ 100,000.00 Employer’s Liability, Disease– Each Employee $ 500,000.00 Employer’s Liability, Disease - Policy Limit

The foregoing requirement will not be applicable if, and so long as, Contractor qualifies as a self-insurer under the rules and regulations of the commission or agency administering the workers’ compensation program in Texas and furnishes evidence of such qualification to Lessor in accordance with the notice provisions of this Contract. If Contractor uses contract labor, Contractor shall require its contractor to maintain the above referenced coverage and furnish copies of certificates of insurance as required herein.

2.2.5 Professional Liability. This insurance shall include contractual liability in its

coverage, and the coverage under this policy shall survive the term of this Contract as long as any liability could be asserted. Policy limits shall be no less than:

$1,000,000

“CITY” can also be known as “Lessor” “CONTRACTOR” can also be known as “Contractor” or “Professional” “CONTRACT” can also be known as “Agreement” or “Contract” “PREMISES” can also be known as “Contracted Premises”


Intentionally Left Blank



DEADLINE AND DELIVERY LOCATION Deadline Sealed submittals must be received and time stamped by July 11, 2013, 2:00 P.M., Local Time. The clock located in Purchasing will be the official time.

Faxed or electronically transmitted RFP submittals will not be accepted

It is the sole responsibility of the respondent to ensure that the sealed RFP submittal arrives at the above location by specified deadline regardless of method chosen by the respondent for delivery.

Copies Please submit One (1) original, five (5) copies and one (1) copy in PDF format on CD or USB flash drive of all proposal documents, including questionnaire. Sealed Container Addressing

• Lower Left Hand Corner: “RFP: FD-02-13/Records Management System”

• Top Left Hand Corner: Enter your company name and address.

Delivery Addresses

USPS: Purchasing Department

RFP: FD-02-13/Records Management System City of San Angelo 72 West College Avenue San Angelo, Texas 76903

Delivery Services (FedEx, UPS, etc): Purchasing Department

RFP: FD-02-13/Records Management System City of San Angelo

72 West College Avenue, Suite 330 San Angelo, Texas 76903

Please ensure the delivery envelope/container is marked, “RFP Enclosed”.





SCOPE OF SERVICES REQUESTED

General Specifications

1. The contractor shall provide a records management system that is compatible with NFIRS, TXFIRS, Medicare, Medicaid, and other State and National reporting agencies. Ongoing maintenance fees for the system should include updates that keep all aspects of the system up-to-date with current requirements for the above agencies.

2. The provided records management system must include Fire Incident reporting, EMS Incident reporting, Patient Side Care reporting, Electronic NEMSIS Billing extracts, Interface with ZOLL medical devices, Human Resources, equipment tracking and certification management.

3. Optimally the records management system should include Occupancy Management, Pre-Fire Plan

Management and viewer, Vehicle Maintenance, Hydrant Tracking, Employee Scheduling, Training Records Documentation, Overtime System, Employee Time Record and data conversion from existing system to new records management system. If the records management system does not include these elements a separate “stand alone” program must be offered and the price included with the submitted bid.

The provided solution should include:

1. All necessary software for the records management system, including: licenses for the contractor’s software, installations of Windows Server operating systems, installations of Microsoft SQL, any other third party or contractor provided interfaces or software required for the records management system to integrate and receive information from the currently used Intergraph CAD system.

2. All necessary server hardware, including the necessary servers and mounting hardware for a 2 post rack mount system.

3. On-Site installation of all software and instruction on software installation and maintenance. 4. On-Site “Train the Trainer” instruction.

5. Business hours technical support with 24 hour emergency support available. Ability to provide on-site

technical support with 24 hour notice

Summary of Current Operations

The San Angelo Fire Department provides fire protection for the community of San Angelo and is the only ambulance service provider in Tom Green County. The department averages a total of 12,000 runs per year (Approx. 10,000 EMS Runs and 2,000 Fire Runs). Our current records management system stores all run information as well as occupancy information, fire training records, personnel information, training, vehicle and equipment information, and hydrants.


Scope of Services In order to fully understand the services of the provider, please complete the Report Management System Questionnaire and submit it with your proposal. The form is located in the Submission Forms section of this RFB.

Term of Contract

Please submit a copy of your standard contract. This contract will be evaluated with the following considerations in mind. This Sales Contract will include the initial purchase and annual maintenance including software upgrades with the price guaranteed for 5 years and additional 5 year terms to be negotiated. The first twelve months of the contract will be a trial period during which the records management system will be monitored to insure all components are working satisfactorily. The City has the option to cancel the contract after the six (6) month trial period if the contractor has not performed to the City’s satisfaction. The successful bidder will be awarded a contract on an exclusive basis subject to the right of both the City and the contractor to terminate the contract upon thirty (30) days written notice at the address of both the City of San Angelo and the contractor set forth in the contract. The contract shall not be assignable. Cancellation This contract may be canceled by the City upon completion of the twelve (12) month trial period or after the twelve month trial period by written notice thirty (30) days prior to termination. Right to Reject Bid Proposal The City reserves the right to reject any or all bid proposals and to disregard typographical, mathematical or obvious errors. The City will not pay cost incurred by any bidders in the preparation of bid proposals.



PROPOSAL FORMAT Proposals shall be submitted in the following format with each element requested and/or form furnished as specified to facilitate evaluation of the proposals. The detailed requirements in this RFP are mandatory. Proposers are required to submit a complete RFP that satisfies all requirements. Each RFP is required to address, with a written response, each requirement in all sections of the RFP and in the same format and sequence as the details presented herein. To facilitate evaluation, all submittals must be submitted in the uniform format. All submittals must follow the prescribed format and shall include completed forms which are attached to this RFP. Failure to follow the required format or complete the required forms may result in submittals being rejected and removed from consideration. City of San Angelo will not participate in any cost the Respondent may incur in the preparation and submission of a proposal. The City will not be liable in any manner with regard to this RFP and the Respondent’s response to it.

FAILURE TO ADHERE TO THE REQUIRED FORMAT MAY BE CAUSE FOR REJECTION OF PROPOSAL.

Proposal Format Instructions Proposal should be submitted in a three-ring binder or report cover and tabbed. Each response should be organized in a fashion as outline below with sections labeled (not numbered): Please submit One (1) original, five (5) copies and one (1) copy in PDF format on CD or USB flash drive of all proposal documents, including questionnaire Each response should be organized in a fashion as outline below with sections labeled (not numbered):

Tab 1 Table of Contents Tab 2 Executive Summary (no longer than 2 pages, No smaller than Ariel 9-point font) Tab 3 Completed RFP Letter Of Interest and IRS W-9 Form Tab 4 Completed Conflict Of Interest form (if applicable) and Completed Debarment and

Suspension Certificate Tab 5 List of References Tab 6 Example of your standard contract Tab 7 Pricing Options Tab 8 Report Management System Questionnaire





SELECTION PROCESS

All submittals shall be evaluated by a selection committee and those applicants selected for the short list may be invited to attend an interview, at the applicants own expense.

A. The selection committee will consist of the following individuals:

1. Scott Farris, Assistant Chief of Operations, SAFD 2. Mark Hunt, Training Captain SAFD 3. Peter Haidinger, System Analyst, SAFD 4. Stephanie Collins, Executive Office Coordinator, SAFD

B. The selection committee will evaluate all proposals that are submitted. Selection ratings will be based on 100-point scale. Ranking will be as reflected below:

• Overall Cost ....................................................................................... 30% • Conformance to Specifications ......................................................... 45% • Experience/References ..................................................................... 25%

Total ........ 100%

C. Respondents are advised that the City reserves the right to evaluate and rank the proposals without input from the respondents. Therefore, proposals should be complete as initially submitted. However, if you are selected for an interview, you will be expected to present not only your proposal, but also your approach.

D. City staff shall make a recommendation to City Council of the selection of the most qualified

respondent to enter into contract negotiations with the City.

E. The selected respondent shall enter into negotiations with the City for the services to be performed.

F. If satisfactory negotiations cannot be concluded, the City reserves the right to negotiate with

the next highest-ranking respondent.

G. When services and fees are agreed upon, the selected respondent shall be offered a contract subject to City Council approval.

H. Should negotiations be unsuccessful, the City may enter into negotiations with the next,

highest ranked respondent until an agreement for services and fees are reached. The City retains the right to end the process at any time.

I. This RFP does not commit the City to pay for any direct and/or indirect costs incurred in the

preparation and presentation of a response. All finalist(s) shall pay their own costs incurred in preparing for, traveling to and attending the interviews. The City reserves the right to accept or reject all or part of proposals.





SUBMISSION FORMS

• RFP Letter Of Interest

• Addendum Acknowledgement • Conflict Of Interest form • Debarment and Suspension Certificate

• List of References

• Pricing Options

• Report Management System Questionnaire





Letter of Interest The undersigned firm submits the following information in response to Request for Proposal (as amended by Addenda), issued by the City of San Angelo, Texas (“City”).

• Respondent is responsible for calling the Purchasing Division or checking the City’s website to determine if any addendums have been issued prior to submitting a proposal.

• Respondent also understands that the City is not bound to select any proposals for the final pre-qualified

list and may reject any RFP submittal that the City receives.

• Respondent further understands that all costs and expenses incurred by it in preparing this RFP and participating in this process will be borne solely by the respondent, and that the RFP submittal materials will become the property of the City and will not be returned.

• Respondent agrees that the City will not be responsible for any errors, omissions, inaccuracies, or

incomplete statements in this RFP and accepts all terms of the RFP submittal process by signing this letter of interest and making the RFP submittal.

• The respondent certifies, by submission of this proposal or acceptance of this contract, that neither it nor

its principals is presently debarred, suspended, proposed for debarment, declared ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from participation in this transaction by any Federal or State departments or agencies.

• Respondent agrees that any offer submitted because of this RFP shall be binding on the Respondent for

120 calendar days following the specified opening date. Any proposal for which the respondent specifies a shorter acceptance period may be rejected.

This RFP shall be governed by and construed in all respects according to the laws of the State of Texas.

Company


Printed Name & Title

Address

City, State Zip Code Date





Addendum Acknowledgement Receipt is hereby acknowledged of the following addenda to the Contract documents.

Addendum No. 1 dated

Received


Received


Received


Received


Received


Received

Company Name Signature Printed Name ________________________________ Title

________________________________ Address ________________________________ City, State Zip Code

THIS FORM MUST BE RETURNED WITH THE BID


CITY OF SAN ANGELO PURCHASING DEPARTMENT P.O. Box 1751, San Angelo, Texas 76902 Tel: (325) 657-4220 or 657-4212

Page 21




k NOTICE TO VENDORS

Disclosure of Certain Relationships

Effective January 1, 2006, Chapter 176 of the Texas Local Government Code requires that any vendor or

person considering doing business with a local governmental entity make certain disclosures concerning any affiliation or business relationship that might cause a conflict of interest with the local governmental entity. The provisions of Chapter 176 and the Form CIQ questionnaire that you must complete to comply with this law, are available at the Texas Ethics Commission website at http://www.ethics.state.tx.us/whasnew/confliict forms.htm.

A current list of City of San Angelo and City of San Angelo Development Corporations officers is available

in the office of the City of San Angelo City Clerk’s office located in Room 201 of City Hall or on the City’s website at http://sanangelotexas.org. If you are considering doing business with the City of San Angelo or the City of San Angelo Development Corporation and have an affiliation or business relationship that requires you to submit a completed Form CIQ, it must be filed with the records administrator (City Clerk) of the City of San Angelo no later than the seventh (7th) business day after the date you become aware of facts that require the form to be filed. See Section 176.006, Texas Local Government Code. It is a Class C misdemeanor to violate this provision.

By Submitting a response to a City of San Angelo or City of San Angelo Development Corporation

Request for Proposals, Request for Bids, or Request for Qualifications or by conducting business with either of those two entities, you are representing that you are in compliance with the requirements of Chapter 176 of the Texas Local Government Code.

Roger S. Banks Division Manager


Page 23





RFP:: WU-XX-10




Debarment and Suspension Certification (1) The prospective primary participant certifies to the best of its knowledge and belief that it and its

principals:

(a) Are not presently debarred, suspended, proposed for disbarment, declared ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from covered transactions by any Federal department or agency;

(b) Have not within a three-year period preceding this application been convicted of or had a civil judgment rendered against them for commission of fraud or a criminal offense in connection with obtaining, attempting to obtain, or performing a public (Federal, State, or local) transaction or contract under a public transaction; violation of Federal or State antitrust statutes or commission of embezzlement, theft, forgery, bribery, falsification or destruction of records, making false statements, or receiving stolen property;

(c) Are not presently indicted for or otherwise criminally or civilly charged by a governmental entity (Federal, State, or local) with commission of any of the offenses enumerated in paragraph (1)(b) of this certification; and

(d) Have not within a three-year period preceding this application had one or more public transactions (Federal, State, or local) terminated for cause or default.

(2) Where the prospective primary participant is unable to certify to any of the statements in this

certification, such prospective primary participant shall attach an explanation to this proposal.

Company

Signature

Printed Name & Title

Address

City, State Zip Code Date


Debarment and Suspension Certification INSTRUCTIONS

1. By signing and submitting this proposal, the prospective participant is providing the certification set out

below.

2. The inability of a person to provide the certification required below will not necessarily result in denial of participation in this covered transaction. The prospective participant shall submit an explanation of why it cannot provide the certification set out below. The certification or explanation will be considered in connection with the determination whether to enter into this transaction. However, failure of the prospective participant to furnish a certification or an explanation shall disqualify such person from participation in this transaction.

3. The certification in this clause is a material representation of fact upon which reliance was placed when the City of San Angelo determined to enter into this transaction. If it is later determined that the prospective participant knowingly rendered an erroneous certification, in addition to other remedies available, the City of San Angelo may terminate this transaction for cause.

4. The prospective participant shall provide immediate written notice to the City of San Angelo to which this proposal is submitted if at any time the prospective participant learns that its certification was erroneous when submitted or has become erroneous because of changed circumstances.

5. The terms "covered transaction," "debarred," "suspended," "ineligible," "lower tier covered transaction," "participant," "person," "primary covered transaction," "principal," "proposal," and "voluntarily excluded," as used in this clause, have the meanings set out in the Definitions and Coverage sections of the rules implementing Executive Order 12549(13 CFR Part 145). You may contact the City of San Angelo for assistance in obtaining a copy of these regulations.

6. The prospective participant agrees by submitting this proposal that, should the proposed transaction be entered into, it shall not knowingly enter into any lower tier covered transaction with a person who is debarred, suspended, declared ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from participation in this covered transaction, unless authorized by the City of San Angelo.

7. The prospective participant further agrees by submitting this proposal that it will include the clause titled "Certification Regarding Debarment and Suspension" provided by the City of San Angelo, without modification, in all lower tier covered transactions and in all solicitations for lower tier covered transactions.

8. A participant in a covered transaction may rely upon a certification of a prospective participant in a lower tier covered transaction that it is not debarred, suspended, ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from the covered transaction, unless it knows that the certification is erroneous. A participant may decide the method and frequency by which it determines the ineligibility of its principals. Each participant may, but is not required to, check the Nonprocurement List.

9. Nothing contained in the foregoing shall be construed to require establishment of a system of records in order to render in good faith the certification required by this clause. The knowledge and information of a participant is not required to exceed that which is normally possessed by a prudent person in the ordinary course of business dealings.

10. Except for transactions authorized under paragraph 6 of these instructions, if a participant in a covered transaction knowingly enters into a lower tier covered transaction with a person who is suspended, debarred, ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from participation in this transaction, in addition to other remedies available to the City of San Angelo, the City of San Angelo may terminate this transaction for cause.



List of References List at least three (3) references of similar scope and size giving company name, contact information, and term.

REFERENCE ONE Government/Company Name: Location: Contact Person and Title: Telephone Number: Scope of Work: Contract Period:

REFERENCE TWO Government/Company Name: Location: Contact Person and Title: Telephone Number: Scope of Work: Contract Period:

REFERENCE THREE Government/Company Name: Location: Contact Person and Title: Telephone Number: Scope of Work: Contract Period:

REFERENCE FOUR Government/Company Name: Location: Contact Person and Title: Telephone Number: Scope of Work: Contract Period:




RFP: FD-02-13/Records Management System 30 Y:\COUNCIL\Electronic Agendas\2013\12-03-13\PUR FD-03-12 RFP0213 071113.docx

Record Management System Questionnaire

Report Management System Questionnaire Your

System (Yes or No)

Comments

General

Support multi-jurisdictional functions allowing individual agencies, departments, groups or individuals to share data while also protecting agency specific or confidential data.

Modules integrated to maximize information sharing and reduce duplication of effort.

Individual workstations: Use a graphical user interface (GUI) Support command-line, point-and-click, and function key entry of commands and/or data

Support insert and delete modes in field data entry Support cut and paste modes in field data entry Ability to reduce data entry redundancy by populating all duplicate fields with a single entry

Allow user to move windows anywhere on screen(s)

Allow user to minimize and maximize windows Ability to restrict any/all RMS windows from being closed, as determined by system administrator

Support use of numeric keypad for number entry

Support relational database management technology to eliminate duplicate entry, duplicate storage and operational inefficiencies.

Print any text information on any screen to a printer Print any text information in any window to a printer

Print any or all records retrieved from an inquiry to a networked printer

Print any or all records retrieved from an inquiry to a workstation attached printer

Include date, hour, and minutes in most time stamps

Include date, time, and user ID stamp for all data entries

Use standard database format for storing date, so that dates can be manipulated as dates

Use standard database format for storing time, so that times can be manipulated as times

Search all tables/files using any or all fields

Search all tables/files using exact match and wild card



System (Yes or No)

Comments

Supports National Fire Incident Reporting System (NFIRS 5)

Provide pick lists for data entry (e.g. pull-down menus)

Use a relational database for all data and code table storage

Display real-time date and time constantly on screen

Include jurisdictional indicator in incident and report number

Relational database should be SQL compliant

Ability for system administrator to relabel/hide/modify fields on screens

Ability to auto fill fields during data entry using existing information such as names, addresses, phone numbers, from a master names index.

Ability to provide basic word processing features like those in MS Word for writing narratives. Include description of items such as:

Spell-checking Medical dictionary Word wrap Copy, cut and paste

Allow for a training system to be set up to allow non-production use of the system. This would be used to train personnel in the use of the system and to try out modifications and enhancements before they go into production.

The system should include online help and tutorials Ability to add attachments of any type (EKG/plans/documents or images)

System has the capability to establish an "auto-export" to defined entities such as billing, State, Federal, etc.

User friendly interface for the rapid export of data to patient billing systems via multiple formats. (i.e. CSV, XML, TLV)

Allow user to adjust window and font size Security

Require a minimum of user name and password to log user onto system

Allow each user to have individual security profile Allow system administrator to assign new password Does not display password as a visible field anywhere in system without System Administrator rights

Support assigning security access by module Within module, support assigning security access by function (e.g., insert, modify, delete, read-only)



System (Yes or No)

Comments

Restrict access to the operating system of the server(s)

Restrict access to the operating system of the workstation

Support ability of system administrator to remotely log-off users from any device

Support assigning security access by certain fields Within a field, support assigning security access by function (e.g., insert, modify, delete, read-only)

Advance and flexible data security - HIPAA compliant (Field level access of data base)

Restrict access to individual database tables by security (including access from report writer)

Online Storage

Complete RMS records will be available online for a minimum of 7 years

Performance

Operate 24 hours per day, 7 days per week except when system down time is necessary for upgrades and routine maintenance.

Response time for typical FRMS commands (excluding ad hoc inquiries or large reports) must average 2 seconds or less

Audit

Support an audit log of each transaction performed, including date, time, and user ID of person performing transaction

Allow system administrator to review selected transactions

Documentation

Provide user level, system administrator functional & system technical manuals in hardcopy and electronic form

System Training

Perform onsite end user module training for train the trainers, system administrator training & major release/update training for end user and system administrator

Perform onsite end user module training direct to some users

Training/Test System

Support a full training mode which is independent of the live, operational system (including independent code tables and files)



System (Yes or No)

Comments

Support a full test mode which is independent of the live, operational system (including independent code tables and files) and independent of the training mode

Support a full training and test server which is independent of the live, operational server (including independent code tables and files)

Backup and Purge

Support purging of records in all files/tables based on date

Support archiving of records in all files/tables based on date, prior to purge

Write all archived records to alternative medium Allow backup/purge to occur without affecting RMS operation (i.e., RMS to remain "up" during backups)

Code Tables

All RMS codes and descriptions can be entered, modified, or deleted by system administrator at any time except for NFIRS and NHTSA codes

Allow system administrator full security access to all relational tables

Fire/EMS RMS Reporting Create ad-hoc reports

Provide ability to export the entire RMS database to a separate database, in a variety of standard file formats

Provide ability to export user-selected portions of the RMS database to a separate file, in a variety of standard file formats

Provides a variety of "canned" reports Must have the ability to build charts and graphs

Ability for general user to easily create any report without using third party reporting programs. (ie Crystal Reports)

User friendly interface for report creation. Ability to print specific portions of a report without printing the entire report.

Basic Fire/EMS Incident Reporting Support entry of NFIRS 5.0 required data

Ability to support NFIRS "plus one" type coding (3-character NFIRS code plus 4th character for local use)

Display code description anytime code is displayed on screen and allow access via either

Automatically create incident and populate fields with data transferred from CAD



System (Yes or No)

Comments

Data transferred from CAD should include, at minimum:

Location of incident Incident number Call type code and expanded description Name of caller Address of caller Telephone number of caller Call source (e.g., E911, 7-digit) Area designators Call box # Map page reference Date and time of call pick up (off-hook) Date and time of call entry Date and time of each unit's dispatch Date and time of each unit's enroute to scene Date and time of each unit's arrival on scene Date and time of each unit's available-on-radio Date and time of each unit's available-in-quarters Date and time of incident closure Incident priority Incident number (system generated)

Cross-reference incident number(s), if multi-jurisdictional response

Report (aka, run) number (optional, system generated)

Disposition All units assigned to incident All personnel assigned to each unit at the incident Support manual entry of incident information

Ability for rapid medical data entry via a large touch screen interface.

Allow the entry of unlimited length text in comments type fields

Support word wrap in narrative fields Support spell check in narrative fields Support cut and paste ability in narrative fields

Support ability to enter previously created narrative templates

Support ability to automatically generate narratives based upon incident type

Record report information in RMS for all units assigned to an incident, with individual date/time stamps for all status changes

Ability to update RMS with any new CAD information received



System (Yes or No)

Comments

Allow company officer to enter incident report for their unit as soon as it clears the incident, even if the incident is not closed

Support ability to store partially completed report(s), complete another transaction, and return to the interrupted report(s) for completion

Allow review of all partially completed reports

Allow modification of the previously entered incident information:

Location Type

Automatically perform edit checks of field data (NFIRS Rules)

Support ability to supplement a report (by the same or different company)

Ability to record multiple exposures as supplements to original incident

Ability for supervisor to review and approve report Ability to enter mutual aid reports and record outside jurisdictional unit(s) ID and involvement

Ability to generate and print public information report for an incident

Ability to generate standard queries and reports based upon various categories and criteria (not just NFIRS codes)

Ability to correlate builing/business names with addresses.

Basic EMS Specific Incident Reporting Ability to chart advanced EMS patient procedures.

Ability to have automatic narrative generation from data entry fields

Ability to generate personal narrative templates Ability to Staff generate narrative templates. Ability to have extensive QA/QI tools.

Ability to provide retrospective report review work flow feature

Ability to have database query tools Ability to have automatic bill calculation.

Ability to provide real-time error checking and user feedback

Ability to establish a benchmark time that defines arrival to patient with the press of a button. System will then use that time as the starting time for procedures, vitals, etc.



System (Yes or No)

Comments

Ability to enter information via drop down boxes and combo boxes that have an “auto scroll” feature for rapid entry. (i.e. Medication input for Metoprolol user types “met” and the box scrolls to entries that start with “Met.”)

Ability to enter data fields with pre-filled data such as states and zip codes.

Includes FDA medication database for easy selection via quick fill or drop down box.

Includes medication allergy database for easy selection via quick fill or drop down box.

Includes medical dictionary in patient reporting narrative.

Ability for individual custom patient narrative template that prompts the user for information.

Patient narrative imports data gathered on scene.

Ability to populate patient information such as address medical history, allergies, and medications from previous patient contact reports.

Ability for administrator users to easily and rapidly modify EMS report forms.

Ability for administrator users to easily and rapidly modify the information contained within drop down boxes, combo boxes, and other input fields.

Address Verification If no address conflict exists, automatically enter the location into the data entry form

If address conflict exists, display choices to the operator and allow selection of the correct address

Complexes with a single address but multiple tenants (malls, apartment buildings) should be able to be verified by either the complex's address or the tenant's address

Display the following information for address verification, as appropriate:

Exact location or intersection High and low cross street Common place/business name Fire station area Call box # Map page City code Indicators for additional location information (e.g., hazard, pre-plan, occupant, prior history)

Allow override and entry of non-verified address Ability to have construction management features



System (Yes or No)

Comments

Ability to have transaction logging Fire prevention/ inspection Ability to support any adopted fire code

Support entry of exact addresses, to the apartment level

Support entry of unlimited auxiliary contact information for each location (i.e., landlord name, address, telephone, management company name, address, telephone, etc.)

Allow recording of occupancy classification Allow recording of initial fire department conditions for new business approval

Ability to record type of equipment installed in a location, by manufacturer, make, model, and install date

Ability to record unlimited number of "special circumstances" regarding a location (i.e., Building Inspection information, unique characteristics, etc.)

Support entry of unlimited number of violations

Support "check box" style of data entry for violation codes

Display plain English description for violation codes in addition to code

Edit data entry to minimize entry of code(s) which would be invalid based on previous entry

Allow designation of inspection responsibility by station area for each address

Allow scheduling of follow-up inspections

Allow designation of re-inspection frequency based on type of business (e.g., regular inspections are every two years; self-inspections are every four years; fire permits every year)

Support ability to create reinspection schedules on a daily, weekly, monthly or yearly basis

Support ability to print out inspection schedules for individual inspectors, company, all companies in a specific shift, or all companies

Support ability to generate form letters documenting specific violations with date of scheduled reinspection

Support ability to view online and print out history of prior violations for any address

Allow inspection record to be viewed online without making any changes to record

Record the name and ID of the inspector and the date and time for each inspection performed



System (Yes or No)

Comments

System should come pre-loaded with all violation code tables providing for any copyright laws or regulations.

Support ability to record results of violation re-inspection

Support ability to record penalties for non-compliance Support ability to print out complete inspection report Record name and operator ID of anyone making changes to inspection record

Support ability to perform inspections in the field and upload results to main system

Ability to associate a scanned image (i.e., "pre-fire plan") to a location

Ability to build and update pre-fire plans based on building information provided

Ability to have occupancy hazard risk assessment

Ability to correlate building/business names with addresses.

Ability to update building real property data in a mobile environment by product implementation

Ability of rapid data entry with drop down menus.

Ability for user to create highly custom narratives with user prompts.

Ability to create professional mobile pre-plans Fire investigation Support ability to track fire investigation

Allow designation of an incident as a potential arson, with ability to record additional fields of associated information

Investigation data could include: Investigator name and ID PD investigator assigned PD case number Date case begun Date case closed Suspect information (unlimited) Witness information (unlimited) Property owner Evidence taken (unlimited) Who collected evidence Characteristics of fire/MO Cause of fire Status of case Narrative Ability to attach graphic file(s) to an investigation record (e.g., fire scene diagram)



System (Yes or No)

Comments

Ability to attach any Windows-compliant file(s) to an investigation record

Allow case status to be updated with ongoing activities and notes

Ability to automatically supplement initial NFIRS report with investigation results

Support ability to view and print entire case report Support ability to view and print summary of all investigations in progress

Hazardous materials management

Include a hazardous materials database as part of the FRMS, for use in identifying materials contacted and recommended remedial action, all of which should be a part of the Pre-Fire-Plan for an address or location

Hazardous material information should include: Chemical (by name, code, category) Consequences of chemical Resource list for mitigation SOPs Allow recording of types and locations of hazardous materials stored at addresses within the city

Hazardous material information for location should include:

Warnings Chemicals at location

Ability to record hazardous material spill information, including:

Location Incident number (if any - not required) Date of spill Dept. of Envir. Protection number Type of spill Chemical spilled (unlimited) Equipment Inventory

Support various types of equipment management, with type controlling the number and type of fields which are displayed to the operator (e.g., breathing apparatus, hoses, ladders, etc.)

Inventory data should include: Equipment Class Equipment Sub-Class Item description Inventory ID number Unit ID Serial number Make/Model number



System (Yes or No)

Comments

VIN number Date of purchase Date brought in to service Scheduled retirement date Supplier name, address, telephone Cost Manufacturer name, address, telephone Expiration date Location Status Comments Hose data would include: Purchase date Date brought in to service Length Size Test pressure Hose location, by station or apparatus Test results, including date and time of test Next scheduled test Name and ID of individual performing test Breathing apparatus data should include: Location, by station, apparatus, and operator Serial number Cylinder check Regulator function Diaphragm function Face piece and tube status Name and ID of individual performing test Date and time of test Next scheduled test date Test results Hazmat monitoring equipment data should include: Serial number Type of instrument Date entered into service Date of last calibration Date of last maintenance Maintenance action taken Name and ID of individual performing action Next scheduled maintenance date Hazmat suits data should include: ID number Type of suit Date entered into service



System (Yes or No)

Comments

Date of last test Test results Maintenance action taken Name and ID of individual performing test Next scheduled test date Support the ability to track inventory of all vehicles in fleet, inventory data should include:

Description Inventory ID number Vehicle type VIN License number Purchase date Manufacturer Model number Serial number Warranty expiration Warranty description Location Special requirements Date of service Service record (including maintenance/repair performed, mechanic, time spent out of service, etc.)

Mileage at time of service Engine hours at time of service Date of next scheduled service

Equipment carried (cross referenced from equipment inventory)

Ability to provide results of annual pump test Ability to provide location of the equipment by current assignment to a unit, station or personnel

Allow default test frequencies to be created for each type of equipment

Allow default maintenance type and frequencies to be created for each type of equipment

Allow test record to be viewed online without making any changes to record

Hydrant Inventory Supports hydrant information which integrates with other modules such as Pre-Plans and Inspections

Support ability to record disposal by user, date, and reason disposed of (e.g., broken, burned, etc.)

Allow default test frequencies to be created

Support ability to print out test schedules for individual company, all companies in a specific shift, or all companies



System (Yes or No)

Comments

Allow test record to be viewed online without making any changes to record

Support ability to print out complete test report Hydrant data would include: Hydrant ID Number (Alpha/Numeric) Fire District Sector/Zone Department/Agency Street address with geo-verification City, State, Zip Cross Street Additional Address Information Manufacturer Model Year Date installed ISO Type Valve Size Barrel Size Barrel Length Hydrant/Main/Valve data fields Water Main ID Main Diameter Main Type Pressure Zone Hydrant Lead Size Hydrant Valve Size Lead Valve Distance Outlets Distance to Curb

Ability for Hydrant Inspections to including the following data fields:

Date of Inspection Time of Inspection Name of personnel performing the inspection Service preformed Repairs done or needed Notes field Other service preformed or requested Ability to track a history of flows for a hydrant Ability to add attachments of any type Ability to maintain Hydrant Flow tests performed including the following data fields:

Date of Flow Time of Flow Name of personnel performing the test



System (Yes or No)

Comments

Pitot Outlet Diameter with drop down list of choices Discharge Coeff. Correcting Factor Calculated Flow in GPM Calculated Flow in GPM at 20, 10, and 0 psi. Training Support ability to track training for all personnel Training data to be tracked would include: Fire courses College/vocational degrees Certifications, including expiration dates Seminars Continuing education BLS/ALS courses Name of entity providing training Support the ability to have an unlimited number of each category of training above

Track training by date, time, locations and hours spent

Support ability to create course curriculum, including date, time, class size, and location of classes

Support ability to create class code and class descriptions

Support ability to designate class as mandatory or not by type of class

Support ability to designate class as certified or not by type of class

Ability to assign a unique identifier for each certified class

Support the ability to allow for station company to enter its own categories of mandatory training

Support ability to enter class roster for each scheduled class

Support ability to record class attendance and issue grades for an entire class

Automatically post record of attendance into individual's training record

Automatically post training results into individual's personnel record without requiring user re-entry

Ability to record attendance and grade for individuals from outside jurisdictions (for both certified and non-certified classes

Ability to print a number of training reports indicating course attendance, average grades, course cancellations, hours spent, types of courses, etc.



System (Yes or No)

Comments

Ability to print report of total training hours completed by individuals or groups, for user defined time intervals (i.e., month, quarter, year-to-date, etc.)

Ability to set mandatory number of training hours by category (e.g., suppression related)

Ability to print report of which individuals have not completed the mandatory training hours certifications

Ability to view and print individual training record for a specified period of time

Ability to require certain types of training for individuals based upon job requirements (e.g., required certifications)

Support ability to print list of certificates due to expire within specified period of time


Personnel Support ability to track all personnel information for Fire Department staff (both paid and volunteer)

Personnel data should include: Staff member ID (employee ID) Name Agency Rank/job title Current assignment - location Current assignment - shift Temporary assignment and expiration date Date hired Seniority ranking Gender Race Ethnicity Physical descriptors Promotion/reclassification date Probation end date Last evaluation date Next evaluation date

Performance evaluation results (should retain results for all reviews, with date and time stamps and name and ID of supervisor)

Education (prior to beginning at Fire Department, plus updates from Training records)

Certifications (cross referenced from Training records)

Certification(s) expiration date



System (Yes or No)

Comments

Licenses License(s) expiration date Special skills Home address Home telephone Other contact numbers Emergency contact information Issued equipment (unlimited) Career/promotion history Qualifications for "acting" status

Accidents/injuries, including date and time, status, narrative

Disability indicator, including status and expiration date

Medical examination information (record of when, type, and expiration)(e.g., breathing apparatus medical, driver's license medical)

Support the ability to track an unlimited number and type of certifications per person

Support the ability to record an unlimited number and type of skills per person

Support the ability to record an unlimited number and type of licenses per person

Support the ability to restrict the types of data available for display by security

Support the ability to print complete employee history record

Ability to have FLSA compliant time accounting and payroll

Ability to have flexible work schedule capabilities

Ability to scheduling and time accounting for staff and line employees

Ability to have customized employee performance evaluations

Ability to have a integrated payroll system Interfaces/ Subsystems CAD

Ability to receive transfer of incident information from CAD to FRMS, via TCP/IP, every 5 minutes, at minimum

Ability to receive transfer of incident information from CAD to FRMS, via TCP/IP, in real time

Support the ability to upload premise/location information from the fire RMS into CAD, including the following:

RFP: FD-02-13/Records Management System 46 Y:\COUNCIL\Electronic Agendas\2013\12-03-13\PUR FD-03-12 RFP0213 071113.docx

- emergency contact information - hazardous materials information - Knox box/key/combination information - premise inspection information - pre-fire plan information Support the ability to upload personnel skills information from the fire RMS into CAD

Scheduling/rostering software

Support the ability to schedule personnel to shift and unit

Maintains a daily roster that includes a user-defined table of types of leave and track FEMA/USAR/UASI overtime.

Ability to automatically remove someone from the daily schedule when they are on leave (vacation, injury, etc.)

Restrict the ability to double schedule any individual

Ability to notify supervisors of personnel shortages at a station.

Support the ability to view and print the schedule for a specified period of time

Ability to track personnel trades and automatically remove traded-off employee from equipment assignment

State NFIRS Upload Ability to extract the State required NFIRS data and submit electronically in the required format

Mobile Application Ability to support tablet-based field data collection Allow users to swap patient data on scene wirelessly. (i.e. Engine company established patient care, now the medic is transporting and needs the info)

Ability to allow the mobile computing with the full suite of modules while disconnected from the network

Ability to integrate with CAD to provide in field reporting with NFIRS and EMS ePCRs

Ability to apply Geo-Verification of addresses while in the disconnected mode.

Ability of synchronization of the mobile and the server. Ability to disconnect the mobile before the synchronization has been completed

provider based on the proposals submitetd and the produc8. No information should be released to the Public or Offerors until the contract is approved.

1. Each committee member should rank each company based on their evaluation of the proposal submitted vs. 2. The Project Manager must provide a written justification summary for each company's scoring3. Once a company has been selected, the project must be submited to the City Council a request to negotiate on behalf of the City to enter into a contract.

4. All contracts must be approved by the Legal Department5. Upon finalizing the contract, the Project Manager must request the City Council to Award the Contract before any service may be provided.6. All discussions and submissions should be considered as CONFIDENTIAL information except to Committee Members until the Contract is finalized and approved.

Instructions for all RFQ's and All RFP's

Texas Local Government Code - Chapter 2254

(1) first select the most highly qualified provider of those services on the basis of demonstrated competence

(2) then attempt to negotiate with that provider a contract at a fair and reasonable price.

(b) If a satisfactory contract cannot be negotiated with the most highly qualified provider of architectural, engineering, or land surveying services, the entity shall:

(1) formally end negotiations with that provider;

(2) select the next most highly qualified provider; and

(3) attempt to negotiate a contract with that provider at a fair and reasonable price.

(c) The entity shall continue the process described in Subsection (b) to select and negotiate with providers until a contract is entered into.

Sec. 2254.005. VOID CONTRACT. A contract entered into or an arrangement made in violation of this subchapter is void as against public policy.

City of San AngeloProposal Acknowledgment * RFP: FD-02-13/FD Records Management SystDate: July 11, 2013/2:00 pm

Proposals Received City, State

1 Emergency Technologies Raleigh, NC2 High Plains Information Systems Centennial, CO3 Image Trend Lakeville, MN

4 New World Systems Troy, MI

RFP Invitations Mailed To:Emergency Technologies, Inc. Raleigh NCHigh Plains Information Systems Centennial COImageTrend, Inc. Lakeville MNMobileTec International Inc. Tampa FLNew World Systems Kansas City MOTritech Software Systems San Diego CAZoll Data Systems Broomfield CO

Y:\COUNCIL\Electronic Agendas\2013\12-03-13\PUR FD-03-12 RFPAcknowledgement and Elvaluation

Cost

Conformance to

SpecificationsExperience/Refer

ences Reserved Total ScoreMax Points 30 45 25 0 100Score 30 45 25 100

Lowest price-annual cost inline with what we are already paying

Mark HuntCommittee Member Name:Proposal Acknowledgment * RFP: FD-02-13/FD Records Management System

Company Name: Image Trend

Each committee member must provide a written justification for each score less than the max points that could be Scoring Categories

Notes:

Stephanie Collins

CategoryMax Pts

Emergency Technologies

High Plains Information

Systems Image TrendNew World

Systems NACost 30 0 25 30 0 0Conformance to Specifications 45 25 30 45 45 0Experience/References 25 20 15 25 25 0Reserved 0 0 0 0 0

Total Score 100 45 70 100 70 0Rank 4 2 1 2 5

Santos Elizondo

CategoryMax Pts

Emergency Technologies

g Information


Systems NACost 30 0 20 30 0 0Conformance to Specifications 45 35 30 42 45 0Experience/References 25 0 0 25 25 0Reserved 0 0 0 0 0

Total Score 100 35 50 97 70 0Rank 4 3 1 2 5

Scott Farris

Category PointsEmergency

Technologies



Systems NACost 30 10 25 30 5 0Conformance to Specifications 45 30 10 40 45 0Experience/References 25 20 25 15 25 0Reserved 0 0 0 0 0 0

Total Score 100 60 60 85 75 0Rank 3 3 1 2 5

Peter Haidinger


Technologies

Information


Systems NACost 30 0 30 30 0 0

Proposal Acknowledgment * RFP: FD-02-13/FD Records Management SystemDate: July 11, 2013/2:00 pm

Ranking Worksheet Summary

Y:\COUNCIL\Electronic Agendas\2013\12-03-13\PUR FD-03-12 RFPAcknowledgement and Elvaluation Page 1 of 3


Ranking Worksheet SummaryConformance to Specifications 45 40 30 45 45 0Experience/References 25 25 25 25 25 0Reserved 0 0 0 0 0 0

Total Score 100 65 85 100 70 0Rank 4 2 1 3 5



Ranking Worksheet Summary

Mark Hunt


Technologies

Information


Systems NACost 30 15 30 30 10 0Conformance to Specifications 45 15 30 45 40 0Experience/References 25 20 20 25 25 0Reserved 0 0 0 0 0 0

Total Score 100 50 80 100 75 0Rank 4 2 1 3 5

Peter Walsh


Technologies



Systems NA

Cost 30 0 25 30 0 0Conformance to Specifications 45 30 30 40 44 0Experience/References 25 25 25 20 25 0Reserved 0 0 0 0 0 0

Total Score 100 55 80 90 69 0Rank 4 2 1 3 5

Committee Member SummaryCategory

Points

Technologies

Information Image Trend

Systems NA

Cost 150 25 130 150 15 0Conformance to Specifications 225 150 130 212 219 0Experience/References 125 90 95 110 125 0Reserved 0 0 0 0 0 0

Total Score 500 265 355 472 359 0Rank 4 3 1 2 5


Interview Ranking Worksheet

Member Name

Category Max Pts

Emergency Technologie

s



Systems 0Understanding of Project & Approach 40 0 0 0 0 0Past Project Experience 30 0 0 0 0 0Project Team Organization and Qualifications 20 0 0 0 0 0Record of Perfomance Based on References 10 0 0 0 0 0

Total Score 100 0 0 0 0 0Rank 1 1 1 1 1

Member Name

Category Points


s




Total Score 100 0 0 0 0 0Rank 1 1 1 1 1

Member Name

Category Points


s




Total Score 100 0 0 0 0 0Rank 1 1 1 1 1

Date: July 11, 2013/2:00 pmProposal Acknowledgment * RFP: FD-02-13/FD Records Management System


Member Name

Category Points


s




Total Score 100 0 0 0 0 0Rank 1 1 1 1 1

Member Name

Category Points


s




Total Score 100 0 0 0 0 0Rank 1 1 1 1 1

Committee Member Interview Ranking Wokrsheet

CategoryTotal

PointsEmergency

Technologies




Total Score 500 0 0 0 0 0Rank 1 1 1 1 1

Attach a Written Justification for each company's ranking and forward to PurchasingNOTE: Attached this form and the Written Justification to your Agenda Background Memo


City of San Angelo



From: Lisa Marley, Human Resources Director

Subject: Agenda Item for December 3, 2013 Council Meeting

Caption: Regular Item

Consideration of authorizing premiums for health, dental and post-65 health insurance as well as discussion regarding stop loss and vision rates.

_________________________________________________________________________________

Summary: Insurance projections for 2014 indicate the following:

a. Health Insurance: By utilizing the remaining balance of the ERRP funds of $201,288, predictions reveal $159,000 is still needed to offset health premium increases for 2014. If the staff recommendation below is approved, employees and retirees would see no increase in their premiums for this health insurance. b. Dental Insurance: A 9% premium increase in all tiers has been reported by the carrier for 2014. This is an increase of $1.37/month/employee for single employee coverage in 2014. The City pays the cost of dental insurance for active employees. The total increase per year is $13,300. Retirees are offered dental coverage at the full rate with no City contribution. The retiree increase for single dental coverage will be $1.62/month. (See presentation for increases to employee and retiree dependent coverage.) c. Post-65 Health Insurance: An increase of 1.7% has been reported by the carrier for 2014. The total increase for enrolled retirees (excluding retiree dependents) is $8,000. d. Stop Loss Insurance: An increase of 10% was budgeted in the self-insurance fund for 2014. The renewal rate for this coverage came in at 10%. No extra funds are being requested for this coverage as the increase has already been approved in the FY 2013/14 budget. e. Vision Insurance: There is no increase to the vision premiums for 2014. Total Funds Required = ERRP plus $180,300

History: In 2014, all insurance plans will go out for bid, with new policies becoming effective in January 2015. In order to keep the health insurance increase to a minimum in 2014 and to remain in compliance with the Affordable Healthcare Act, three minor changes will be made to the plan for 2014: reduce the out-of-pocket maximum in the Low Plan from $5,000 to $4,350;

introduce a co-pay in all plans (Low, Medium & High) for specialist physician office visits equivalent to twice the co-pay for a primary care physician; and make the Medium Plan and High Plan emergency room co-pay match the emergency room co-pay of the Low Plan. All employees are becoming increasingly concerned about the rising costs of health care and the uncertainty of the Affordable Healthcare Act. Utilizing the ERRP funds and the above mentioned portion from the Rainy Day Fund for the changes described herein will be a boost to morale for all concerned. Financial Impact: Staff is requesting to use the existing $201,288 from ERRP and $180,300 from the budgeted revenue over expenditures (aka Rainy Day Fund) to offset the projected increases in health, dental and post-65 health insurances. This will leave a balance of $5,041 in the Rainy Day Fund. Attachments: Powerpoint presentation. Presented and Reviewed by: Lisa Marley, Human Resources Director, November 20, 2013.

City of San

Angelo

Memo

Meeting Date: November 19, 2013

To: City Council members

From: Jeff Hintz, Interim Senior Planner

Subject: Moratorium Ordinance and summary of the findings of the housing committee established in April 2 of 2013 at the direction of the City Council.

Contacts: AJ Fawver, Interim Director of Development Services Jeff Hintz, Interim Senior Planner 325-657-4210 Caption: AN ORDINANCE OF THE CITY OF SAN ANGELO, TEXAS,

(“CITY”) FINDING THAT, APPLICATION OF EXISTING ZONING AND COMMERCIAL DEVELOPMENT POLICIES, REGULATIONS AND ORDINANCES ARE INADEQUATE TO PREVENT NEW DEVELOPMENT OF TEMPORARY HOUSING THAT INCLUDES MOBILE HOME / MANUFACTURED HOUSING PARKS AND RECREATIONAL VEHICLE PARKS FROM BEING DETRIMENTAL TO THE PUBLIC HEALTH, SAFETY, OR WELFARE OF THE RESIDENTS OF THE CITY AND THE PEACE OR ORDER OF THE CITY; FINDING A DEMONSTRATED NEED TO REVIEW EXISTING REGULATIONS AND TO AMEND EXISTING REGULATIONS OR ADOPT NEW REGULATIONS FOR THE PRESERVATION OF THE PUBLIC HEALTH, SAFETY OR WELFARE OF THE RESIDENTS OF THE CITY; IMPLEMENTING A NINETY (90) DAY MORATORIUM ON THE ACCEPTANCE, PROCESSING OR APPROVAL OF: (1) ZONING APPLICATIONS FOR SPECIAL USE PERMITS “CAMPGROUND / RECREATIONAL PARKS” IN ALL APPLICABLE ZONING DISTRICTS, (2) APPLICATIONS FOR ZONING DESIGNATION OF MANUFACTURED HOUSING PARK DISTRICT, (3) SITE PLANS FOR CAMPGROUNDS OR RECREATIONAL VEHICLE PARKS, AND (4) APPLICATIONS FOR ISSUANCE OR RENEWAL OF

PERMITS FOR NEW CONSTRUCTION OR RECONSTRUCTION OF FACILITIES OR STRUCTURES FOR EXPANSION OF CAPACITY OF CAMPGROUNDS OR RECREATIONAL VEHICLE PARKS, OR MOBILE HOME / MANUFACTURED HOUSING PARKS; PROVIDING AN EFFECTIVE DATE; PROVIDING A PROCEDURE FOR A VARIANCE FROM THE APPLICABLE MORATORIUM; PROVIDING AN APPEAL PROCESS; PROVIDING A SEVERABILITY CLAUSE; AND FINDING PROPER NOTICE AND MEETING IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE TEXAS OPEN MEETINGS ACT

Summary: The City Council may:

(1) Approve the proposed moratorium ordinance as presented; or

(2) Modify the provisions allotted for in the moratorium ordinance and approve the ordinance; or

(3) Deny the proposed moratorium.

History and Background:

The housing committees established in April of 2013 by the City Manager's office at the request of the City Council were tasked with finding solutions to the anticipated housing boom as a result of recent development in the oil & gas industry in the Cline-Shale and other reserves centered in the West Texas region including but not limited to the Cities of Midland, Odessa, Big Lake, and Big Spring. The impact of related housing developments to support temporary workers resulted in the need to examine the current regulations more in depth and some initial proposals regarding Campgrounds/RV Parks and extended stay situations were discussed. Opinions on what would be the best regulations to adopt are certainly divided, more so with regard to Campground/RV Parks. The committee was in somewhat of a consensus that the extended stay situation needed to be revised and some regulations are certainly necessary to curb the negative impacts of temporary housing on the community. Some points that the committee is in agreement on include the following:

A moratorium is needed to research the temporary housing matter further and ensure regulations adopted are adequate to ensure the consistent and predictable development of the community.

There is an escalating demand for development of temporary housing related to the exponential growth in the oil industry in central Texas and in the City of San Angelo, particularly a marked interest in developments utilizing manufactured housing, recreational vehicles, trailers and other modes for temporary living accommodations.

The dwindling supply of rental housing and apartments and the corresponding increase of residential rental rates along with the potential financial hardship on the capacity of some resident or workforce families to maintain adequate housing is an issue within the community.

Adverse impacts suffered by a number of other Texas communities relating to the influx of oil industry related workforce and demand for temporary housing, without effective regulations for the placement and development of temporary housing facilities indicate that the City of San Angelo can anticipate similar adverse impact to the preservation of the public peace, property, health, safety or welfare.

Of the housing committee members who had responded, three agreed with these statements in support of the moratorium. One response questioned what the purpose of what this request was for and did not reply in favor or in opposition. The remainder of the surveys were not returned to staff. The Planning Commission will have this topic for discussion and action at the November 18, 2013 meeting and these results will be shared verbally with the council.

Attachments: draft moratorium ordinance.

Presentation: AJ Fawver, Interim Director of Development Services & Jeff Hintz, Interim Senior Planner

Page 4 of 11

AN ORDINANCE OF THE CITY OF SAN ANGELO, TEXAS, (“CITY”) FINDING THAT, APPLICATION OF EXISTING ZONING AND COMMERCIAL DEVELOPMENT POLICIES, REGULATIONS AND ORDINANCES ARE INADEQUATE TO PREVENT NEW DEVELOPMENT OF TEMPORARY HOUSING THAT INCLUDES MOBILE HOME / MANUFACTURED HOUSING PARKS AND RECREATIONAL VEHICLE PARKS FROM BEING DETRIMENTAL TO THE PUBLIC HEALTH, SAFETY, OR WELFARE OF THE RESIDENTS OF THE CITY AND THE PEACE OR ORDER OF THE CITY; FINDING A DEMONSTRATED NEED TO REVIEW EXISTING REGULATIONS AND TO AMEND EXISTING REGULATIONS OR ADOPT NEW REGULATIONS FOR THE PRESERVATION OF THE PUBLIC HEALTH, SAFETY OR WELFARE OF THE RESIDENTS OF THE CITY; IMPLEMENTING A NINETY (90) DAY MORATORIUM ON THE ACCEPTANCE, PROCESSING OR APPROVAL OF: (1) ZONING APPLICATIONS FOR SPECIAL USE PERMITS “CAMPGROUND / RECREATIONAL PARKS” IN ALL APPLICABLE ZONING DISTRICTS, (2) APPLICATIONS FOR ZONING DESIGNATION OF MANUFACTURED HOUSING PARK DISTRICT, (3) SITE PLANS FOR CAMPGROUNDS OR RECREATIONAL VEHICLE PARKS, AND (4) APPLICATIONS FOR ISSUANCE OR RENEWAL OF PERMITS FOR NEW CONSTRUCTION OR RECONSTRUCTION OF FACILITIES OR STRUCTURES FOR EXPANSION OF CAPACITY OF CAMPGROUNDS OR RECREATIONAL VEHICLE PARKS, OR MOBILE HOME / MANUFACTURED HOUSING PARKS; PROVIDING AN EFFECTIVE DATE; PROVIDING A PROCEDURE FOR A VARIANCE FROM THE APPLICABLE MORATORIUM; PROVIDING AN APPEAL PROCESS; PROVIDING A SEVERABILITY CLAUSE; AND FINDING PROPER NOTICE AND MEETING IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE TEXAS OPEN MEETINGS ACT WHEREAS, the City of San Angelo, Texas (“City”) is a home rule municipality having full power of local self government under Article XI, Section 5 of the Texas State Constitution, and including those powers as provided at Chapter 51 of the Texas Local Government Code, pursuant to which City has general authority to adopt ordinances or police regulations that are for the good government, peace or order of City and which are necessary or proper for carrying out a power granted by law to City; and WHEREAS, City is authorized under Chapter 212 of the Texas Local Government Code, to adopt a moratorium on property development on residential and commercial property and is required to comply with prescribed notice and hearing procedures and make applicable written findings; and

WHEREAS, City is required under Chapter 212 of the Texas Local Government Code in particular with regard to a commercial property development moratorium not based on a demonstrated shortage of essential public facilities, to issue written findings based on reasonably

Page 5 of 11

available information that the moratorium is justified by demonstrating that applying existing commercial development ordinances or regulations and other applicable laws is inadequate to prevent the new development from being detrimental to the public health safety or welfare of the residents of the municipality; and WHEREAS, pursuant to Chapter 212 of the Texas Local Government Code, a commercial property development moratorium expires on the ninetieth (90th) day after the date the moratorium is adopted unless the municipality, in compliance with prescribed statutory procedure for an extension, however, the commercial property development moratorium including extensions may not exceed an aggregate of 180 days; and

WHEREAS, the City Council of the City of San Angelo (“Council”) is aware of an escalating demand for development of temporary housing related to the exponential growth in the oil industry in central Texas and in the City of San Angelo, particularly a marked interest in developments utilizing manufactured housing, recreational vehicles, trailers and other modes for temporary living accommodations; and, WHEREAS, Council is aware of a dwindling supply of rental housing and apartments and the corresponding increase of residential rental rates along with the potential financial hardship on the capacity of some resident or workforce families to maintain adequate housing; and, WHEREAS, Council is aware of the adverse impacts suffered by a number of other Texas communities relating to the influx of oil industry related workforce and demand for temporary housing, without effective regulations for the placement and development of temporary housing facilities as well as moratoria imposed by those cities on such development for the preservation of the public peace, property, health, safety or welfare; and, WHEREAS, in light of the foregoing information Council made provision for a Housing Committee to investigate the potential for intensified demand for temporary housing that can be anticipated by City as a result of the surge in the oil industry; the Committee has determined that City and San Angelo community can anticipate a significant demand for temporary housing including mobile home/manufactured housing parks and recreational vehicle parks; and, WHEREAS, based on reasonably available information Council finds that it is necessary and proper for the good government, public health, safety, or welfare, and the peace or order of City to implement a temporary moratorium on acceptance, processing or approval of: (1) zoning applications for special use “Campground / Recreational Parks”, (2) applications for zoning designation of Manufactured Housing Park district, (3) site plans for campgrounds or recreational vehicle parks, and (4) applications for issuance or renewal of permits for new construction or reconstruction of facilities or structures, or additional electrical, water or sewer

Page 6 of 11

utilities, for expansion of capacity of campgrounds or recreational vehicle parks, or mobile home / manufactured housing parks (hereinafter “Moratorium”); and, WHEREAS, the purposes of a temporary moratorium on commercial property development being to review current regulations and to develop appropriate polices, regulations and ordinances necessary for the public health, safety, or welfare within the City of San Angelo; and, WHEREAS, on the 18th day of November, 2013, a public hearing was held before the City of San Angelo Planning Commission on consideration of the adoption of the Moratorium pursuant to public notice of the time, place and purpose of the meeting as required by the Open Meetings Act, Chapter 551 of the Texas Government Code; NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT ORDAINED BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF SAN

ANGELO, TEXAS THAT:

I. FINDINGS OF FACT

The City Council of San Angelo, Texas hereby makes the following findings of fact:

1. That on the 18th day of November, 2013, a public hearing was held before the City of San Angelo Planning Commission (“Planning Commission”) on consideration of the adoption of a moratorium pursuant to public notice of the time, place and purpose of the meeting as required by the Open Meetings Act, Chapter 551 of the Texas Government Code; and

2. That the Planning Commission considered information presented at the public hearing

that demonstrated justification for a commercial property development moratorium in that the application of existing commercial development ordinances or regulations and other applicable laws (collectively “regulations”) is inadequate to prevent the new development from being detrimental to the public health safety or welfare of the residents of the City, and the peace or order of the City of San Angelo; and

3. That the City Council has held a public hearing on November 19, 2013 and considered reasonably available information, including the information presented at public hearing before the Planning Commission on November 18, 2013 and the information, evidence and testimony presented at the public hearing before the City Council on November 19, 2013 that demonstrated justification for a commercial property development moratorium in that the application of existing commercial development ordinances or regulations and other applicable laws is inadequate to prevent the new development from being detrimental to the public health safety or welfare of the residents of the City, and the peace or order of the City of San Angelo; and

Page 7 of 11

4. That based on reasonably available information presented to the City Council relating to

the exponential growth of the oil industry in central Texas and the City of San Angelo, the City’s development policies, regulations, ordinances and other applicable laws are inadequate to prevent new development of temporary housing that includes mobile home/manufactured housing parks and recreational vehicle parks from being detrimental to the public health, safety, or welfare of the residents of the City, and the peace or order of the City of San Angelo; and

5. That, in the absence of a commercial property development moratorium being adopted by

the City Council, new development of temporary housing will cause a detrimental effect on public health, safety, or welfare of the residents of the City and the peace or order of the City of San Angelo; and

6. That there is a demonstrated need to review such existing regulations and to adopt new

regulations or to amend existing regulations for the preservation of the public health, safety or welfare of the residents of the City, and the peace or order of the City of San Angelo.

II. CONCLUSIONS AND ADOPTION OF A COMMERCIAL PROPERTY

DEVELOPMENT MORATORIUM:

Based on the foregoing findings of fact, the City Council for the City of San Angelo, Texas hereby declares:

1. That application of existing zoning and commercial development policies, regulations, ordinances and other applicable laws ( collectively “regulations”) are inadequate to prevent new development of temporary housing that includes mobile home / manufactured housing parks and recreational vehicle parks from being detrimental to the public health, safety, or welfare of the residents of the City, and the peace or order of the City of San Angelo; and

2. That there is a demonstrated need to review such existing regulations and to adopt new

regulations or to amend existing regulations for the preservation of the public health, safety or welfare, and the peace or order of the City of San Angelo; and

3. That a temporary commercial property development moratorium is hereby imposed and

adopted on acceptance, processing or approval of: (A) zoning applications for special use “Campground / Recreational Parks” in Ranch and Estate district (R&E), Manufactured Housing Park district (MHP), General Commercial district (CG), Heavy Commercial district (CH), Office-Warehouse district (OW), Light Manufacturing district

Page 8 of 11

(ML), Heavy Manufacturing district (MH), and General Commercial / Heavy Commercial district (CG/CH); and (B) applications for zoning designation of Manufactured Housing Park district; and (C) site plans for campgrounds or recreational vehicle parks; and (D) applications for issuance or renewal of permits for new construction or reconstruction of facilities or structures, or additional electrical, water or sewer utilities, for expansion of capacity of campgrounds or recreational vehicle parks or mobile home/manufactured housing parks.

4. The foregoing temporary commercial property development moratorium shall be in effect for a period of ninety (90) days to commence on November 20, 2013 and to end on 2013, through the 17th day of February, 2014, and may be extended in ninety (90) day or less increments if necessary and justified as determined by majority vote of the City Council in compliance with prescribed notice and hearing procedures, but not to exceed an aggregate of 180 days.

5. The commercial property development moratorium is being enacted to permit a review of

existing regulations and to develop new regulations necessary for the public health, safety or welfare relating to : (1) zoning applications for special use “Campground / Recreational Parks” in Ranch and Estate district (R&E), Manufactured Housing Park district (MHP), General Commercial district (CG), Heavy Commercial district (CH), Office-Warehouse district (OW), Light Manufacturing district (ML), Heavy Manufacturing district (MH), and General Commercial / Heavy Commercial district (CG/CH), (2) applications for zoning designation of Manufactured Housing Park district, (3) site plans for campgrounds or recreational vehicle parks, and (4) applications for issuance or renewal of permits for new construction or reconstruction of facilities or structures, or additional electrical, water or sewer utilities, for expansion of capacity of campgrounds or recreational vehicle parks or mobile home/manufactured housing parks.

6. The commercial property development moratorium applies within the territorial limits of the City of San Angelo, Texas, inclusive of all City districts. 7. The following City of San Angelo Planning Division and Building Permits & Inspections Division activities of the Community Development Department are temporarily suspended, subject to Special Exceptions provided for in this Ordinance, for the duration of the described moratorium and any extensions thereof:

1. The acceptance, processing or approval of zoning applications for special use permits “Campground / Recreational Parks” in R&E, MHP, CG, CH, OW, ML, MH, and CG/CH zoning districts;

Page 9 of 11

2. The acceptance, processing or approval of applications for zoning designation of Manufactured Housing Park district;

3. The acceptance, processing or approval of site plans for campgrounds or recreational vehicle parks; and,

4. The issuance or renewal of permits for new construction or reconstruction of facilities or structures, or additional electrical, water or sewer utilities, for expansion of capacity of campgrounds or recreational vehicle parks or mobile home/manufactured housing parks.

8. Exceptions for relief of hardship caused by the commercial property development moratorium may be made in writing to the City Council. Special Exceptions may be granted by the City Council when the City Council determines in writing that one or more of the conditions listed below are satisfied:

A. Undue Hardship:

i. The applicant shall otherwise suffer undue hardship, that being something beyond or in addition to financial hardship; ii. The current regulations are adequate to address the particular type and scope of development and construction proposed by the applicant through the proper channels; iii. It is in the public interest to allow a limited exception to the commercial property development moratorium in the particular instance; and iv. Authorizing the special exception will not adversely impact neighboring properties.

B. Pending Projects:

A complete application for the required regulatory approvals for the proposed project is on file with the City on or before the Effective Date of this Ordinance.

9. An application for an exception to the commercial property development moratorium must be submitted in writing to the Planning Division of the Development Services Department and shall include: a comprehensive project summary and letter addressing the City Council explaining the circumstances justifying an exception, including the attachment of copies of respective plats or drawings, and setting forth pertinent facts for Council’s consideration. The Planning Division shall submit the application for exception to the City Clerk to be timely placed on the agenda for the next available regular City Council meeting.

III. CUMULATIVE EFFECT

Page 10 of 11

This Ordinance shall be cumulative of all provisions of the ordinances of the City of San Angelo, Texas, as amended, except where the provisions of this Ordinance are in direct conflict with the provisions of such ordinances, in which event the terms of this Ordinance, during its effectiveness, shall prevail over any other conflicting ordinances of the City or provisions thereof.

IV. SEVERABILITY

Should any of the clauses, sentences, paragraphs, sections or parts of this Ordinance be deemed invalid, unconstitutional, or unenforceable by a court of law or administrative agency with jurisdiction over the matter, such action shall not be construed to affect any other valid portion of this Ordinance.

V. PROPER NOTICE & MEETING

The City Council hereby officially finds and determines that notice of public hearing at which this Ordinance was considered was published in a newspaper of general circulation in the City on the fourth day before the date of hearing;, and that the meetings at which this Ordinance was considered and passed by the City Council were open to the public, and that public notice of the time, place and purpose of said meetings was given as required by the Open Meetings Act, Chapter 551 of the Texas

Page 11 of 11

Government Code. INTRODUCED on the day of 2013, and finally PASSED, APPROVED and ADOPTED on this the day of , 2013. CITY OF SAN ANGELO

ATTEST: By: Dwain Morrison, Mayor Alicia Ramirez, City Clerk

Approved As to Form: Approved As to Content: ______________________ ____________________________ Lysia Bowling, City Attorney A. J. Fawver, Interim Director of Development Services

City of San Angelo

Memo

Meeting Date: December 3, 2013


From: Kevin Boyd, Planner

Subject: Z13-37: SKG Engineering, a request for approval of a zone change from Two-Family Residential (RS-2) to General Commercial (CG) to allow for activities allowed within CG zoning districts shown in Section 310 of the Zoning Ordinance, on the following property:

Location: 17 West 8th Street, located approximately 200 feet west of the

intersection of West 8th Street and North Chadbourne Street; more specifically occupying the Miles Addition, Block 23, Lot 5, in north central San Angelo.

Purpose: Approval of this request would zone the property Two-Family

Residential (RS-2) Contacts: SKG Engineering, Representative 325-655-1288

Kevin Boyd, Planner 325-657-4210

Caption: First Public Hearing and consideration of introduction of an Ordinance amending Chapter 12, Exhibit “A” (Zoning Ordinance) of the Code of Ordinances, City of San Angelo

Z13-37: SKG Engineering

AN ORDINANCE AMENDING CHAPTER 12, EXHIBIT “A” OF THE CODE OF ORDINANCES, CITY OF SAN ANGELO, TEXAS, WHICH SAID EXHIBIT “A” OF CHAPTER 12 ADOPTS ZONING REGULATIONS, USE DISTRICTS AND A ZONING MAP, IN ACCORDANCE WITH A COMPREHENSIVE PLAN, BY CHANGING THE ZONING AND CLASSIFICATION OF THE FOLLOWING PROPERTY, TO WIT: 17 West 8th Street, located approximately 200 feet west of the intersection of West 8th Street and North Chadbourne Street. This property specifically occupies the Miles Addition, Block 23, Lot 5, in north central San Angelo, changing

2

the zoning classification from Two-Family Residential (RS-2) to General Commercial (CG) District; PROVIDING FOR SEVERABILITY AND PROVIDING A PENALTY


(1) Approve the proposed zone change as requested; or (2) Modify the application to some alternative zoning classification believed to be

more appropriate; or

(3) Deny the proposed zone change, altogether. Recommendation: Planning staff recommends approving the proposed zone change request from Two-Family Residential (RS-2) to General Commercial (CG). Planning Commission recommended approval of this request by a vote of 6-0 on November 18, 2013.

3


General Information

Existing Zoning: Two-Family Residential (RS-2) Existing Land Use: Vacant, undeveloped tract Surrounding Zoning/Land Use: North: Two-Family Residential (RS-2)

and General Commercial / Heavy Commercial (CG/CH)

Single-family detached housing

West: Two-Family Residential (RS-2) and Office Commercial (CO)

Single-family detached housing, vacant tracts

South: Two-Family Residential (RS-2), Office Commercial (CO) and Heavy Commercial (CH)

Houston Harte Expressway, Window Depot, single-family detach housing and vacant tracts

East: General Commercial / Heavy Commercial (CG/CH) and Heavy Commercial (CH)

Los Magueyes Bakery, Super Uniforms, Brothers Automotive, Val’s Home Appliances Furniture Center, Stripes gas station and vacant tracts

Thoroughfares/Streets: West 18th Street is identified as a "local street",

and is designed to carry light neighborhood traffic at low speeds.

North Chadbourne Street is identified as a "major

arterial street" and is designed to connect collector streets to freeways and other arterials carrying large volumes of traffic at high speeds. Access is secondary and mobility is the primary function of these streets.

Zoning History: The property was annexed within the city prior to

1949. As far back as 1964, the property has been zoned

Two-Family Residential (RS-2). Applicable Regulations: Allowed uses for this property can be found in

Section 310 (Use Table) of the Zoning Ordinance. Development Standards: Nonresidential district standards are outlined in

Section 502.B. of the Zoning Ordinance.

4

All required off-street parking and the connection(s) to a public right-of-way are required to be paved.

Vision Plan Map: Commercial Related Comp Plan Excerpts: “Promote better transition between nearby

commercial and residential use of land and buildings.”

"Require a buffer separating commercial, industrial, or agricultural zoned lands from neighborhoods."

"Establish transition areas to better "scale-down" intensity of use from commercial centers to neighborhoods."

"...slowly reorganize commercial corridors into clusters..."

"Create new physical connections to neighborhoods lined with transitional and intermediate uses."

Special Information

Traffic Concerns: Changing the zoning from residential to commercial is likely to generate additional traffic than if the property remained as-is.

Parking Requirements: Vary depending upon the use of the property, see

Section 511. Parking Provided: No parking exists as the tract remains vacant and

undeveloped at this time. Density: Surrounding properties are low to medium density

residential and commercial in nature. The Vision Plan calls for 'Commercial' type development for the site in question.

Notification Required: Yes Notifications Sent: 11

Responses in Favor: 1

5

Responses in Opposition: 0

Analysis:

In order to approve this zone change request, the City Council members are first required to consider the following criteria: 1. Compatible with Plans and Policies. Whether the proposed amendment is compatible

with the Comprehensive Plan and any other land use policies adopted by the Planning Commission or City Council.

2. Consistent with Zoning Ordinance. Whether and the extent to which the proposed amendment would conflict with any portion of this Zoning Ordinance.

3. Compatible with Surrounding Area. Whether and the extent to which the proposed amendment is compatible with existing and proposed uses surrounding the subject land and is the appropriate zoning district for the land.

4. Changed Conditions. Whether and the extent to which there are changed conditions that require an amendment.

5. Effect on Natural Environment. Whether and the extent to which the proposed amendment would result in significant adverse impacts on the natural environment, including but not limited to water and air quality, noise, storm water management, wildlife, vegetation, wetlands and the practical functioning of the natural environment.

6. Community Need. Whether and the extent to which the proposed amendment addresses a demonstrated community need.

7. Development Patterns. Whether and the extent to which the proposed amendment would result in a logical and orderly pattern of urban development in the community.

The staff recommendation is based upon the statements listed below. Staff believes that the proposed zone change meets all of the criteria outlined, thus recommending approval of a zone change to General Commercial (CG). This request is compatible with the city's plans and polices, as the Vision Plan envisions the property and much of the properties to the east to be designated as ‘Commercial’. Additionally, properties to the north as well as the parcel directly to the west are designated to be commercial in nature. The category ‘Commercial’ seeks to provide business and retail related opportunities and fits with CO, CG, and CH zoning, and CN zoning. The long-

6

range plan calls for future commercial development for the area along North Chadbourne Street between Houston Harte Expressway and West 12th Street, several blocks to the north. Although the site is currently zoned residential, the proposed request is more reflective of aspects in the Vision Plan as well as future development patterns for the area. The request is consistent with aspects of the Zoning Ordinance. Although it was stated that they do not have a specific use in mind, they have discussed ideas of having an office building, water or ice sales, or other something that would fall under the allowed uses in the district. The district will introduce a wide range of uses – 'Retail Sales and Services' for example, provides opportunities for personal services, entertainment and product repair or services for consumer and business goods. Examples may include animal grooming, branch banks, restaurants, hotels, offices and convenience stores (Section 315.G, Zoning Ordinance). Some conditional uses allowed in CG zoning include game halls, equipment rental, vehicle repair (full service repair), warehouse and freight movement, waste-related uses and wholesale trade (Section 310, Zoning Ordinance). Some of the more intensive uses permissible in the district are self-service storage facilities, repair-oriented businesses and limited outdoor storage. The district allows for ‘Type 2: Limited Outdoor Storage’, which prohibits outdoor storage to exceed 1,000 square feet or 10 percent of the total site area, whichever is greater – a privacy fence is not required in this circumstance, unless said property abuts a residential zoning district or use (Sections 504 and 509, Zoning Ordinance). While North Chadbourne is clearly defined as a major commercial corridor, much of the 0 Block of West 8th Street is zoned for residential uses. The lot in question, as well as some adjoining lots remain vacant, open space. While much of the lots to the north and west of the property are currently zoned residential, this portion of the block displays a lower density of housing units, characterized by vacant and partially vacant lots. There has been a transition of uses along the block. As a result, the boundary between the zones has become blurred, meaning that it is becoming more difficult to decipher residential properties from those that are commercial. The area already has a good mix of commercial and residential development – at the intersection with North Chadbourne Street is a furniture store, gas station, bakery and specialty clothing store – approval of this request will further solidify the area as part of the nearby commercial corridor. These lots are similar in area and dimension measure roughly 50’ x 100’. A majority of the lots to the north are zoned Two-Family Residential (RS-2), – the property is adjacent to the west is zoned Office Commercial (CO), and Heavy Commercial (CH) immediately east of the site. The proposed CG zoning is an appropriate transition of zoning from CG/CH, CH and CO zoning, within the block (refer to the site map below). This request represents changed conditions to the current Ordinance, in that, RS-2 limits development to residential uses, notably, single-family detached and two-family dwellings (Section 311, Zoning Ordinance). In addition to changing the zoning from

7

residential to commercial, the proposed change will allow for greater allowances in building setbacks, maximum height and a higher FAR ratio. In a CG zone, the required front yard or setback is 25 feet, the side or rear yard varies from 0 – 10 feet, depending on whether or not the property abuts a residential use or zoning district (Section 502, Zoning Ordinance). There is no maximum building height for the district and the Floor Area Ratio, FAR, or maximum buildable space is 2 or twice the total area for the lot. This request is consistent with the commercial designation of the Comprehensive Plan, as such an amendment to the Vision Plan Map of this document is not required to approve this request.

Staff expects that the proposed zone change may have some impact on the natural environment. The change will introduce a wide range of commercial development opportunities, in both scale and type. That being said, potential impacts are greatly tied to the nature of the project – given the allowed uses for the district, such changes will not significant. The site remains a vacant lot, mainly comprised of open space – a number of trees and vegetation exist on the property, the removal of vegetation in developing the tract will have a relatively small impact on the environment. Staff must consider, given the small lot size, 50’ x 100’ or (5,000 sq ft), future plans may trigger future subdivision requests in the area with the means to enlarge the tract to meet greater demands for large scale commercial projects. Conceivably there can be greater storm water runoffs generated from buildings or structures that have larger building footprints. An internal site review will be conducted by city staff will ensure that any approved project directs runoff away from neighboring properties or require effective screening. The requested zoning represents a community need. Vacant and abandoned homes left unmaintained is a dangerous combination and serves as potential blight in the community, as demolition of such structures can generate an improved quality of living for residents of surrounding properties. The proponent’s decision to rezone the property to something more practical is a conscious step in revitalizing that section of the block. The site boasts close proximity to major roadways and commercial development; the request cleans up and offers a nice transition between existing zoning. The site is within 200 feet of North Chadbourne Street, which is identified as a minor arterial. Houston Harte Expressway is also very accessible from the site. The requested zone change and proposed development will offer suitable infill opportunities for the tract of land that has serve as vacant, open space for many years. It will also enable development which provides a buffer between uses, a transition from neighborhood serving commercial to nearby residential uses and zoning. The location also provides close proximity to shops and other services, such a transition stimulates the environment for walkable communities. The presence of mix uses within a confined space reduces the demand for automobile use and enhances the nature of the area - further creating places where people can live, shop and work, thus establishing sustainable environments.

8

Proposed Conditions

N/A

Attachments: Excerpt from zoning map, showing the general location within the City of San Angelo;

Excerpt from zoning map, highlighting subject property; Aerial photo, highlighting subject property; Excerpt from the comprehensive plan vision map highlighting

the subject property; Excerpt of the favor/opposition notification map; Citizen Response; Draft minutes from 11/18/13 Planning Commission Meeting;

and Draft Ordinance.

Presentation: Kevin Boyd, Planner Reviewed by: Jeff Hintz, Interim Senior Planner (11/8/13)

10

11

12

13

AN ORDINANCE AMENDING CHAPTER 12, EXHIBIT “A” OF THE CODE OF ORDINANCES, CITY OF SAN ANGELO, TEXAS, WHICH SAID EXHIBIT “A” OF CHAPTER 12 ADOPTS ZONING REGULATIONS, USE DISTRICTS AND A ZONING MAP, IN ACCORDANCE WITH A COMPREHENSIVE PLAN, BY CHANGING THE ZONING AND CLASSIFICATION OF THE FOLLOWING PROPERTY, TO WIT: 17 West 8th Street, located approximately 200 feet west of the intersection of West 8th Street and North Chadbourne Street. This property specifically occupies the Miles Addition, Block 23, Lot 5, in north central San Angelo, changing the zoning classification from Two-Family Residential (RS-2) to General Commercial (CG) District; PROVIDING FOR SEVERABILITY AND PROVIDING A PENALTY

RE: Z 13-37: SKG Engineering

WHEREAS, the Planning Commission for the City of San Angelo and the governing

body for the City of San Angelo, in compliance with the charter and the state law with reference to zoning regulations and a zoning map, have given requisite notice by publication and otherwise, and after holding hearings and affording a full and fair hearing to all property owners and persons interested, generally, and to persons situated in the affected area and in the vicinity thereof, is of the opinion that zoning changes should be made as set out herein; NOW THEREFORE,

BE IT ORDAINED BY THE CITY OF SAN ANGELO:

SECTION 1: That the basic zoning ordinance for the City of San Angelo, as enacted

by the governing body for the City of San Angelo on January 4, 2000 and included within Chapter 12 of the Code of Ordinances for the City of San Angelo, be and the same is hereby amended insofar as the property hereinafter set forth, and said ordinance generally and the zoning map shall be amended insofar as the property hereinafter described: 17 West 8th Street, located approximately 200 feet west of the intersection of West 8th Street and North Chadbourne Street. This property specifically occupies the Miles Addition, Block 23, Lot 5, in north central San Angelo, shall henceforth be permanently zoned as follows: General Commercial (CG) District.

The Director of Planning is hereby directed to correct zoning district maps in the office of the Director of Planning, to reflect the herein described changes in zoning.

SECTION 2: That in all other respects, the use of the hereinabove described

property shall be subject to all applicable regulations contained in Chapter 12 of the Code of Ordinances for the City of San Angelo, as amended.

SECTION 3: That the following severability clause is adopted with this amendment: SEVERABILITY:

The terms and provisions of this Ordinance shall be deemed to be severable in that, if any portion of this Ordinance shall be declared to be invalid, the same shall not affect the validity of the other provisions of this Ordinance.

SECTION 4: That the following penalty clause is adopted with this amendment:

PENALTY: Any person who violates any provisions of this article shall be guilty of a misdemeanor and, upon conviction, shall be subject to a fine as provided for in Section 1.106 of the Code of Ordinances for the City of San Angelo. Each day of such violation shall constitute a separate offense.

INTRODUCED on the 3rd day of December, 2013 and finally PASSED, APPROVED AND ADOPTED on this the 17th day of December, 2013.

THE CITY OF SAN ANGELO

____________________________________

Dwain Morrison, Mayor

ATTEST:

________________________________ Alicia Ramirez, City Clerk Approved As To Content: Approved As To Form: _________________________ ________________________ AJ Fawver, Planning Manager Lysia H. Bowling, City Attorney

City of San Angelo

Memo



From: Kevin Boyd, Planner Subject: Street and alley abandonment request, Fairview Addition Block 66,

67 and 74, a request for abandonment of the following properties: Location: An 80' wide portion of the unimproved public right-of-way for Florence

Street, extending approximately 680' northward from Hughes Street and immediately south of the railroad right-of-way (to include portions of the 100' right-of-way of Hughes Street), an approximately 100' x 270' portion of unimproved public right-of-way of Velma Street - And - a 20' x 430' alley right-of-way in Blocks 66 and 67 and 20' x 35' alley right-of-way in Block 74 of the Fairview Addition, in north central San Angelo.

Contacts: Southwest Orient Properties LLC, Owner 325-944-4444 Kevin Boyd, Planner 325-657-4210

Caption: First Public Hearing and consideration of introduction of an Ordinance authorizing abandonments of public streets and right-of-ways in the Fairview Addition, Block 66, 67 and 74 in north central San Angelo

AN ORDINANCE PROVIDING FOR THE ABANDONMENT AND

CLOSING OF UNIMPROVED STREETS AND ALLEY SEGEMENTS, TO WIT: An 80' wide portion of the unimproved public right-of-way for Florence Street, extending approximately 680' northward from Hughes Street and immediately south of the railroad right-of-way (to include portions of the 100' right-of-way of Hughes Street), an approximately 100' x 270' portion of unimproved public right-of-way of Velma Street - And - a 20' x 430' alley right-of-way in Blocks 66 and 67 and 20' x 35' alley right-of-way in Block 74 of the Fairview Addition, in north central San Angelo; AUTHORIZING THE CONVEYANCE THEREOF TO THE ABUTTING PROPERTY OWNERS; PROVIDING FOR THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF ABANDONMENT AND CONVEYANCE; AND PROVIDING FOR THE

MAYOR TO EXECUTE AND DELIVER A QUIT CLAIM DEED TO THE ABUTTING PROPERTY OWNERS


1) Approve the proposed abandonment; or

2) Approve the proposed abandonment subject to conditions; or

3) Deny the proposed abandonment.

Recommendation: City staff recommends approving, subject to conditions mentioned in this report. Planning Commission recommended approval of this request by a vote of 6-0 on November 18, 2013.


Last month, the applicants, Southwest Orient Properties, LLC., filed a request to formally abandon the a series of adjoining alleys in the Fairview Addition, Blocks 66, 67 and 74, in north central San Angelo. The immediate area is sandwiched between two rail crossings – one terminates slightly pass the site, to the south, the other is a major rail line that runs across town (across South Bryant Blvd, Knickerbocker Rd and the Loop) and transports freight into the city from the east and west. Close proximity of the rail lines has had a dramatic impact on development in the surrounding area which is a mix of heavy industrial and agricultural land uses. The presence of the railways allow for easy transporting of goods. More specifically, the proposed alleyway runs laterally to the north of Culwell Street. Much of it will be the abandoning of Hughes Street, Florence Street and Velma Street, which spans roughly 680', also in the request to be abandoned is a roughly 20' x 430' alley right-of-way in Blocks 66 and 67 of the Fairview Addition and 20' x 35' alley right-of-way in Block 74 of the Fairview Addition. It area is quite sizeable and measures slightly more than 75,500 square feet. Whenever an alley is officially abandoned, it is divided at the centerpoint and deeded to the adjacent property owners – since the proponent owns much of the adjoining area on either side of the proposed abandonment, if approved and all measures are carried out, much of the abandoned sections will be handed over to the proponent.

General Information

Existing Zoning: Heavy Manufacturing (MH) Existing Land Use: Southwest Orient Properties, LLC. Surrounding Zoning/Land Use: North: Heavy Manufacturing (MH) Open land West: Heavy Manufacturing (MH) Bollman Industries (livestock) South: Heavy Manufacturing (MH) Acme Iron & Metal Co. (strap yard),

Zafiro Bar and Clark's Auto Parts and Wrecker Service

East: Heavy Manufacturing (MH) San Angelo Packing Company Warehouse, Republic Services (waste management and recycling services)

Storm Water/Drainage: Abandoning the alley is not expected to affect drainage in the area.

Topography: Abandoning the alley is not expected to change

the topography of the area. Water/Sewer Utilities: Water Utilities is requesting for a 20' utility and

access easement for the existing water line on the property. The access easement will need to extend from the water line to Hughes right-of-way.

Fire Protection: Abandoning the alley is not expected to affect fire

protection in the area. Access Management: Abandoning the alley is not expected to affect

access management in the area. Notification required: Yes Notifications Sent: 7 Received In favor 0 Received in opposition 0

Special Information

Private Utilities: N/A

Basis for Recommendation

After an internal review of the site, staff finds that there is no real interest in maintaining the requested unimproved street right-of-ways and alleyways. The portions of Hughes Street, Florence Street and Velma Street right-of-ways do not appear to have ever been improved (paved to street specifications) or fully utilized as a street, at any point in time. Currently the proponents, Southwest Orient Properties, LLC., has utilized the site with their operations for quite some time. The triangular shaped tract, bounded by both sides by the railroad tracts, makes serious development of site impractical - the odd configuration of the site restricts future land development of the area. With the exception of a water line that extends slightly within the right-of-way of unimproved Velma Street, no other public utility exist within the identified area. In reviewing the nature of this request, staff has uncovered series abandonments that has occurred in the generalized area between North Bell Street and the westernmost point of the tracts, over the past few years. Approvals of such abandonments, including the abandoned portion situated immediately to the west of the site, further solidify the city's need to relinquish the rights of the specified area. Additionally, abandonment will not negatively impact the accessibility of nearby and adjacent streets and is compatible with aspects of the Thoroughfare Plan for the area.

Given the circumstances outlined, it would be more beneficial for the city to relinquish ownership of the identified properties. With abandoning of these sections, staff is requesting that a 20' utility and access easement be required with approval and extend to the Hughes Street right-of-way to allow for city access to the existing water line along Velma Street.

Proposed Conditions

1. Provide a survey and metes and bounds decsription of the property to be abandoned, performed under the direction of a registered professional land surveyor.

2. City Water Utilities requires a 20' utility and access easement for the existing water

line on the property. The access easement will need to extend from the water line to Hughes Street right-of-way.

3. Replatting the property abandoned and adjacent to the abandonment into one contiguous lot.

Attachments: Excerpt from zoning map, showing the general location within the City of San Angelo;

Excerpt from zoning map, highlighting subject property; Aerial photo, highlighting subject property; Original plat of the Fairview Addition from 1906; Existing water and sewer lines in the area; and Water Utilities site comments on survey. Presentation: Kevin Boyd, Planner Reviewed by: Jeff Hintz, Interim Senior Planner (11/08/13)

City of San

Angelo

Memo



From: Jeff Hintz, Interim Senior Planner Subject: A request to abandon a segment of alley right-of-way on the following

property:

Property: An approximately 20 foot wide x 490 foot long portion of alley running east to west, parallel to and in-between West 8th Street & West 9th Street, bounded to the east by Martin Luther King Drive. This alleyway is shown on the plat document of the Miles Addition, Block 32, in north-central San Angelo.

Purpose: Approval would formally close the alleyway.

Contacts: Charity Vasquez, SAISD 947-3759 Jeff Hintz, Interim Senior Planner 657-4210

Caption: AN ORDINANCE PROVIDING FOR THE ABANDONMENT AND CLOSING OF THE FOLLOWING ALLEY, TO WIT: An approximately 20 foot wide x 495 foot long portion of alley running east to west, perpendicular to Martin Luther King Drive located in Block 32 of the Miles Addition in north-central San Angelo; AUTHORIZING THE CONVEYANCE THEREOF TO THE ABUTTING PROPERTY OWNERS; PROVIDING FOR THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF ABANDONMENT AND CONVEYANCE; AND PROVIDING FOR THE MAYOR TO EXECUTE AND DELIVER A QUIT CLAIM DEED TO THE ABUTTING PROPERTY OWNERS.


(1) Approve the proposed abandonment;

(2) Modify of the abandonment conditions to those believed to be more appropriate; or (3) Deny the proposed abandonment.

Recommendation: City staff recommends approving the proposed abandonment, subject to conditions outlined in this staff report. Planning Commission recommended approval 6-0 on the Consent Agenda at the November 18, 2013 meeting. History and Background: General Information

Existing Zoning: Two-Family Residential (RS-2) Existing Land Use: Alley lies between buildings on the Carver school

site and is currently unimproved Surrounding Zoning/Land Use: North: RS-2 School Building West: RS-2 North Bryant Boulevard South: RS-2 School Building East: RS-2 Martin Luther King Drive

Storm Water/Drainage: The abandonment is not expected to create any

drainage issues. Topography: Abandonment of the right-of-way is not expected

to generate any elevation problems or issues. Water/Sewer Utilities: Requires a 20' open and unobstructed utility

easement be reserved in this alleyway to provide future access to facilities.

Fire Protection: No Fire Access issues are expected to be

generated as a result of this abandonment. Access Management: No access management issues are anticipated as

a result of this abandonment. Notification Required: Yes Notifications Sent: 18

Responses in Favor: 0

Responses in Opposition: 0 Special Information

Private Utilities: This abandonment is not anticipated to create any concerns for private utilities

Traffic Concerns: Traffic patterns for this area should remain unaffected. This

portion of alley has never been improved and the individual lots served by this alleyway are all owned by the proponent of this particular request.

Rationale for staff's recommendation:

This alleyway has effectively been closed for years. It is un-improved at this time and several trees hinder anyone from actually travelling through this alleyway. The site is surrounded by SAISD property, and the actual alleyway is home to a water and sewer line. Essentially nothing is being gained for the public's benefit for the City to be maintaining this alleyway as a public right-of-way. It would be the best use of the property for it to be abandoned and encompassed by the SAISD which owns property on both sides of the alleyway. As such, SAISD would effectively own the entire Block 32 of the Miles Addition. The only requirement is that an easement be maintained where the current alleyway runs to allow for access and maintenance of the existing water and sewer line currently running in this alleyway.

Proposed Conditions

1. Reservation of a 20' open and unobstructed utility easement (where the

alleyway currently runs) to access and maintain existing water utilities facilities.

Attachments: excerpt from zoning map, highlighting subject property; aerial photo, highlighting subject property; and draft ordinance. Presentation: Jeff Hintz, Interim Senior Planner

AN ORDINANCE PROVIDING FOR THE ABANDONMENT AND CLOSING OF THE FOLLOWING ALLEY, TO WIT: An approximately 20 foot wide x 495 foot long portion of alley running east to west, perpendicular to Martin Luther King Drive located in Block 32 of the Miles Addition in north-central San Angelo; AUTHORIZING THE CONVEYANCE THEREOF TO THE ABUTTING PROPERTY OWNERS; PROVIDING FOR THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF ABANDONMENT AND CONVEYANCE; AND PROVIDING FOR THE MAYOR TO EXECUTE AND DELIVER A QUIT CLAIM DEED TO THE ABUTTING PROPERTY OWNERS

RE: abandonment of a public right-of-way being an approximately 20 foot wide x 495 foot long portion of alley running east to west, perpendicular to Martin Luther King Drive located in Block 32 of the Miles Addition

WHEREAS, the City Council of the City of San Angelo, Texas, acting pursuant to law, deems it advisable to abandon and convey the hereinafter described tract of land to the abutting property owner and is of the opinion that said land is not needed for public use, and that same should be abandoned and quit claimed to the abutting property owner as hereinafter provided; and WHEREAS, the City Council of the City of San Angelo, Texas is of the opinion that the best interest and welfare of the public will be served by abandoning and conveying same to the abutting property owner, subject to conditions and restrictions contained herein; NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT ORDAINED BY CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF SAN ANGELO: 1. That the following described tract in the City of San Angelo, Tom Green County,

Texas be and the same is hereby abandoned, vacated and closed insofar as the right, title and easement of the public are concerned; subject, however, to the conditions and restrictions hereinafter more fully set out:

BEING the entire 20 foot width and approximately 495 foot length of right-of-way

for a public alley running east to west, perpendicular to Martin Luther King Drive located in Block 32 of the Miles Addition in north-central San Angelo, which said alley is described more particularly as follows:

BEGINNING at a point on southeast corner of the Miles Addition, Block 32, Lot 1 THENCE in a southerly direction a distance of approximately 20 feet to the northeast corner of the Miles Addition, Block 32, Lot 20; THENCE in an westerly direction a distance of approximately 495 feet; THENCE in an northerly direction a distance of 20 feet; THENCE in an easterly direction a distance of approximately 495 feet to the POINT OF BEGINNING.

2. That the abandonment and conveyance provided for herein is made and accepted

subject to all present zoning and deed restrictions, if the latter exist, and all existing easements, if any, whether apparent or non-apparent, aerial, surface, underground or otherwise.

3. That the abandonment and conveyance provided for herein shall extend only to the

public right, title, easement and interest and shall be construed to extend only to the interest which the governing body for the City of San Angelo may legally and lawfully abandon and vacate.

4. That the Mayor of the City of San Angelo is hereby authorized to execute and deliver

a quit claim deed conveying the above-described tract to the abutting property owner.

5. That the terms and conditions contained in this ordinance shall be binding upon

Grantees and assigns. 6. That the Grantees shall pay all reasonable costs associated with procedures

necessitated by the request to abandon this public right-of-way. 7. That a 20 foot open and unobstructed easement be reserved as a utility easement

where the current alleyway currently runs. INTRODUCED on the 3rd day of December, 2013 and finally PASSED, APPROVED AND ADOPTED ON this the 17th day of December, 2013. CITY OF SAN ANGELO, TEXAS ATTEST: by: ______________________________ by: ______________________________

Dwain Morrison, Mayor Alicia Ramirez, City Clerk Approved As To Content: Approved As To Form: _________________________ ________________________ AJ Fawver, Planning Manager Lysia H. Bowling, City Attorney

City of San Angelo

Memo DATE: November 5, 2013 TO: Mayor and Council Members FROM: Robert Salas, Director, Neighborhood Services SUBJECT: Agenda Item for December 3, 2013 Council Meeting CONTACT: Robert Salas 657-4274 CAPTION: Regular

Consideration of approval and public hearing of an amendment to the 2013 Annual Action Plan for use of CDBG funds for Neighborhood Blitz and authorizing staff to submit the change to HUD.

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- SUMMARY: The 2013 Annual Action Plan (AAP) was approved on July 16 council meeting. The AAP identified $177,969 for complete housing rehab projects of which $75K is set aside for rental rehab projects. Staff is requesting approval to move $102,969 of CDBG funds from complete rehabs to housing rehabs associated with the annual Neighborhood Blitz. HISTORY: Currently, the city funds complete housing rehab projects up to $25K per project. The average per project is $16K. Due to cuts in federal funds, the number of complete rehabs the city can fund has decreased steadily from over 25 per year to 9 per year. Blitz rehabs cost an average of $5K and the city can complete over 20 projects which has more impact on neighborhood appeal. In addition, the city can leverage over $50K of non-city funds to support blitz rehabs, providing more “bang for the buck”. FINANCIAL IMPACT: No additional cost will be realized. RELATED GOAL ITEM: Neighborhood Revitalization. OTHER INFORMATION: None ATTACHMENTS: AAP amended page PRESENTATION: By Bob Salas, Director of Neighborhood & Family Services PUBLICATION: None

10

PROPOSED CDBG/HOME PROJECT DESCRIPTIONS Listed below are detailed descriptions of activities recommended for funding under 2013 CDBG and HOME grant programs. Descriptions include timelines for each project, additional funding received for specific use of the project, and what national/local objectives the project addresses.

CDBG FUNDED PROJECTS $155,917 CDBG Administration/Planning Staff and related costs required for overall program management, coordination, monitoring, reporting, and evaluation of CDBG and HOME programs. Additional Funding: None NATIONAL OBJECTIVE: NA CONS. PLAN OBJECTIVE: Non-Housing Community Development ELIGIBLE ACTIVITY: 21A General Program Administration §570.206 $414,954 City’s Housing Rehabilitation Program Continues funding for the Housing Rehabilitation/Preservation Program which includes:

• Housing Rehabilitation • Emergency Repairs • Program Delivery

Rental Housing Rehab - $75,000 will be for Rental Housing Rehab loans/grants. Assistance will be provided to at least 5 eligible rental units within the city limits of San Angelo. Expenditures for homeowner rehabs are limited to $15,000 per project. Modifications to provide barrier-free living space, when feasible, for homes occupied by either disabled or elderly individuals requiring such modifications will also be included. Homes will also receive work to reduce lead-based paint hazards, if necessary, based on requirements set by HUD regulations. Rental rehab properties will be capped at $15,000 per project and landlords will also be required to adhere to affordability timelines and HUD rent limits and caps for the duration of the affordability period. Projects are scheduled first come first served and will be executed throughout the year. Neighborhood Blitz - $102,969 will fund the annual Neighborhood Blitz. Annually, the City of San Angelo employees shut down for one day to participate in a paint and clean-up blitz in low income neighborhoods. The city partners with local churches and Habitat for Humanity thru their Brush with Kindness program to provide supplies, equipment and to feed the employees. The funds will be used to prep the exterior of at least 25 housing units in advance of the blitz in order to leverage the local resources being expended in these deteriorating neighborhoods. Repairs will include siding, windows, eaves, and repair other exterior surfaces. Homeowners must meet income limits and be eligible for the program. Lead-based paint work safe practices will be monitored for compliance. Projects are scheduled first come first served and will be executed between Mar 1 – Apr 30 of each year. Emergency Repairs - $110,000 will fund 100% grant for low/moderate income homeowners for up to $5,000.00 in Emergency Repairs. An emergency is a situation or condition that occurred without warning (within two (2) weeks), is detrimental to life, health, or safety and requires immediate action. Action must be taken within 24-72 hours to remediate the emergency situation. Modifications to provide barrier-free living space, when

11

feasible, for homes occupied by either disabled or elderly individuals requiring such modifications will also be included. The goal for this funding is to complete repairs for approximately 40 unduplicated households. Services continue throughout the year. Program Delivery - $126,985 will fund salaries and benefits for program staff and provide funds for operating the Rehab programs.

Additional Funding: None NATIONAL OBJECTIVE: Benefit 100% low/moderate income households CONS. PLAN OBJECTIVE: Affordable Housing ELIGIBLE ACTIVITY: 14A Rehabilitation §570.202 $38,000 Code Compliance Funds the salary and benefits for a City of San Angelo Code Compliance Officer. This officer will be assigned to enforce codes, such as junk, junk vehicles, tall grass and weeds, junk appliances, refuse, unsightly material and temporary signs, and related state laws in low/moderate income areas defined by the 2010 Census. On average, the Code Compliance Division performs about 2900 compliance activities annually, which include inspection, re-inspection and violation documentation in low/moderate income areas. The service provided by the officer will aid in the elimination of conditions which are detrimental to health, safety and public welfare in targeted areas of the City. Year-long project. Additional Funding: None NATIONAL OBJECTIVE: Benefit at least 51% low/moderate income CONS. PLAN OBJECTIVE: Non-Housing Community Development ELIGIBLE ACTIVITY: 15 Code Enforcement Activities §570.202(c) $150,713 Debt Service Repayment of the Section 108 Loan for Rio Vista Park Renovation and the Producer’s Park Development. This loan totaling $2,035,000 plus interest will be paid back over period not to exceed 20 years. Additional Funding: None NATIONAL OBJECTIVE: Benefit at least 51% low/moderate income persons CONS. PLAN OBJECTIVE: Public Facilities ELIGIBLE ACTIVITY: Parks, Recreational Facilities §570.201(c) $20,000 Helping Hands Funds minor repairs to provide cost-free, safe, secure, and weatherproof housing for elderly homeowners. The Helping Hands program will be used to assist with minor repairs to plumbing, electrical, and other conditions that present an unsafe or unsanitary condition for the homeowner. Approximately 30 homeowners will be assisted through the Helping Hands Program. Projects are scheduled twice a year using community volunteers. Additional Funding: $16K from United Way NATIONAL OBJECTIVE: Benefit 100% low/moderate income households CONS. PLAN OBJECTIVE: Affordable Housing ELIGIBLE ACTIVITY: 14A Rehabilitation §570.202

City of San Angelo

Memo Date: November 6, 2013 To: Mayor and Council Members From: Robert Salas, Director, Neighborhood & Family Services Subject: Agenda Item for December 3, 2013 Council Meeting Contact: Robert Salas 657-4274 Caption: Regular Consideration of approval and public hearing of the 2012 Consolidated Annual Performance and Evaluation Report (CAPER). --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Summary: The 2012 CAPER is a document required of all entitlement cities receiving annual Community Development Block Grant (CDBG) and HOME Investment Partnerships (HOME) funds from the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development (HUD). History: The CAPER is the City’s performance evaluation for the 2012 Program Year covering 1 Oct 2012 thru 30 Sep 2013. The CAPER includes a summary of expended resources, objectives and goals as they relate to affordable housing, outcome measures, geographic distribution, and barriers to affordable housing. This report is the product of public outreach consistent with the City of San Angelo’s 2010-2014 Five-Year Consolidated Plan. Public notices were posted in a newspaper article in the Standard Times and draft copies of the CAPER were posted at various locations throughout the city. Approval the 2012 CAPER will authorize the City to forward the final CAPER to the HUD Regional Office in Ft Worth. Financial Impact: None Related Vision Item: Neighborhood Revitalization. Other Information/Recommendations: Approve content and allow staff to forward to HUD. Attachments: 2012 CAPER

Presentation: Powerpoint slides. Publication: Standard Times advertisement. Approval By Service Area Director: N/A.

CITY OF SAN ANGELO

2012 Program Year

Consolidated Annual Performance &

Evaluation Report (CAPER)

NEIGHBORHOOD & FAMILY SERVICES DEPT COMMUNITY & HOUSING SUPPORT DIVISION

Plan Preparation by: Robert Salas, Director, Neighborhood & Family Services Department Special Thanks to: Mauri LC Rodríguez, Sr. Program Coordinator Steve Díaz, Housing Rehab Coordinator Chris Deanda, Special Projects Coordinator Monica Lozano, HOME Coordinator City Council

Dwain Morrison, Mayor Rodney Fleming, Councilman Single Member District 1 Marty Self, Councilman

Single Member District 2 Johnny Silvas, Councilman Single Member District 3

Don Vardeman, Councilman Single Member District 4 H.R. Wardlaw III, Councilman Single Member District 5 Charlotte Farmer, Councilwoman Single Member District 6

1

TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE EXECUTIVE SUMMARY 3

FUNDS RECEIVED/EXPENDED 4

GOALS & OBJECTIVES 5

GEOGRAPHIC DISTRIBUTION 9

MONITORING 15

HOUSING 18

BARRIERS TO AFFORDABLE HOUSING 20

HOMELESS NEEDS 24

COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT 25

SECTION 108 LOANS 30

ANTI POVERTY STRATEGY 30

PERFORMANCE TABLES 32

PERFORMANCE MEASUREMENT CERTIFICATIONS 38

CDBG FINANCIAL SUMMARY 42

ANNUAL PERFORMANCE REPORT (HOME) 44

HOME MATCH REPORT 47

CAPER Ad 49

PR03 REPORT 51

2

Third Program Year CAPER GENERAL EXECUTIVE SUMMARY This Consolidated Annual Performance and Evaluation Report (CAPER) describes the activities undertaken during the program year starting October 1, 2012 and ending September 30, 2013 using Federal funds granted to the City of San Angelo by the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development (HUD) under the Community Development Block Grant (CDBG) and Home Investment Partnership (HOME). Activities and accomplishments described in this report primarily benefit low-to-moderate income residents of the City of San Angelo, neighborhoods with high concentrations of low-to-moderate income residents, and the city as a whole. A complete draft of this report has been made available for public review and comment for a 15-day period beginning November 20, 2013. The availability of the report has been publicly advertised consistent with the provisions of San Angelo’s Consolidated Plan with printed copies available at strategic locations throughout the city as specified in the Citizen Participation Plan. The City of San Angelo continued to support multiple housing projects and programs for the 2012 CDBG and HOME program year to include Emergency Repair program for elderly and/or disabled, housing rehabilitation, homebuyers’ assistance, and new construction programs. Moreover, the City leveraged local funds to support first-time homebuyers with gap financing for the purchase of new homes. The city did not fund public service projects this program year. Success Stories Neighborhood Blitz: Using local funding, nearly 400 city workers and 450 community volunteers took part in the annual Neighborhood Blitz, which repaired and painted homes and cleaned up the neighborhoods targeted for revitalization. The blitz, a part of the City's Neighborhood Revitalization Program, was the fifth the city has hosted since 2009. A total of 32 homes were repaired and painted and neighborhoods were cleaned up. Affordable Housing Assistance Program thru Local ½ Cents Sales Tax: The City expended $297K to support affordable housing via the local ½ cent sales tax program for new home construction. This provided gap financing for 7 first-time homebuyers. Funds Received The table below outlines the Consolidated Plan funding received by the City of San Angelo between October 1, 2012 and September 30, 2013. This table only includes new funds received during the program year and does not account for unspent prior year funds spent during the 2012 program year.

3

2012 Program Funds Available CDBG HOME TOTAL Federal Entitlement $697,741 $268,521 $966,262 Program Income $40,000 $22,000 $62,000 Total Funds Available $737,741 $290,521 $1,028,262

Funds Expended The activities and accomplishments outlined in this document are based on the expenditure of Federal funds between October 1, 2012 and September 30, 2013 as outlined below. Funds expended during the program year include, admin and reprogrammed prior year funds and funds awarded to activities in prior program years that were not spent until the 2012 program year.

Funds Expended in 2012 CDBG HOME TOTAL Total Funds Expended $ 771,140.64 $ 319,572.11 $ 1,090,712.75

Administration Cap CDBG HOME Federal Entitlement $697,741 $268,521 Program Income $40,000 $22,000 Total $737,741 $290,521 Administrative Cap $147,548 $29,052 Administration Expended $125,653 $29,052

CHDO Set-aside

HOME Federal Entitlement $268,521

Minimum Required CHDO Set-Aside (15%) $40,278

Actual Amount Set-Aside $92,000

4

Public Service Cap

CDBG CDBG Federal Entitlement $697,741

Prior Year Program Income $54,608

Total Subject to PS Cap $752,349

PS Obligations $15,969

% PS Expended 2%

5

GENERAL QUESTIONS 1. Assessment of the one-year goals and objectives:

a. Describe the accomplishments in attaining the goals and objectives for the reporting period. b. Provide a breakdown of the CPD formula grant funds spent on grant activities for each goal and

objective. c. If applicable, explain why progress was not made towards meeting the goals and objectives.

2. Describe the manner in which the recipient would change its program as a result of its experiences.

3. Affirmatively Furthering Fair Housing:

a. Provide a summary of impediments to fair housing choice. b. Identify actions taken to overcome effects of impediments identified.

4. Describe Other Actions in Strategic Plan or Action Plan taken to address obstacles to meeting

underserved needs.

5. Leveraging Resources a. Identify progress in obtaining “other” public and private resources to address needs. b. How Federal resources from HUD leveraged other public and private resources. c. How matching requirements were satisfied.

1. GOALS AND OBJECTIVES Administration not included.

Accomplishments for 2012 (Federal funds)

Projects Service Provider Annual Goal Completed Funds

Expended

Homeowner Rehabs COSA, CHS 9 Complete housing rehabs 14 $ 93,080.19

Emerg. Repairs COSA, CHS 40 emergency housing repairs 50 $ 122,228.74

Code Enforcement COSA, Code Enforcement 2900 code compliance cases worked 3,993 $ 38,933.02

Rental Mediation Services ASU 5 tenants assisted 13 $ 15,969.39

Helping Hands GCDC 30 homes repaired 33 $ 47,754.86

Section 108 Loan Repayment COSA, CHS na NA $ 151,172.60

Homebuyers Assistance COSA, CHS 15 first-time homebuyers assisted 18 $ 136,563.54

Rental Assistance MHMR 21 special needs clients assisted 33 $ 60,654.00

New/Reconstruction CHDO 3 new homes constructed 3 $ 93,302.57

6

Prior Year CDBG Funded Projects

Projects Service Provider Accomplishments Funds Expended

Demolition COSA, CHS 4 substandard homes demolished $13,066

Façade Program COSA, CHS 5 downtown business facades improved $37,247

Rehabs COSA, CHS 1 home rehabbed $3,290

Emergency COSA, CHS 1 emergency repair completed $432

Non-Federal Grant Funded Accomplishments Projects Annual Goal Completed Funds Expended

Neighborhood Blitz 30 homes sided/painted 32 $194,549

Atmos Weatherization 20 homes insulated 29 $25,360

SADC Affordable Housing

Gap financing for 5 first-time homebuyers 7 $297,507

SADC Roof 60 roofs replaced 59 $199,780

Under-performing Projects There were no under-performing projects for 2012. 2. CHANGES TO THE PROGRAM There were no major changes to the program during PY 2012. 3. AFFIRMATIVELY FURTHERING FAIR HOUSING The City of San Angelo adopted an ordinance on August 20, 1996, to encourage the opportunity for each citizen to obtain housing without regard to race, color, sex, religion, national origin, disability , or familial status in accordance with the National Fair Housing Act of 1968. This ordinance, FAIR HOUSING, is codified in the San Angelo Code of Ordinances as Article 5.1000. Additional authority for adoption of this ordinance is derived from the Texas Local Government Code. As part of the 5-year Consolidated Plan development, San Angelo conducted an Analysis of Impediments to Fair Housing Choice. The study confirmed that the primary impediments to housing choices in San Angelo are a family’s annual income and housing costs. Substandard property maintenance in the lower income neighborhoods of San Angelo was also identified as an impediment. Extremely low income persons will have a difficult time finding affordable housing, defined as housing that costs 30% or more of their gross income. Education and job training may provide a way to higher income and better living conditions for some low income families. However, elderly and disabled individuals are often unable to increase their income or improve their living conditions through these means. In addition to inadequate income and credit worthiness, there are other issues that may indirectly

7

affect fair housing choices. A growing elderly population, racial and ethnic divergences, and slow economic growth are examples. Activities to address the impediment of affordability:

• $457K was expended to repair/rehabilitate existing homes through CDBG Emergency and Home Rehabilitation programs to include the annual Neighborhood Blitz

• $93K to construct/reconstruct new homes • The City expended $136K in HOME funds on closing cost and down payment for 19 first-time

homebuyers • $297K was expended for gap financing for first-time homebuyers purchasing new homes

Activities to address the impediment of substandard property maintenance:

• $13K was expended to demolish 4 substandard housing units • $37K was expended to renovate facades for downtown businesses • The City provided one full time Code Enforcer funded by CDBG funds to monitor home

maintenance. 3993 code actions were taken to help maintain neighborhood standards. 4. OBSTACLES TO MEETING UNDERSERVED NEEDS The City of San Angelo continues to support non-profit agencies, the local housing authority, homeless providers and special needs groups in an effort to meet the needs of underserved citizens. Additionally, the City provides technical assistance to providers in the pursuit of federal, state, and other funding sources. The major obstacle to meeting priority needs continues to be a lack of available funding. Reductions in funding at all levels of government as well as declining donations to the not-for-profit sector in recent years have severely restricted the ability of the City and its Subrecipients to aggressively respond to underserved needs. 5. LEVERAGING RESOURCES Public and Private Resources Community & Housing Support leveraged other City departments in order to obtain operating support to include financial, legal, planning, human resources, and purchasing. In addition, residents of the Forest Park Duplexes funded with HOME funds and managed by CHS received rental assistance from the Public Housing Authority. Community & Housing Support also leveraged over $297K of local sales tax revenue for gap financing for low/moderate income first-time homebuyers in addition to $200K from local grants for roof replacements. The city also undertook a neighborhood blitz using community and city volunteers expending $194K in local funds and leveraging over 800 volunteers to paint and clean up neighborhoods targeted for revitalization.

8

Home Match Requirements The City of San Angelo complies with federal matching requirements for HOME. As of Sept 30, 2012, San Angelo maintained $1,989,245.91 in excess matching funds from previous years. This reserve was more than adequate to meet the required match liability for the 2012 program year. HOME Match Report, Form 40107-A, is provided later in this report. MANAGING THE PROCESS 1. Describe actions taken during the last year to ensure compliance with program and comprehensive

planning requirements.

CAPER Managing the Process response. The City of San Angelo employs two staff members that assist with the oversight and compliance of Consolidated Planning projects. The project selection process for FY 2012 was consistent with the City’s Five-Year Plan. During the selection process, activities were evaluated based on a number of criteria including consistency with the priority needs identified in the Five-Year Plan, as well as compliance with CDBG national objectives. Throughout the reporting period, City staff monitored projects supported with federal funds to ensure compliance with the program and comprehensive planning requirements. In addition to monitoring for compliance, the City continues to improve internal record keeping and budget management. Forms and spreadsheets are reviewed for usability and revised as needed. CITIZEN PARTICIPATION 1. Provide a summary of citizen comments. 2. In addition, the performance report provided to citizens must identify the Federal funds made

available for furthering the objectives of the Consolidated Plan. For each formula grant program, the grantee shall identify the total amount of funds available (including estimated program income), the total amount of funds committed during the reporting period, the total amount expended during the reporting period, and the geographic distribution and location of expenditures. Jurisdictions are encouraged to include maps in describing the geographic distribution and location of investment (including areas of minority concentration). The geographic distribution and expenditure requirement may also be satisfied by specifying the census tracts where expenditures were concentrated.

CAPER Citizen Participation Response: 1. CITIZEN COMMENTS Public outreach was consistent with the City of San Angelo’s 2010-2014 Five-Year Consolidated Plan. Public participation efforts included annual public meetings and hearings, discussions with agencies and groups that provide services, assist and/or advocate for low-to-moderate-income citizens. The public hearing for the CAPER was held on December 3, 2013 at the McNeese Convention Center. No public comments were provided. A complete draft of this report has been made available for public review and comment beginning November 20, 2013 and ending December 20, 2013, exceeding the required fifteen (15) day period. No public comments were received.

9

2. GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION The table below identifies the Census Tract Block Groups that make up at least 51% low/mod income areas in the city and eligible for area benefit. Code enforcement, assessments of dangerous buildings, and neighborhood revitalization projects were carried out exclusively in the low/mod income census tracts. Data is from the 2000 census. Whenever possible, 2010 census data was used as a source to identify demographic trends.

10

Code Enforcement Low/Mod CTBGs – 2000 Census

Census Tract (CT) Block Group (BG) Low/Mod Population Total Pop. % of BG

2 4 26 31 83.9 2 1 755 1085 69.6 2 3 577 1121 51.5 3 4 232 448 51.8 3 1 587 971 60.5 3 3 508 928 54.7 4 1 554 866 64.0 4 2 430 732 58.7 4 3 613 969 63.3 4 5 512 611 83.8 4 6 384 611 62.8 4 8 563 764 73.7 5 1 516 620 83.2 5 2 710 918 77.3 6 1 327 601 54.4 7 2 153 284 53.9 7 2 447 694 64.4 7 3 907 1162 78.1 7 4 661 947 69.8 7 5 591 859 68.8 8 3 652 1158 56.3 9 1 294 458 64.2 9 2 748 1080 69.3 9 3 386 500 77.2 9 4 422 665 63.5

11.01 1 451 707 63.8 11.02 1 343 644 53.3 11.02 6 495 962 51.5 12.00 1 489 955 51.2 13.01 1 635 841 75.5 13.01 2 30 31 96.8 13.03 2 431 782 55.1 13.04 3 444 652 68.1 13.04 4 441 787 56.0

14 1 885 1260 70.2 14 2 492 776 63.4 14 3 410 707 58.0 14 5 644 1180 54.6

Totals 18745 29367

Total Percentage 63.83%

11

Target Area projects consist of those projects conducted in four City Council designated areas targeted for neighborhood revitalization: Rio Vista, Blackshear, Reagan, and Fort Concho. All four target areas are designated as low/mod income census tracts. Over $824K of CDBG, HOME funds (includes CHDO proceeds), and local funds were expended specifically in the target areas. Community-wide projects were directed toward low-to-moderate income persons and were carried out throughout the city for low-to-moderate income citizens. These projects were offered on a community-wide basis because, while there are distinct areas with high concentrations of low-to-moderate income populations within the City, over the years the low-to-moderate income population has spread throughout the community. This is especially true for elderly and special needs residents. Out of fairness to all eligible low-to-moderate income residents, these programs were offered on a city-wide basis. Community-wide projects:

• MHMR TBRA Program • Emergency Repairs Program • Demolition • Rehab Program • Homebuyers Assistance Program

12

13

14

LegendHAP

GCDC

HOME Funded Projects

15

INSTITUTIONAL STRUCTURE 1. Describe actions taken during the last year to overcome gaps in institutional structures and enhance

coordination. CAPER Institutional Structure response: The City of San Angelo Community & Housing Support (CHS) Division acts as the primary administrative agency for the Consolidated Plan programs. As part of this responsibility, CHS consistently reviews the performance of subrecipients and monitors the overall program delivery structure to ensure coordination and compliance. Through past one-on-one subrecipient training to review program regulations and reporting requirements for each the new program year, the City’s current subrecipients have obtained extensive knowledge on program monitoring requirements. As a result of this training and regular monitoring, compliance with regulations and reporting information has significantly improved. MONITORING 1. Describe how and the frequency with which you monitored your activities. 2. Describe the results of your monitoring including any improvements. 3. Self Evaluation

a. Describe the effect programs have in solving neighborhood and community problems. b. Describe progress in meeting priority needs and specific objectives and help make community’s

vision of the future a reality. c. Describe how you provided decent housing and a suitable living environment and expanded

economic opportunity principally for low and moderate-income persons. d. Indicate any activities falling behind schedule. e. Describe how activities and strategies made an impact on identified needs. f. Identify indicators that would best describe the results. g. Identify barriers that had a negative impact on fulfilling the strategies and overall vision. h. Identify whether major goals are on target and discuss reasons for those that are not on target. i. Identify any adjustments or improvements to strategies and activities that might meet your needs

more effectively. CAPER Monitoring Response: 1. MONITORING METHODS Monitoring was conducted on a monthly basis for each subrecipient not only to verify that reimbursements submitted were for eligible expenses, but also to verify that each subrecipient was complying with all the requirements in their agreement. Each Reimbursement request was verified for eligibility. Also, each of the participants in each program was examined to verify their individual eligibility for assistance.

2. MONITORING RESULTS During program year 2012, all subrecipients were monitored monthly by Community & Housing Support (CHS) staff prior to reimbursement. We did not discover a subrecipient that needed assistance providing necessary documents and reports accurately and on a timely manner.

16

3. SELF EVALUATION Consolidated Plan program funding continues to play a vital role in ensuring the sustainability and operation of numerous programs and activities that have had a beneficial impact on San Angelo’s neighborhoods and social problems. CDBG funding has brought new parks and play structures, street improvements, and other new infrastructure to low-income neighborhoods, enhancing the overall quality of life in these areas. HOME and CDBG funds have been used to improve substandard housing, create new affordable housing occupied by low and moderate income residents. HUD Federal funds have been vital to providing services for San Angelo’s most vulnerable populations including child and adult care, counseling services, reduced prescription drugs, youth employment and youth leadership programs. Most of these programs and projects would not be possible without the assistance of these Federal funds. The specific activities undertaken during the 2012 program year that address the needs identified as “high” priorities in the 2010-2014 Consolidated Plan are outlined below. Many activities address multiple high priority needs. Creating a Suitable Living Environment

• CHS funds were used to continue the demolition and removal of dilapidated structures constituting spot slum/blight which were not economically feasible to rehabilitate.

• Funds were provided for the salary and benefits for a City of San Angelo Code Enforcement

Officer. This officer was assigned to enforce codes, such as junk, junk vehicles, tall grass and weeds, junk appliances, refuse, unsightly material and temporary signs, and related state laws in low/moderate income areas.

Expanded Economic Opportunities

• Through the continued funding of the Downtown Façade program with prior year funds, several downtown businesses were provided funds to improve their places of business which helped stimulate economic growth.

Providing Decent Housing

• Emergency Repair Program permitted a 100% grant for low/moderate income homeowners for up to $5,000.00 to handle emergency situations or conditions that were deemed detrimental to life, health, or safety and required immediate action.

• Housing Rehabilitation Program provided loans/grants to assist eligible low/moderate income

homeowners within the city limits of San Angelo for rehabilitation of homes in need.

• Homebuyers Assistance Program provided down payment and closing cost assistance to low/moderate income eligible.

• Tenant-based Rental Assistance (TBRA) provided rental assistance to clients with chronic mental

illness and clients made homeless due to domestic violence residing within the San Angelo city limits over a period of a year.

Projects Falling Behind This program year, we did not have any troubled programs that fell behind on execution of projects and funds.

17

Barriers CDBG and HOME funds have been steadily decreasing each year. Particularly in a fiscal climate of dwindling resources at all levels of government and in the not-for-profit sector, it is nearly impossible to completely “solve” many of the problems that plague low and moderate income populations and neighborhoods. While the lives of many individual assisted residents have been improved, some dramatically, new immigrant populations and others frequently replace them with similar economic and social challenges. As housing and infrastructure are improved in one area, benefiting many area residents, particularly long-time low-income homeowners, increasing property values and rents force others to move to other housing or neighborhoods with similar challenges to solve. Without additional funds, City efforts to ameliorate the affordable housing dilemma will be minimized. Potential Adjustments and Improvements The City of San Angelo awards CDBG and HOME funds annually through an open proposal process. Staff from Community & Housing Support provides technical assistance and recommendations to the City Council for consideration and approval of activities that should receive funding each year. The technical assistance includes information about accomplishments, timeliness, compliance, and effectiveness of the applicant agencies in their current and past activities. Those that are found to be most effective tend to be rewarded with new funding and funding is reduced or eliminated for activities and agencies which prove least effective. LEAD-BASED PAINT 1. Describe actions taken during the last year to evaluate and reduce lead-based paint hazards. CAPER Lead-based Paint Response: 1. ACTIONS TAKEN TO REDUCE LEAD-BASED PAINT HAZARDS The Housing Rehabilitation Program will adhere to the HUD Regulation on Lead-Based Paint Hazards in Federally Owned Housing and Housing Receiving Federal Assistance, 24 CFR Part 35, Subpart J, that went into effect on September 15, 2000. Community & Housing Support staff prepared and incorporated a chapter on Lead-Based Paint Hazards in its rehabilitation program guidelines in 2010, which is applicable to both CDBG and HOME funded activities. The CHS Housing Program Coordinator received Lead-based Paint Inspector training in 2005 and was certified by the State in order to carry out the required lead-based paint inspections. He subsequently, received and was certified as a Risk Assessor. Testing equipment was purchased and LBP testing and evaluation is now a part of the CHS process. The inspector has updated his certification and is in good standing to date. Interim control methods are preferred over lead-based paint abatement and will be instituted whenever possible. However, lead-based paint abatement may still be required in certain circumstances. Currently, large abatement projects might require an out of town contractor certified in lead abatement to assist. HOUSING HOUSING NEEDS 1. Describe Actions taken during the last year to foster and maintain affordable housing. CAPER Housing Needs response:

18

1. FOSTERING AND MAINTAINING AFFORDABLE HOUSING As discussed in previous sections, the City spent $1,248,850 on affordable housing activities through both the City (HUD and local grants) and through non-profits in the 2012 program year. The following activities helped to foster and maintain quality affordable housing in San Angelo:

• CDBG Housing Rehabilitation Program ($93,080) • CDBG Emergency Repair Program ($122,228) • CDBG Helping Hands ($47,754) • HOME Neighborhood Revitalization Program

o Homebuyers Assistance Program ($136,563) o New Housing Construction including CHDO activities ($93,302)

• TBRA ($60,654) • Local grants ($694,836)

Accomplishment Unit of Measure 2012 Program Year Accomplishments

Homes rehabilitated (Emergency Repair, Rehab, local grants) 217

New homes constructed (CHDO activities) 3 First-time Homebuyers assisted (HOME & local grant funds) 25

Rental housing subsidies (TBRA) 33 SPECIFIC HOUSING NEEDS 1. Evaluate progress in meeting specific objective of providing affordable housing, including the

number of extremely low-income, low-income, and moderate-income renter and owner households comparing actual accomplishments with proposed goals during the reporting period.

2. Evaluate progress in providing affordable housing that meets the Section 215 definition of affordable housing for rental and owner households comparing actual accomplishments with proposed goals during the reporting period.

3. Describe efforts to address “worst-case” housing needs and housing needs of persons with

disabilities. CAPER Specific Housing Objectives response: 1. MEETING SPECIFIC AFFORDABLE HOUSING OBJECTIVES Table below displays beneficiary information for both CDBG and HOME from housing programs aimed at increasing the affordability of homes to low income citizens.

19

2012 CDBG & HOME Funded Housing Activities Income Level

Activity

Total Housing

Units Served

Extremely Low 30%

Very Low 50%

60% (HOME

Only)

Low 80%

Income Total

Female Head of

Household

Non-White Households Hispanic

COSA Homeowner Rehabilitation

14 5 6 3 14 10 1 11

COSA Emergency Repairs

50 39 7 4 50 33 2 35

Helping Hands 33 33 0 0 33 24 5 24

First-time Homebuyers Assistance

18 0 2 5 11 18 6 0 18

TBRA 33 33 0 0 0 33 23 21 12

New Construction 3 0 0 3 0 3 3 1 2

2. SECTION 215 AFFORDABLE HOUSING The following housing projects resulted in new affordable units, completed in the 2012 program year, that meet the Section 215 definition of affordable housing:

• City of San Angelo – First Time Homebuyer Program (18) • CHDO New Home Construction (3) • MHMR Tenant-based Rental assistance (33)

3. WORST-CASE AND DISABLED HOUSING Many of our projects assisted by the City of San Angelo during the 2012 program year incorporated housing that is accessible for persons with disabilities or severe housing needs including the following:

• City owned Elderly/Disabled rental housing units • MHMR Rental Assistance for mentally challenged individuals

PUBLIC HOUSING STRATEGY 1. Describe actions taken during the last year to improve public housing and resident initiatives.

20

CAPER Public Housing Strategy Response: The City of San Angelo has a working relationship with the San Angelo Public Housing Authority to meet the public housing needs within the community. However, PHA did not request a grant for 2012 so no CDBG funds were utilized this last year for public housing. BARRIERS TO AFFORDABLE HOUSING 1. Describe actions taken during the last year to eliminate barriers to affordable housing. CAPER Barriers to Affordable Housing response: The major barrier to affordable housing is still a lack of funds. While education and/or job training may provide a means to increasing income and improving living conditions for some low income families, low income elderly and disabled will not likely be able to achieve these goals through education or job training. Slow economic development in San Angelo is another barrier to affordable housing for some citizens. The City of San Angelo has undertaken aggressive measures to remedy the problem. One of those measures was to extend the ½ cent sales tax to fund performance-based job creation and business retention. The City of San Angelo Development Corporation (COSADC) provides grants to businesses interested in setting up or expanding operations in San Angelo. Types of businesses include manufacturing, warehousing/distribution, data processing, telecommunications services, research and development, information services, correctional institutions, mining, and agricultural services.

Other efforts to reduce barriers to economic development include: • Tax Abatement (using net present value of the abatement) • Financing (using amount COSADC guarantees, participates or lends directly) • Infrastructure Improvements • Land Purchases, leasehold improvements and construction (using amount provided by COSADC) • Training expense reimbursement • Relocation expense reimbursement for equipment and/or personnel

Other Assistance: San Angelo’s public and private sectors work together to help create an atmosphere for new job creation. The Chamber of Commerce can provide coordination of services such as incentives, training, financing arrangements, available land and building location service, and refer business owners to helpful services provided by our Angelo State University Small Business Development Center and the Concho Valley Center for Entrepreneurial Development. The City of San Angelo Council and staff believe that it does not have regulatory provisions which bar or create barriers to affordable housing. The City Council is keenly aware of the need to keep permit fees and property taxes low and is committed to raising fees and taxes only when absolutely necessary for essential services. On May 18, 2010, the City Council adopted the 2009 International Building, Existing Building, Residential, Energy, Fire Plumbing, Mechanical and Fuel Gas Codes. They also adopted the 2008 National Electric Code. Several of the codes were modified to reflect local building practices. City of San Angelo building permit fees were increased by the Council in 2003; however, following a survey of comparable cities in Texas conducted by the City of San Angelo Permit/Inspections Department, permit fees for new construction remain in line with other cities in our area and those throughout the state which are of similar size. In addressing the barriers to affordable housing, the City offered owner-occupied Housing Rehabilitation Program and the Neighborhood Revitalization/Enhancement Program and continued its 100% Emergency Repairs Grant Program through the Community & Housing Support Division. The Community &

21

Housing Support Division also administered the Homebuyers Assistance Program which offers down payment and closing cost assistance to low to moderate income homebuyers and continued to operate the ten-unit Forest Park Duplexes for low to moderate income elderly or disabled residents. HOME/ ADDI 1. Assessment of Relationship of HOME Funds to Goals and Objectives

a. Evaluate progress made toward meeting goals for providing affordable housing using HOME funds, including the number and types of households served.

2. HOME Match Report

a. Use HOME Match Report HUD-40107-A to report on match contributions for the period covered by the Consolidated Plan program year.

3. HOME MBE and WBE Report

a. Use Part III of HUD Form 40107 to report contracts and subcontracts with Minority Business Enterprises (MBEs) and Women’s Business Enterprises (WBEs).

4. Assessments

a. Detail results of on-site inspections of rental housing. b. Describe the HOME jurisdiction’s affirmative marketing actions. c. Describe outreach to minority and women owned businesses.

CAPER HOME/ADDI Response: 1. HOME GOALS AND OBJECTIVES The table below summarizes projects completed and funds expended.

2012 HOME Funded Projects

Projects Service Provider Annual Goal Completed Funds Expended

New Construction GCDC 3 housing units built 3 $93,302.57

Homebuyers Assistance COSA, CHS 15 clients assisted 18 $136,563.54

Rental Assistance MHMR 21 clients assisted 33 $60,654.00

2. HOME Match Report (attached later in this document)

3. HOME MBE and WBE Report (attached later in this document)

4. ASSESSMENTS

a. Results of On-Site Inspections of Rental Housing HOME funds were used in carrying out the TBRA program and city staff insured that all units occupied by the clients served were brought into compliance with the City of San Angelo’s local code. If at the time of inspection a unit is not in compliance, it is up to the landlord/owner of the rental unit to bring the unit into compliance before any HOME funds can be provided. b. Affirmative Marketing & Outreach Efforts

22

In accordance with CDBG and HOME regulations and in furtherance of the City of San Angelo’s commitment to non-discrimination and equal opportunity in housing, the City of San Angelo has established procedures to affirmatively market units acquired, rehabilitated, constructed or otherwise assisted under the CDBG and/or HOME Programs. The City of San Angelo is committed to the goals of non-discrimination and equal access. In addition, the City is committed to the goals of increasing the housing opportunities of those with limited English proficiency, low-income residents and under-represented ethnic and racial groups. These goals will be reached through the implementation of the City’s Affirmative Marketing Policy. The implementation of this policy should result in a diverse tenant population in each of the affordable housing developments, with a representation of ethnic and racial groups which is consistent with their representation in the City. The City Council of San Angelo actively promotes fair housing through: • Ongoing funding of fair housing services • Adoption and implementation of an “Analysis of Impediments to Fair Housing Choice” • Adoption of “Consolidated Plan” for CDBG/HOME program, with an analysis and strategy for fair housing every five years, and in the Annual Action Plan each year. • Annual monitoring of fair housing activities through monitoring of fair housing services and reporting on ongoing activities in its Consolidated Annual Performance and Evaluation Report (CAPER)

The goal of the affirmative marketing procedures and outreach efforts are to ensure that all persons – regardless of their race, color, national origin, age, religion, sex, disability, familial status or English proficiency – are aware of the affordable housing opportunities generated by federal HOME funds and City Housing Funds and program activities, in accordance with 24 CFR 108.1. The City of San Angelo is responsible for the implementation of the Affirmative Marketing Policies and Procedures and all owners, developers, Community Housing Development Organizations and other nonprofits must comply with this policy for all CDBG, HOME, and City funded housing developments. The city took the following affirmative marketing actions:

o Informed the Public, Owners and Potential Tenants about Fair Housing o Recipients of CDBG, HOME and/or City funds were informed of the City’s Affirmative

Marketing policies by having this policy referenced in the agreement as an attachment with the City for the receipt of funds and by making compliance with this policy a requirement for the duration of the agreement.

o Advertised in local newspapers, public service announcements, distribution of fair housing brochures at relevant events, community presentations, and other outreach activities to inform the community about fair housing rights and responsibilities.

o Posted flyers of upcoming housing opportunities in the City Hall Center lobby, Senior Centers, Community Centers, Neighborhood Centers and Library and homeless shelter organizations.

o Maintained and made available to interested parties a listing of the affordable housing stock which includes information about who to contact regarding the availability of housing.

o Utilized newspapers, churches and places of worship, and nonprofit organizations that serve the underrepresented group to distribute information about housing openings.

o Provided all advertising in the language the group is most familiar with and provide a contact person who can answer questions in the language primarily spoken by the target group.

o Posted notice of availability of housing on the website. c. Minority & Women Owned Businesses The city took the following actions to recruit minority and women businesses

o Targeted outreach to businesses owned by ethnic and racial groups and women. o Utilized newspapers, websites, churches and places of worship, and nonprofit organizations that

serve the underrepresented group to distribute information about business opportunities.

23

o Sent bid packages on CDBG/HOME funded projects to minority/women owned businesses affording those businesses an opportunity to participate in the city programs

o Presented information on business opportunities at professional events such as the Home Builders Association meetings.

o Advertised business opportunities in both English and Spanish HOMELESS HOMELESS NEEDS *Please also refer to the Homeless Needs Table in the Needs.xls workbook. 1. Identify actions taken to address needs of homeless persons. 2. Identify actions to help homeless persons make the transition to permanent housing and independent

living. 3. Identify new Federal resources obtained from Homeless SuperNOFA. CAPER Homeless Needs Response: The City of San Angelo deems homelessness a major concern that must be dealt with on a strategic level. CHS staff routinely attends local homeless coalition meetings to discuss homeless issues. In addition, the City of San Angelo is working with the Texas Homeless Network, Balance of State Continuum of Care to create a West Texas Region Homeless Consortium. No new San Angelo projects were included in the Homeless SuperNOFA program for 2011. SPECIFIC HOMELESS PREVENTION ELEMENTS 1. Identify actions taken to prevent homelessness. CAPER Specific Housing Prevention Elements response: The City of San Angelo is working to prevent homelessness through the allocation of CDBG funds to MHMR Services of the Concho Valley which provides rental stipends to individuals with mental health problems. Without the stipends, these individuals are at risk of becoming homeless. COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT *Please also refer to the Community Development Table in the Needs workbook. 1. Assessment of Relationship of CDBG Funds to Goals and Objectives

a. Assess use of CDBG funds in relation to the priorities, needs, goals, and specific objectives in the Consolidated Plan, particularly the highest priority activities.

b. Evaluate progress made toward meeting goals for providing affordable housing using CDBG funds, including the number and types of households served.

c. Indicate the extent to which CDBG funds were used for activities that benefited extremely low-income, low-income, and moderate-income persons.

2. Changes in Program Objectives

24

a. Identify the nature of and the reasons for any changes in program objectives and how the jurisdiction would change its program as a result of its experiences.

3. Assessment of Efforts in Carrying Out Planned Actions

a. Indicate how grantee pursued all resources indicated in the Consolidated Plan. b. Indicate how grantee provided certifications of consistency in a fair and impartial manner. c. Indicate how grantee did not hinder Consolidated Plan implementation by action or willful

inaction. 4. For Funds Not Used for National Objectives

a. Indicate how use of CDBG funds did not meet national objectives. b. Indicate how did not comply with overall benefit certification.

5. Anti-displacement and Relocation – for activities that involve acquisition, rehabilitation or demolition

of occupied real property a. Describe steps actually taken to minimize the amount of displacement resulting from the CDBG-

assisted activities. b. Describe steps taken to identify households, businesses, farms or nonprofit organizations who

occupied properties subject to the Uniform Relocation Act or Section 104(d) of the Housing and Community Development Act of 1974, as amended, and whether or not they were displaced, and the nature of their needs and preferences.

c. Describe steps taken to ensure the timely issuance of information notices to displaced households, businesses, farms, or nonprofit organizations.

6. Low/Mod Job Activities – for economic development activities undertaken where jobs were made available but not taken by low- or moderate-income persons a. Describe actions taken by grantee and businesses to ensure first consideration was or will be

given to low/mod persons. b. List by job title of all the permanent jobs created/retained and those that were made available to

low/mod persons. c. If any of jobs claimed as being available to low/mod persons require special skill, work

experience, or education, provide a description of steps being taken or that will be taken to provide such skills, experience, or education.

7. Low/Mod Limited Clientele Activities – for activities not falling within one of the categories of

presumed limited clientele low and moderate income benefit a. Describe how the nature, location, or other information demonstrates the activities benefit a

limited clientele at least 51% of whom are low- and moderate-income.

8. Program income received a. Detail the amount of program income reported that was returned to each individual revolving

fund, e.g., housing rehabilitation, economic development, or other type of revolving fund. b. Detail the amount repaid on each float-funded activity. c. Detail all other loan repayments broken down by the categories of housing rehabilitation,

economic development, or other. d. Detail the amount of income received from the sale of property by parcel.

9. Prior period adjustments – where reimbursement was made this reporting period for expenditures

(made in previous reporting periods) that have been disallowed, provide the following information: a. The activity name and number as shown in IDIS; b. The program year(s) in which the expenditure(s) for the disallowed activity(ies) was reported; c. The amount returned to line-of-credit or program account; and d. Total amount to be reimbursed and the time period over which the reimbursement is to be made,

if the reimbursement is made with multi-year payments. 10. Loans and other receivables

25

a. List the principal balance for each float-funded activity outstanding as of the end of the reporting period and the date(s) by which the funds are expected to be received.

b. List the total number of other loans outstanding and the principal balance owed as of the end of the reporting period.

c. List separately the total number of outstanding loans that are deferred or forgivable, the principal balance owed as of the end of the reporting period, and the terms of the deferral or forgiveness.

d. Detail the total number and amount of loans made with CDBG funds that have gone into default and for which the balance was forgiven or written off during the reporting period.

e. Provide a List of the parcels of property owned by the grantee or its subrecipients that have been acquired or improved using CDBG funds and that are available for sale as of the end of the reporting period.

11. Lump sum agreements

a. Provide the name of the financial institution. b. Provide the date the funds were deposited. c. Provide the date the use of funds commenced. d. Provide the percentage of funds disbursed within 180 days of deposit in the institution.

12. Housing Rehabilitation – for each type of rehabilitation program for which projects/units were

reported as completed during the program year a. Identify the type of program and number of projects/units completed for each program. b. Provide the total CDBG funds involved in the program. c. Detail other public and private funds involved in the project.

13. Neighborhood Revitalization Strategies – for grantees that have HUD-approved neighborhood

revitalization strategies a. Describe progress against benchmarks for the program year. For grantees with Federally-

designated EZs or ECs that received HUD approval for a neighborhood revitalization strategy, reports that are required as part of the EZ/EC process shall suffice for purposes of reporting progress.

CAPER Community Development Response: 1. ASSESSMENT OF GOALS AND OBJECTIVES During the 2012 program year, CDBG funds were distributed among the HUD priority-needs identified in the 2010-2014 Consolidated Plan. The table below provides a breakdown of proposed and actual CDBG expenditures during 2011 which includes prior year funds.

2012 Distribution of CDBG Funds by Priority Need

Priority Need Proposed Budget % of Total Funds Expended

Affordable Housing $284,026 38% $263,062 Clearance $54,000 7% $51,999

. In addition to those projects initiated during the reporting period, several projects begun in previous years spent money during the 2012 program year. The table below outlines activities funded with prior year funds, but expended in 2012.

26

Prior Year CDBG Funded Projects Projects Service Provider Accomplishments Funds Expended

Demolition COSA, CHS 4 substandard homes demolished $13,066.40

Façade Program COSA, CHS 5 downtown business facades improved $37,247.17

Rehabs COSA, CHS 1 home rehabbed $3,290.77

Emergency COSA, CHS 1 emergency repair completed $432.27

Rehab Admin COSA, CHS n/a $11,910.00 2. CHANGES IN PROGRAM OBJECTIVES No major changes to the 2010-2014 Consolidated Plan Program were made during this reporting period. The priorities identified in the Five-year Plan were the basis for allocating HUD funds during 2012 program year. 3. ASSESSMENT OF EFFORTS IN CARRYING OUT PLANNED ACTIONS Pursuing Resources Indicated in Consolidated Plan In addition to the Federal funds discussed in this report, during the 2012 program year subrecipients were able to secure resources from a variety of other public and private sources to address priority needs identified in the 2010-2014 Consolidated Plan. Sources of additional funding included:

• Operating budgets of subrecipient organizations • Various private foundations, corporations, and individuals

Certifications of Consistency The City of San Angelo maintains a public request for proposals process to identify activities that will be funded each program year. This process is open to all who wish to submit proposals and project selections are made on the basis of lowest bid. CHS staff members provide technical assistance to all applicants who request it. This technical assistance includes advice on how to craft a proposed activity that will be eligible under the applicable program regulations and consistent with San Angelo’s Consolidated Plan. As a result, nearly all projects that are proposed are found to be consistent with the Consolidated Plan. Applicants seeking certification that their activities are consistent with the Consolidated Plan are not discriminated against on any basis and certification is provided in a fair and impartial manner. Consolidated Plan Implementation The City of San Angelo maintains an open and highly transparent process for the preparation and implementation of Consolidated Plans. The City of San Angelo does not hinder the implementation of the Plan through any action or willful inaction. As this report and those submitted in prior program years illustrate, San Angelo has made consistent and significant progress toward meeting and exceeding published accomplishment goals and objectives. 4. FUNDS NOT USED FOR NATIONAL OBJECTIVES - Not Applicable -

27

5. ANTI-DISPLACEMENT AND RELOCATION No households, businesses, farms, or nonprofit organizations were displaced as a result of CDBG-assisted activities. Moreover, the homes demolished using CDBG funds were unoccupied and did not result in displacement. 6. LOW/MOD JOB ACTIVITIES There were no job creation activities during the program year. 7. LOW/MOD LIMITED CLIENTELE ACTIVITIES For the 2012 program year, the city funded one public service activity (Rental Housing Education & Mediation Services). All activities met the limited clientele national objective. 8. PROGRAM INCOME RECEIVED The City received $40,000 in CDBG program income for program year 2012 from loan repayment. 9. PRIOR PERIOD ADJUSTMENTS - Not Applicable - 10. LOANS AND OTHER RECEIVABLES Overall, there is a total of 126 loans outstanding totaling $562,687.00.

11. LUMP SUM AGREEMENTS - Not Applicable - 12. HOUSING REHABILITATION Program Accomplishments During the 2012 program year, two major programs received CDBG funding to operate housing rehabilitation projects for low-income homeowners.

2012 CDBG Funded Housing Activities Income Level

Activity

Total Housing

Units Served

Extremely Low 30%

Very Low 50%

60% (HOME

Only)

Low 80%

Income Total

Female Head of

Household

Non-White Households Hispanic

COSA Homeowner Rehabilitation

14 5 6 3 14 10 1 11

COSA Emergency Repairs

52 39 7 4 50 33 2 35

Helping Hands 33 33 0 0 33 24 5 24

28

Total CDBG Funds Spent For the 2012 program year a total of $771,140 of CDBG funds were expended. This includes $65,946 from prior year funds. Public and Private Funds The City expended $732,442 to support affordable housing via the local ½ cent sales tax program and other local grants. 13. NEIGHBORHOOD REVITALIZATION STRATEGIES The City of San Angelo has undertaken a Neighborhood Revitalization Program designed to improve the quality and character of the housing stock in specific target area designated by the City Council for owner-occupied housing rehabilitation, new construction of single family homes, and down payment and closing cost assistance for low/moderate income home buyers. Maps on pages 12-14 identify the areas of the city that have been targeted for revitalization and the projects accomplished in those neighborhoods. 14. Section 108 Loan Activities The City applied for and was approved for a Section 108 loan for the development of Producers’ Park and the renovation of Rio Vista Park. The City completed construction of both projects. To date, the City paid $301,209.40.94 in interest and principle on the debt. Section 108 Financials Grant #: B-07-MC-48-0025

Activity Title 3rd Party Borrower, if applicable

Loan Amount Payments Rec’d from Borrower Balance Owed Status (e.g., on-

time; late;

default) This Year Cumulative

B-07-MC-48-0025 $2,035,000 $151,172.60 $301,209.40 $1.821,000.00 On time

Sources of Payments to HUD Outstanding Balance - HUD CDBG Payments from Borrower Other Source (specify)

This Year Cumulative This Year Cumulative This Year Cumulative

$151,172.60 $301,209.40 $151,172.60 $301,209.40 $0 $0 $1.821,000.00

ANITPOVERTY STRATEGY 1. Describe actions taken during the last year to reduce the number of persons living below the poverty

level. CAPER Antipoverty Strategy Response: Most activities undertaken by the City of San Angelo with CDBG and HOME funds are efforts to reduce persons in poverty and improve the quality of life for San Angelo residents, either directly or indirectly. Programs that directly influence the poverty level include: job enrichment, development, and placement through education and economic development. Projects that indirectly affect poverty include those that

29

upgrade the community and provide affordable housing. CDBG and HOME funds are often used as matching funds for other grants that also reduce the number of poverty level families. Specific projects supported during the 2012 Program Year that helped lift some participants out of poverty include:

• Tenant-based Rental Assistance • Home-buyers Assistance Program • Elderly/disabled Duplex

NON-HOMELESS SPECIAL NEEDS NON-HOMELESS SPECIAL NEEDS

*Please also refer to the Non-homeless Special Needs Table in the Needs workbook. 1. Identify actions taken to address special needs of persons that are not homeless but require supportive

housing, (including persons with HIV/AIDS and their families). CAPER Non-homeless Special Needs response: Through CDBG program allocations, San Angelo was able to assist the following non-homeless special needs:

• Elderly/disabled through the low-rent Forest Park Elderly Duplexes • Clients with mental health/mental retardation through the Tenant-based Rental Assistance

administered through the MHMR

30

Priority Housing Needs/Investment Plan Table (Table 2A)

Priority Need 5-Yr. Goal Plan/Act

Yr. 1 Goal Plan/Act

Yr. 2 Goal Plan/Act

Yr. 3 Goal Plan/Act

Yr. 4 Goal Plan/Act

Yr. 5 Goal Plan/Act

Renters 135

27/31

27/25

27/33

0 - 30 of MFI 100 20/30 20/23 20/33 31 - 50% of MFI 25 5/1 5/2 5/0 51 - 80% of MFI 10 2/0 2/0 10/0

Owners 325

65/109

65/133

65/118

0 – 30% of MFI 150 30/41 30/62 30/77 31 – 50% of MFI 100 20/42 20/36 20/15 51 - 80% of MFI 75 15/26 15/35 15/26 Homeless* Individuals Families Non-Homeless Special Needs

Elderly 50 10/10 10/10 10/10 Frail Elderly Severe Mental Illness (Rental Assistance)

75 15/31 15/21 15/33

Physical Disability Developmental Disability Alcohol or Drug Abuse HIV/AIDS Victims of Domestic Violence (Rental Asst)

25 5/0 5/0 5/0

Total (Sec. 215 and other)

Total Sec. 215

215 Renter 125

25/31

25/21

25/33

215 Owner 325

65/109

65/133

65/118

31

Priority Housing Activities/Investment Plan Table (Table 2A)

Priority Need 5-Yr. Goal Plan/Act

Yr. 1 Goal Plan/Act

Yr. 2 Goal Plan/Act

Yr. 3 Goal Plan/Act

Yr. 4 Goal Plan/Act

Yr. 5 Goal Plan/Act

CDBG Acquisition of existing rental units Production of new rental units Rehabilitation of existing rental units Rental assistance Acquisition of existing owner units Production of new owner units Rehabilitation of existing owner units

250 50/90 50/105 50/97

Homeownership assistance

HOME

Acquisition of existing rental units 25 5/0 5/2 5/0 Production of new rental units Rehabilitation of existing rental units

Rental assistance 100 25/31 25/21 25/33 Acquisition of existing owner units Production of new owner units 15 3/3 3/2 3/3 Rehabilitation of existing owner units

Homeownership assistance 25 5/17 5/24 5/18

HOPWA NA

Rental assistance Short term rent/mortgage utility payments

Facility based housing development

Facility based housing operations Supportive services

Other NA

32

Annual Housing Completion Goals

Grantee Name: City of San Angelo

Program Year: 2009

Expected Annual # of Units

To Be Completed

Actual Annual

Number of Units

Completed

Resources used during the period

CDBG HOME ESG HOPWA

BENEFICIARY GOALS (Sec. 215 Only)

Homeless households Non-homeless households 97 118

Special needs households 21 33

Total Sec. 215 Beneficiaries* 118 151

RENTAL GOALS (Sec. 215 Only)

Acquisition of existing units Production of new units Rehabilitation of existing units Rental Assistance 21 33 Total Affordable Rental 21 33

HOME OWNER GOALS (Sec. 215 Only)

Acquisition of existing units Production of new units 3 3 Rehabilitation of existing units 79 97 Homebuyer Assistance 15 18 Total Owner Goals 97 118

COMBINED RENTAL & OWNER GOALS (Sec. 215)

Acquisition of existing units Production of new units 3 3 Rehabilitation of existing units 79 97 Rental Assistance 21 33 Homebuyer Assistance 15 18 Combined Total Sec. 215 Goals* 118 151

OVERALL HOUSING GOALS (Sec. 215 + Other Affordable Housing)

Annual Rental Housing Goal 21 33 Annual Owner Housing Goal 97 118 Total Overall Housing Goal 118 151

33

Priority Community Development Activities (Table 2B)

Priority Need 5-Yr. Goal

Plan/Act

Yr. 1 Goal

Plan/Act

Yr. 2 Goal

Plan/Act

Yr. 3 Goal

Plan/Act

Yr. 4 Goal

Plan/Act

Yr. 5 Goal

Plan/Act Acquisition of Real Property 25 5/0 5/2 5/0 Disposition Clearance and Demolition 50 10/33 10/15 10/4 Clearance of Contaminated Sites Code Enforcement 9000 1800/5679 1800/4601 1800/3993

Public Facility (General) Senior Centers Handicapped Centers Homeless Facilities Youth Centers Neighborhood Facilities Child Care Centers Health Facilities Mental Health Facilities Parks and/or Recreation Facilities

Parking Facilities Tree Planting Fire Stations/Equipment Abused/Neglected Children Facilities

Asbestos Removal Non-Residential Historic Preservation

Other Public Facility Needs Infrastructure (General) Water/Sewer Improvements Street Improvements Sidewalks Solid Waste Disposal Improvements

Flood Drainage Improvements Other Infrastructure Public Services (General) Senior Services Handicapped Services Legal Services Youth Services Child Care Services Transportation Services Substance Abuse Services Employment/Training Services Health Services Lead Hazard Screening Crime Awareness Fair Housing Activities Tenant Landlord Counseling

34

Other Services (counseling) 25 5/11 5/0 5/13 Economic Development (General) C/I Land Acquisition/Disposition C/I Infrastructure Development C/I Building Acq/Const/Rehab Other C/I ED Assistance to For-Profit ED Technical Assistance Micro-enterprise Assistance Other

35

Performance Measurement System 2012 CAPER

Grantee: City of San Angelo, Texas Please select one of the following: The community is not using a local performance measurement system and does not intend to

develop such a system. ______The community is not using a local performance measurement system, but intends to develop and

implement such a system that includes some/all of the criteria listed below by (date).

__X___The community is currently using a local performance measurement system. If yes, please check

off the following items that are included in your performance measurement system and attach either a description of your system or a report from the system.

_X__ Long-term (multi-year) goals/objectives

_X__ Short-term (annual) goals/objectives

___ Expected units of accomplishment upon completion of project/activity

_X__ Actual units of accomplishment upon completion of project/activity

_X__ Expected units of accomplishment during each program year of the

project/activity

_X__ Actual units of accomplishment during each program year of the project/activity

___ Aggregation of actual units of program year accomplishments to short-term and long-term numeric goals/objectives

___ Outputs resulting from HUD funding are shown separately ___ One or more proposed outcome(s)

___ One or more actual outcome(s)

36

Neighborhood & Family Services To secure Community Development Block Grant and HOME Investment Partnerships grant funding from HUD for the City in order to enhance the facilities in the low income areas of the community and the lives of low income residents and provide funds for safe, sanitary and decent housing to qualified low income residents. Budget Summary FY12 Actual FY13 Budget Revenue

Grant Revenue $966,262 $984,983 Other $62,000 $62,000

Total Revenue $1,028,262 $1,046,983 Expenditure

Personnel $280,308 $282,902 Operations and maintenance $810,404 $764,081 Capital $0 $0

Total Expenditure $1,090,712 $1,046,983 Personnel Summary* FY12 Actual FY13 Budget Full-time 5 4 Part-time 0 0

Total Personnel 5 4 Activity: Home Buyer Assistance Program Serves City Council’s Vision: Neighborhood Vision, Community Appearance Vision Goal: Secure grant funds to enhance the lives of low income residents and provide funds for safe, sanitary and decent housing to qualified low income residents Objectives: Provide a concise and fair application/allocation process open to all agencies eligible for funding; Encourage citizen participation through newspaper advertising, public service announcements, neighborhood meetings and public hearings Performance Measures FY12 Actual FY13 Budget Number of home buyers assisted 18 15 Number of applications 42 15 Average cost per household assisted $7,586 $7,666 Percent of home buyers assisted who earn less than 60% median family income

2 5

Activity: Tenant Based Rental Assistance Serves City Council’s Vision: Neighborhood Vision, Community Appearance Vision Goal: Secure grant funds to enhance the lives of low income residents and provide funds for safe, sanitary and decent housing to qualified low income residents Objectives: Provide a concise and fair application/allocation process open to all agencies eligible for funding; Encourage citizen participation through newspaper advertising, public service announcements, neighborhood meetings and public hearings Performance Measures FY12 Actual FY13 Budget Number of eligible households/persons served 33 21

Average cost per renter assisted (monthly) $153 $202

37

Activity: Owner Occupied Services - Rehabilitation Serves City Council’s Vision: Neighborhood Vision, Community Appearance Vision Goal: Secure grant funds to enhance the lives of low income residents and provide funds for safe, sanitary and decent housing to qualified low income residents Objectives: Provide a concise and fair application/allocation process open to all agencies eligible for funding; Encourage citizen participation through newspaper advertising, public service announcements, neighborhood meetings and public hearings Performance Measures FY12 Actual FY13 Budget Number of households assisted 47 30 Cost per unit assisted $2,996 $5,932

Activity: Owner Occupied Services – Emergency Rehabilitation Serves City Council’s Vision: Neighborhood Vision, Community Appearance Vision Goal: Secure grant funds to enhance the lives of low income residents and provide funds for safe, sanitary and decent housing to qualified low income residents Objectives: Provide a concise and fair application/allocation process open to all agencies eligible for funding; Encourage citizen participation through newspaper advertising, public service announcements, neighborhood meetings and public hearings Performance Measures FY12 Actual FY13 Budget Number of households assisted 50 40 Cost per unit assisted $2,444 $2,750

Activity: Section 108 Debt Service Serves City Council’s Vision: Neighborhood Vision, Community Appearance Vision Goal: Secure grant funds to enhance the lives of low income residents and provide funds for safe, sanitary and decent housing to qualified low income residents Objectives: Provide a concise and fair application/allocation process open to all agencies eligible for funding; Encourage citizen participation through newspaper advertising, public service announcements, neighborhood meetings and public hearings Performance Measures FY12 Actual FY13 Budget Cost per project $151,172 $150,713

38

Part I Participant Identification

4. Contact Phone No.

M-12-MC-48-0224 City of San Angelo Bob Salas 325-657-42745. Street Address of the PJ

52 W. College San Angelo, TX 76903Part II Fiscal Year Summary

1,989,245.91$ 66,898.34$

2,056,144.25$ 30,674.88$

2,025,469.37$ Part III Match Contribution for the Federal Fiscal Year

1. Project ID 2. Date of Contribution Match Amount YTD Match

1618 Austin Oct-12 832.09$ 832.09$ 3241 Grove St Oct-12 709.26$ 1,541.35$ 517 N. Bell #2 Oct-12 392.12$ 1,933.47$ 1701 Greenwood # 704 Oct-12 730.38$ 2,663.85$ 1320 S. Oaks Oct-12 4.63$ 2,668.48$ 3902 Sherwood Way #109 Oct-12 453.21$ 3,121.69$ 1709 Greenwood St. # 606 Oct-12 861.41$ 3,983.10$ 1222 S. Abe Street # 22 Oct-12 1,042.63$ 5,025.73$ 1222 S. Abe Street # 31 Oct-12 381.00$ 5,406.73$ 1222 S. Abe Street #26 Oct-12 381.00$ 5,787.73$ 316 E. Harris #15 Oct-12 788.86$ 6,576.59$ 1728 Pulliam Street #29 Oct-12 302.00$ 6,878.59$ 1909 1/2 Pulliam #8 Oct-12 195.69$ 7,074.28$ 1618 Austin Nov-12 37.05$ 7,111.33$ 3241 Grove St Nov-12 700.00$ 7,811.33$ 1222 S. Bryant #4 Nov-12 388.48$ 8,199.81$ 1701 Greenwood # 704 Nov-12 384.26$ 8,584.07$ 1709 Greenwood St. #603 Nov-12 419.24$ 9,003.31$ 1222 S. Abe Street # 31 Nov-12 375.00$ 9,378.31$ 1222 S. Abe Street #26 Nov-12 381.00$ 9,759.31$ 1222 S. Abe St #33 Nov-12 992.23$ 10,751.54$ 316 E. Harris #15 Nov-12 66.70$ 10,818.24$ 1728 Pulliam Street #29 Nov-12 292.00$ 11,110.24$ 1909 1/2 Pulliam #8 Nov-12 193.60$ 11,303.84$ 1618 Austin Dec-13 341.92$ 11,645.76$ 3241 Grove St Dec-13 722.23$ 12,367.99$ 517 N. Bell #2 Dec-13 393.97$ 12,761.96$ 1222 S. Bryant #4 Dec-13 442.06$ 13,204.02$ 1701 Greenwood # 704 Dec-13 210.12$ 13,414.14$ 1709 Greenwood St. #603 Dec-13 412.05$ 13,826.19$ 3902 Sherwood Way #109 Dec-13 419.24$ 14,245.43$ 1709 Greenwood St. # 606 Dec-13 443.24$ 14,688.67$ 1222 S. Abe Street # 22 Dec-13 579.21$ 15,267.88$ 1222 S. Abe Street #26 Dec-13 387.48$ 15,655.36$ 1222 S. Abe St #33 Dec-13 638.78$ 16,294.14$ 316 E. Harris #15 Dec-13 412.50$ 16,706.64$ 1909 1/2 Pulliam #8 Dec-13 213.45$ 16,920.09$ 1618 Austin Jan-13 265.97$ 17,186.06$ 3241 Grove St Jan-13 727.30$ 17,913.36$ 517 N. Bell #2 Jan-13 396.75$ 18,310.11$

Cash-State share of medicaid and General Revenue for uninsuredCash-State share of medicaid and General Revenue for uninsuredCash-State share of medicaid and General Revenue for uninsured

Cash-State share of medicaid and General Revenue for uninsuredCash-State share of medicaid and General Revenue for uninsuredCash-State share of medicaid and General Revenue for uninsuredCash-State share of medicaid and General Revenue for uninsuredCash-State share of medicaid and General Revenue for uninsuredCash-State share of medicaid and General Revenue for uninsured






2. Match contributed during current Federal Fiscal Year3. Total match available for current Federal fiscal year (line 1 + line 2)4. Match liability for current Federal fiscal year5. Excess match carried over to next Federal fiscal year (Line 3 minus line

3. Type of Contribution* (if cash, include source)

Cash-State share of medicaid and General Revenue for uninsured

Match Contributions for Federal Fiscal Year 2013

1. Participant No. (assigned by HUD) 2. Name of Participating Jurisdiction 3. Contact Name

City, State, Zip Code

1. Excess match from prior Federal fiscal year

39

Part III Match Contribution for the Federal Fiscal Year

1. Project ID 2. Date of Contribution Match Amount YTD Match3. Type of Contribution* (if cash, include source)

1222 S. Bryant #4 Jan-13 388.48$ 18,698.59$ 1701 Greenwood # 704 Jan-13 199.00$ 18,897.59$ 1709 Greenwood St. #603 Jan-13 438.38$ 19,335.97$ 3902 Sherwood Way #109 Jan-13 436.84$ 19,772.81$ 1709 Greenwood St. # 606 Jan-13 438.75$ 20,211.56$ 1222 S. Abe Street # 22 Jan-13 475.00$ 20,686.56$ 1222 S. Abe Street #26 Jan-13 381.60$ 21,068.16$ 1222 S. Abe St #33 Jan-13 4,699.37$ 25,767.53$ 1909 1/2 Pulliam #8 Jan-13 192.21$ 25,959.74$ 1618 Austin Feb-13 335.44$ 26,295.18$ 225 E. 3rd Street # 1 Feb-13 748.69$ 27,043.87$ 3902 Sherwood Way # 213 Feb-13 572.00$ 27,615.87$ 1701 Greenwood # 704 Feb-13 203.63$ 27,819.50$ 1709 Greenwood St. #603 Feb-13 410.20$ 28,229.70$ 3902 Sherwood Way #109 Feb-13 519.24$ 28,748.94$ 1709 Greenwood St. # 606 Feb-13 1,005.40$ 29,754.34$ 1222 S. Abe Street # 22 Feb-13 71.79$ 29,826.13$ 1222 S. Abe St #33 Feb-13 477.60$ 30,303.73$ 1703 Greenwood # 806 Feb-13 720.00$ 31,023.73$ 1618 Austin Mar-13 19.45$ 31,043.18$ 225 E. 3rd Street # 1 Mar-13 431.10$ 31,474.28$ 3902 Sherwood Way #109 Mar-13 372.00$ 31,846.28$ 1701 Greenwood # 704 Mar-13 199.00$ 32,045.28$ 1709 Greenwood St. #603 Mar-13 407.42$ 32,452.70$ 1222 S. Abe # Mar-13 584.21$ 33,036.91$ 211 W. 1 st Street #5 Mar-13 435.58$ 33,472.49$ 1709 Greenwood St. # 606 Mar-13 409.76$ 33,882.25$ 1703 Greenwood # 806 Mar-13 379.63$ 34,261.88$ 225 E. 3rd Street # 1 Apr-13 422.95$ 34,684.83$ 3902 Sherwood Way # 213 Apr-13 383.12$ 35,067.95$ 3902 Sherwood Way # 116 Apr-13 396.53$ 35,464.48$ 1701 Greenwood # 704 Apr-13 216.60$ 35,681.08$ 1709 Greenwood St. #603 Apr-13 403.72$ 36,084.80$ 3310 N.Bryant # 207 Apr-13 683.48$ 36,768.28$ 1222 S. Abe # Apr-13 91.21$ 36,859.49$ 211 W. 1 st Street #5 Apr-13 299.58$ 37,159.07$ 1709 Greenwood St. # 606 Apr-13 753.24$ 37,912.31$ 2801 San Antonio St #53 Apr-13 483.00$ 38,395.31$ 1314 E 26th St Apr-13 659.26$ 39,054.57$ 1703 Greenwood # 806 Apr-13 381.48$ 39,436.05$ 225 E. 3rd Street # 1 May-13 350.00$ 39,786.05$ 3902 Sherwood Way # 213 May-13 372.00$ 40,158.05$ 3902 Sherwood Way # 116 May-13 398.38$ 40,556.43$ 1701 Greenwood # 704 May-13 205.48$ 40,761.91$ 1709 Greenwood St. #603 May-13 479.67$ 41,241.58$ 3310 N.Bryant # 207 May-13 450.00$ 41,691.58$ 1222 S. Abe # May-13 305.42$ 41,997.00$ 211 W. 1 st Street #5 May-13 288.00$ 42,285.00$ 1709 Greenwood St. # 606 May-13 806.96$ 43,091.96$ 2801 San Antonio St #53 May-13 249.21$ 43,341.17$ 1715 Greenwood #201 May-13 1,039.48$ 44,380.65$ 1314 E 26th St May-13 669.45$ 45,050.10$ 1703 Greenwood # 806 May-13 375.00$ 45,425.10$

Cash-State share of medicaid and General Revenue for uninsuredCash-State share of medicaid and General Revenue for uninsured









Cash-State share of medicaid and General Revenue for uninsuredCash-State share of medicaid and General Revenue for uninsuredCash-State share of medicaid and General Revenue for uninsured

40



550 Paint Rock Rd #1 Jun-13 363.81$ 45,788.91$ 3902 Sherwood Way # 213 Jun-13 372.00$ 46,160.91$ 3902 Sherwood Way # 116 Jun-13 382.63$ 46,543.54$ 1701 Greenwood # 704 Jun-13 226.79$ 46,770.33$ 225 E 3rd Street #2 Jun-13 97.26$ 46,867.59$ 1709 Greenwood St. #603 Jun-13 459.29$ 47,326.88$ 3310 N.Bryant # 207 Jun-13 454.63$ 47,781.51$ 1222 S. Abe # Jun-13 305.42$ 48,086.93$ 211 W. 1 st Street #5 Jun-13 372.45$ 48,459.38$ 1709 Greenwood St. # 606 Jun-13 743.92$ 49,203.30$ 225 E 3rd Street #1 Jun-13 530.63$ 49,733.93$ 1314 E 26th St Jun-13 656.48$ 50,390.41$ 1703 Greenwood # 806 Jun-13 386.12$ 50,776.53$ 550 Paint Rock Rd #1 Jul-13 317.00$ 51,093.53$ 3902 Sherwood Way # 116 Jul-13 391.90$ 51,485.43$ 1701 Greenwood # 704 Jul-13 243.00$ 51,728.43$ 225 E 3rd Street #2 Jul-13 277.98$ 52,006.41$ 1709 Greenwood St. #603 Jul-13 413.90$ 52,420.31$ 3310 N.Bryant # 207 Jul-13 470.75$ 52,891.06$ 1222 S. Abe # Jul-13 386.63$ 53,277.69$ 211 W. 1 st Street #5 Jul-13 80.79$ 53,358.48$ 2409 Ave. N # 1 Jul-13 434.63$ 53,793.11$ 1314 E 26th St Jul-13 688.50$ 54,481.61$ 211 W. 1st Street # Jul-13 14.26$ 54,495.87$ 1703 Greenwood # 806 Jul-13 379.63$ 54,875.50$ 550 Paint Rock Rd #1 Aug-13 393.42$ 55,268.92$ 2409 Avenue N #4 Aug-13 462.48$ 55,731.40$ 211 Filmore # 8 Aug-13 470.00$ 56,201.40$ 3902 Sherwood Way # 116 Aug-13 393.75$ 56,595.15$ 1709 Greenwood St. #603 Aug-13 394.45$ 56,989.60$ 3310 N.Bryant # 207 Aug-13 454.63$ 57,444.23$ 1222 S. Abe # Aug-13 356.53$ 57,800.76$ 211 W. 1st Street # 3 Aug-13 2,332.57$ 60,133.33$ 211 W. 1 st Street #5 Aug-13 69.21$ 60,202.54$ 2409 Ave. N # 1 Aug-13 337.48$ 60,540.02$ 1314 E 26th St Aug-13 672.23$ 61,212.25$ 211 W. 1st Street # Aug-13 257.00$ 61,469.25$ 1703 Greenwood # 806 Aug-13 402.23$ 61,871.48$ 550 Paint Rock Rd #1 Sep-13 333.21$ 62,204.69$ 2409 Avenue N #4 Sep-13 334.00$ 62,538.69$ 211 Filmore # 8 Sep-13 314.41$ 62,853.10$ 3902 Sherwood Way # 116 Sep-13 382.63$ 63,235.73$ 225 E 3rd Street #2 Sep-13 299.79$ 63,535.52$ 1709 Greenwood St. #603 Sep-13 381.48$ 63,917.00$ 1222 S. Abe # Sep-13 410.42$ 64,327.42$ 211 W 1st St #3 Sep-13 375.00$ 64,702.42$ 211 W. 1 st Street #5 Sep-13 69.21$ 64,771.63$ 2409 Ave. N # 1 Sep-13 331.00$ 65,102.63$ 1901 Pulliam #6 Sep-13 521.00$ 65,623.63$ 1314 E 26th St Sep-13 656.48$ 66,280.11$ 211 W. 1st Street # Sep-13 277.75$ 66,557.86$ 1703 Greenwood # 806 Sep-13 340.48$ 66,898.34$









Cash-State share of medicaid and General Revenue for uninsuredCash-State share of medicaid and General Revenue for uninsuredCash-State share of medicaid and General Revenue for uninsuredCash-State share of medicaid and General Revenue for uninsured

41



42

form HUD-40107 (11/92)page 1 of 2

Annual Performance ReportHOME Program

U.S. Department of Housingand Urban DevelopmentOffice of Community Planningand Development

OMB Approval No. 2506-0171(exp. 8/31/2009)

Public reporting burden for this collection of information is estimated to average 2.5 hours per response, including the time for reviewing instructions, searchingexisting data sources, gathering and maintaining the data needed, and completing and reviewing the collection of information. This agency may not conductor sponsor, and a person is not required to respond to, a collection of information unless that collection displays a valid OMB control number.

The HOME statute imposes a significant number of data collection and reporting requirements. This includes information on assisted properties, on theowners or tenants of the properties, and on other programmatic areas. The information will be used: 1) to assist HOME participants in managing theirprograms; 2) to track performance of participants in meeting fund commitment and expenditure deadlines; 3) to permit HUD to determine whether eachparticipant meets the HOME statutory income targeting and affordability requirements; and 4) to permit HUD to determine compliance with other statutoryand regulatory program requirements. This data collection is authorized under Title II of the Cranston-Gonzalez National Affordable Housing Act or relatedauthorities. Access to Federal grant funds is contingent on the reporting of certain project-specific data elements. Records of information collected willbe maintained by the recipients of the assistance. Information on activities and expenditures of grant funds is public information and is generally availablefor disclosure. Recipients are responsible for ensuring confidentiality when public disclosure is not required.

This form is intended to collect numeric data to be aggregated nationally as a complement to data collected through the Cash and Management Information(C/MI) System. Participants should enter the reporting period in the first block. The reporting period is October 1 to September 30. Instructions are includedfor each section if further explanation is needed.

Submit this form on or before December 31.

Send one copy to the appropriate HUD Field Office and one copy to:

HOME Program, Rm 7176, 451 7th Street, S.W., Washington D.C. 20410

This report is for period (mm/dd/yyyy) Date Submitted (mm/dd/yyyy)

Starting Ending

Part I Participant Identification1. Participant Number 2. Participant Name

3. Name of Person completing this report 4. Phone Number (Include Area Code)

5. Address 6. City 7. State 8. Zip Code

Part II Program IncomeEnter the following program income amounts for the reporting period: in block 1, enter the balance on hand at the beginning; in block 2, enter the amountgenerated; in block 3, enter the amount expended; and in block 4, enter the amount for Tenant-Based rental Assistance.1. Balance on hand at Beginning 2. Amount received during 3. Total amount expended 4. Amount expended for Tenant- 5. Balance on hand at end of

of Reporting Period Reporting Period during Reporting Period Based Rental Assistance Reporting Period (1 + 2 - 3) = 5

Part III Minority Business Enterprises (MBE) and Women Business Enterprises (WBE)In the table below, indicate the number and dollar value of contracts for HOME projects completed during the reporting period.

Minority Business Enterprises (MBE)a. Total b. Alaskan Native or c. Asian or d. Black e. Hispanic f. White

American Indian Pacific Islander Non-Hispanic Non-Hispanic

A. Contracts1. Number

2. Dollar Amount

B. Sub-Contracts

1. Number

2. Dollar Amount

a. Total b. Women Business c. MaleEnterprises (WBE)

C. Contracts

1. Number

2. Dollar Amount

D. Sub-Contracts

1. Number

2. Dollar Amounts

43

form HUD-40107 (11/92)page 2 of 2

Minority Property Ownersa. Total b. Alaskan Native or c. Asian or d. Black e. Hispanic f. White


1. Number

2. Dollar Amount

Minority Business Enterprises (MBE)Households Displaced a. Total b. Alaskan Native or c. Asian or d. Black e. Hispanic f. White


5. Households Displaced - Number

6. Households Displaced - Cost

Part IV Minority Owners of Rental PropertyIn the table below, indicate the number of HOME assisted rental property owners and the total dollar amount of HOME funds in these rental properties assistedduring the reporting period.

Part V Relocation and Real Property AcquisitionIndicate the number of persons displaced, the cost of relocation payments, the number of parcels acquired, and the cost of acquisition. The dataprovided should reflect only displacements and acquisitions occurring during the reporting period.

a. Number b. Cost

1. Parcels Acquired

2. Businesses Displaced

3. Nonprofit Organizations Displaced

4. Households Temporarily Relocated, not Displaced

44

City of San Angelo

Memo Date: 10/24/2013


From: Assistant Chief Scott Farris, Fire Dept.

Subject: Agenda Item for 12/03/2013 Council Meeting

Contact: Scott Farris, Fire, 3005

Caption: REGULAR Item

Consideration for authorization of staff to negotiate the purchase of a Fire Engine via Buy-Board purchasing coop from Hall Motors a Ferrara dealer, and for additional equipment to be purchased from other vendors, in a total combined amount not to exceed $460,000.00, and authorizing the City Manager to execute said contract and any related documents.

Summary: Replacement of an existing 18 year old Fire Apparatus with continual mechanical failures.

History: The Fire Apparatus needing replacement is an 18 yr. old 1995 KME presently a first response pumper located at fire station #6 (4386 N. Chadbourne). Recommendations are to replace Fire apparatus after 15 yrs. of service. The apparatus has proven to be unreliable. Continued mechanical issues have plagued this vehicle over the past couple years. Starting in early 2012 we have documented brake failure more than 10 times. We do have one older apparatus in the fleet although we would like to replace this apparatus first due safety issues as well as ongoing maintenance cost.

Financial Impact: A funding source has been approved during the Council meeting dated Sept. 3, 2013 – Rollover of funds from ambulance revenues… (minutes Vol. 104 pg. 757). The fire apparatus price shall not exceed $411,877. Total cost of fire apparatus combined with additional needed equipment replacement (tools, fire hose, and radios) shall not exceed $460,000. The additional needed equipment will be obtained using best pricing quotes.

Related Vision Item

(if applicable):

Infrastructure Vision

San Angelo will have a quality infrastructure system when…

Dependable delivery of essential services

Financial Vision

Create a replacement fund or rate stabilization program for equipment. Core services come first

– Public safety, water, wastewater, landfill, and operations


Staff recommends replacement of a 1995 KME fire apparatus by purchasing one new Ferrara fire apparatus using BuyBoard purchasing coop.

Attachments: Apparatus Quote (SAFD Pumper).pdf San Angelo Pumper Specifications.pdf Shop Order (Customer).pdf

Presentation: NA

Publication: NA


Brian Dunn, Fire Chief, 10/24/2013

Approved by Legal: 10/24/2013

5721 Highway 31 West

Tyler, Texas 75709

FIRE APPARATUS PROPOSAL

5721 Highway 31 West • Tyler, Texas 75709

E-mail: [email protected]

Phone 903-266-7880

October 22, 2013

City of San Angelo Fire Department

700 East Avenue K


We are pleased to submit our proposal for your consideration on the following complete

apparatus in strict accordance with the attached proposal for:

One (1) Ferrara Fire Apparatus, Inc. RP1003 Rescue Pumper mounted on a Ferrara chassis per

the attached specifications and proposal purchased off the Buy Board contract:

$411,877.00

The pricing provided is exclusive of all Federal, State and Local taxes and any other fees, which

may apply unless specifically noted herein.

Payment Terms: Payment is due upon delivery and acceptance of completed apparatus.

The apparatus and equipment shall be supplied and shipped in accordance with the

specifications and approvals by the City of San Angelo Fire Department. Delays due to strikes,

war or other causes beyond our control not preventing, within 240 calendar days after receipt

of order, and will be delivered to you at:


San Angelo, Texas

The specifications herein contained shall form a part of the final contract, and are subject to

changes desired by the City of San Angelo Fire Department. The proposal specifications are

supplied for construction purposes. Any additions and/or changes to the enclosed specifications

shall be generated and/or approved by the City of San Angelo Fire Department, and accepted by

Hall Motors/Ferrara Fire Apparatus, Inc.

Unless accepted within 30 days from this date, Hall Motors/Ferrara Fire Apparatus, Inc. reserves

the right to withdraw this proposal.

Sincerely,

Hall Motors

A Ferrara Fire Apparatus Dealer


Inferno Custom Pumper

10/22/13

1

PROPOSAL RESPONSE

It is the intent of these PROPOSAL specifications to cover the furnishing and delivery, to the City of San Angelo Fire

Department a complete Class A Pumper Fire Apparatus. The apparatus shall meet the requirements of the National Fire

Protection Association standard #1901 (2009 edition) in all aspects.

The unit will meet all aspects of Chapter 5 in the latest edition of NFPA 1901.

Equipment Clarification-

Unless otherwise noted in the specifications the Fire Department will provide all required equipment as listed in NFPA

1901 5.8.2 and 5.8.3.

APPARATUS PURCHASE

The specified apparatus will be purchased off the Buy Board contract.

PERFORMANCE BOND

Ferrara will provide, within thirty (30) days after award of contract, and along with a signed copy of the contract, a

performance bond, which guarantees performance of all terms and conditions of the contract and warranty agreement. The

performance bond will specifically cover the performance of the contract according to its terms and conditions, as well as

payment of all related bills and encumbrances. This performance bond will be issued by a surety company who is listed by

the U.S. Treasury Department's list of approved sureties, as published in Circular 570, as of the bid date. The performance

bond will be issued in an amount equal to 100% of the contract amount and will be dated concurrent to, or subsequent to,

the date of the contract.

VIRTUAL MANUFACTURING

The manufacturer shall have a web site available for the customers to 'watch' their unit being produced. The "Trucks in

Production" shall be updated a minimum of three-(3) times per week.

The web site shall also include documentation of cab and body crash tests, take a virtual tour of the production facility,

videos of both current and new innovative products, updates on trade shows, photos of new deliveries and the opportunity

to include customer 'Action Photo's'.

Customer shall be able to access the web site without the requirement of a password.

CERTIFIED WELDERS

The manufacturer shall employ individuals that are certified aluminum and stainless steel welders. The welders shall be

certified by an outside testing laboratory. The certifications shall be available for viewing through the Human Resources

office upon request.

BODY WEIGHT DOCUMENTATION



10/22/13

2

The manufacturer shall body weigh each body prior to mounting on the chassis. The information shall be included in the

documentation of the finished vehicle. Each body produced by the manufacturer shall be weighed, not just one body per

model.

APPROVAL DRAWING

Prior to construction, the successful bidder shall provide three approval drawings of the apparatus for the fire department's

review. The drawings shall show such items as the chassis being utilized, lights, horns, sirens, pump panels, and all

compartment locations and dimensions. The blueprint shall be a visual interpretation of the unit as it is to be constructed.

The buying authority shall sign all drawings. One print shall be retained by the Fire Department, the dealer shall retain

one print, and one print, shall be returned to the manufacturer.

PRE-CONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE

A pre-construction conference will be held at the factory prior to the actual construction of the vehicle(s). The conference

will be held in the successful bidders manufacturing facility with Two (2) representatives of the Fire Department and

appropriate representatives of the bidder.

Transportation, lodging and meals will be the responsibility of the bidder.

FINAL INSPECTION TRIP

There will be a final inspection for Four (4) representatives of the buying authority at the facility where the apparatus is

being constructed. The inspection trip will be completed when the chassis is complete. Factory and Sales representatives

will be available at the time of inspection.

Transportation, lodging and meals will be the responsibility of the bidder

TRANSPORTATION

To insure proper break-in of all components while still under warranty, the apparatus shall be delivered over the road

under its own power (Rail and/or truck freight shall not be acceptable).

DELIVERY

Ferrara Fire Apparatus, Inc. will deliver the completed apparatus in 240 calendar days from the pre construction meeting.

The pre construction meeting shall take place within 21 days from receipt of an order.

Ferrara Fire Apparatus, Inc. will not be held liable for changes arising from its failure to make or delay in making delivery

because of fire, flood, strike, riot, chassis shortage, accidents, acts of God, or any circumstances beyond our control.

MANUFACTURER SERVICE CONTACTS

The manufacturer must have a 24 hour/ 7 day a week, toll-free emergency hot line. The manufacturer must be capable of

providing both in-house and on-site service for the apparatus. The service technicians shall be EVT certified in

compliance with NFPA 1071 classifications F2 through F6. On-site service and maintenance shall be the primary



10/22/13

3

function, to eliminate the vehicle having to leave the fire department jurisdiction. Copies of the certifications shall be

made available through the Human Resources office.

SERVICE VEHICLES

The manufacturer shall have a minimum of 10 full time, company owned, service vehicles. The vehicles shall be available

24 hours a day, seven days a week to respond to customer needs. The Service Vehicles shall be operated by full time EVT

Certified Technicians.

REPLACEMENT PARTS

Replacement parts shall be available directly from the manufacturer, as well as the dealer and or service centers.

MANUALS AND DOCUMENTATION ON CD

The following manual guides and parts information CD will be required with the delivery of the apparatus.

Two-(2) sets of the following will be supplied:

• Operator Manual

• Parts List

• Electrical Wiring Diagrams

• Electrical Troubleshooting Guide

• Air System Diagram

• Hydraulic System Diagram

One (1) hard copy of the manuals shall also be supplied at delivery.

CUSTOM CHASSIS

It is the intent of the technical specifications contained herein to ensure the custom cab and chassis specified shall be

engineered, designed, and manufactured exclusively for heavy-duty continuous use in extreme environments and rigorous

adverse conditions.

Each custom cab and chassis shall be manufactured in strict compliance with all applicable requirements as set forth in the

current edition of the NFPA (National Fire Protection Association) pamphlet 1901 with maximum safety as the key focus

throughout the design and development phase of each fire and rescue chassis.

CHASSIS WHEELBASE

The chassis wheelbase shall be 223 inches.

CHASSIS FRAME RAILS – FULL LENGTH DOUBLE

The chassis frame rails shall be constructed of 110,000-PSI minimum yield steel that has been formed into a "C" channel

shape with dimension of 10.50" x 3.50" x .375 inches.



10/22/13

4

A full length inner frame liner of 110,000 Pound minimum yield with dimension of 9.69" x 3.13" x .313" shall be

provided for additional strength and to reduce deflection.

The resulting frame system shall have a minimum section modulus of 30.38 cubic inches with a resisting bending moment

of 3,342,000-inch pounds per rail.

The frame rails shall be powder coated in order to insure superior paint adhesion. Frame cutouts for the engine shall be

made with a plasma torch in order to minimize the heat-affected zone caused by the cut.

All frame-mounted components shall be secured with grade eight bolts with hardened washers and distorted thread

locknuts. Flanged head bolts with nylon locking nuts, or huck bolts shall not be acceptable.

FRAME RAIL PAINT

The frame and running gear shall be painted gloss enamel black. The running gear shall consist of the axles, drivelines, air

tanks, steering gear, frame mounted brackets, drag link, and fuel tank.

The air system piping and electrical harnesses shall not be installed until after the paint has cured. This shall insure

complete coverage behind those items as well as that air piping and wiring harnesses are not.

CHROME TOW HOOKS

Two (2) chrome plated tow hooks shall be mounted to the bottom of the front bumper frame extension rails. The tow

hooks shall be attached with Grade 8 bolts.

FRONT BUMPER

There shall be a 12” high, two rib front bumper constructed of highly polished, 10 gauge stainless steel. The bumper shall

be a full wrap around type extending across the entire width of the cab. The return portion of the wrap around shall make

up the majority of the bumper extension, measuring up to 24” in length.

There shall be a structural steel backing plate to reinforce the stainless steel bumper. This backing plate shall match the

contour of the stainless steel bumper and shall be fabricated from 1/4" steel C-channel. The backing plate shall be attached

to the chassis frame rails with Grade 8 bolts.

FRONT BUMPER EXTENSION

There shall be a twenty four inch (24”) frame extension provided. The extension shall be made from heavy-duty steel in

both C-channel and tubular shapes. The frame rail extension material shall measure 7” high x 3.5” wide x .375” wall

thickness.

Extension shall be bolted to the chassis frame rails through reinforcement plates, backed by the engine mounting

crossmember. Fasteners utilized shall be Grade 8 bolts.

GRAVELSHIELD



10/22/13

5

A gravelshield constructed of 1/8" (.125") embossed aluminum tread plate shall be installed above the frame extension

between the bumper and the front face of the cab.

CENTER BUMPER COMPARTMENT

There shall be a compartment provided in the front bumper gravelshield, centered between the frame rails fabricated of

1/8" (.125) smooth aluminum plate with drain holes to promote airflow.

The tray will have a capacity of 200' of 1-3/4" double jacket cotton-polyester hose.

CENTER FRONT BUMPER COMPARTMENT STRAP

The center bumpercompartment shall have a restraining strap with quick release buckle to secure the contents.

PASSENGER'S SIDE AIR HORN

There shall be one-(1) 24" long Grover air horn installed in compliance with NFPA thru the front bumper, passenger's

side, outboard of the frame rail. The air horn shall be plumbed to the chassis, air supply system thru an air protection

valve, and manufactured from spun brass material with an easily separated die cast sounding unit for serviceability.

DRIVER'S SIDE AIR HORN

There shall be one-(1) 24" long Grover air horn installed in compliance with NFPA thru the front bumper, driver's side,

ouboard of the frame rail. The air horn shall be plumbed to the chassis, air supply system thru an air protection valve, and

manufactured from spun brass material with an easily separated die cast sounding unit for serviceability.

AIR HORN FOOT SWITCH

A foot operated switch shall be installed on the officer's side wired to the air horn(s).

AIR HORN WIRIING

The activation switch shall be wired thru the chassis park brake and operate in the "Response Mode" only.

HORN/AIR HORN SELECTOR SWITCH

A driver controlled horn/air horn selector switch shall be installed in the cab and operate either air horn(s) or chassis

electric horn through the horn ring button.

PASSENGER'S SIDE SPEAKER

There shall be one-(1) speaker shall be installed thru the front face of the bumper, passenger side, outboard.

DRIVER'S SIDE SPEAKER

There shall be one-(1) speaker shall be installed thru the front face of the bumper, driver's side, outboard.



10/22/13

6

The speaker shall be a Cast Products, 100-watts wired to the electronic siren.

The speaker shall be a Cast Products, 100-watts wired to the electronic siren.

FRONT AXLE

The front axle shall be a Meritor MFS-20 with 22,500-pound capacity equipped with oil seals and transparent cover for oil

level inspection.

STEERING SYSTEM

The steering system shall be a package certified by TRW for the application. All components after the steering column to

the drag link shall be manufactured by TRW.

The steering system shall use a TAS-65 steering gear with an RCS-55 slave gear, which has the capacity to static steer the

chassis loaded to 22,500 pounds with 425-size tires. The use of two-(2) equal size gears or a single gear with an assist

cylinder shall not be acceptable.

FRONT SUSPENSION

The front suspension shall be parabolic (taper leaf) spring type, with four-(4) leaves 22,500 pounds capacity. The leaves

shall be a minimum of 4” wide x 54” long (flat), with grease fittings for lubrication installed in the spring pins. Axle stops

with energy absorbing jounce bumpers shall be supplied on the spring top pad. Double acting Koni shock absorbers shall

be provided on the front suspension.

FRONT BRAKES

The front axle shall be equipped with EX-225 air operated disc brakes and ventilated rotors.

CRAMP ANGLE

The cramp angle of the front axle shall be 41 degrees.

FRONT TIRES

The front tires shall be Michelin 425/65R22.5 Load Range "L" XFE all-weather treads with a capacity of 22,500 pounds.

FRONT WHEELS

The front axle wheels shall be Alcoa Polished Aluminum for 425 tires with a rating of 23,000-pounds.

FRONT WHEEL TRIM

The front axle wheels shall be trimmed with stainless steel hub and lug nut covers. The axle’s hub covers shall be

equipped with holes for oil level viewing.



10/22/13

7

FRONT MUD FLAPS

The front axle mud flaps shall be constructed from hard black rubber and installed behind the front axle.

REAR AXLE

The rear axle shall be a Meritor RS-25-160 with a 27,000-pound service rating. The axle shall be equipped with oil seals.

REAR SUSPENSION

The rear axle suspension shall leaf spring type rated at 27,000 pounds capacity. The main spring pack shall have fourteen

(14) leaves with a four (4) leaf auxiliary pack. The suspension shall be a torque leaf, variable rate, self-leveling slipper

type.

REAR AXLE DIFFERENTIAL

The Meritor RS series rear axle shall have a standard differential.

VEHICLE TOP SPEED

The rear axle shall be geared for a top speed of 65-68 MPH at governed engine speed.

REAR BRAKES

The rear axle shall be equipped with 16-1/2" x 7" S-Cam air operated brakes with automatic slack adjusters.

REAR TIRES

The rear tires shall be Michelin 12R22.5 Load Range "H" XDS severe winter traction treads with a rated capacity of

27,000 pounds.

REAR WHEELS

The rear wheels shall be Alcoa Polished aluminum, 8.25" X 22.5"10-bolt, hub-piloted. The outside wheels shall have

polished outer surface. The ground rating shall be a minimum of 27,000 pounds.

TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM

An Advantage Pressure Pro tire pressure-monitoring system shall be provided and installed with external valve stem

sensors for six-(6) wheel positions. The sensors are monitored by a digital display in the cab. The 35ft. coax style antenna

shall be routed beneath the apparatus.

Sensors shall have the following items:

• Internal non-rechargeable battery

• Pressure range of 10 199 psi

• Transmit range of 150 feet (line of sight)



10/22/13

8

• Operating frequency 433.92 MHz FM

• Operating temperature -22ºF (-30ºC) to 185ºF (85ºC)

The in Cab Monitor shall have the following items:

· USB Mini B power cord

• Lower alarm trigger set at 12.5% and 25% below original inflation level

• Variable upper alarm trigger (user defined)

• Weight of 4oz.

• 12VDC power requirement

• 125 mA power draw in standby

• Less than 250 mA power draw with LED’s on

The following items shall be provided:

• (1) 34 Wheel Monopole Monitor (HDGPM34)

• (1) Display Unit Visor / Dash Mount (AAP16)

• (6) Sensor Transmitters (APS1)

• (1) Cabled Antenna Kit (ABPCA-Kit)

• (1) Power Cord (AAPC3)

REAR WHEEL TRIM

The rear axle wheels shall be trimmed with stainless steel "Lincoln Hat" hub and lug nut covers.

REAR MUD FLAPS

The rear axle mud flaps shall be constructed from hard black rubber and installed at the rear of the body fenders.

HOSE AND HARNESS ROUTING

Battery cables, hydraulic hoses and air lines shall be routed through the vertical face of the chassis frame rails using

bulkhead connectors. The use of grommets through frame rails, as well as running hoses or cables under, over or ahead of

the chassis frame rails to achieve positive connections shall not be acceptable.

For ease of maintenance, the wiring harnesses, hydraulic hoses and air hoses shall be divided down each frame rail. The

hydraulic and air hoses shall be run, primarily, down the inside of the right side frame rail, while the electrical harnesses

shall be run, primarily, down the left side frame rail. Harnesses and hoses shall be mounted using rubber coated, stainless

steel holders and, where necessary, heat resistant zip loom.

AIR BRAKE SYSTEM

The air brake system shall meet the requirements of FMVSS-121. The system shall consist of three-(3) reservoirs with a

total capacity of 5100 cubic inches. The system shall be of dual circuit and quick build up design powered by an engine

mounted gear driven air compressor. The system shall be protected by a heated air dryer with heated automatic moisture

ejector on the wet tank and quarter turn brass drain valves on the other tanks.



10/22/13

9

The system shall be plumbed using color-coded nylon airlines with brass push-lock fittings.

ANTI-LOCK BRAKES

A WABCO, 4-channel Anti-Lock Braking System shall be installed which includes four-(4) wheel sensors and four-(4)

modulators to control and compensate braking force at each wheel. The system monitors, all wheel ends of the axles

regardless of suspension type, or which, axle sees braking forces first

An ABS warning light shall be installed on the driver's dash that remains illuminated until the vehicle is moving at least

four-(4) miles per hour. An ABS test switch shall be installed in the "Diagnostic Information Panel" that when pressed,

sends the system into diagnostic mode causing the ABS light to blink (I/O) indicating a flash code. A listing of flash code

definitions are provided in the Wabco Owner's Manual.

Warranty on this system is 3-years/300,000 miles.

TILT TABLE TESTING

In compliance with the latest addition of NFPA 1901, Section 4.13.1.1 and SAE J2180, this vehicle exceeds the following

“Tilt Table” procedures measuring the Static Rollover Threshold for Heavy Trucks set forth by the current standards. All

equipment required for meeting current testing guidelines shall be located at the manufacture's facility and actual testing

performed and certified by an independent third party testing company.

The vehicle shall be tilted at a minimum of 27 degrees evaluating the level of lateral acceleration required to roll the

vehicle over in a steady turning situation. Transient, vibratory, or dynamic rollover situations are not simulated by this

test. The test accuracies are accepted for vehicles that rollover at lateral acceleration levels below 0.5 g corresponding to a

tilt table angle of less than approximately 27 degrees.

In addition to receiving a certificate of compliance, the purchaser also requires a wheel-end loading certification listing

the weight on each wheel, with the vehicle on the tilt table. In accordance with NFPA 1901, 4.14.13.3, the results of the

wheel-end loading shall certify the vehicle, at the time of its manufacture, is in compliance, with side-to-side weight

distributions.

AIR DRYER

The air system shall include a Wabco System Saver 1200 air dryer with integral 12-volt heated moisture ejector. The air

dryer shall have a spin on desiccant cartridge and incorporate an integral turbo cutoff valve. The turbo cutoff allows the

air dryer to purge water and contaminants without any loss of turbo boost or engine horsepower.

ENGINE

The vehicle shall be equipped with a Cummins ISX12 (11.9) 450 turbocharged diesel engine. Standard features include an

electronic governor, electronically controlled unit injectors, Farr air cleaner, a 12-volt starter Delco 39 MT, and an 18.7

CFM compressor. The oil filter shall be a full flow and bypass design. Engine is equipped with Exhaust Gas

Recirculation.

This engine conforms to the US 2013 EPA regulations for heavy-duty diesel engines.



10/22/13

10

ENGINE SPECIFICATIONS

• Model: ISX12 (11.9)

• Number of Cylinders: Six (6)

• Bore and Stroke: 5.11" X 5.91"

• Displacement: of 12 (11.9) L

• Rated Horsepower: 450 @ 2000 RPM

• Peak Torque: 1550 @ 1200 RPM

• Governed Speed: 2100 RPM

ENGINE COMPRESSION BRAKE

The engine shall come equipped with a Jacobs “C-Brake” compression brake. The brake shall be controlled by an on/off

and low/medium/high switches located in the cab. The compression brake shall interface with the anti-lock brake

controller to prevent engine brake operation during adverse braking conditions.

A pump shift, interlock circuit shall be provided to prevent the engine brake from activating during pumping operation.

ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM

The engine cooling system shall have the capacity to cool the engine according to the engine manufacture’s requirements.

RADIATOR

The engine radiator shall be of a bolted design and have a minimum core area of 1570 square inches. The top and bottom

tanks shall be stamped 11-gauge steel. The tanks shall be attached to the header assemblies with a minimum of fifty-(50),

5/16" bolts. The spacing between fasteners shall not exceed 2.00 inches in order to minimize the possibility of leaks.

The header plates shall be made of 16-gauge brass while the tubes shall be .0068-inch thick brass and .076 by .625 inches

in size. The tubes shall have a smooth bore with welded seems which allows for cleaning of the radiator.

The radiator shall contain three rows of tubes with a minimum of 98 tubes per row for a total of not less than 294 tubes.

The tubes shall be arranged in an inline profile across the core. Louvered serpentine fins constructed of copper with a

density not greater than 16 fins per inch shall be used in the construction of the radiator.

The radiator tubes shall be attached to the header plates with a Beta-Weld dual bonding process. The coolant side

connection shall be welded, while the airside shall be soldered.

The top tank shall include an integral deaeration tank, which removes air from the engine water. The top tank shall

include a sight glass for coolant level inspection without removing the radiator cap. A low coolant warning shall be

incorporated to alert the driver.

The bottom tank of the radiator shall incorporate oil to water plate-type cooler for the transmission. The cooler is designed

to cause a turbulent flow of the transmission oil through the core to force heat transfer. The cooler shall be sufficient to

cool an Allison Transmission without output retarders.



10/22/13

11

To minimize stress from road and engine vibrations on the radiator, a shock mount shall be used. This mounting system

shall consist of .375” outside diameter long threaded rods, washers and bolts plus heavy rubber shock absorbers.

A high efficiency fan shall be surrounded by a formed welded fan shroud. The sweep of the fan shall not exceed the width

of the radiator core. Fan diameters that exceed the width of the radiator core shall not be acceptable.

CHARGE AIR COOLER

The charge air cooler shall be constructed of aluminum with cast, aluminum side tanks. The cooler shall have a frontal

core area of not less than 1033 square inches.

The exterior fins shall be louvered serpentine design constructed of .006-inch thick aluminum and have a density no

greater than seven-(7) fins per inch. The internal fins shall be designed to create air turbulence in order to increase heat

transfer efficiency.

The charge air cooler shall be mounted directly ahead of the radiator and to the radiator headers. Rubber isolators shall be

used at the mounting points to reduce transmission of vibrations.

The piping between the charge air cooler and engine shall use four-(4) ply silicone woven Nomex hoses with stainless

steel bands. The bands are used to maintain the shape of the hose during changing turbo boost pressures. The hoses shall

be attached with stainless steel constant tension hose clamps.

COOLING SYSTEM FAN

The engine cooling system shall incorporate a thermostatically controlled fan clutch. When the fan clutch is disengaged,

the vehicle shall have improved vehicle performance, cab heating in cold climates, and fuel economy, while eliminating

the potential dangers associated with a fan going from non-rotating to rotating as found with other style fan clutches.

The fan shall automatically lock-up when the vehicle is placed in pumping mode.

A shroud and recirculation shields system shall be used to ensure that once air has passed through the radiator, the same

air is not drawn through again.

COOLANT SYSTEM FILTER

A pre-charged, spin-on filter, with corrosion inhibitors shall be installed in the cooling system. Shut off valves shall also

be supplied.

RADIATOR COOLANT

The coolant system shall contain an ethylene glycol and water mixture to keep the coolant from freezing to a temperature

of -34 degrees F.

SILICONE COOLANT HOSES

The chassis shall be equipped with silicone hoses for the radiator and heater circuits.



10/22/13

12

HOSE CLAMPS

Constant tension hose clamps shall be provided for all coolant and heater hoses of 1/4" diameter and greater.

AUXILIARY ENGINE COOLER

The cooling system shall have a tube and bundle engine cooler mounted in the upper radiator water pipe. Water from the

fire pump shall be circulated through 1/2" tubing to the cooler. A valve located on the pump panel shall control the

cooling circuit.

ALTERNATOR

The alternator shall be 320 amps Leece Neville model 178-131-100. The alternator shall be engine driven via a poly-

groove power belt and tensioned by a threaded rod. The alternator shall meet all current applicable NFPA 1901 Edition

requirements for performance.

BATTERY SYSTEM

The battery system shall be a single system consisting of six-(6) Group 31, 12-volt DC, heavy-duty, high cycle automotive

batteries. The battery bank shall have a group rating of 3750 cold cranking amperes (CCA) and a reserve of 1,080 minutes

at 80 degrees Fahrenheit.

All battery wiring shall be "GXL" battery cable capable of handling 125% of the actual load. It shall be run through a

heat resistant flexible nylon "HTZL" loom rated at a minimum of 300 degrees Fahrenheit. All cable connections shall be

machine crimped and soldered.

STAINLESS STEEL BATTERY BOXES

The chassis batteries shall be mounted in welded and bolted stainless steel battery box. The battery hold-downs shall be

made of structural, stainless steel angle. Painted carbon steel battery boxes shall not be acceptable.

BATTERY JUMPER STUDS

One (1) set of battery jumper studs, with plastic color-coded covers shall be mounted on the left front side of the battery

box.

A tag shall be provided for positive/negative terminals.

BATTERY JUMPER STUD TEMINATION POIN - STEP WELL

The battery jumper studs shall terminate at the front step well area driver's side.

MASTER BATTERY DISCONNECT SWITCH

The chassis batteries shall be wired in parallel to a single 12-volt electrical system, controlled through a heavy-duty, Guest

brand rotary type, master disconnect switch. The master disconnect switch shall be located within easy access of the



10/22/13

13

driver upon entering or exiting the cab. All electrical circuits shall be disconnected when the switch is in the "OFF"

position.

TOTAL SYSTEM LOAD MANAGER W/HIGH IDLE

The apparatus shall be equipped with a Class 1 Total System Manager (TSM) for performing electrical load management.

The TSM shall have two-(2) modes of operation, a "Calling Right of Way" and a "Blocking Right of Way". The

"Blocking Right of Way" mode is activated only when the park brake is set. Load shedding shall "only" occur when the

apparatus is in the "Blocking Right of Way" mode or when the battery voltage level reaches your programmed shed level.

Outputs 1-12 shall be independently programmable to sequence on with the ignition or master warning switch. Outputs 1-

12 shall also be programmable to be activated during the "Calling Right of Way" mode and or the "Blocking Right of

Way" mode. Output 13 is user configurable output and is programmable for activating between 10.5 and 15 volts. Output

14 shall provide a low voltage warning for an isolated battery. Output 15 shall be designated to activate a fast idle system.

Output 16 shall provide a low voltage alarm that activates at the NFPA required 11.8 volts.

The Total System Manager shall have an internal digital display to indicate systems voltage is in normal operation mode

and indicates the output configuration during programmable mode.

The Total System Manager shall be protected against reverse polarity and shorted outputs, and be enclosed in a metal

enclosure to enhance EMR/RFI protection.

ON-BOARD ELECTRICAL AIR COMPRESSOR PUMP PLUS CHARGE

A system shall be installed that automatically charges the chassis air and electrical system.

AIR COMPRESSOR

The small on-board air compressor shall be mounted on the vehicle to maintain the air pressure in the air brake system

while the vehicle is not in use. A pressure switch shall sense the system pressure and operate the compressor whenever the

pressure drops below a predetermined level.

SPECIFICATIONS

Input: 120 volts @ 12 amps

Output: .30 SCFM @ 80 PSI, .35 SCFM @ 60 PSI

Motor Type: Permanent Magnet .10HP

Battery Saver: 12 volts DC @ 3 amps

BATTERY CHARGER

The on-board automatic battery charger shall be mounted in the vehicle to maintain the chassis electrical system.

The Pump Plus 1200 charger senses battery voltage drop and recharges the batteries to full capacity. The state of charge is

indicated on a remotely located bar graph display whenever power is applied to the vehicle. The battery saver contained in

the Pump Plus 1200 charger is a three-(3) amp power supply with a relay to remove the accessory loads from the battery



10/22/13

14

and connect them to the power supply when the charger is energized with AC power. This shall permit the charger to

recharge the batteries without supplying the accessory load.

A selector switch shall be provided on the charger to operate the compressor either as a DC compressor or as an AC

compressor. In either switch position, the compressor shall operate from the vehicle battery. When the DC position is

selected, the compressor shall operate whenever the pressure switch senses low system pressure so that the vehicles air

system can be charged when the vehicle is away from a 120 volt AC source. When the department wishes to limit

compressor operation only when the vehicle is connected to the 120-volt AC source, the switch should be place in the AC

position.

SPECIFICATIONS

Input: 120 volts, 60 Hz, 10 amps

Output: 12V DC, @ 15 amps

Battery Charger: 12 volts DC @ 40 amps

Battery Saver: 12 volts DC @ 3 amps

Voltage Sense: Remote Electronic

Indicators:

• Power - Indicates input power applied

• Battery Saver - Indicates Battery Saver load exceed 3 amps

• Bar Graph - Remotely located indicates state of charge of batteries

The battery charging receptacle cover shall be a Kussmaul 091-3YW, yellow in color.

120-VOLT BATTERY CHARGING RECEPTACLE

There shall be a Kussmaul 120-volt male house hold power inlet receptacle wired to the chassis batteries. The receptacle

shall be configured to allow a remote 12-volt DC power source to charge the batteries. A matching male plug shall be

provided and shipped loose with the apparatus.

Location: Driver's side cab wheel well area

SHORE POWER INLET PLATE

A shore-power "Inlet Plate" shall be permanently affixed at or near the power inlet.

The plate shall indicate the following:

• Type of Line Voltage

• Current Rating in Amps

• Power Inlet Type (DC or AC)

TRANSMISSION



10/22/13

15

The chassis shall be equipped with an Allison 4000 EVS automatic transmission. It shall be equipped with 4th gear

operating controls and programmed for Fire Apparatus vocation. An electronic oil level indicator shall be provided as well

as a diagnostic reader port connection. The transmission shall be geared to provide one-to-one ratio in fourth gear for fire

pump applications. This dedicated "lockup" circuit is provided for pump operation. The transmission fifth gear shall be an

overdrive ratio, permitting the vehicle to reach its top speed at the governed engine speed.

The transmission shall be equipped with an automatic neutral feature. Applying the parking brake shall command the

transmission to neutral, regardless of drive range requested on the shift selector which shall require re-selecting the drive

range to shift out of neutral.

The transmission shall be equipped with dual PTO ports with engine speed capabilities. The transmission shall be cooled

by the radiator-mounted heat exchanger. The transmission fluid shall meet Allison specification TES-289.

TRANSMISSION PUSH BUTTON SHIFTER

The transmission shall be controlled by an Allison push button shifter internally illuminated for night operation. The

shifter shall be mounted on the dash to the right of the steering column. The transmission shall be capable of five-(5)

speed operation.

DRIVELINES

The chassis shall be equipped with Neapco 1810 series driveshaft with full round yokes and universal joints. The

driveshaft tubing shall be a minimum of 4.50" diameter with .134" wall thickness. The drivelines shall be balanced at a

minimum of 3000 RPM.

FIRE PUMP MOUNTING

Extra heavy-duty mounting brackets shall be bolted to the chassis frame rails for the installation of the fire pump. The

mounting brackets shall be positioned aligning the pump insuring the angular velocity of the driveline joints are the same

at each end allowing for full capacity performance with minimal vibration.

FUEL TANK

The chassis shall be equipped with a 50-gallon rear mounted fuel tank. The tank shall be constructed of 12-gauge steel

with stainless steel mounting straps and rubber isolators secured to the bottom flange of the chassis framerails. The tank

shall be baffled to prevent sloshing, vented, and have a drain plug installed on the bottom. A 240-33 ohm fuel-sending

unit shall be provided and broadcast across the SAE J1939 data link.

The tank shall be certified to meet FMCSR 393.65 and 393.67.

AUXILIARY FUEL COOLER

The fuel system shall have a tube and bundle cooler mounted in the suction line. Water from the fire pump shall be

circulated through 5/8" tubing to the cooler. A valve located on the pump panel shall control the cooling circuit.

FUEL LINES



10/22/13

16

The fuel lines shall be wire braid reinforced fuel grade hose. They shall have reusable fittings and be routed along the

inside of the frame rails. Fuel lines shall be protected against chaffing by non-conductive, frame mounted standoff

fasteners and, where necessary, with heavy-duty plastic zip loom.

FUEL SHUTOFF VALVE(S)

Two (2) fuel shutoff valve(s) shall be installed in the suction side of the fuel lines near the fuel filters.

FUEL FILTER

The Cummins engine shall be supplied with a fuel water separator with a bottom drain valve.

UREA STORAGE TANK

There shall be a 5-gallon urea tank located under the extended portion on the cab. An access door for filling this tank shall

be provided, behind the cabs left rear entry door. A urea level gauge shall be provided in the cab on the main instrument

panel.

There shall be a DEF fuel fill assembly mounted in the left crew cab extension. The fill assembly shall be equipped with a

brushed stainless steel door and fuel fill cap with retention ring. The assembly shall be properly labeled "DIESEL

EXHAUST FLUID ONLY".

EXHAUST SYSTEM

The apparatus shall contain a particulate filter and SCR (Selective Catalytic Reduction) device downstream of the engine's

turbo. This filter and SCR device are required to maintain US 2010 EPA Emissions. This filter and SCR device replaces

the conventional style filter. The location has been engineered, tested, and set to allow for proper regeneration. Therefore,

this filter cannot be removed, altered, or relocated.

An indicator light panel for this system shall be located in the cab informing the driver of the systems status. At times a

forced regeneration may be required, which would be indicated by a combination of illuminating and/or flashing lights

depending on the engine model.

A momentary switch labeled "Regen" shall be located within reach of the driver's seated position. The regeneration switch

initiates the forced regeneration. A momentary DPF inhibit switch prevents the vehicle from having the ability to

regenerate. Once the inhibit feature has been activated the ignition switch must be cycled off/on to return the vehicle to

normal regen. All vehicles equipped with pumping applications shall allow for passive regeneration whenever the system

requires and the engine is at its proper parameters unless inhibited by the DPF inhibit switch. In no way shall this feature

affect the RPM of the engine being controlled by the pump operator.

The engine exhaust system shall be horizontal in design using stainless steel tubing mounted under the frame rail right

side extending forward of the rear wheels.

CUSTOM CAB



10/22/13

17

The cab shall be an engine forward extended, medium four-door, (raised roof) full tilt. The cab shall be an "Open Interior"

roll cage design requiring no inner walls or vertical interior supports. The cab roof shall be raised 8 inches providing

additional headroom above the crew area. The raised portion shall start midway over the driver and officer seats. The cabs

seating capacity for emergency personnel shall be six.

All storage areas inside the cab shall fully comply with NFPA 1901 restraint requirements of 9G’s.

CRASH TEST

The cab shall exceed the strict and detailed requirements of the Economic Commission for Europe Structural Standard,

ECE-29R. The test shall consist of an impact load test and a vertical load test to the cab.

The cab shall have a frontal impact tests via pendulum, with an impact load in excess of 127% of the ECE-29R Standard.

The estimated speed of the 3736-lb (1698-kg) pendulum shall be a minimum of 18.2 mph. The cab doors shall be closed

during the impact test but be able to open after impact. There shall be no passenger intrusions or any structural component

failures. The cab shall meet or exceed all criteria of this portion of the test.

In conjunction with the frontal impact test, a vertical load test shall be implemented to the cab. The cab roof shall be

loaded with a minimum of 65,979 lbs. (29.53 metric tons). There shall be no failure to the cab structure or mountings, any

passenger compartment intrusion or degradation of occupant survival space, or any other structural failure. The cab shall

meet or exceed all criteria of this portion of the test.

A complete photographic, video, data, and dimensional record of these tests shall be available and placed on record for

customer evaluations.

CAB MATERIALS

The cab shall be constructed entirely of aluminum alloy extrusions and 3/16" (.188) thick, 5052-H32 alloy, marine grade

aluminum sheets. The corner posts, door slam posts, roof rails and doorframes shall be made of custom extrusions

designed specifically for this cab with slots for inserting the skin. The rear wall and roof shall be reinforced with a grid of

rectangular extrusions, which are welded to the overall cab extrusion framework. The front corner caps shall consist of

castings designed specifically for this cab with relief areas cast in place for attachment of roof skin and intersecting

structural extrusions. Overlapping formed corner caps are not acceptable.

CAB DIMENSIONS

• Overall width skin to skin: 100 inches

• Overall vehicle width: 120 inches (w/standard mirrors)

• Overall length: 136 inches

• Cab Height Front: 87 inches

• Cab Height Rear: 95 inches

• Center of front axle to back of cab: 62 inches

• Windshield area: 4200 square inches

• Front grill opening: 470 square inches

• Side grill opening: 105 square inches

• Cab full tilt angle: 45 degrees



10/22/13

18

• Cab full tilt height: 187 inches

• Floor to ceiling in front: 60 inches

• Floor to ceiling in rear: 66 inches

• Engine cover height: not to exceed 27-1/2" in the front and 33-1/2" at the rear

• The Driver shall have no less than 24-1/4" of hip room

• The Officer shall have no less than 23-1/4" of hip room (21-3/4" with ISX15 engine)

DOUBLE WALL CAB FACE

The cab front shall be of double wall construction resulting in a sealed firewall. The inner and outer shall both be formed

from 3/16" thick, 5052 H32 alloy aluminum with structural aluminum reinforcements. This design provides for increased

structural integrity, crew safety, and reduced road noise in the passenger area. The outer wall is used for mounting

forward lighting, grill and windshield wipers. The inner portion shall be treated with a heavy black undercoating material

for corrosion prevention.

SEALED ENGINE TUNNEL

The engine tunnel shall be a structural part of the passenger cab, constructed from welded 3/16” aluminum plate and

reinforced with aluminum extrusions. The rear of the engine tunnel shall be no less than 57” inches from the rear wall of

the cab, allowing maximum legroom for forward facing passenger. After welding, the seams shall be completely sealed

with silicone caulking.

Engine enclosures that are not an integral part of the cab structure are not acceptable.

The interior of the engine tunnel shall be insulated with 1” thick foil backed insulating foam, attached with stud and

button method. A cross-section analysis of the insulation shall reveal a 1/8” thick barrier material for additional noise and

heat insulation.

CAB FLOORS

Cab floors shall be constructed from an aluminum extruded frame and 3/16” thick aluminum plate. Floor mats and

insulation are detailed later in this specification.

The forward cab floor shall be as large as possible for both the driver and officer. Floorboards shall extend in width from

the side of the engine tunnel, all the way to the cab door inner panel. They shall extend forward from the seat riser to the

inner portion of the double wall cab face. The officer shall have approximately 28” of foot room.

The entire rear floor of the cab, to reduce trip and fall hazards, shall be a single plane. In applications requiring the use of

a top-mounted PTO, a raised area in the floor may be required.

For maximum crew comfort and eliminate leg fatigue during emergency responses, the floor beneath the rear facing jump

seats shall be large enough for a seated firefighter to rest both feet side-by-side. Cab floor designs that are wide enough

for only one foot shall not be accepted.

CAB CORROSION PROTECTION



10/22/13

19

A corrosion preventative material shall be applied during cab construction. A ten-(10) year warranty against corrosion

perforation shall be provided for the cab.

WHEEL WELL LINERS

Full wheel well liners shall be installed beneath the cab to protect the bottom of the cab from road splash. The liners shall

be constructed of aluminum and be full width.

The wheel well liners shall be attached with threaded fasteners and be easily removable for service.

FENDERETTES

Bright polished stainless steel fenderettes shall be installed at the wheel well openings. A rubber gasket shall be installed

between the fenderette and cab to eliminate contact of dissimilar metals.

WINDSHIELD

The windshield shall have approximately 4200 square inches of unobstructed viewing area. It shall be a two-(2) piece

design with tinted automotive safety glass, with a wraparound design. A .030-inch thick vinyl layer shall separate the

laminated glass.

All other cab glass shall be tinted and tempered.

INTERMITTENT WINDSHIELD WIPERS

Two electric "Pantograph" style windshield wipers shall be installed on the front face of the cab. The motors shall operate

through a 72-degree sweep and include 24-inch blades to give superior wiper coverage. A washer reservoir of not less

than 70 ounces shall be mounted a latched door recessed in the officer's step.

A switch located on the turn signal control arm shall operate the intermittent wipers.

EXTERIOR GRAB HANDLES

Stainless steel handrails with a knurled, slip-resistant finish shall be positioned behind each cab door. Grab rails shall be

minimum 24” in length. Molded rubber gasket shall be mounted between the grab handles and the cab in order to prevent

corrosion due to dissimilar metals being in contract.

EXTREME DUTY CAB INTERIOR

Cab floors shall be covered with a pebble grain rubber matting with barrier type insulation. Edges of the insulation shall

be trimmed with extruded aluminum angle for a pleasing appearance.

An insulated covering shall be fitted over the engine tunnel. Made from the same material as the cab floor insulation, this

covering shall insulate the cab from engine heat and noise. A Cast Products aluminum door on top of the engine tunnel

shall provide access for fluid checks.



10/22/13

20

The back side of the engine cover, as well as a 2” to 3” return on the top side, shall be covered with aluminum tread plate

and be of sufficient strength to allow for 9G resistant mounting of any optional hand lights, entry tools, or other fire rescue

equipment specified by the customer.

The cab shall have a custom built, smooth aluminum plate dashboard, overhead console, glove box, instrumentation panel

and switch panel. The front overhead shall include room for the three sun visors and the door open indicator light.

The front door posts shall be trimmed with styled aluminum covers that conceal any wiring, as well as including a

mounting area for rubberized grab handles. The center windshield post shall be covered Ultraliner paint finish.

Prior to installing the headliner and rear wall padding, minimum R-7 insulation, shall be installed between the interlocking

extrusions.

These covers serve to finish the interior, cover wiring harnesses and insulate the interior from sound and heat.

SUN VISORS

The cab shall be equipped with a minimum of three (3) sun visors. The visors shall be installed on the overhead panel and

provide approximately 90 per cent coverage across the width of the cab. The visors shall be approximately 26 inches wide

and six (6) inches tall.

GLOVE BOX

The glove box shall be an integral part of the welded aluminum dashboard assembly and located on the officer side of the

cab. The storage area of the glove box shall bolt in place for easy service access. The door shall be drop down style and

constructed from brushed stainless steel with a recessed latch. The area above the glove box shall be flat for a work

surface or optional MDT mounting.

CAB STEPS

All cab steps shall be of a stationary, fixed design that use no moving parts and requires no periodic maintenance other

than cleaning.

There shall be an open-grip, bright finish step at each cab door opening. The area under the step shall be enclosed to

prevent road dirt from entering the cab. There shall be provisions made at the front of the step for easily flushing out any

dirt accumulation.

At each door, opening there shall also be an intermediate cab step. Intermediate steps shall be full width of the doorstep

area and constructed from embossed aluminum tread plate.

CAB STEP HEIGHTS

The distance from level ground to the first cab step shall be 19-21 inches (24” with Independent Front Suspension),

without using swing-down style or under-cab “stirrup” auxiliary steps.

The distance from first cab step to intermediate step shall be approximately 12.5 inches front and rear.



10/22/13

21

The distance from intermediate step to cab floor shall be approximately 9.5 inches in the front and 12 inches in the rear.

CAB DOORS

All cab doors shall be full length, designed to cover the step well area. Each cab door shall be flush type with a minimum

opening of 85 degrees.

The front doors shall be approximately 40" inches wide by 78.5" inches tall. The doors shall have a two-piece window,

one operational and one fixed. The combined viewing area shall be no less than 796 square inches. For added safety, the

front door windows shall slant down for maximum visibility.

The rear doors shall be approximately 34" inches wide by 86.5" inches tall. The doors shall have a two-piece window, one

operational and one fixed. The combined viewing area shall be no less than 867 square inches. There crew area windows

shall have a dark tint applied.

The doors shall include a bulb style rubber seal around the perimeter of each door frame ensuring a weather tight fit.

The cab doors shall use internal and external paddle latches with a rubber gasket isolating the latch from the painted

outside surface. The external latch shall have a chrome plated finish and the interior stainless steel. Both latches shall be

oversized for easy access with a gloved hand.

Dovetail catch assemblies shall be installed in the doorjamb. The dovetail catch shall be V-shaped providing a positive

catch and release system.

DOOR HINGES - CONCEALED

Each cab door shall be attached to the cab with two concealed automotive style hinges with restraining strap.

CAB DOOR LOCKS - MANUAL

There shall be individual manual twist type door locks at each door handle. In accordance with FMVSS 206, all exterior

door locks shall be keyed alike.

WINDOW REGULATORS

The two front cab doors shall be equipped with window regulators. Two crew cab doors shall be equipped with window

regulators. A hand crank located at each door shall operate each window.

LEFT SIDE FIXED CAB WINDOW

A window of not less than 16-1/2" wide by 33-1/2" high shall be installed in the left sidewall of the cab between the front

and rear door. The glass shall be tempered and retained with one-piece triple locking rubber lacing dark tint.

RIGHT SIDE FIXED CAB WINDOW

A window of not less than 16-1/2" wide by 33-1/2" high shall be installed in the right sidewall of the cab between the

front and rear door. The glass shall be tempered and retained with one-piece triple locking rubber lacing dark tint.



10/22/13

22

CAB TILT LOCK

The cab shall be supported at four points. At the front, there shall be two center bonded bronze bushings. At the rear, there

shall be two hydraulic locking latches.

The cab shall tilt 45 degrees by means of a pair of hydraulic cylinders driven by the electric pump. The tilt system

geometry shall be designed in such a way that the maximum hydraulic pressure in the system does not exceed one-half the

pressure rating of the cylinders or pump when the cab is empty. This allows the Fire Department to leave some equipment

in the cab when maintenance is required (although this equipment must be secured).

Once the cab is fully tilted, a safety latch shall automatically engage and act as a positive lock. The lock is released by a

pull cable. The hydraulic cylinders shall be equipped with velocity fuses to prevent the cab from falling, should the

hydraulic system fail.

The front of the cab pivots and rides on the center bonded bushings by means of lubricated pivot pins that retain the cab

yoke in the bushings. The bushings allow limited movement of the cab, and isolate the cab from noise and vibration.

The rear mounts consist of a pair of hydraulic cab latches mounted on rubber cushioned mounting brackets. Latches

release when the pressure in the tilt system exceeds 500 PSI.

Warning lights shall illuminate at the center warning cluster on the dash, and near the cab tilt control whenever the cab is

not fully latched in the down position.

An ignition interlock system shall be installed for cab tilt operation. Cab tilt operation requires the master battery switch

to be in the on position with the parking brake applied.

CAB TILT PUMP

An electric over hydraulic cab lifting pump shall be provided to tilt the cab for engine and transmission service. The pump

shall be operated by a remotely wired control box with coiled cord, weather resistant plug, and receptacle. An interlock

shall be provided preventing the cab from inadvertently rising until the transmission is placed in the neutral position and

the parking brake is set.

Warning lights provided at the center warning cluster on the dash, and near the cab tilt control shall illuminate whenever

the cab is not fully latched in the down position.

SINGLE COLOR CAB PAINT FINISH

The custom cab shall be a single finish painted color. The paint color shall be furnished by the customer.

All cab exterior components including doors and glass, shall be removed. The complete cab exterior shall be thoroughly

sanded, solvent cleaned and finished with high luster polyurethane paint before mounting of body to assure full coverage

of paint to all surfaces.

UPPER CAB PAINT COLOR/CODE



10/22/13

23

The upper cab paint code shall be White, 854064.

FRONT GRILLE

The front grille shall be a cast aluminum assembly with 430 square inches of open area. The grille shall be backed with an

aluminum honeycomb mesh to protect the radiator.

SIDE INTAKE GRILLES W/EMBER SEPARATOR

Bright stainless steel grilles shall be installed approximately 70" above ground level one-(1) each side cab between the

front and rear cab doors. The grilles shall have a minimum open area of not less than 119 square inches serving as an air

intake and warm air dispersant system.

An Ember Separator shall be installed between the stainless steel grill and the air filter system allowing fresh air to pass

through to the engine while preventing particles of .039 inches (1.0 mm) or larger from entering the system in accordance

with the latest version of NFPA easily accessible through the exterior stainless steel grille.

The right side grille shall be notched to allow easy access without removing the cab handrail.

HEATED/REMOTE CAB MIRRORS

Two cab mounted Ramco heated/ remote single lens mirrors, with bus style arms shall be installed on the cab front

corners. The convex mirror shall be mounted above the flat lens assembly.

REAR CAB STEP WELL TRIM

The rear cab door stepping surfaces shall be trimmed with aluminum tread plate. There shall be tread plate covers that

provide access to the chassis battery system.

TREAD PLATE BACK OF CAB

The entire back wall of the cab shall be covered with 1/8" (.125") thick aluminum tread plate. The tread plate shall be

coated with a rust inhibitor and fastened to the cab with stainless steel fasteners. A bead of caulking shall be applied to the

perimeter of the tread plate.

ADDITIONAL CAB INSULATION SPRAY

In additional to the standard insulation package the complete under cab, inside the cab ceiling and back wall (before

standard insulation in installed), engine tunnel and floor shall be coated with VL-37 spray.

INTERIOR CAB FINISH – DARK GRAY

The interior of the cab shall be painted with a dark gray “F-Shield”. The cab metal finish shall be covered with a coat of

adhesion promoting primer.

“F-Shield” is a 100% solids, state-of-the art, VOC-free, plural-component, pure polyuria elastomeric membrane. This

seamless system exhibits extraordinary performance characteristics. F-Shield is based on amine-terminated polyether



10/22/13

24

resins, amine chain extenders and MDI pre-polymers. This membrane achieves an extremely tough, flexible, chemical and

abuse resistant finish. F-Shield shall be used in specified areas for maximum protection.

The following interior components shall be covered with heavy-duty gray vinyl:

• Headliner (Front and Rear)

• Rear Wall (Unless covered with painted aluminum panel)

FLOOR MATS/ENGINE TUNNEL COVERING - BLACK

The floor mats and engine tunnel shall be covered with black pebble grain vinyl with 1/4" (.250") foam backing. The

edges of the floor mats shall be trimmed with bright aluminum angle.

INTERIOR CAB GRAB HANDLES

Two-(2) interior grab handles installed in the cab on the "A" posts. The grab handles shall be constructed of rubberized

steel.

There shall be one-(1) interior grab handle installed on each rear cab door at the height where the window stops in travel

when opened. The grab handles shall be constructed of bright stainless steel.

UPPER DOOR PANELS

There shall be four-(4) interior upper front and rear door panels installed covered with “F-Shield” extending from the

window down to the lower kick plate. The color of the panels shall match the interior of the cab unless otherwise

specified.





LOWER DOOR PANELS

There shall be four-(4) interior lower front and rear door panels installed covered with “F-Shield” extending from the

window down to the lower kick plate. The color of the panels shall match the interior of the cab unless otherwise

specified.





REFLECTIVE DOOR STRIPING

There shall be 96 square inches of a single color reflective material installed on the inside lower panel of each cab door.

ENGINE TUNNEL REINFORCEMENT - EXPANDED METAL



10/22/13

25

The engine tunnel insulation shall be covered and reinforced with expanded metal. The expanded metal overlay shall

assist in retaining the insulation tight against the cab.

INSTRUMENTATION

For easy viewing, gauges shall be white faced with black lettering and adjustable intensity, green LED backlighting. In

order to reduce replacement and maintenance costs, the gauges provided shall be separate from one another and not in a

cluster or arrangement. The gauges shall meet SAE J-1939 protocol to eliminate redundant sending units. Gauges must be

fully sealed to 6 psi. Gauges shall have an operating temperature range of -40F to 185F. The gauge crystal shall be

polycarbonate, anti-fog, and anti-scratch coated. The panels shall be divided into groups of instruments that make

identification sensible and easy to view.

The following panels shall be included:

• One driver side hinged gauge panel

• One driver side message center and indicator light panel

• Driver side pump shift panel (if required)

• Driver side park brake panel

• Driver side diagnostic connector

• Driver side ignition/climate control panel

• Center mounted rocker switch and siren panel, with a maximum capacity of 20 switches

• Officer side information panel

The following instruments shall be included:

• Dial Type speedometer with digital odometer and trip odometer that is active when pumping

• Dial Type tachometer with digital hour meter and trip hour meter along with a digital, four-line diagnostic display

• Dial Type engine oil pressure gauge with warning light and alarm

• Dial Type water temperature with warning light and alarm

• Dial Type transmission temperature with warning light and alarm

• Dial Type front air pressure gauges with warning light and alarm

• Dial Type rear air pressure gauge with warning light

• Dial Type voltmeter

• Dial Type fuel level gauge with low fuel indicator level

• Dial Type Diesel Exhaust Fluid gauge with low level indicator

• Air cleaner restriction light

• High beam indicator

• Parking brake indicator

• Turn signal indicators

• Diagnostic indicators for airbag, engine, transmission, and ABS

The ignition panel shall include the ignition switch, engine start, instrument lamp dimmer switch, transmission pushbutton

shift pad and front air conditioning and/or heating switches and remote heated mirror controls (if applicable).



10/22/13

26

An anti-lock braking system (ABS) test switch and parking brake control valve shall be located to the right of the steering

column.

SERVICE ACCESS

The driver's instrumentation area shall be made of textured black non-glare panels affixed to the aluminum dash. There

shall be a single gauge panel, secured with a bottom hinge and four (4) quarter-turn fasteners. Access to the gauge clusters

shall be accomplished simply by releasing the latches and pulling the panel outward. Other gauge access designs are not

acceptable.

The chassis electrical panel shall be located in the center of the aluminum dash, between the switch panel and the

windshield. There shall be a lift up cover, with two (2) recessed lift-and-turn latches for quick access to the panel. The

underside of the panel shall have a pre-printed diagram that clearly depicts the function of each circuit breaker and relay.

The vehicle load manager shall be located in this panel. The opening to the electrical shall measure approximately 19”

wide near the switch panel and 37” wide toward the windshield.

Electronic diagnostic connections for the engine, transmission, and ABS brakes shall be located in the lower-left panel on

the cab dash.

DRIVER’S INFORMATION DISPLAY

There will /shall be a 10.8" x 2.44" display panel on the driver’s gauge cluster that will illuminate various caution and

warning indicator lamps. This display also contains a 340 x 90 monochrome LCD for display of specific and user

selectable data. The display unit reads data from the J1939-11 powertrain communications network. Display will be

capable of but not limited to the following features:

• Auto Self-Test

• Viewing the state of each digital or analog input to the unit

• Viewing the state of each output

• Allows users ability to set service reminders by distance or hours of operation

• Allows users ability to set data screens in various formats i.e. bar graph / text

• Viewable active and stored powertrain ECU fault data.

• Diagnostics screen allows user to select and view a specific source such as engine / transmission

• Display is selectable between English and metric readings.

• Messages and Icons will pop up in display when a condition exists such as:

Transmission oil life, filter or other service needed as reported by the Allison Transmission ECU

Engine conditions: Low oil pressure, high coolant temperature, low coolant level, water in fuel, check / stop

engine, regeneration needed, high exhaust temp

Indicator lights may also accompany pop up messages:

• Door ajar indicator will also pop up a "Do Not Move Vehicle, Check all doors and Items that Raise or extend

beyond apparatus cab or body" message

CHASSIS ELECTRICAL SYSTEM



10/22/13

27

The chassis shall include a single starting electrical system which shall include a 12 volt direct current system, suppressed

per SAE J551. The wiring shall be appropriate gauge cross link with 311 degree Fahrenheit insulation. All SAE wires in

the chassis shall be color coded and shall include the circuit number and function where possible. The wiring shall be

protected by 275 degree Fahrenheit minimum high temperature flame retardant loom.

CHASSIS COLOR CODED WIRING

All chassis wiring shall be type "GXL" in accordance with S.A.E. J1128 and NFPA-1901. ALL wiring shall be COLOR

CODED and continuously marked with the circuit number and function.

A battery "loop back" ground circuit shall be supplied for the EDS system to reduce the possible effects of

Electromagnetic and Radio Frequency Interference.

The chassis cab, engine and transmission shall be electrically bonded to the chassis frame rails with braided ground straps.

MAIN CENTER DASH

The main center dash area shall include three (3) removable panel’s located one (1) to the right of the driver position, one

(1) in the center of the dash and one (1) to the left of the officer position. The center panel shall be within comfortable

reach of both the driver and officer. The panel shall be constructed of 5052-H32 Marine Grade, 1/8 inch thick aluminum

plate.

The left dash panel shall include ten (10) switches. There shall be eight (8) switches across the top of the panel and two

(2) staggered on the lower portion of the panel. The transmission shifter and instrument lamp dimmer control shall be

provided.

The center dash panel shall include twenty (20) rocker switch positions, ten (10) each side. A rocker switch with a legend

installed directly above shall be provided for any position without a switch and legend designated by a specific option.

The non-specified switches shall be two-position, black switches with an indicator light. All switch legends shall have

backlighting provided. The center portion shall be used for electronic siren mounting.

The right dash panel shall be blank.

VEHICLE DATA RECORDER

Apparatus shall be equipped with a Class1 “Vehicle Data Recorder and Seat Belt Warning System” (VDR/SBW) that is

connected to the power train CAN (Controller Area Network) bus consisting of transmission (TCM), engine control

(ECM) and antilock brake (ABS) modules mounted on the apparatus. The VDR/SBW will function per NFPA 1901-2009

sections 4.11 (Vehicle Data Recorder) utilizing the power train’s J1939 data and 14.1.3.10 (Seat Belt Warning) using the

Class1 “Seat Belt Input Module” for seat occupied and belt status information.

The VDR data shall be downloadable by USB cable to a computer using either Microsoft™ or Apple™ Operating

Systems using Class 1/ O.E.M. supplied reporting software.

There shall be a seat belt indicator system supplied in the cab. The indicator system shall indicate seat belt use for each

individual seating position when the seat is occupied, the seat belt remains unfastened and the parking brake is released.



10/22/13

28

A display panel shall be supplied in the dash area. The panel shall have an audible indicators and a red light display to

indicate that a seat belt has not been fastened.

SEAT BELT WARNING SYSTEM

Mounted in the overhead console in the driver's area the indicator system shall indicate seat belt use for each individual

seating position when the seat is occupied, the seat belt remains unfastened and the parking brake is released.

STEERING COLUMN

The steering column shall be a Douglas Autotec tilt and telescope. A lever mounted on the side of the column shall

control the tilt and telescope features. A Signal-Stat (self-canceling) turn signal switch shall be mounted to the column.

The steering shaft from the column to the meter box shall have a rubber boot to cover the shaft slip and a second rubber

boot to seal the passage hole in the floor.

The steering wheel shall be 18 inches in diameter.

The Signal-Stat turn signal switch shall include the following functions:

• Left and right turn signals

• High beam dimmer control

• Hazard warning switch

• Two speed with intermittent windshield wiper control

• Windshield washer control

MANUAL FAST IDLE SWITCH

There shall be a manual fast idle switch mounted on the dash. When activated, the switch shall increase the engine idle

speed to approximately 1200 RPM to allow the alternator to supply additional charging of the apparatus battery system.

The fast idle switch shall only operate if all interlocks are met. Apparatus transmission must be in neutral with the parking

brake set and the fire pump (if equipped) must not be engaged.

HEATING/AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM

The climate control system shall use three-(3) heater-air conditioner units.

The front circuits shall use two-(2) heater-air conditioning units, mounted under the dash on the driver's side and under the

officer's side. These units are each rated at 14,700 BTU heating and 19,200 BTU cooling. The units shall blow up toward

the windshield through adjustable vents in the dash. Additionally, there shall be two-(2) adjustable vents each side to

direct air at the lower portion of the driver and officer seating areas. Two switches, including low/med/high and heat/off/

ac, shall control the front system.

A blend air switch shall be installed to operate both the front heating and cooling systems. This provides hot and dry air

for defogging purposes.



10/22/13

29

The rear circuit shall use one large heater-air conditioner unit with a rating of 34,150 BTU cooling and 36,000 BTU

heating. It shall be mounted under the forward facing rear seats. Ducting shall run up the rear wall to adjustable vents

(minimum of six) running along the center of the ceiling toward the front of the cab. Two-(2) switches including

high/med/low and heat/off/AC shall control the unit.

Both heaters shall be plumbed with a shut off valve at the engine.

The air conditioning system shall be powered through two (2) engine driven 9.5 cubic inch compressors.

Two (2) roof top condensers, each rated at 38,700 Btu, shall be provided.

The entire roof and back wall shall be heavily insulated with 1" foam to enhance the cooling system.

SEAT MATERIAL

The seats shall be covered with Durawear material.

SEAT COLOR

The cab seats shall be black in color.

DRIVER'S SEAT

The driver's seat shall be a Bostrom Model Sierra high-back with air ride suspension. The seat shall have 4-way

adjustability by the driver in accordance with SAE J1517. The seat shall be equipped with an integrated 3-point seat belt

with an automatic retractor. The belt shall be red in color to meet current NFPA requirements.

OFFICER'S SEAT

The officer's seat shall be a Bostrom Tanker 450 SCBA non-suspension. Seat back shall include a spring-loaded flip-up

headrest. The seat shall be equipped with an integrated 3-point shoulder harness with lap belt and an automatic retractor

built into the seat assembly. The belt shall be red in color to meet current NFPA requirements.

There shall be a SmartDock Gen II hands-free SCBA holder provided with the seat. The SCBA holder shall be a strap-free

docking station with single motion insertion and hands-free release when the occupant rises out of the seat.

There shall one-(1) SCBA seat cavity removable panel provided for a smooth back when the breathing air apparatus is not

in use.

OFFICER'S SEATBASE COMPARTMENT

There shall be a compartment provided under the officer's seat for additional storage.

OFFICERS'S SIDE REAR FACING CREW SEAT



10/22/13

30

One-(1) outboard, rear facing, seat shall be installed behind the officer. The seat shall be Bostrom Tanker 450 SCBA non-

suspension seat. The seat shall include a spring-loaded flip-up headrest. The belt shall be red in color to meet current

NFPA requirements.

There shall be a SmartDock Gen II hands-free SCBA holder provided with the seat. The SCBA holder shall be a strap-free

docking station with single motion insertion and hands-free release when the occupant rises out of the seat.

There shall one-(1) SCBA seat cavity removable panel provided for a smooth back when the breathing air apparatus is not

in use.

INBOARD FORWARD FACING CREW SEATS

Two-(2) inboard, forward facing seats shall be installed in the crew area. The seats shall be Bostrom Tanker 450 SCBA

non-suspension seats. Seat backs shall include spring-loaded flip-up headrest. The seat shall be equipped with a 3-point

seat belt. The belts shall be red in color to meet current NFPA requirements.

There shall be a SmartDock Gen II hands-free SCBA holder provided with each seat. The SCBA holders shall be a strap-

free docking station with single motion insertion and hands-free release when the occupant rises out of the seat.

There shall be two-(2) SCBA seat cavity removable panels provided for a smooth back when the breathing air apparatus

are not in use.

ANTENNA INSTALLATION

There shall be two (2) antenna(s) supplied by the customer and installed by the apparatus body builder.

The items must be sent to the manufacturer in advance, and marked with name and shop order number for identification.

POWER AND GROUND STUDS

The cab shall include two (2) power studs. The studs shall be size #10 and each of the power studs shall be circuit

protected with a fuse of the specified amperage. One (1) power stud shall be capable of carrying up to a 50 amp battery

direct load and one (1) power stud shall be capable of carrying up to a 30 amp battery direct load. The two (2) power studs

shall share one (1) #10 ground stud.

Locations: The 50-amp power stud shall be located in the center dash electrical panel and the 30-amp power stud shall be

located in the crew area

ELECTRONIC SIREN

There shall be one-(1) Whelen model WS-295HFS2 hands free siren control head mounted in the center switch panel. The

siren button shall be activated when the siren is in hands free mode. The siren shall incorporate a rotary selector. There

shall be an on/off power switch, a push button switch for manual siren or air horn tones, and a noise-canceling

microphone with volume control.

BACK-UP ALARM



10/22/13

31

There shall be one-(1) electronic back-up alarm installed at the rear of the apparatus. The alarm shall be wired to the

transmissions output signal and is automatically activated when the transmission is shifted into reverse.

CAB DOME LIGHTS

Six-(6) combination clear/red LED dome lights with one-(1) piece bezels shall be installed in the cabs headliner. The push

on / push off switches for the clear and red dome lights are integrally mounted in the dome lights lens.

The white LED lights shall be activated when any cab door is in the open position automatically switching off all red

lights currently on and reactivated when the door is closed.

The light housing shall match the interior color.

DOOR AJAR LIGHT

A Whelen model TIR3 door ajar light shall be located on the cab's ceiling. This light shall be a self-contained flashing

light that activates when any of the apparatus doors are open. The lens color shall be red.

An audible alarm shall be installed in conjunction with the door-ajar warning light system. The panel only operates when

the ignition switch is in the “On” position and the parking brake released.

STEP WELL LIGHTS

Four (4) step well lights shall be supplied. The lights shall be white LEDs, one in each cab step well. All step well lights

shall be illuminated when any door is opened.

ENGINE MAINTENANCE LIGHTS

Two-(2) white 4" incandescent round lights shall be mounted under the cab. The lights shall automatically activate when

the cab is tilted.

STANDARD FRONT LIGHTING

The headlamps, turn signals, front warning, and intersection lights shall be located within chrome warning light modules.

HEADLIGHTS

Four-(4) halogen rectangular headlights shall be installed in the warning light modules, two-(2) each side. The headlights

shall be mounted in the lower positions of the module.

TURN SIGNALS

Whelen model M6T amber LED turn signal lamps shall be installed directly above the low beam headlights in the

warning light modules.

TURN SIGNAL/MARKER LIGHTS



10/22/13

32

Whelen model 400 amber LED lamps shall be mounted outboard of the turn signal at a 45-degree angle

off the front of the cab. The lamps are part of the warning light module, and are visible from both the

front and side of the vehicle.

LED CORNERING LIGHTS

Whelen model 400 flashing LED-cornering lamps shall be mounted below the marker light in the warning light module.

The lamps are mounted at a 45-degree angle off the front of the cab and are visible from the side and front of the vehicle.

DOT LIGHTS

There shall be five-(5) LED marker lights installed on the cabs roof located as high as practical and spaced per DOT

guidelines.

72" LED LIGHTBAR - WHELEN FN72QLED 2FLDRR

A Whelen model FN72QLED 2FLDRR LED lightbar shall be mounted on the cab roof. The lightbar shall measure 72" in

length and positioned as far forward as possible. The lightbar shall have two-(2) front corner Red Linear 12's, eight-(8)

front Linear 8's (6 Red/2 White), and two-(2) end Red Linear 8's that form square ends.

The lightbar shall be controlled in the following manner:

Calling for Right of Way - All Positions

Blocking Right of Way - Clear shall not be Active

The lights shall be activated by a single emergency light switch located on the master light switch panel in the cab.

The lightbar shall meet NFPA 1901 edition as configured.

OPTICOM

There shall be one-(1) GTT Opticom (Model 795) LED low profile emitter installed in the lightbar and controlled by a

switch in the cab. The unit shall operate in accordance with the current NFPA requirements.

INBOARD LOWER FRONT WARNING LIGHTS

There shall be two-(2) Whelen model M6R red LED light heads installed inboard of the turn signal in the warning light

modules. The lights shall be red with red lens.

FRONT BUMPER WARNING LIGHTS

There shall be two-(2) Whelen model M6R red LED light heads shall installed one-(1) each side of the front bumper. The

lights shall be red with red lens.

CAB WHEEL WELL WARNING LIGHTS



10/22/13

33

There shall be two-(2) Whelen model M6B red LED light heads installed one-(1) each side above the cab wheel well. The

lights shall be blue with blue lens.

CAB GROUND LIGHTS

There shall be one-(1) Whelen model T0CACCCR 2" (5mm) LED light mounted under each cab door illuminating the

area below providing a safe entrance and exit for cab occupants. All cab ground lights shall automatically activate when

any cab door is opened and by a switch located on the dash.

OCCUPANCY/SEAT BELT PLATE

Occupancy / Seat Belt plates shall be provided and installed visible from each seated position, which reads:

"OCCUPANTS MUST BE SEATED AND BELTED WHEN THE APPARATUS IN MOTION"

"DO NOT WEAR HELMET" PLATE

A plate shall be installed visible from each seating position that states:

"DO NOT WEAR HELMET WHILE SEATED"

MOVEMENT WARNING PLATE

A permanently affixed Movement Warning plate shall be installed near the door ajar light that reads:

“DO NOT MOVE APPARATUS WHEN LIGHT IS ON".

CAB/CHASSIS PARTS & LABOR WARRANTY

The manufacturer shall provide a limited parts and labor warranty to the purchaser of the custom built cab and chassis for

a period of sixty (60) months, or the first 36,000 miles, whichever occurs first. The warranty period shall commence on

the date the vehicle is delivered to the end user.

CAB STRUCTURAL WARRANTY

The cab structure shall be warranted for a period of ten (10) years or one hundred thousand (100,000) miles which ever

may occur first. The warranty period shall commence on the date the vehicle is delivered to the end user.

CAB PAINT WARRANTY

The cab and chassis shall be covered by a limited manufacturer paint warranty which shall be in effect for four (4) years

from the first owner’s date of purchase or in service or the first 100,000 actual miles, whichever occurs first.The warranty

period shall commence on the date the vehicle is delivered to the end user.

FRAME RAIL WARRANTY



10/22/13

34

The chassis frame and crossmembers shall be provided with a lifetime material and workmanship limited warranty to the

original purchaser. The warranty shall cover the chassis frame and crossmembers as being free from defects in material

and workmanship that would arise under normal use and service.

Proposals offering warranties for frames not including cross members shall not be considered.

MERITOR AXLE WARRANTY

FRONT AXLE

The front axle shall be warranted by Meritor for two (2) years with unlimited miles under the general service application.

REAR AXLE

The rear axle shall be warranted by Meritor for two (2) years with unlimited miles under the general service application.

ENGINE WARRANTY

The Cummins engine shall be warranted for a period of five (5) years or 100,000 miles, whichever occurs first.

TRANSMISSION WARRANTY

The Allison EVS series transmission shall be warranted for a period of five (5) years with unlimited mileage. Parts and

labor shall be included in the warranty.

CHASSIS OPERATION MANUAL

There shall be two (2) digital copies of the chassis operation manual provided with the chassis. The digital data shall

include a parts list specific to the chassis model.

CAB/CHASSIS WIRING DIAGRAMS

There will be a complete digital set of electrical schematics provided at the time of delivery. These schematics will have

each circuit properly numbered and in color.

The schematic will show each connector in the circuitry and the position in which each circuit enters, exits, or terminates.

The schematic will be drawn in such a manner as to allow individual circuitry to be followed throughout the apparatus.

These schematics will not have the circuitry condensed into a single line or sets of lines. Multiple sheets will be

acceptable so long as each of the harnesses is properly identified to the connecting sheet and harness. There will be a

border around the paper(s), which contain alpha and numeric characters for indexing coordinate reference. There will be

an indexing or part reference document for quick location of items shown on the schematics.

BROW MOUNT LIGHT(S)



10/22/13

35

Two (2) Whelen model PFP2-FFA contour roof mount light(s) shall be installed. The mounting brackets are attached to

the bottom of the lamp head and be machined to conform to the roof radius. Wiring shall extend from a weatherproof

strain relief at the rear of the lamp head.

The lamp head shall have two (2) 75 watt 12-volt LED fixtures. The fixtures shall draw 12-amps and generate 14,000

lumens. The fixture shall be accessible through the front. The lamp head shall be no more than 2-7/8 (108mm) inches

deep by 4-1/4 (108mm) inches high by 14 (356mm) inches wide. Lamp head and brackets shall be powder coated white.

Locations: One (1) each side of the cab roof, above the side intake grilles

CARRYING CAPACITY PLATE

A permanently attached carrying capacity plate in accordance with NFPA 1901 Standards shall be installed in plain view

of the driver.

The tag shall include the following:

• Overall height

• Overall length

• GVWR

• Seating capacity

SEATING CAPACITY PLATE

A permanently attached Seating Capacity Plate shall be mounted in the cab in plain view that reads “Seating Capacity – 5

People”.

Each seating position that is not, intended to be used during transit shall be individually labeled as follows:

"WARNING THIS SEAT IS NOT TO BE OCCUPIED WHILE VEHICLE IS IN MOTION"

OVERALL HEIGHT/LENGTH/WEIGHT PLATE

An Overall Height/Length/Weight information plate shall be installed that can be clearly identified and visible to the

driver while in the seated position showing the apparatus completed overall height, length, (in feet and inches) and gross

vehicle weight (in tons) current to the apparatus manufactured date.

If changes to the vehicle occur while in service, the department must revise the overall height-length-weight plate.

FLUID CAPACITY PLATE

A permanently affixed fluid date plate shall be installed in the driving compartment to indicate the type and quantities of

the following fluid used in the vehicle.

• Engine Oil

• Engine Coolant



10/22/13

36

• Chassis Transmission Fluid

• Pump Transmission Lubrication Fluid (if applicable)

• Pump Primer Fluid (if applicable)

• Drive Axle Lubrication Fluid

• Air Conditioning Refrigerant

• Air Conditioning Lubrication Oil

• Power Steering Fluid

• Cab Tilt Mechanism Fluid

• Transfer Case Fluid

• Equipment Rack Fluid

• Air Compressor System Lubricant

• Generator System Lubricant

• Front Tire Pressure - Cold

• Rear Tire Pressure - Cold

The following information shall also be supplied on the Fluid Data Plate:

• Chassis Manufacturer

• Production Number

• Paint Number

• Year Built

• Date Shipped

• Vehicle Identification Number

"DO NOT RIDE" PLATE

A permanently affixed "DO NOT RIDE" warning plate shall be installed located on the stepping areas of the vehicle

warning personnel that riding on or in these areas while the vehicle in motion is prohibited.

PUMP ENCLOSURE - TOP MOUNT

The pump enclosure superstructure shall be constructed of aluminum tubing, channel, angle, and break-formed

components. All break formed components shall be constructed from 3/16" (.1875) aluminum. The crossmembers support

the substructure and the exterior panels independently from the cab and body. The front of the pump module shall be

covered with aluminum tread plate to keep road debris from the front of the pump. The crossmembers shall be isolated

from the frame rails using torsion mounts.

The pump enclosure shall be supported at the top of the frame rails, in a minimum of four-(4) places. The module shall be

secured with angle brackets bolted to both the pump enclosure support cross rails and the side of the chassis frame rails.

This design is required to eliminate shifting and stress on the pump enclosure, pump panels, and running boards.

The pump enclosure shall provide an area for the installation of crosslays or a dunnage area.

Any pump enclosure constructed using any material other than aluminum or utilizing any other mounting method is not

acceptable.



10/22/13

37

No pump house lights is required.

SEPARATE PUMP MODULE

The pump module will be a self-supported structure mounted independently from the body and chassis cab. The pump

module will be constructed entirely of extrusions and aluminum plate and shall be bolted to the chassis frame rails. The

framework will be formed from beveled aluminum alloy extrusions and electrically seam welded both internally and

externally at each joint using 5356 aluminum alloy welding wire. The main framework shall be 3.00 x 3.50, 6063-T6

aluminum extrusion. Aluminum angle will be welded such that a recessed pump panel can be mounted inside the

extrusion perimeter. The pump module design must allow normal frame deflection without imposing stress on the pump

module structure or side running boards.

DUNNAGE AREA W/ TREADPLATE WALLS

There shall be an open area above the pump enclosure for equipment storage trimmed with 1/8" (.125) aluminum tread

plate on all vertical interior walls.

PUMP PANELS

The operator's controls and gauges shall be mounted on pump panels constructed of 1/8" (.125) black anodized, non-glare

aluminum. No vinyl coverings shall be acceptable as these surfaces are subjected to rough service and vinyl is susceptible

to tearing.

The pump controls shall be located at the top of the enclosure. This panel shall be removable for access to gauges and

auxiliary controls. The top mount Master gauge panel shall be hinged with quarter-turn latches at each end.

All gauges and controls shall be properly identified with color-coded metal tags. The tags shall be affixed with 3M brand

industrial adhesive. The gauges shall be functionally grouped above each control.

Two-(2) access doors shall be provided below the operator's panel for inspection or service of the pump. The doors shall

be constructed of 3/16" (.1875") aluminum tread plate with D-ring handles on each panel.

The upper portion of the right side pump panel shall have hinged double doors for access to the pump compartment and

primer reservoir. The doors shall be constructed of .125" aluminum tread plate.

All instruments and controls shall be provided and installed as a group at the pump panel. The central midpoint or

centerline of any valve control shall be no more than 72" vertically above the platform that is designed to serve as the

operator's standing position. The instruments shall be placed to keep the pump operator as far as practical from all

discharge and intake connections and in a location where they are readily visible and operationally functional while the

operator remains stationary.

FULLLY HINGED LEFT & RIGHT SIDE PUMP PANELS

Two (2) vertically hinged pump panels with push style latches shall be installed and constructed of the same material as

stated in the pump module specifications. The hinged panels replace the current left and right hand lower removable

panels for ease of access to the pump compartment from either side of the apparatus during routine maintenance.



10/22/13

38

TOP CONSOLE LIGHT SHIELD

A polished aluminum extruded light shield shall be provided above the pump operators control panel.

LEFT SIDE LIGHT SHIELD

A polished aluminum extruded light shield shall be provided above the left side pump panel.

RIGHT SIDE LIGHT SHIELD

A polished aluminum light shield extrusion shall be provided above the right side pump panel.

TOP CONSOLE PUMP PANEL LIGHT

One (1) individual 64” OnScene Access Model 70064 LED pump panel light shall be mounted with on/off switch under

the light shield above the operator's control panel. For optimum visibility during nighttime operations, the light shall be

mounted as high as possible.

LEFT SIDE PUMP PANEL LIGHT

One (1) individual 36” OnScene Access Model 70036 LED pump panel light with on/off switch shall be mounted under

the light shield left side. For optimum visibility during nighttime operations, the light shall be mounted as high as

possible.

RIGHT SIDE PUMP PANEL LIGHT

One (1) individual 36” OnScene Access Model 70036 LED pump panel light with on/off switch shall be mounted under

the light shield right side. For optimum visibility during nighttime operations, the light shall be mounted as high as

possible.

PUMP PANEL LIGHT ACTIVATION

The pump panel light on the operator's panel shall be activated when the pump is shifted into gear.

24" TOP MOUNT WALKWAY W/TOOL COMPARTMENTS

A 24" wide walkway shall be provided for the pump operator. The walking surface shall be manufactured from 3/16" non-

skid aluminum tread plate. The walkway shall be accessible from either side of the apparatus utilizing running board

steps. The distance from the top surface of the running boards to the top surface of the walkway shall not exceed NFPA

standards. A crosswalk warning sign shall be installed centered on the exterior wall of the cab per NFPA standards

Tool compartments shall be installed one-(1) each side of the walkway. The compartments shall be constructed from

3/16" (.1875") smooth aluminum plate and be as large as possible. Each compartment shall have a door constructed from

aluminum tread plate, with stainless steel (piano) hinges and D-Ring latches.

The tool compartments shall be used to store wheel chocks.



10/22/13

39

STEPS BETWEEN WALKWAY AND RUNNING BOARD

There shall be a wide Cast Product lighted step installed one-(1) each side of the body between the top mount walkway

and the running boards.

These steps shall meet all NFPA 1901 requirements.

The steps shall be 8" wide, located behind the tool compartment doors.

LEFT SIDE RUNNING BOARD

A running board shall be provided on the left side of pump module constructed of “Embossed” 3/16” (.1875) aluminum

tread plate flanged down and in 2.50” x 1.00” for maximum rigidity then bolted to the modules substructure to facilitate

removal.

The running board stepping surface shall comply with the latest version of NFPA 1901.

RIGHT SIDE RUNNING BOARD W/HOSE TRAY

A running board shall be provided on the right side of pump module constructed of “Embossed” 3/16” (.1875) aluminum

tread plate flanged down and in 2.50” x 1.00” for maximum rigidity then bolted to the modules substructure to facilitate

removal.

A hose tray shall be installed in the running board constructed from 1/8” smooth aluminum plate approximately 9” wide

x 32” long x 10” deep, with 1/4” drain holes and rubber matting promoting drainage and providing adequate ventilation. A

restraining strap shall be provided securing the contents of the hose well.

The running board stepping surface shall comply with the latest version of NFPA 1901.

TOP MOUNT WALKWAY HANDRAILS

One (1) pair of handrails shall be installed at the front of the pump module. The handrails shall be mounted vertically one-

(1) each side near the top mount walkway. The handrails shall be constructed from 1-1/4" embossed aluminum extrusion

with chrome-plated stanchions. The handrails shall be approximately 30" inches in length.

The handrails shall meet or exceed NFPA 1901 requirements.

PUMP PANEL HANDSET COMPARTMENT

There shall be a Cast Products handset compartment installed on the pump panel.

4-1/2" MASTER GAUGES



10/22/13

40

Two compound 4-1/2" master gauges shall be provided and installed on the pump operator's panel. The intake and

discharge gauges are liquid filled with a solution to assure visual readings and reduce inner lens condensation. The body

of the gauges shall be constructed of Zytel nylon with chrome-plated bezels. The face of the gauges shall be Spun Metal

with black background and white markings accurate within 1%.

The pressure gauges shall maintain performance of all features and be free from defects in material and workmanship

which includes fluid fill leakage and discoloration for seven years.

PRESSURE GOVERNOR and ENGINE MONITORING DISPLAY

Fire Research PumpBoss series PBA400-A00 pressure governor and monitoring display kit shall be installed. The kit shall

include a control module, intake pressure sensor, discharge pressure sensor, and cables. The control module case shall be

waterproof and have dimensions not to exceed 6 3/4" high by 4 5/8". The control knob shall be 2" in diameter with no

mechanical stops, have a serrated grip, and a red idle push button in the center. It shall not extend more than 1 3/4" from

the front of the control module. Inputs for monitored engine information shall be from a J1939 databus or independent

sensors. Outputs for engine control shall be on the J1939 databus or engine specific wiring. Inputs from the pump

discharge and intake pressure sensors shall be electrical.

The following continuous displays shall be provided:

Engine RPM; shown with four daylight bright LED digits more than 1/2" high

Check engine and stop engine warning LEDs

Engine oil pressure; shown on a dual color (green/red) LED bar graph display

Engine coolant temperature; shown on a dual color (green/red) LED bar graph display

Transmission Temperature: shown on a dual color (green/red) LED bar graph display

Battery voltage; shown on a dual color (green/red) LED bar graph display

Pressure and RPM operating mode LEDs

Pressure / RPM setting; shown on a dot matrix message display

Throttle ready LED.

A dot-matrix message display shall show diagnostic and warning messages as they occur. It shall show monitored

apparatus information, stored data, and program options when selected by the operator. All LED intensity shall be

automatically adjusted for day and night time operation.

The program shall store the accumulated operating hours for the pump and engine to be displayed with the push of a

button. It shall monitor inputs and support audible and visual warning alarms for the following conditions:

High Battery Voltage

Low Battery Voltage (Engine Off)

Low Battery Voltage (Engine Running)

High Transmission Temperature

Low Engine Oil Pressure

High Engine Coolant Temperature

Out of Water (visual alarm only)

No Engine Response (visual alarm only).



10/22/13

41

The program features shall be accessed via push buttons located on the front of the control module. There shall be a USB

port located at the rear of the control module to upload future firmware enhancements.

The governor shall operate in two control modes, pressure and RPM. No discharge pressure or engine RPM variation shall

occur when switching between modes. A throttle ready LED shall light when the interlock signal is recognized. The

governor shall start in pressure mode and set the engine RPM to idle. In pressure mode the governor shall automatically

regulate the discharge pressure at the level set by the operator. In RPM mode the governor shall maintain the engine RPM

at the level set by the operator except in the event of a discharge pressure increase. The governor shall limit a discharge

pressure increase in RPM mode to a maximum of 30 psi. Other safety features shall include recognition of no water

conditions with an automatic programmed response and a push button to return the engine to idle.

The pressure governor and monitoring pressure display shall be programmed at installation for a specific engine.

2-1/2" PRESSURE GAUGES

The discharges shall be provided with 2-1/2" pressure gauges. The discharge gauges shall be liquid filled with a solution

to assure visual readings and reduce inner lens condensation. The body of the gauges shall be constructed of Zytel nylon

with chrome-plated bezels. The face of the gauges shall be Spun Metal with black background and white markings

reading from zero to 400 PSI.

The gauges shall be installed at each discharge control on the pump operator's panel. On side mount pump applications

each gauge shall incorporate a Thuemling Instrument Group 1-piece module assembly consisting of the gauge, push-pull

and trim bezel.

The pressure gauges shall maintain performance of all features and be free from defects in material and workmanship

which includes fluid fill leakage and discoloration for seven years.

The gauges shall be installed at each discharge control on the pump operator's panel. On side mount pump applications

each gauge shall incorporate a Thuemling Instrument Group 1-piece module assembly consisting of the gauge, push-pull

and trim bezel.

COLOR CODED GAUGE BEZELS

The pump panel master and pressure gauge bezels shall be color coded.

PUMP PANEL TAGS

All discharges, gauges, and controls will be properly identified by color-coded metal tags. The metal tags will be affixed

with 3m industrial adhesive.

PUMP SYSTEM - WATEROUS CSU SINGLE STAGE

PUMP ASSEMBLY

The pump shall be of single stage construction and comply with all applicable requirements of the latest standards for

automotive fire apparatus of the National Fire Protection Association.



10/22/13

42

The pump shall be free from objectionable pulsation and vibration under all normal operating conditions.

The pump body shall be closed-grained gray iron and must be horizontally split in two sections for easy removal of the

entire impeller shaft assembly, and designed for complete servicing from the bottom of the truck without disturbing

setting of the pump in the chassis or apparatus piping, which is connected to the pump. Pump body halves shall be bolted

together on a single horizontal face to minimize leakage and facilitate reassembly.

The discharge manifold shall be cast as an integral part of the pump body assembly and provide at least three full 3-1/2"

openings located one outlet on the right side of the pump body, one outlet on the left side of the pump body, and one

outlet directly on top of the pump discharge manifold.

The impeller shall be bronze with double suction inlets, accurately balanced (mechanically and hydraulically), of mixed

flow design with reverse-flow, labyrinth-type, and utilize wear rings that resist water bypass and loss of efficiency due to

wear.

The wear rings are to be bronze, and shall be easily replaceable to restore original pump efficiency and eliminate the need

for replacing the entire pump casing due to wear.

The impeller shaft shall be stainless steel, accurately ground to size, and supported at each end by oil or grease-lubricated

anti-friction ball bearings for rigid and precise support. Bearings shall be protected from water and sediment by suitable

stuffing boxes, flinger rings, and oil seals. The impeller shaft shall be of two-piece construction separable between the

pump and pump transmission to allow true separation of the transmission from the pump without disassembly of either

component. No! Sleeve type bearings shall be used.

The pump transmission shall be rigidly attached to the pump body assembly and be of the latest design incorporating a

high strength, involuted, tooth-form Hy-Vo chain drive and driven sprockets capable of operating at high speeds to

provide smooth, quite transfer of power. The shift engagement is accomplished by a free sliding collar and shall

incorporate an internal locking mechanism to insure that collar shall be maintained in ROAD or PUMP position.

For chassis equipped with automatic transmissions, the pump transmission driveline shall have a torque-rating equal to or

greater than the maximum net engine torque multiplied times the first gear ratio and torque converter ratio.

The suction fittings shall include removable, die cast, zinc screens that are designed to provide cathodic protection for the

pump, thus reducing corrosion in the pump.

A 3" clapper check valve shall be installed between the suction side of the pump and the tank-to-pump valve. This 3"

clapper valve shall eliminate the possibility of a pressure surge expanding the water tank.

Pump system shall utilize an integral discharge manifold system that allows a direct flow of water to all discharge valves.

PACKING GLANDS

The stuffing boxes shall be integral with the pump body and be equipped with two-piece glands to permit adjustment or

replacement of packing without disturbing the pump. Lantern rings shall be located at inner ends of stuffing boxes so that

all rings of packing can be removed without removal of the lantern rings. Water shall be fed into stuffing box lantern rings

for proper lubrication and cooling when the pump is operating.



10/22/13

43

FLAME PLATED IMPELLER HUB

The impeller shall have a flame-plated hub to assure maximum pump lift and efficiency despite the presence of abrasive

particles, such as fine sand in the water being pumped.

PUMP SHIFT W/ MANUAL OVERRIDE

An air operated pump shift shall be installed in the chassis cab to engage the fire pump. Provisions shall be made for

placing the pump drive system in operation using controls and switches that are clearly identified and within convenient

reach of the operator while in the cab.

A green indicator light shall be installed on the cab dash and labeled "Pump Engaged".

Where an automatic chassis transmission is provided, a green indicator light in the driving compartment and a green

indicator light located at the pump operator's position shall be provided and shall be energized when both the pump shift

has been completed and the chassis transmission is engaged in pump gear.

The light in the driving compartment shall be labeled "OK TO PUMP". The light on the pump operator shall be positioned

adjacent to and preferably above the throttle control and shall be labeled "Warning: DO NOT OPEN THROTTLE

UNLESS LIGHT IS ON". The green light on the pump operator's panel shall be energized when the pump is engaged, the

transmission is in drive, and the parking brake is set.

A pump shift manual override installed on the lower left pump panel providing a method of engaging the pump in the

event of a failure of the powered pump shift.

PUMP PRIMING SYSTEM

A 12-volt positive displacement vane primer shall be installed, electrically driven conforming to the standards outlined in

the current edition of NFPA. The system is an oil-less system and environmentally safe. It contains an electric rotary vane

type positive displacement primer that operates off 12V or 24V power. The primer motor is totally enclosed to prevent

dust, dirt and water from penetrating. The unit is constructed of corrosion resistant anodized aluminum, stainless steel, and

composite materials, for wear and corrosion resistance. The control shall be pump panel mounted to operate the priming

valve and start the priming motor.

PUMP ANODE(S)

Three (3) pump anode(s) shall be installed on the pump for corrosion protection.

These anodes shall be constructed with alloy meeting specification MIL-A-24779 (no exceptions). The pump shall have

one anode on each intake section and one anode on the discharge section of the Fire Pump. The anodes shall have a

central stainless steel core to prevent anode breakage that can lead to clogged nozzles (no exceptions).

Each anode shall have an internal probe that detects when the anode has worn to the point where the anode no longer

provides adequate protection for the pump. The internal probe shall be connected to a monitoring box via a single wire

and a sealed weatherpak connection. Each anode shall have an NPT thread to allow replacement and proper sealing and

removal for replacement.



10/22/13

44

Locations: One (1) on the discharge side and two (2) on the suction side, one each side of the pump

ANODE PRO MONITOR

A monitor box shall be provided and mounted in a protected space such as the engineers compartment or behind the pump

panel to indicate the status of the anodes. The monitor box itself shall have three individual LEDs that monitor the anodes

every 4-5 seconds and indicates the status on the box panel. The clearly labeled monitor box shall have a separate

indicator LED for each anode. The indicator LEDs shall flash every 4-5 seconds when the truck power is applied. The

LEDs shall indicate green when the anode is still working and shall flash red when the individual anode needs

replacement. The monitor box housing shall be constructed of a non-metallic material and shall utilize a sealed pass-thru

connector to prevent leakage contaminants into the anode monitor box. The circuit board for the monitor box shall be

conformal coated to resist corrosion.

The monitor box (AnodePro) shall operate on 12VDC and shall be wired to battery on or ignition switches. The power

connection shall be a two pin weatherpak sealed connector. The AnodePro shall be grounded directly to the Fire Pump

body. The anode electrical connections shall be color coded so that each anode wire can be readily identified and all

wiring shall conform to NFPA 1901 requirements.

MASTER DRAIN VALVE

There shall be a master drain valve recessed mounted below the pump module under the side running board, connecting

all drain lines, with the capacity to discharge water simultaneously from all locations to below the chassis frame rails.

U.L. TEST POINTS

Two-(2) U.L. test plugs shall be pump panel mounted for testing of vacuum and pressures.

U.L. CERTIFICATION (1500 GPM)

The vehicle shall be third party tested and certified by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. UL testing is recognized as a

leading, third party, product safety certification organization for over 100 years. UL has served on the NFPA (National

Fire Protection Association) technical committee for over thirty-(30) years.

The testing organization must meet the following minimum requirements:

• Must be nationally recognized testing laboratory recognized by OSHA

• Must comply with the ASTM (American Society for Testing Materials) standard E543 "Determining the

qualifications for nondestructive testing agencies"

• Must have more than forty (40) years of Automotive Fire Apparatus safety testing experience and more than

fifteen (15) years of factory aerial device testing and Certification experience

• Must not represent, be associated with, or in the manufacture or repair of automotive fire apparatus



10/22/13

45

• Must provide proof of ten-(10) million dollars in excess liability insurance for bodily injury and property damage

combined

The pump shall meet and perform the following test to receive a U.L. Certification.

• 100% of rated capacity at 150 PSI net pump pressure




PUMP TEST CERTIFICATION PLATE

A permanently affixed plate shall be installed at the pump operator's panel. It shall provide the rated discharge and

pressures together with the speed of the engine as determined by the certification test for each unit. It shall also provide

the position of the parallel/series pump used and the no load governed speed of the engine as stated by the engine

manufacturer on a certified brake horsepower curve.

A label shall be provided on the pump operator's panel that states the following:

"Warning: Death or serious injury might occur if proper operating procedures are not followed". The pump operator as

well as individuals connecting supply or discharge hoses to the apparatus must be familiar with water hydraulics hazards

and component limitations.

WATEROUS FIRE PUMP WARRANTY

Waterous warrants, to the original Buyer only, that products manufactured by Waterous will be free from defects in

material and workmanship under normal use and service for a period of five (5) years from the date the product is first

placed in service, or five and one-half (5 1/2) years from the date of shipment by Waterous, whichever period shall be the

first to expire; provided the buyer notifies Waterous, in writing, of the defect in said product within the warranty period,

and said product is found by Waterous to be nonconforming with the aforesaid warranty.

PUMP MANUALS

There shall be two (2) copies of pump manuals provided to the department.

6" SUCTION HEADERS

A 6" NST non-gated suction header with removable screen, and long handled cap shall be provided on the left side of the

pump.

A 6" NST non-gated suction header with removable screen, and long handled cap shall be provided on the right side of the

pump.

ACCESSORY MANILFOLD(S)



10/22/13

46

Two (2) Waterous H-Manifold(s) shall be provided and installed to allow the side 2-1/2" discharges to be mounted side to

side.

THERMAL RELIEF VALVE W/LIGHT

The pump shall be equipped with a Waterous Overheat Protection Manager (OPM) device model 82516-1A. The valve is

preset to open at 140 degrees Fahrenheit. The OPM warning light display shall be provided on the pump panel and shall

be triggered when temperatures exceeds 180 degrees.

INTAKE RELIEF VALVE

There shall be an Akron model 59 suction side relief valve provided in the pump system. The relief valve is adjustable

from 50-175 psi and set at the factory at 125 psi.

TANK TO PUMP

One (1) 3” ball valve shall be installed between the pump and the water tank. The tank to pump valve shall be a quarter

turn fixed pivot design constructed from bronze. The valve shall be a (twist lock) lever controlled from the pump

operator's control panel.

TANK FILL

There shall be a 2-1/2" pump to tank fill line installed, with a 2-1/2" inline bronze valve, high-pressure flexible hose tested

to 1200 PSI. The valve shall be (twist lock) lever controlled from the pump operator's panel.

ENGINE COOLER

The engine cooler shall be installed in-line from the discharge side of the pump, and installed in the engine cooling

system. There shall be a 1/2", quarter turn valve installed thru the pump panel and shall be clearly labeled.

PUMP COOLER

The pump shall have a 3/8" line installed from the pump discharge, to the water tank to cool the pump during long periods

of pumping when water is not being discharged. The pump cooler shall be controlled from the pump operators panel by a

3/8" valve consisting of a cast bronze body with 1/4 turn chrome plated bronze ball, reinforced Teflon seals, and blow-

out-proof stem rated to 600 PSI.

The valve shall be installed thru the pump panel and clearly labeled.

PLUMBING SYSTEM

All suction and discharge lines of 2" or larger shall be constructed of a minimum of Schedule 40 galvanized steel pipe,

where vibration or chassis flexing may damage or loosen threaded pipes, Victaulic or Roustabout couplings shall be used.

All suction and discharge outlets shall have National Standard Threads (NST) and designed for 500 PSIG including,

valves, drain cocks, lines, intake, and outlet closures, excluding the tank fill and tank to pump lines (tank side of the

valves).



10/22/13

47

PUMP/PLUMBING PAINTING

The pump shall be painted black. This includes all intakes, discharges, manifolds, and associated valves.

AKRON LEVER CONTROL VALVE PACKAGE

All discharge valves shall be Akron Heavy-Duty Swing-Out lever controlled from the pump operator's panel unless

otherwise specified.

Akron Swing-Out Heavy-Duty valves are designed for operating pressures to 250 psi (17 bars)

• 10-year warranty against manufacturer's defects

• Available in 1" to 4" sizes

• 90° handle travel 316 stainless steel ball with Hydromax technology

• Improved sealing & increased gating ability

• Flow optimization reduces turbulence while in the gated position and requires lower operating forces

• No lubrication or regular maintenance required

• Simple two seated design (no O-Rings to cut or lose during assembly or maintenance)

• Wide range of available adapters

• Designed and tested to exceed NFPA requirements

• Cast, machined and assembled at our facilities in Wooster, Ohio

All valve packages shall meet current NFPA 1901 Standards for valve operating speeds when controlled by gear, electric

actuator, or slow close device.

2-1/2" SUCTION - LEFT PANEL FRONT

One-(1) 2-1/2” lever operated ball valve shall be installed at the pump panel, left front plumbed to the suction side of the

pump with 2-1/2” piping, 2-1/2" FNST chrome inlet swivel, brass inlet strainer, chrome plug with chain, and 3/4” drain

valve. The valve shall be controlled at the top mount operator’s panel.

A warning plate permanently affixed in close proximity of the suction inlet shall be installed stating:

"WARNING - SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH COULD OCCUR IF INLET IS SUPPLIED BY A PRESSURIZED

SOURCE WHEN THE VALVE IS CLOSED".

REMOVABLE DROOP ELBOWS

All 2-1/2" side discharge outlets shall terminate with chrome-plated REMOVABLE 30-Degree elbows, 2-1/2" MNST

threads, chrome vented cap, and chain.

All 2-1/2" side discharge outlets shall terminate with chrome-plated REMOVABLE 30-Degree elbows, 2-1/2" MNST

threads, chrome vented cap, and chain.

FRONT BUMPER DISCHARGE



10/22/13

48

There shall be one-(1) front discharge installed thru the gravelshield passenger's side outboard of the frame rail.

The front bumper discharge shall terminate 2-1/2" FNPT x 2-1/2" MNST with a 90-degree swivel.

One-(1) 2-1/2" brass valve with 3/4" drain shall be installed on the discharge side of the pump plumbed to the front swivel

with flexible high-pressure hose and victaulic stainless steel couplings tested to 1200 PSI, the front discharge shall be

lever controlled at the pump operator's panel.

TREAD PLATE STOP

A tread plate stop shall be provided preventing the front bumper discharge swivel from incidental contact with the cab.

NO. 1 SPEEDLAY 1-3/4" DOUBLE LAY

One-(1) pre-connected speedlay compartment shall be provided under the walkway accommodating 200' of 1-3/4" double

jacket hose, with stainless steel nylon guided rollers installed at each end, and stainless steel scuff plates around the

perimeter of the speedlay protecting the painted surfaces.

One-(1) 2" ball valve with 3/4” drain and Chicksan swivel shall be provided plumbed to the speedlay with 2" high-

pressure flexible hose stainless steel couplings tested to 1200 PSI, the valve shall be lever controlled at the pump

operator's panel.

Each discharge is equipped with a quarter-turn drain valve.

NO. 2 SPEEDLAY 1-3/4" DOUBLE LAY

One-(1) pre-connected speedlay compartment shall be provided under the walkway accommodating 200' of 1-3/4" double

jacket hose, with stainless steel nylon guided rollers installed at each end, and stainless steel scuff plates around the

perimeter of the speedlay protecting the painted surfaces.

One-(1) 2" ball valve with 3/4” drain and Chicksan swivel shall be provided plumbed to the speedlay with 2" high-

pressure flexible hose stainless steel couplings tested to 1200 PSI, the valve shall be lever controlled at the pump

operator's panel.

Each discharge is equipped with a quarter-turn drain valve.

ALUMINUM/HYPALON SPEEDLAY COVER

There shall be one-(1) double speedlay cover provided, constructed of 1/8" (.125") aluminum tread plate, with stainless

steel piano hinge, chrome lifts handles, and two-(2) hook latches.

SPEEDLAY COVERS

Two-(2) Hypalon speedlay covers shall be provided one each side of the apparatus secured with Velcro sides and stainless

steel bottom pushpins preventing hose from inadvertently deploying during normal operations meeting the current NFPA

requirements.



10/22/13

49

The end flaps shall be blue in color.

2-1/2" DISCHARGE LEFT PANEL FRONT

One-(1) Akron 2-1/2" Heavy-Duty ball valve with 3/4” drain shall be installed at the pump panel left front plumbed to the

discharge side of the pump lever controlled from the pump operator's panel.

2-1/2" DISCHARGE LEFT PANEL REAR

One-(1) Akron 2-1/2" Heavy-Duty ball valve with 3/4” drain shall be installed at the pump panel, left rear, plumbed to the

discharge side of the pump lever controlled from the pump operator's panel.

2-1/2" DISCHARGE RIGHT PANEL FRONT

One-(1) Akron 2-1/2" Heavy-Duty ball valve with 3/4” drain shall be installed at the pump panel, right front, plumbed to

the discharge side of the pump lever controlled from the pump operator's panel.

2-1/2" DISCHARGE RIGHT PANEL REAR

One-(1) Akron 2-1/2" Heavy-Duty ball valve with 3/4” drain shall be installed at the pump panel, right rear, plumbed to

the discharge side of the pump lever controlled from the pump operator's panel.

3" DECK GUN PLUMBING

One-(1) Akron 3" Heavy-Duty (Slo-Close) inline valve with 3/4” drain shall be plumbed to the Deck Gun discharge outlet

with 3” pipe terminating 3" FNPT x four-(4) bolt flange lever controlled at the pump operator's panel.

MONITOR

There shall be an Akron Style 3433 Apollo Hi-Riser monitor provided with the unit. A portable ground base monitor with

2 1/2" or 3" clappered swivel inlets and folding legs shall be provided no-locking mechanism required keeping legs in

place. This monitor shall have hand wheel elevation control from 90 degrees above to 45 degrees below horizontal with

an elevation safety stop 35 degrees above horizontal; 360 degree continuous rotation in the deck mode flowing 1250 GPM

and 180 degrees in the portable mode flowing 800 GPM. The monitor shall also include a pressure gauge, carry handle,

grease fitting, safety chain, and hardened steel ground spikes. An Akron style 2499 quad stacked tips and 3488 Stream

Shaper shall be provided with the apparatus.

The monitor shall also include a pressure gauge, carry handle, grease fittings, safety chain, hardened steel ground spikes,

and Pyrolite® construction. Deck mount not to exceed 15 ¼ " in the stowed position. Lift/off weight: 31 lbs. base weight:

32 lbs.

2-1/2" LEFT REAR DISCHARGE

One-(1) Akron 2-1/2" Heavy-Duty ball valve with 3/4” drain shall be plumbed to the left rear of the apparatus terminating

2-1/2" FNPT x 2-1/2"MNST with chrome cap and chain lever controlled at the pump operator's panel.

30 DEGREE ELBOW(S) - 2-1/2" FNST X 2-1/2" MNST



10/22/13

50

There shall be one (1) Trident model 01.010.0 2-1/2" FNST x 2-1/2" MNST chrome plated elbow(s) supplied with the

apparatus. The elbow(s) shall have a 30 degree turn down.

Location: 2-1/2" left rear discharge

FILL SUBSURFACE/RETURN LINE

There shall be one-(1) subsurface/return line installed in the booster tank. The subsurface/return line shall prevent aeration

of the water in the booster tank under low water conditions. The subsurface/return line piping shall be of the same size as

the “Tank Fill”.

WATER TANK

The tank shall have a capacity of 1000 U.S. gallons and shall be constructed of PT3™ polypropylene material. This

material shall be a non-corrosive stress relieved thermoplastic and UV stabilized for maximum protection. Tank shell

thickness may vary depending on the application and may range from ½ to 1” as required. Internal baffles are generally

3/8” in thickness.

ISO CERTIFICATION

The tank must be 1/2 "T" shape in design and fabricated by a tank manufacturer that is ISO 9001:2008 certified in each of

its locations. The ISO certification must be to the current standard in effect at the time of the design and fabrication of the

tank.

DESIGN

Each tank is designed to the customer’s specification and/or drawing submittal. An approval drawing is sent to the

customer prior to commencing manufacturing. Upon receipt of the signed approval drawing, the tank is scheduled for

production.

CONSTRUCTION

The booster and/or foam tank shall be of a specific configuration and is so designed to be completely independent of the

body and compartments. Joints and seams shall be fused using nitrogen gas as required and tested for maximum strength

and integrity. The tank construction shall include PolyProSeal™ technology wherein a sealant shall be installed between

the plastic components prior to being fusion welded. This sealing method shall provide a liquid barrier offering leak

protection in the event of a weld compromise. The top of the booster tank is fitted with removable lifting assembly

designed to facilitate tank removal. The transverse and longitudinal swash partitions shall be manufactured of a minimum

of 3/8" PT3™ polypropylene. All partitions shall be equipped with vent and air holes to permit movement of air and water

between compartments. The partitions shall be designed to provide maximum water flow.

All swash partitions interlock with one another and are completely fused to each other as well as to the walls of the tank.

All partitions and spacing shall comply with NFPA 1901. The walls shall be welded to the floor of the tank providing

maximum strength as part of the tank’s unique Full Floor Design™. Tolerances in design allow for a maximum variation

of 1/8” on all dimensions.



10/22/13

51

WATER FILL TOWER AND COVER

The tank shall have a combination vent and manual fill tower. The fill tower shall be constructed of 1/2" PT3™

polypropylene and shall be a minimum dimension of 8" x 8" outer perimeter. The fill tower shall be blue in color

indicating that it is a water-only fill tower. The tower shall be located in the left front corner of the tank unless otherwise

specified by the tank manufacturer to the purchaser. The tower shall have a 1/4" thick removable polypropylene screen

and a PT3™ polypropylene hinged cover. The capacity of the tank shall be engraved on the top of the fill tower lid. Inside

the fill tower there shall be a combination vent/overflow pipe. The vent overflow shall be a minimum of schedule 40

polypropylene pipe with a minimum I.D. of 4" that is designed to run through the tank, and shall be piped to discharge

water behind the rear wheels as required in NFPA 1901 so as to not interfere with rear tire traction.

The tank cover shall be constructed of 1/2" thick PT3™ polypropylene and UV stabilized, to incorporate a multi-piece

locking design, which allows for individual removal and inspection if necessary. The tank cover(s) shall be flush or

recessed 3/8" from the top of the tank and shall be fused to the tank walls and longitudinal partitions for maximum

integrity. Each one of the covers shall have hold downs consisting of 2" minimum polypropylene dowels spaced a

maximum of 40” apart. These dowels shall extend through the covers and shall assist in keeping the covers rigid under

fast filling conditions. A minimum of two lifting dowels shall accommodate the necessary lifting hardware.

SUMP

There shall be one (1) sump standard per tank. The sump shall be constructed of a minimum of 1/2" PT3™ polypropylene

and be located in the left front quarter of the tank, unless specified otherwise. On all tanks that require a front suction, a 3"

schedule 40 polypropylene pipe shall be installed that shall incorporate a dip tube from the front of the tank to the sump

location. The sump shall have a minimum 3" NPT threaded outlet on the bottom for a drain plug per NFPA. This shall be

used as a combination clean-out and drain. All tanks shall have an anti-swirl plate located approximately 3” above the

inside floor.

OUTLETS

There shall be two (2) standard tank outlets: one for the tank-to-pump suction line, which shall be sized to provide

adequate water flow to the pump; and, one for tank fill line, which shall be sized according to the NFPA minimum size

chart for booster tanks. All tank fill couplings shall be backed with flow deflectors to break up the stream of water

entering the tank, and be capable of withstanding sustained fill rates of up to 1000 GPM. The addition of rear suction

fittings, nurse valve fittings, dump valve fittings, and through-the-tank sleeves to accommodate rear discharge piping must

be specified. All auxiliary outlets and inlets must meet all NFPA guidelines in effect at the time of manufacture.

MOUNTING

The UPF Poly-Tank® III shall rest on the body cross members in conjunction with such additional cross members, spaced

at a distance that would not allow for more than 530 square inches of unsupported area under the tank floor. In cases

where overall height of the tank exceeds 40 inches, cross member spacing must be decreased to allow for not more than

400 square inches of unsupported area. The tank must be isolated from the cross members through the use of hard rubber

strips with a minimum thickness and width dimension of 1/4” x 1” and a Shore A Hardness of approximately 60

durometer. The rubber must be installed so it shall not become dislodged during normal operation of the vehicle.

Additionally, the tank must be supported around the entire bottom outside perimeter and captured both in the front and

rear as well as side to side to prevent tank from shifting during vehicle operation. A picture frame type cradle mount with

a minimum of 2" x 2" x 1/4” mild steel, stainless steel, or aluminum angle shall be provided or the use of corner angles



10/22/13

52

having a minimum dimension of 4" x 4" x 1/4” by 6” high are permitted for the purpose of capturing the tank. Although

the tank is designed on a free floating suspension principle, it is required that the tank have adequate vertical hold down

restraints to minimize movement during vehicle operation. If proper retention has not been incorporated into the apparatus

hose floor structure, an optional mounting restraint system shall be located on top of the tank, half way between the front

and the rear on each side of the tank. These stops can be constructed of steel, stainless steel or aluminum angle having

minimum dimensions of 3" x 3" x 1/4” and shall be approximately 6” to 12” long. These brackets must incorporate rubber

isolating pads with a minimum thickness of 1/4” inch and a hardness of 60 durometer affixed on the underside of the

angle. The angle should then be bolted to the body side walls of the vehicle while extending down to rest on the top

outside edge of the upper side wall of the tank. Hose beds floors must be so designed that the floor slat supports extend

full width from side wall to side wall and are not permitted to drop off the edge of the tank or in any way come in contact

with the individual covers where a puncture could occur. Tank top must be capable of supporting loads up to 200 lbs. per

sq. foot when evenly distributed. Other equipment such as generators, portable pumps, etc. must not be mounted directly

to the tank top unless provisions have been designed into the Poly-Tank® III for that purpose. The tank shall be

completely removable without disturbing or dismantling the apparatus structure.

CAPACITY CERTIFICATION

All water and foam tanks shall be tested and certified as to capacity on a calibrated and certified tilting scale. Each tank

shall be weighed empty and full to provide precise fluid capacity. Each Poly-Tank® III is delivered with a Certificate of

Capacity delineating the weight empty and full and the resultant capacity based on weight. Engineering estimates for

capacity calculations shall not be permitted for capacity certification.

TANKNOLOGY™ TAG

A tag shall be installed on the apparatus in a convenient location and contain pertinent information including a QR code

readable by commercially available smart phones. The information contained on the tag shall include the capacity of the

water and foam (s), the maximum fill and pressure rates, the serial number of the tank, the date of manufacture, the tank

manufacturer, and contact information. The QR code shall allow the user to connect with the tank manufacturer for

additional information and assistance.

WATER TANK WARRANTY

The poly tank manufacturer warrants each tank to be free from manufacturing defects in material and workmanship for

the service life of the original vehicle (vehicle must be actively used in fire suppression). The warrant is transferable, with

written approval of the manufacturer. Each tank is inspected and tested for leaks prior to leaving the manufacturing

facility. The tank shall be installed in the vehicle in accordance to the manufacture's guidelines.

There are no warranties, expressed or implied, which extend beyond the description of the face hereof. There is no

expressed or implied warranty of merchantability or a warranty of fitness for a particular purpose. Additional, this

warranty is in lieu of all other obligations or liabilities on the part of the Manufacturer.

WATER TANK SIZE CERTIFICATION

The manufacturer shall certify the capacity of the water tank prior to the delivery of the apparatus. This capacity shall be

recorded on the manufacturer's record of construction and the certification shall be provided when the apparatus is

delivered.



10/22/13

53

WATER TANK LEVEL GAUGE

Fire Research TankVision model WLA200-A00 tank indicator kit shall be installed. The kit shall include an electronic

indicator module, a pressure sensor, and a 10' sensor cable. The indicator shall show the volume of water in the tank on

nine (9) super bright LED’s. A wide view lens over the LED’s shall provide for a viewing angle of 180 degrees. The

indicator case shall be waterproof, manufactured of aluminum, and have a distinctive blue label.

The program features shall be accessed from the front of the indicator module. The program shall support self-diagnostics

capabilities, self-calibration, and a data link to connect remote indicators. Low water warnings shall include flashing

LED’s at 1/4 tank, down chasing LED’s when the tank is almost empty, and an output for an audio alarm.

The indicator shall receive an input signal from an electronic pressure sensor. The sensor shall be mounted from the

outside of the water tank near the bottom. No probe shall place on the interior of the tank. Wiring shall be weather

resistant and have automotive type plug-in connectors.

STRIPLIGHT - WHELEN PS TANK

There shall be a pair of PS Tank Status Lights, with 96 steady burn green, blue, amber, and red LED’s. The light shall

provide bright, easy indication of water status. The unit is surface mounted, has low current consumption, fully

encapsulated, and carries a five (5) year warranty from Whelen. The lights shall be mounted per customer requirements,

typically one each side on or near the cab. The unit shall activate with the application of the park brake.

Includes FRC WL2900 driver.

102" WIDE APPARATUS BODY

The apparatus body and subframe shall be constructed entirely of marine grade aluminum plate and extrusions.

SUBFRAME

The main body support crossmember extrusions shall be 3" x 4" 6061T6 aluminum alloy, double "I" beam with a wall

thickness of 7/16" (.438"). These crossmembers shall extend the full width of the body to support the compartment

framing. The crossmembers shall be welded to a 3/4" (.750") x 3" solid aluminum, 6061T6 aluminum (alloy frame rail)

extrusion. The frame rail extrusion shall be shaped in contour with the chassis frame rails. The frame rail extrusion shall

be mounted over a 1/2" (.5") thickness, reinforced rubber cushion to isolate the aluminum subframe from the chassis steel

frame rails. The apparatus body structure shall be securely fastened to the chassis frame rails with a minimum of six (6)

5/8" (.625") crossmember OD, steel U-bolts. The main body support crossmember shall have a gusset above and below

each crossmember. The gussets shall be constructed of 2.0" x 4.0" 6063T6 aluminum alloy extrusion with a .190" wall

thickness. The gussets shall be continuously welded with 5356 aluminum alloy welding wire to add support to the body

sidewalls. The main body supports and the longitudinal double "I" beam supports shall have a "C" shaped rubber tank

cushion installed on the top of each member. This rubber extrusion shall conform to the shape of the double "I" beam

extrusion to keep the tank cushion in place. This method is used to prevent damage to the tank.

Absolutely no pop-rivets, screws or any other hardware shall be used to hold the rubber tank cushion in place.

BODY CONSTRUCTION - FLAT BACK DESIGN



10/22/13

54

The complete apparatus body structure shall be an all welded construction and be free from nuts, bolts and other fasteners.

Upon completion of the weldments, the body shall be completely sanded and deburred for removal of all sharp edges.

The body framework shall be formed from beveled aluminum alloy extrusions and electrically seam welded at each joint

using 5356 aluminum alloy welding wire. Body sides shall be formed from 5052 H-32 (marine grade) smooth aluminum

plates. The horizontal surfaces above the compartment tops shall be constructed from aluminum tread plate.

The horizontal and vertical frame member extrusions shall be 2.0" x 4.0" with a .190" wall thickness. The extrusion shall

be made from 6063T6 aluminum alloy. This extrusion shall have .190" outside radius corners. The longitudinal frame

member, below the lower compartments shall be a 2.0" x 4.0" 6063T6 aluminum alloy extrusion with .190" radius

corners. Each body corner shall be a 3.5" x 9.75" 6063T6 extruded aluminum section with .210" wall thickness, and shall

be welded as an integral part of the body. This extrusion shall have a 1" corner radius.

The wheel well shall be constructed from 2" x 4" x .190" wall thickness. The extrusion shall be made from 6063T6

aluminum alloy and have .190" outside radius corners. The extrusion shall be slotted the full length to permit an internal

fit of 1/8" (.125") aluminum tread plate panels. The wheel well liners shall be constructed of 3003 H-14 smooth aluminum

plates. They shall be bolted in place for ease of maintenance. The wheel well fenderettes shall be constructed of a #304

Stainless steel with a #7 polished finish.

A deflection shield shall be mounted to the body subframe to keep road debris from entering the water tank area.

The hosebed sides shall be constructed of 3/16" (.1875") 5052 H-32 (marine grade) smooth aluminum plate welded to the

extruded framework. There shall be a 3" x 3.5" 6063T6 aluminum extrusion with .190" wall thickness running the entire

length of the hosebed at the top for structural rigidity. The hosebed decking shall be constructed from anodized aluminum

extrusions. The extrusions shall be 3/4" (.750") x 8.125" and have 3/4" (.750") x 3.00" hat channel attached to the

underside to form a one-piece grid. The entire deck shall be removable, in one piece, to allow ease of serviceability to the

tank. The hosebed shall include an extrusion across the front and rear of the compartment for the installation of adjustable

hosebed dividers.

The fire apparatus hose body shall be 67.5" wide and shall contain a minimum of 79 cubic feet of storage.

COMPARTMENT CONSTRUCTION

The compartment sidewalls shall be of one-piece construction. The walls shall be formed from 3/16"(.1875") 5052 H-32

(marine grade) smooth aluminum plate. All compartment floors shall be formed from 3/16"(.1875") aluminum tread plate.

The floors shall be welded in place with a continuous weld all around the perimeter to insure maximum strength.

The external compartment tops shall be constructed of 1/8" (.125") aluminum tread plate. The tops shall have a formed

edge, which serves as a drip rail for the compartments below. The compartment tops shall be secured with stainless steel

screws to allow for ease of removal for access to the bodies wiring harnesses.

The compartment seams shall be sealed with permanent pliable silicone caulking.

Each compartment shall be vented through a 3"W x 15"H louver that is machined stamped in a panel located in each body

corner extrusion. The panel shall be removable to provide access to service wiring and other mounted components.



10/22/13

55

COMPARTMENTATION

LEFT SIDE L1

There shall be one (1) left front compartment installed ahead of the rear axle. This compartment shall have one (1) roll-up

door. The interior compartment dimensions shall be approximately 44"W x 73"H x 25"D in the lower and 15"D in the

upper. The compartment shall have a useable door opening of approximately 41"W x 60"H.

L2

There shall be one (1) compartment installed over the wheel well. This compartment shall have one (1) roll-up door. The

compartment shall be approximately 66"W x 41"H x 15"D. The compartment shall have a useable door opening of

approximately 63"W x 28"H.

L3

There shall be one (1) left rear compartment installed behind the rear axle. This compartment shall have one (1) roll-up

door. The interior dimensions shall be approximately 36"W x 73"H x 28"D in the upper and transverse in the lower. The

compartment shall have a useable door opening of approximately 33"W x 60"H.

RIGHT SIDE R1

There shall be one (1) right front compartment installed ahead of the rear axle. This compartment shall have one (1) roll-

up door. The interior compartment dimensions shall be approximately 44"W x 73"H x 25"D in the lower and 15"D in the

upper. The compartment shall have a useable door opening of approximately 41"W x 60"H.

R2

There shall be one (1) compartment installed over the wheel well. This compartment shall have one (1) roll-up door. The

compartment shall be approximately 66"W x 41"H x 15"D. The compartment shall have a useable door opening of

approximately 63"W x 28"H.

R3

There shall be one (1) right rear compartment installed behind the rear axle. This compartment shall have one (1) roll-up

door. The interior dimensions shall be approximately 36"W x 73"H x 28"D in the upper and transverse in the lower. The

compartment shall have a useable door opening of approximately 33"W x 60"H.

CENTER REAR B1

There shall be one (1) compartment installed at the center rear of the apparatus. This compartment shall have a roll up

door. The compartment shall be approximately 32.5"W x 66"H x 30"D. The compartment shall have a useable door

opening of approximately 29.5"W x 57"H.

VERTICAL LOAD TEST- BODY

The fire body shall exceed a vertical load testing. The vertical load test to the fire body shall follow the same strict and

detailed requirements of the Economic Commission for Europe Structural Standard, ECE-29R as applied to the cab.

The fire body shall be placed under a vertical load test to show structural integrity. There shall be 65,979 lbs. (29.53

metric tons) applied to the fire body. There shall be no structure failures to the body and body compartments.



10/22/13

56

A complete photographic, video, data, and dimensional record of these tests shall be available and placed on record for

customer evaluations.

BODY MODIFICATION - 102" WIDE BODY

The apparatus body shall be 102" wide in place of the standard 96" wide body.

BODY MODIFICATION - COMPARTMENT HEIGHT RAISE

The side compartment heights shall be raised 9" from standard.

SIDE COMPARTMENT DOORS

ROM roll-up doors shall be installed on the side compartments of this apparatus.

Slats are to double-wall (box frame) aluminum extrusion. Exterior surfaces are to be flat. Interior surfaces are to be

concave to prevent loose equipment from jamming doors. The slats must be anodized to eliminate oxidation. The slats are

to have inner-locking end shoes on every slat secured by a Punch-Dimple process. The slats are to have interlocking joints

with a folding locking flange. Between each slat shall be a PVC/vinyl inner seal to prevent any metal-to-metal contact.

The track shall be one-piece aluminum, which has an attaching flange and finishing flange incorporated into its design,

which provides a finish look to installation without additional trim or caulking. The track is to have a replaceable side

seal. The side seal shall prevent water and dust intrusion into the compartment.

There shall be an aluminum drip rail above each compartment door with a built in replaceable wiper seal.

Each roll up door shall have a counter balance to assist in lifting and eliminate the risk of accidental closing.

A full width lift bar, operable by one hand, shall be used as a positive latch device for securing each individual

compartment door in the closed position.

The outside door shall have a natural finish.

There shall be an anodized aluminum sill plate installed over the compartment door.

REAR COMPARTMENT DOOR

There shall be one-(1) roll-up compartment door manufactured by Robinson installed at the center rear compartment.

Slats are to double-wall (box frame) aluminum extrusion. Exterior surfaces are to be flat. Interior surfaces are to be

concave to prevent loose equipment from jamming doors. The slats must be anodized to eliminate oxidation. The slats are

to have inner-locking end shoes on every slat secured by a Punch-Dimple process. The slats are to have interlocking joints

with a folding locking flange. Between each slat shall be a PVC/vinyl inner seal to prevent any metal-to-metal contact.

The track shall be one-piece aluminum, which has an attaching flange and finishing flange incorporated into its design,

which provides a finish look to installation without additional trim or caulking. The track is to have a replaceable side

seal. The side seal shall prevent water and dust intrusion into the compartment.



10/22/13

57

There shall be an aluminum drip rail above the compartment door with a built in replaceable wiper seal.

The roll-up door shall have a counter balance to assist in lifting and eliminate the risk of accidental closing.

A full width lift bar, operable by one hand, shall be used as a positive latch device for securing the compartment door in

the closed position.

The outside door shall have a natural finish.

FULL HEIGHT REAR COMPARTMENT

The rear compartment of the apparatus shall have a rear door configuration that extends from the lower compartment to

below the hose bed. The exact dimensions and storage capacity is completely described in the "Compartment" section of

the specification.

REAR LADDER STORAGE COMPARTMENT

There shall be one-(1) equipment storage compartment installed beside the tank right side constructed of 1/8" (.125)

smooth aluminum plate for the storing of NFPA required equipment. Individual internal compartments shall house one-(1)

24' extension ladder, one-(1) 14' roof ladder, one-(1) 10' folding ladder, and two-(2) pike poles with silencing pads made

from Polypropylene installed on each compartment floor to assist in the loading and unloading of the required equipment.

The compartment shall have vertically hinged door constructed from 1/8" (.125) smooth aluminum plate with stainless

steel piano hinge and paddle latch door open mechanism. The door shall be installed utilizing stainless steel nuts and

bolts, other fastening device such as self-tapping screws or pop rivets shall not be acceptable.

BODY TRIM

The standard body trim shall include the following:

• There shall be 1/8" (.125") aluminum tread plate installed over all side compartment tops to provide a drip rail

over the compartment door openings.

• A drip rail shall be located over each compartment door. This drip rail shall form a lip over the exterior door pans

to prevent water from running into a compartment.

• The vertical rear face of the body shall be covered with smooth aluminum plate.

• Two (2) handrails shall be located on the rear beavertails; one handrail per beavertail. Each handrail shall be

constructed of 1-1/4" ribbed aluminum tubing, with chrome end stanchions. Each handrail shall be sufficient in

length to meet all standard requirements.

• Two (2) stanchions shall be mounted at the rear of the apparatus hosebed, one (1) each side. The stanchions shall

be 11”L x 3.75”W and manufactured out of polished cast aluminum. Stainless steel scuff plates shall be installed

in the hosebed area to prevent deploying hose from damaged on stanchion supports. The stanchions shall provide

mounting positions for the Zone C warning lights and additional hosebed lighting. All wiring for the upper rear



10/22/13

58

lighting shall be concealed inside the stanchions.

FUEL FILL - RECESSED WITH DOOR

There shall be a cast aluminum recessed fuel fill assembly with a non-locking door mounted on the left side of the

apparatus body. The fuel fill assembly shall be equipped with a fuel fill cap, retention ring and a CPI cast aluminum door.

The assembly shall be properly labeled "DIESEL FUEL ONLY".

RUBRAIL - ALUMINUM

There shall be an aluminum rubrail installed on both sides of the lower body compartments. The rubrail shall be

constructed from "C" channel extrusion. The aluminum rubrail shall be bolted in place with stainless steel bolts, and

spaced from the fire body to provide body protection. The solid rubrail shall serve as protection to the side doors when

encountering close objects. Tread plate rubrails or welded on shall not be acceptable.

REAR STEP - ALUMINUM TREAD PLATE

The rear step shall be constructed of 3/16" (.1875") aluminum tread plate. The rear step shall be flanged down 2.50" and

in 1.00" to maximize strength and rigidity. The rear step shall be bolted on for removal or replacement.

All running board and step surfaces shall comply with NFPA 1901.

REAR TOW EYES

Two-(2) 3/4" thick rear tow eyes constructed of A-36 steel shall be mounted below the frame at the rear of the vehicle.

The tow eyes shall be attached to steel weldments that are mounted to the apparatus. The eyes shall have a minimum

dimension of three-(3) inches. The tow eyes shall be used for towing, not lifting the vehicle. The tow eyes shall be used

for towing, not lifting the vehicle.

HANDRAIL BELOW HOSE BED

There shall be an intermediate handrail supplied and installed on the apparatus. The handrail shall be made out of 1-1/4"

knurled aluminum. The handrail shall be mounted below the hose bed and above the center rear compartment. The

handrail shall be mounted with chrome plated end stanchions.

HOSE BED COVER

A hose bed cover constructed of 16 oz. heavy-duty Hypalon shall be provided. Cover shall be fire retardant and installed

over hose bed. The cover shall have chrome twist-locks and Velcro installed around the perimeter of the hose bed. The

end of the hose bed cover shall be secured and cover the hose bed opening. The cover shall completely protect the hose in

the hosebed and prevent hose from inadvertently deploying during normal operation.

The hypalon end flaps shall be secured at the bottom using snaps and Velcro. The end flaps shall completely protect the

hose and prevent the hose from inadvertently deploying during normal operation.

The cover shall meet the TIA 03-1 NFPA requirement.



10/22/13

59

The covers shall be blue in color.

HOSE BED DIVIDER

One (1) hose bed divider shall be manufactured from 1/4" (.250") smooth aluminum plate with an extruded aluminum

base welded to the bottom. The divider shall have an extruded track to slide in to allow the hose bed to adjust for different

hose capacities. One end of the divider shall have a 3" radius corner. The divider shall be sanded to prevent damage to

hose.

HOSE BED CAPACITY

The hosebed shall have the capacity to hold the following:

1200' of 5" large diameter hose

400' of 2-1/2" double jacket hose

ADJUSTABLE SHELF

There shall be one (1) adjustable shelf (shelves) constructed from 3/16" (.1875) smooth aluminum. The shelf shall be

approximately 29-36"W x 24-28"D. The adjustable track shall be made from aluminum extrusions. Each shelf shall have a

2" lip on all sides for additional strength.

Location: Compartment B1

ADJUSTABLE SHELF

There shall be one (1) adjustable shelf (shelves) constructed from 3/16" (.1875") smooth aluminum. The shelf shall be



Location: Compartment R1

ADJUSTABLE SHELF




Location: Compartment L3

ADJUSTABLE SHELF



10/22/13

60





ADJUSTABLE SHELF





ADDITIONAL ADJUSTABLE SHELF

There shall be one (1) additional adjustable shelf (shelves) constructed from 3/16" (.1875) smooth aluminum. The shelf

shall be approximately 29-36"W x 12-15"D. The adjustable track shall be made from aluminum extrusions. Each shelf

shall have a 2" lip on all sides for additional strength.











Location: Compartment B1

COMPARTMENT DIVIDER(S)

Two (2) compartment divider(s) shall be mounted in the specified compartment. The divider shall be constructed of 3/16"

(.1875") smooth aluminum plate.



10/22/13

61

Locations: Compartments L3 and R3 to separate from compartment B1

250 POUND ROLL OUT TRAY(S)

There shall be one (1) roll-out tray(s) supplied, constructed from 3/16" (.1875") smooth aluminum plate. The tray shall be

approximately 37"- 48"W x 24-28"D. The tray(s) shall have a 3" lip on all sides for additional strength. The tray(s) shall

be mounted on Grant slides with a combined capacity of 250 pounds.

Location: Compartment L1 (adjustable, lower section)

CHROME FOLDING STEP(S) - FRONT OF BODY

There shall be six (6) large chrome-folding step(s) with a minimum surface area of thirty-five (35) square inches. The

step(s) shall be mounted on the front face of the forward compartment as directed by the customer.

Locations: Three (3) each side of the apparatus on the front compartment face

REAR STEPS W/LED LIGHTS

There shall be four (4) rear lighted steps installed on the apparatus. The steps shall be a Cast Products step and have a

minimum of thirty-five (35) square inches of surface area to conform to the NFPA 1901 standards. The step(s) shall

include a 12-volt LED light to illuminate the area below.

Locations: Left rear of apparatus

BODY ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

The body electrical system shall be designed as an integrated electrical package specifically engineered for fire apparatus

application. The integrated electrical system shall be comprised of central power distribution panels, which interface with

the body and chassis through an engineered harness system.

DISTRIBUTION PANELS

The electrical distribution panels and circuits must be housed in each rear corner compartment or extrusion. The

distribution panel shall incorporate a power and ground stud for connection to the internal circuits.

All internal wire end terminals, including locking bulkhead connectors, shall be mechanically affixed to the wire ends by

machine terminal crimping presses. No hand-crimped terminals shall be acceptable.

All internal splices shall be ultrasonically welded connections - no butt style connections shall be acceptable. All internal

wiring shall be of the high temperature GXL type wire and shall be protected by wiring duct wherever possible.



10/22/13

62

Each side electrical distribution panel shall consist of fifteen - (15) power distribution relays. The power distribution

relays shall be replaceable, SPDT automotive style, rated at a minimum of 30 amperes.

The power distribution relays shall incorporate separate inputs, which are able to accept outputs from a load management

system. The load management inputs must allow for the addition of a load management system before, during, or after the

time of delivery without requiring a rewiring of the existing distribution panel circuits.

Connections to the distribution panel shall utilize Deutsch style bulkhead connectors. Screw clamp type connections are

not acceptable.

The distribution panel shall also contain circuit's ancillary to the required DOT signals and other body functions.

The complete body electrical system shall be 100% documented and contain independent circuit diagrams with point to

point wiring information, as shall as a general component diagram included in the apparatus manual.

The body electrical panel shall be capable of being completely disconnected and fully tested by a computerized circuit

analyzer.

All electrical equipment switches shall be mounted on a switch panel mounted in the cab convenient to the driver. Light

switches shall be of the marine grade rocker type with integral indicator light to show when lights are energized. All

switches shall be appropriately identified.

12-VOLT TESTING

The apparatus low voltage system shall be tested and certified. A copy of certification shall be provided to the purchaser

with the apparatus.

RESERVE CAPACITY TEST

The unit shall be run until all engines, engine compartment temperatures are stabilized, and the battery system is fully

charged. The engine shall be shut off and the minimum continuous electrical load be activated for ten-(10) minutes. All

electrical loads shall be shutoff after ten-(10) minutes and the battery system shall then be capable of restarting the engine.

ALTERNATOR PERFORMANCE TEST AT IDLE

Minimum continuous electrical loads shall be activated while the unit is at idle speed.

ALTERNATOR PERFORMANCE TEST AT FULL LOAD

The total continuous electrical load shall be activated with the engine running up to the manufacturer's governed speed.

The test duration shall be a minimum of two-(2) hours. Activation of the load management system shall be permitted

during the test. If however, an alarm is sounded by excessive battery discharge as detected by the system or a system

voltage of less than 11.8 volts DC for a 12-volt nominal system for more than 120 seconds, shall be considered a test

failure.

LOW VOLTAGE ALARM TEST

The engine shall be shut off and the total continuous electrical load shall be activated and continue to be applied until the

excessive battery discharge alarm activates. The test shall be considered a failure if the alarm has not sounded within 140

seconds after the voltage drops to 11.8 volts.



10/22/13

63

EMI/RFI PROTECTION

The apparatus shall be manufactured to incorporate the latest designs in the electrical system with components that are

state of the art to insure electromagnetic interference (EMI) and radio frequency interference (RFI) emissions are

suppressed at the source.

The apparatus shall have the ability to operate in typical fire and rescue situations with no adverse effects from EMI

and/or RFI.

The apparatus shall utilize components that are fully protected and wiring that utilizes shielding and loop backgrounds

where required to control EMI/RFI susceptibility. The apparatus shall be bonded through ground straps. Relays and

solenoids that are suspect to generating spurious electromagnetic radiation are diode and/or resistor protected to prevent

transient voltage spikes.

In order to prevent the radio frequency interference completely the purchaser shall be requested to provide a listing of the

type, power output, and frequencies of all radio and bio medical equipment that is proposed to be used on the apparatus.

SIDE LOWER LIGHTS - WHELEN M6 LED

One-(1) pair of Whelen Model M6R LED lights with mounting flanges shall be provided. The midship optical warning

devices shall be mounted on both the left and right lower sides of the apparatus with the optical center of the device at a

distance of 18" to 62" above grade not to exceed 25' between optical warning devices.

The lights shall be red with red lens.

Locations: One (1) each side on rear tailboard ends

SIDE LOWER LIGHTS - WHELEN M6 LED

One-(1) pair of Whelen Model M6B LED lights with mounting flanges shall be provided. The midship optical warning


distance of 18" to 62" above grade not to exceed 25' between optical warning devices.

The lights shall be blue with blue lens.

Locations: One (1) each side in body wheel well area

SIDE LOWER LIGHTS - WHELEN LIN3 SUPER LED

There shall be one (1) pair of Whelen Model LIN3 LED lights and mount provided. These mid ship optical warning


distance of 18" to 62" above ground not to exceed 25' between optical warning devices.

The lights shall be blue with clear lens.



10/22/13

64

Locations: One (1) each side below compartments L1/R1, forward portion in the rub rails

SIDE LOWER LIGHTS - WHELEN LIN3 SUPER LED

There shall be one (1) pair of Whelen Model LIN3 LED lights and mount provided. These mid ship optical warning


distance of 18" to 62" above ground not to exceed 25' between optical warning devices.

The lights shall be red with clear lens.

Locations: One (1) each side below compartments L3/R3, rearward portion in the rub rails

LOWER REAR LIGHT - WHELEN M6 SUPER LED

There shall be a pair of Whelen Model M6R LED light and mount provided. The light shall be mounted on the rear face

of the unit directly above the taillight assembly, one (1) each side of the apparatus, as recommended by NFPA.

The light shall be red with red lens.

Location: Left rear of the apparatus, above the tail light housing

LOWER REAR LIGHT - WHELEN M6 SUPER LED

There shall be a pair of Whelen Model M6B LED light and mount provided. The light shall be mounted on the rear face

of the unit directly above the taillight assembly, one (1) each side of the apparatus, as recommended by NFPA.

The light shall be blue with red lens.

Location: Right rear of the apparatus, above the tail light housing

SIDE UPPER FRONT LIGHTS - WHELEN M6 SUPER LED

A pair of Whelen model M6R LED lights shall be provided, one-(1) each side on the upper front corners of the body.


SIDE UPPER REAR LIGHTS - WHELEN M6 SUPER LED

A pair of Whelen model M6R LED lights shall be provided, one-(1) each side on the upper rear corners of the body.


UPPER REAR LIGHT - WHELEN M6 LED



10/22/13

65

A pair of Whelen Model M6B LED light shall be provided with chrome plated bezels. The light shall be installed on the

upper rear face of the body.

The light shall be blue with blue lens.

Locations: Left upper rear of apparatus

UPPER REAR LIGHT - WHELEN M6 LED

A pair of Whelen Model M6R LED light shall be provided with chrome plated bezels. The light shall be installed on the

upper rear face of the body.

The light shall be red with red lens.

Locations: Right upper rear of apparatus

CLEARANCE LIGHTS AND REFLECTORS

Clearance lights and reflectors shall be LED lights, which include (2) red marker lights, (4) red rectangular reflectors, (2)

amber rectangular reflectors and (1) red three light cluster recessed in the rear step.

WHELEN STOP, TURN (LED) AND BACK-UP (HALOGEN) LIGHTS

Stop, turn, and backup lights shall be Whelen 600 Series, individual fixtures. Fixtures shall be mounted on each rear face

of the body recessed in model TH64, highly polished, aluminum trim ring. The red stop (LED) light shall be model

60R00BRR, turn light shall be 60A00TAR amber (LED) type with directional arrow, and the backup light shall be model

60J000CU clear halogen light type.

LICENSE PLATE LIGHT

There shall be a chrome license plate light installed on the rear of the vehicle.

UNITY DECK LIGHTS (PR)

Two-(2) 6" chrome plated deck lights with swivel mount shall be installed one-(1) each side at the rear of the apparatus.

Each light shall be manually operated and switched on and off at the light. One-(1) halogen spot light bulb with 160,000-

candlepower shall be supplied. One-(1) halogen flood light bulb with a 6,000 candlepower shall be supplied.

Locations: One (1) each side rear of apparatus, mounted on the compartment tops

UNDERBODY LIGHTS



10/22/13

66

Four (4) Whelen model T0CACCCR 2" (5mm) LED underbody "Ground Effect" light(s) shall be installed at a location to

be determined during the pre-construction conference. The underbody light(s) shall illuminate the ground beneath the fire

apparatus. The light(s) shall have a clear lens.

Locations: TBD

COMPARTMENT LIGHTING

Four (4) OnScene Solutions “Access Series” 26" LED Nightstik(s) shall be provided with 15 HB, surface mount LED’s

per 10” light section and produce a minimum of 200 lumens per 10” length. Each "Access Series" Night Stik shall be

capable of operating at a voltage of 9 volt DC to 14 volt DC. Each “Access Series” Night Stik shall be cuttable in 2”

increments and feature a high quality, impact resistant Lexan™ enclosure.

The light stick shall be waterproof and rated at 100,000 hours of service. Each light stick shall be provided with a 5 year

free replacement warranty.

Locations: Compartment L2 (2) and compartment R2 (2)

COMPARTMENT LIGHTING

Ten (10) OnScene Solutions “Access Series” 54" LED Nightstik(s) shall be provided with 15 HB, surface mount LED’s

per 10” light section and produce a minimum of 200 lumens per 10” length. Each "Access Series" Night Stik shall be

capable of operating at a voltage of 9 volt DC to 14 volt DC. Each “Access Series” Night Stik shall be cuttable in 2”

increments and feature a high quality, impact resistant Lexan™ enclosure.

The light stick shall be waterproof and rated at 100,000 hours of service. Each light stick shall be provided with a 5 year

free replacement warranty.

Locations: Compartment L1 (2), compartment L3 (2), compartment R1 (2), compartment R3 (2) and compartment B1 (2)

DOOR AJAR SYSTEM

All apparatus body doors shall be provided with an auto door switch. These switches shall operate the compartment

interior lights and activate the open door indicator on each side of apparatus body when the door is opened. There shall be

a red door ajar light mounted in the cab, in view of the driver to indicate an unsecured door. There shall be a buzzer

mounted in the cab that shall alert the driver.

STYLE ELSS-XLDC-W-PS SCENESTAR LED EXTENDA-LITES

Two (2) Akron Brass, Extenda-Lite, item ELSS-XLDC-W-PS with a Push-Up style telescoping pole equipped with side

mounting brackets shall be provided. All mounting brackets and pole fittings shall be heavy duty, cast aluminum and

powder painted white to match the light head. Each telescoping pole shall be equipped with a 150 watt light head with the

front bezel painted white. The light head shall contain 8 high power LEDs and a highly polished reflector. The light head

shall operate from 10-36 VDC and maintain stable light output of 19,000 lumens and constant power consumption of



10/22/13

67

150W (current = power / voltage). The light head shall tilt up and down with a heavy duty handle and shall be mounted on

to the top of the pole with a 3/4" swivel assembly. An on/off switch with weather-proof boot shall be provided on the

swivel assembly. The outside pole shall be fifty eight inches (58”) long and the inside pole shall be forty eight inches

(48”) in length as standard or lengths can be adjusted by the manufacturer as required to fit a specified mounting location.

All inside and outside poles shall be made only from drawn aluminum tubes. Each pole shall be deep etched, wire brushed

and clear anodized to ensure a corrosion free appearance and lasting durability. The Pull-Up telescoping pole shall rotate

360 degrees left or right. The apparatus manufacturer shall provide wiring for each of the installed lights and it shall be

capable of carrying the maximum load required by that light and protected by a properly sized circuit breaker. The

Extenda-Lite shall have a 5 year warranty. The SceneStar LED light head shall have a 6 year warranty.

Locations: One (1) each at the top mount pump pane

BODY PAINT FINISH

The body exterior shall have no mounted components prior to painting to assure full coverage of metal treatments. Box

pan compartment doors shall be painted separately to assure proper paint coverage on body, doorjambs, and door edges.

All painted surfaces shall follow the following procedure to insure a lasting finish:

• Metal surfaces shall be sanded to remove all burrs and imperfections, before etching and treatment.

• A wax & grease solvent shall be used to clean and prep the aluminum surface. The surface shall then be rinsed

with fresh water. This step removes wax, grease and other surface contaminants, thus leaving a bright, clean, and

conditioned surface.

• A self-etching, metal primer shall be applied next. The self-etching primer shall fill all of the minor imperfections,

scratches, etc. in the metal. This step produces a corrosion resisting conversion coating that prevents off oxidation

and other surface contaminants leaving a surface that gives excellent paint adhesion.

• A sandable primer shall be sprayed on the metal that seals the surface for the polyurethane paint. A minimum

coating thickness of 2 MIL shall be applied. Primer is then sanded smooth leaving the best surface for topcoat.

• The apparatus body shall then be painted with a minimum of three-(3) coats of color.

These steps are followed as recommended by the paint manufacturer to provide a lasting and high quality gloss finish.

DuPont shall provide all paint products.

BODY PAINT COLOR/CODE

The apparatus body paint code shall be White, 854064.

SCOTCHLITE STRIPE

There shall be a 6" wide Scotchlite stripe, with an additional 2" wide stripe located above. The 6" stripe will be blue in

color and the 2" red in color.

The cab stripe on the cab shall start below the headlights and slant upward toward the rear crew doors windows to match

Ladder 1.

Striping Layout: Reverse "Z" L1/R1



10/22/13

68

STRIPE - REAR REFLECTIVE

A minimum of fifty percent of the rear vertical surface of the unit shall be overlaid with a reflective material, installed in

an alternating "Chevron" pattern (sloping down and away from the centerline) at a 45-degree angle. Each stripe shall be 6”

wide and the colors of stripping shall be in compliance, with the current edition of NFPA 1901.

LETTERING

There shall be a maximum of sixty (60) 3" tall Scotchlite letters applied to the apparatus. The lettering shall also have a

one color Scotchlite shade applied.

Lettering shall be blue in color.

Shading shall be black in color.

DECAL INSTALLATION

Two (2) customer supplied decals shall be installed on the vehicle in a location designated by the department.

MECHANICAL PARTS & LABOR WARRANTY

There shall be a five-(5) year extended mechanical parts and labor warranty provided with the apparatus. The apparatus

shall be free of defects in material and workmanship for a warranty period of five-(5) year after the date on which the

apparatus is first delivered to the original purchaser.

BODY STRUCTURAL WARRANTY

There shall be a ten-(10) year body warranty on each new fire body/heavy-duty rescue apparatus. The bodies are to be free

of structural failures caused by defective design or workmanship for a warranty period of ten-(10) years after the date on

which the vehicle is first delivered to the original purchaser or 100,000 miles, whichever occurs first.

BODY PAINT/CORROSION WARRANTY

There shall be a four-(4) year paint/corrosion warranty provided. This warranty shall cover perforation, blistering, peeling,

or any other adhesion defects caused by defective manufacturing methods, or material selections, for a warranty period of

four-(4) years or 100,000 miles which occurs first, after the date of which the vehicle is first delivered to the original

purchaser.

10' FOLDING LADDER(S)

There shall be one (1) Alco-Lite Model FL-10, 10' folding ladder(s) provided with the apparatus. The ladder(s) shall be

aluminum, single-section with rubber feet. The ladder(s) shall meet or exceed the latest NFPA standards.

14' ROOF LADDER(S)



10/22/13

69

There shall be one (1) Alco-Lite Model FRL-14, 14' roof ladder(s) supplied with the apparatus. The ladder(s) shall be

fiberglass, single-section with folding steel roof hooks on one end and steel spurs at the other. The ladder(s) shall meet or

exceed the latest NFPA standards.

24' EXTENSION LADDER(S)

There shall be one (1) Alco-Lite model FEL-24, 24' two-section ladder(s) supplied with the apparatus. The extension

ladder(s) shall be fiberglass with steel spurs on one end. The ladder(s) shall meet or exceed the latest NFPA standards.

QUOTATION



Exp. Date: 10/26/2013

Quote No: 10272-0007

10/23/2013 Page 1

PART NO DESCRIPTION QTY ID

00-03-0000 Proposal Response - NFPA Statement 1

00-04-0220 Apparatus Purchase - Buy Board Contract 1 FE

00-10-0220 Performance Bond 1

00-12-0420 Manufacturer - Virtual 1 FE

00-12-0820 Certified Welders 1 FE

00-12-1020 Body Weight 1 FE

00-14-0620 Drawings - Approval 1 FE

00-16-0220 Preconstruction Conference - Factory (Airfare/Lodging/Meals) Per Person 2 FE

00-16-6220 Final Inspection - Factory (Airfare/Lodging/Meals) Per Person 4 FE

00-18-0820 Vehicle Transportation - Over the Road (Per Mile) 690 FE

00-18-0825 Delivery Time: 240 Days 1

00-22-0220 Service - Company Contacts 1 FE

00-22-0620 Service - Company Vehicles 1 FE

00-22-0820 Service - Replacement Parts 1 FE

19-00-0000 Apparatus Manuals - CD 1

19-00-0005 Apparatus Manual - Hard Copy 1

00-B2-0420 Custom XD Full Tilt Cab - INFERNO 1 FE

WHEELBASE / FRAMERAILS / COMPONENTS / ACCESSORIES 1 FE

02-A2-2020 Wheelbase: 223" 1

02-A4-0620 Framerail - Double Full Length 1 FE

02-A4-2020 Framerail - Paint, Gloss Black 1 FE

02-A6-1420 Tow Hooks - Chrome, Below the Bumper 1 FE

FRONT BUMPERS / COMPONENTS / ACCESSORIES 1 FE

02-B2-0420 Front Bumper - 12" High, Polished Stainless Steel w/Steel Backing Plate 1 FE

02-C4-2220 Front Bumper Extension - 24" 1 FE

02-D2-0220 Gravelshield - Front Bumper Extension 1 FE

02-D4-0620 Compartment - Front Bumper, Center 1 FE The tray will have a capacity of 200' of 1-3/4" double jacket cotton-polyester hose.

02-E4-0420 Restraining Strap - Center Compartment 1 FE

02-P2-0420 Air Horn - PS Thru Bumper (P2) 1 FE

02-P2-1020 Air Horn - DS Thru Bumper (P6) 1 FE

02-P6-0420 Switch - Air Horn, Officer's Side Floor 1 FE

02-P8-0220 Air Horn Wiring - Active in Response Mode Only 1 FE

02-P8-0820 Switch - Horn/Horn Selector 1 FE

02-R2-0220 Speaker - PS Thru Bumper (P1) 1 FE

02-R2-1420 Speaker - DS Thru Bumper (P7) 1 FE

02-R4-0420 Siren Speaker - Cast Product 100 1 FE

02-R4-0420 Siren Speaker - Cast Product 100 1 FE

FRONT AXLES / COMPONENTS / ACCESSORIES 1 FE

04-A2-0820 Front Axle - 22,500 Pounds, Meritor MFS-20 1 FE

04-A6-0620 Steering System - TRW Over 21,500 Pounds 1 FE

10/23/2013 Page 2


04-B2-1020 Front Suspension - 22,500 Pounds, Parabolic 1 FE

04-C2-0620 Front Brakes - Disc, Meritor EX-225 1 FE

04-C4-0220 Cramp Angle - 41 Degrees 1 FE

04-D4-1020 Front Tires - Michelin 425/65R 22.5 "L" XFE 22,500 Pounds 1 FE

04-E2-2820 Front Wheels - Aluminum (425 Tires) 1 FE

04-E4-0220 Wheel Trim - Front, Baby Moons/Lug Nut Covers 1 FE

04-E4-2020 Mud Flaps - Front 1 FE

SINGLE REAR AXLES / COMPONENTS / ACCESSORIES 1 FE

04-G2-0420 Rear Axle - 27,000 Pounds, Meritor RS-25-160 1 FE

04-K2-8020 Rear Suspension - 27,000 Pounds, Spring 1 FE

04-M2-0220 Standard Differential - Single Axle 1 FE

04-M6-0820 Vehicle Top Speed: 65-68 MPH 1 FE

04-P2-0220 Rear Brakes - S-Cam 16-1/2" x 7" 1 FE

04-R4-0820 Rear Tires - Michelin 12R22.5 "H" XDS 27,000 Pounds 1 FE

04-S2-2020 Rear Wheels - Aluminum (11R/12R Tires) 1 FE

04-S6-1620 Tire Pressure Monitor (2 Axles) - Advantage Pressure Pro 1 FE

04-T2-0220 Wheel Trim - Rear, Lincoln Hats 1 FE

04-T2-6060 Mud Flaps - Rear 1 FE

AIR BRAKE SYSTEM / COMPONENTS 1 FE

06-A2-0220 Harness and Hose Routing System 1 FE

06-A2-0420 Air Brake System - Color Coded Nylon w/1/4 Turn Drain Valves 1 FE

06-A2-4020 Chassis Air System Fittings - Push-Lock Type 1 FE

06-A4-0220 Anti-Lock Brakes - Wabco 4 Channel 4S/4M 1 FE

06-A8-0420 Tilt Table Testing w/Wabco 4 Channel ABS System 1 FE

06-B4-2420 Air Dryer - Wabco System Saver 1200 1 FE

ENGINES / COMPONENTS / ACCESSORIES 1 FE

08-A4-0420 Engine - 450 HP, Cummins ISX12 (EPA 2013) 1 FE

08-B2-0420 Engine Brake - Cummins ISX Engine 1 FE

ENGINE / COMPONENTS / COOLING SYSTEM - ISX 1 FE

08-C2-0220 Cooling System - Cummins Engine 1 FE

08-C2-1220 Cooling System Fan - Cummins ISX 1 FE

08-C2-2020 Engine Coolant Filter - Cummins 1 FE

08-C2-2420 Radiator Coolant - Standard 1 FE

08-C2-4020 Coolant Hoses - Silicone 1 FE

08-C2-4420 Coolant Hose Clamps - Constant Tension 1 FE

08-C2-6020 Auxiliary Engine Cooler 1 FE

ENGINE / COMPONENTS / CHARGING SYSTEMS 1 FE

08-D2-0620 Alternator - 320 AMP, Leece Neville 178-131-100 1 FE

08-E2-0620 Battery System - 6 Group 31 1 FE

08-E4-0220 Battery Boxes - Stainless Steel 1 FE

08-E4-6020 Battery Jumper Studs 1 FE

08-E4-8420 Termination Point - Driver's Step Area 1 FE

08-E6-0220 Battery Master Load Disconnect 1 FE

08-E6-0420 Total System Manager w/High Idle - Class 1 1 FE

08-E8-4420 Battery / Air Charger - Kussmaul Pump Plus 1200 091-193-12 1 FE

08-G4-0220 Cover - Battery Charging Receptacle Yellow, Kussmaul 091-3YW 1 FE

08-G4-2020 Receptacle - Kussmaul 20 AMP/120 VOLT 1 Location: Driver's side cab wheel well area

08-G8-8220 Plate - Shore Power Inlet 1 FE

TRANSMISSION / COMPONENTS / ACCESSORIES 1 FE

10-A2-1220 Transmission - Allison 4000 EVS 1 FE

10-A4-0620 Transmission Push Button Shifter - 5 Speed 1 FE

10-H2-0420 Driveline - 1810 Series 1 FE

10-H4-1820 Fire Pump Installation 1 FE

FUEL SYSTEM / COMPONENTS 1 FE

10/23/2013 Page 3


10-J2-0220 Fuel Tank - 50 Gallon 1 FE

10-J2-2020 Cooler - Auxiliary Fuel 1 FE

10-J4-0220 Fuel Lines - Reinforced Wire Braided 1 FE

10-J4-0420 Valve - Fuel Shutoff (Each) 2 FE

10-J4-0820 Fuel Filter - Cummins 1 FE

10-J6-0525 DEF System w/5 Gallon Tank - Left Rear Under Cab - XMFD and Up 1 FE

10-J8-8020 DEF Fill w/Door - Left Crew Cab Extension 1 FE

10-M2-0820 Exhaust System - EPA 13 Particulate Filer/SCR 1 FE

CAB CONFIGURATIONS - INFERNO XD - SMFD thru XLFD 1 FE

12-E8-1820 Custom XD 100" XMFD Cab w/8" Raised Roof (Raised Dog House) 1 FE

12-P2-0620 Cab Doors - Full Length, 4 Door Raised Roof Cab 1 FE

12-P4-0220 Cab Door Hinges - Concealed 1 FE

12-P6-0820 Cab Door Locks - Manual Paddle Type (4 Door Cab) 1 FE

12-P8-0420 Window Regulators - Manual (4 Door Cab) 1 FE

12-R2-0620 Window - Left Side Fixed, Raised Roof Cab 1 FE

12-R2-0820 Window - Right Side Fixed, Raised Roof Cab 1 FE

12-R4-0420 Cab Tilt Lock Suspension (Full Tilt Cab) 1 FE

12-R4-2020 Cab Tilt Electric Pump 1 FE

CUSTOM CAB - EXTERIOR PAINT FINISH 1 FE

12-T2-0220 Paint - Custom Cab, Single Color 1 FE

12-T4-1020 Upper Cab Paint Color/Code: White 854064 1 FE

CUSTOM CAB - EXTERIOR TRIM COMPONENTS 1 FE

14-A2-0220 Front Grille 1 FE

14-A2-1420 Side Grilles w/Ember Separator - Notched Right Side 1 FE

14-A4-0820 Cab Mirrors - Heated/Remote, Ramco Cowl Mounted 1 FE

14-A6-2020 Exterior Trim - Rear Step Well w/Removable Battery Access Covers 1 FE

14-A6-8220 Exterior Trim - Tread Plate, Back of Cab 1 FE

CUSTOM CAB - INTERIOR TRIM COMPONENTS 1 FE

14-G2-0220 Additional Cab Insulation - VL-37 Spray 1 FE

14-G4-0220 Interior Cab Finish - "F-Shield" Dark Gray 1 FE

14-G4-2420 Interior Trim - Black Floor Mats/Engine Tunnel Covering 1 FE

14-G6-0420 Interior Trim - Grab Handles (4 Door Cab) 1 FE

14-H2-0820 Interior Trim - Upper Door Panels "F-Shield" (4 Door Cab) 1 FE

14-H2-4220 Interior Trim - Lower Door Panels "F-Shield" (4 Door Cab) 1 FE

14-H4-0420 Interior Trim - Lower Door Panels Reflective Material (4 Door Cab) 1 FE

14-H4-2620 Engine Runnel Reinforcement - Expanded Metal 1 FE

CUSTOM CAB - INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS 1 FE

14-K2-0220 Cab Instrumentation & Controls - Standard Gauges 1 FE

14-K2-0620 Driver's Information Display Panel 1 FE

14-K2-0820 Chassis Electrical System - Standard Wiring 1 FE

14-K2-2020 Doghouse Mounted Switch Panel 1 FE

14-K2-8220 Vehicle Data Recorder (VDR) w/Seat Belt Warning - Class 1 1 FE

14-K4-0420 Seat Belt Warning System Panel - Class 1 1 FE

14-K4-4020 Steering Column w/Self Canceling Turn Signals - Douglas 1 FE

14-K6-4220 Switch - Manual Fast Idle 1 FE

14-P2-1620 Heat/Air Conditioning - Under Dash and Rear Crew Area 1 FE

CUSTOM CAB / SEATING / AIR BAG PROTECTION / EMS COMPARTMENTS 1 FE

16-A8-0620 Seat Material - Durawear 1 FE

16-A8-1420 Seat Color - Black 1 FE

16-B4-0220 Driver Seat - Bostrom Sierra Air-100 Hi Back Air Ride 1 FE

16-B4-0620 Officer Seat - Bostrom Tanker 450 Fixed SCBA 1 FE

16-B6-2220 Cab Seat Air Bottle Bracket - Smart Dock Gen II 1 FE

16-B6-4020 Filler Panel For SCBA Seat 1 FE

16-B6-8220 Compartment Under Officer's Seat 1 FE

16-D4-0420 Officer's Side RF Crew Seat - Bostrom Tanker 450 Fixed SCBA 1 FE

16-D6-4220 Cab Seat Air Bottle Bracket - Smart Dock Gen II 1 FE

10/23/2013 Page 4


16-D8-6020 Filler Panel For SCBA Seat 1 FE

16-E4-1020 Inboard FF Crew Seats (2) - Bostrom Tanker 450 Fixed Bottom SCBA 1 FE

16-E6-4220 Cab Seat Air Bottle Brackets - Smart Dock Gen II 1 FE

16-E8-6020 Filler Panels For SCBA Seat (2) 1 FE

CUSTOM CAB - ACCESSORIES 1 FE

16-M2-2620 Radio Antenna Installation - Customer Supplied (Each) 2 FE

16-M2-6020 12-Volt Power and Ground Studs (2) 1 Locations: The 50-amp power stud shall be located in the center dash electrical panel and the 30-amp

power stud shall be located in the crew area

16-M4-2620 Electronic Siren - Whelen 295HFS2 1 FE

16-M6-2020 Back-Up Alarm 1 FE

CUSTOM CAB - INTERIOR LIGHTING 1 FE

16-P2-0420 Light - Cab Dome, LED Red/Clear (6) 1 FE

16-P2-4020 Light - Open Door w/Alarm, Whelen TIR3 LED 1 FE

16-P4-0220 Light - Step Well, LED (4) 1 FE

16-R4-0220 Light - Engine Maintenance (2) 1 FE

CUSTOM CAB - EXTERIOR ILLUMINATION 1 FE

18-A2-0620 Front Cab Lighting - "M" Series LED 1 FE

18-A4-0220 Headlights - Halogen 1 FE

18-A6-0820 Lights - Turn Signal, "M" Series LED (Headlight Module Mounted) 1 FE

18-A6-1220 Lights - Turn Signal/Marker, LED 1 FE

18-A6-6020 Lights - Corning, LED 1 FE

18-A6-6220 Lights - DOT, LED 1 FE

18-B2-0620 Lightbar - 72" Forward Facing, Whelen FN72QLED 2FLDRR 1 FE

18-B2-2220 Opticom Emitter - Lightbar Mounted, 3M 795 LED 1 FE

18-B4-1220 Lights - Inboard Lower Front Warning, Whelen M6 LED M6 (Red) 1 FE

18-B6-1020 Lights - Bumper Warning, Whelen M6 LED (Red) Pair 1 FE

18-B8-1020 Lights - Cab Wheel Well Warning, Whelen M6 LED (Blue) Pair 1

18-D2-0820 Lights - Cab Ground, LED (4 Door Cab) 1 FE

CAB INFORMATION PLATES 1 FE

18-P4-0220 Plate - Occupancy/Seat Belt 1 FE

18-P4-0420 Plate - "Do Not Wear Helmet While Seated" 1 FE

18-P4-1020 Plate - Apparatus Movement Warning 1 FE

WARRANTIES / MANUALS / DIAGNOSTIC SOFTWARE 1 FE

18-R2-0820 Warranty - Cab/Chassis Parts & Labor, 5-Year 1 FE

18-R2-1020 Warranty - Cab Structural, 10-Year/100,000 Miles 1 FE

18-R2-1220 Warranty - Cab Paint, 4-Year/100,000 Miles 1

18-R2-1420 Warranty - Frame Rails 1 FE

18-R2-1620 Warranty - Meritor Axle 1 FE

18-R2-2020 Warranty - Cummins Engine, 5-Year/100,000 Miles 1 FE

18-R2-4020 Warranty - Allision Automatic Transmission, 5-Year/Unlimited Miles 1 FE

18-R6-0220 Manuals - Chassis Operation (2) - CD's 1 FE

18-R6-4820 Wiring Diagrams - Cab/Chassis Standard (CD) 1 FE

71-04-0820 Light - 12-Volt Brow Mount, Whelen Pioneer LED PFP2-FFA 2 FE Locations: One (1) each side of the cab roof, above the side intake grilles

18-P2-0220 Plate - Carrying Capacity NFPA 1 FE

18-P2-2620 Plate - Seating Capacity 5 People 1 FE

18-P4-0620 Plate - Overall Height/Length/Weight 1 FE

18-P4-0820 Plate - Fluid Capacity 1 FE

18-P4-1220 Plate - "Do Not Ride" 1 FE

20-A2-4020 PUMP MODULE - TOP MOUNT EXTRUDED ALUMINUM 1 FE No pump house lights is required.

20-A4-2220 Separate Pump Module - Extruded 1 FE

10/23/2013 Page 5


20-A4-4020 Trim - Dunnage Area, Tread Plate 1 FE

20-C4-0420 Pump Panels - Black Anodized Aluminum 1 FE

20-C6-1220 Fully Hinged Pump Panels - Left/Right Side 1 FE

20-D2-0220 Extruded Light Shield - Top Console 1 FE

20-D2-0420 Extruded Light Shield - Left Side 1 FE

20-D2-0620 Extruded Light Shield - Right Side 1 FE

20-D4-0220 Light - Top Pump Panel, OnScene LED Access 1 FE

20-D6-0220 Light - Left Side Pump Panel, OnScene LED Access 1 FE

20-D6-1220 Light - Right Side Pump Panel, OnScene LED Access 1 FE

20-D6-6220 Pump Panel Light Activation 1 FE

20-F2-0620 Walkway - 24" Top Mount w/Tool Compartments 1 The tool compartments shall be used to store wheel chocks.

20-F2-1020 Steps - Top Mount, Between Walkway & Running Board (Pair) 1 FE The steps shall be 8" wide, located behind the tool compartment doors.

20-F4-0220 Running Board - Aluminum Tread Plate, Left Side 1 FE

20-F4-1420 Running Board - Aluminum TP w/Hose Tray (Rubber Flooring), Right Side 1 FE

20-G4-0220 Handrails - Top Mount Walkway 30" (Pair) 1 FE

20-H2-0220 Compartment - Handset, Pump Panel 1 FE

20-J2-0220 Gauges - 4-1/2" Master Suction/Pressure, Metal Face 1 FE

20-J4-1620 Pressure Governor - FRC Pump Boss PBA400-A00 1 FE

20-J6-0220 Gauges - 2-1/2" Pressure, Metal Face 1 FE The gauges shall be installed at each discharge control on the pump operator's panel. On side mount pump

applications each gauge shall incorporate a Thuemling Instrument Group 1-piece module assembly

consisting of the gauge, push-pull and trim bezel.

20-J6-6220 Gauge Bezels - Color Coded 1 FE

20-M4-0220 Tags - Pump Panel, Color Coded (Metal) 1 FE

22-A4-0820 Pump System - Waterous CSU (1500-2000 GPM) Single Stage 1 FE

22-F4-0220 Packing Glands - Waterous 1 FE

22-F4-1420 Flame Plated Impeller Hub - Waterous 1 FE

22-G2-0420 Pump Shift - w/Manual Override 1 FE

22-J4-0220 Primer - Pump, Waterous VPO (Oil Less) 1 FE

22-M2-0220 Anodes - Pump Corrosion (Each) 3 FE Locations: One (1) on the discharge side and two (2) on the suction side, one each side of the pump

22-M2-0225 Anode Pro Monitor 1

22-P2-0620 Valve - Master Pump Drain 1 FE

22-R2-0420 U.L. Test Points 1 FE

22-R2-1820 Certification - U.L. 1500 GPM Pump 1 FE

22-R4-0420 Plate - Pump Test Certification 1 FE

22-S4-0220 Warranty - Waterous Pumps 1 FE

22-S8-0220 Manuals - Pump 1 FE

24-A4-4020 Suction Header - 6" w/Long Handle Cap, Left Side 1 FE

24-B4-4020 Suction Header - 6" w/Long Handle Cap, Right Side 1 FE

24-I2-1020 Manifold - Accessory Discharge, Waterous F-2700 H-MANIFOLD 2

24-J4-1020 Valve - Thermal Relief Valve w/Light, Waterous OPM 82516-1A 1 FE

24-J8-0420 Valve - Intake Relief, Akron 59 1 FE

24-R2-0620 Tank-To-Pump - 3" Valve w/Lever Control 1 FE

24-S6-2620 Tank Fill - 2-1/2" Valve w/Lever Control 1 FE

24-T2-0420 Cooler - Engine, 1/2" Line w/ 1/4 Turn Valve 1 FE

24-T2-0620 Cooler - Pump, 3/8" Line w/ 1/4 Turn Valve 1 FE

24-W2-0220 Plumbing - Galvanized Steel 1 FE

10/23/2013 Page 6


24-W4-0220 Paint - Pump and Plumbing, Black 1 FE

VALVE PACKAGE - AKRON - Controls Lever 1 FE

26-C2-0000 SUCTION INLETS 1 FE

26-D2-0620 Suction - LPF, 2-1/2" Valve w/Lever Control at Top Mount Panel 1 FE

28-00-0000 DISCHARGE OUTLETS 1 FE

28-00-0220 All 2-1/2" Side Discharge Outlets Terminate 30-Degree REMOVABLE Elbows 1 All 2-1/2" side discharge outlets shall terminate with chrome-plated REMOVABLE 30-Degree elbows,

2-1/2" MNST threads, chrome vented cap, and chain.

28-A6-0420 Discharge - Front Bumper w/ Swivel - thru Tread Plate (PS) 1 FE

28-A8-2820 Discharge - Front Bumper, 2-1/2" Valve w/Lever Control 1 FE

28-A8-6020 Discharge - Front Bumper - Tread Plate Stop 1 FE

28-F4-8020 Walkway Speedlay No. 1 - Double Lay, 2" Valve w/Lever Control 1 FE

28-F4-8620 Walkway Speedlay No. 2 - Double Lay, 2" Valve w/Lever Control 1 FE

28-F6-1020 Cover - Aluminum w/End Flaps (2) Speedlays 1 FE

28-F8-0220 Cover - End Flaps w/Snaps, Speedlays (2) 1 FE

28-F8-2020 Cover Color: Blue 1

28-H8-1220 Discharge - LPF, 2-1/2" Akron Valve w/Lever Control 1 FE

28-J8-1220 Discharge - LPR, 2-1/2" Akron Valve w/Lever Control 1 FE

28-M2-1220 Discharge - RPF, 2-1/2" Akron Valve w/Lever Control 1 FE

28-P6-1220 Discharge - RPR, 2-1/2" Akron Valve w/Lever Control 1 FE

28-Q6-1020 Discharge - Deck Gun, 3" Akron Valve w/Lever Control 1 FE

28-R4-0620 Monitor - Akron Apollo 3433 w/Pipes & Tips 1 FE

28-V6-1020 Discharge - Left Rear, 2-1/2" Akron Valve w/Lever Control 1 FE

92-C4-0220 Elbow - 2-1/2 FNST x 2-1/2" MNST Chrome 30 Degree, Trident 01.010.0 1 FE Location: 2-1/2" left rear discharge

32-E2-2020 Return Line - Fill Subsurface 1 FE

32-B2-1220 Water Tank - Polypropylene, 1000 Gallons (1/2-T) 1 FE

32-D8-0220 Warranty - Poly Water Tank, Lifetime 1 FE

32-D8-0420 Certification - NFPA Water Tank Size 1 FE

34-B2-0220 Gauge - Water Level, Tank Vision WLA200-A00 1 FE

34-B2-0620 Gauge - Water Level, Whelen PSTANK (FRC) 1 FE Includes FRC WL2900 driver.

60-00-5550 Body - Rescue Style Left/Right, Ladder Beside Tank (44/66/36) 1

60-04-4300 Vertical Load Test - Body 1 FE

60-05-0400 Body Modification - 102" Wide Body 1

60-05-0405 Body Modification - Compartment Height Raise (Per Inch) 9

60-12-0225 Compartment Door - Side Roll Up, ROM Satin Finish 6

60-12-0245 Compartment Door - Rear Roll Up, ROM Satin Finish 1

60-19-0500 Compartment - Rear Full Height, Extruded Body 1 FE

60-19-3400 Compartment - Rear Pike Pole/Ladder Storage (RS) 1 FE

65-00-0000 Body Trim Package (No Rear Stanchions) 1

65-00-0010 Fuel Fill - Recessed with Door 1 FE

65-00-1000 Rubrail - Extruded Aluminum 1 FE

65-00-3000 Step - 16" Rear, Aluminum Tread Plate 1

65-00-4400 Tow Eyes - Rear, Below Body (Pair) 1 FE

65-00-7000 Handrail - Below Hose Bed 1 FE

65-01-4500 Cover - Hose Bed, Hypalon 1 FE

65-01-6020 Cover - End Flaps w/Snaps, Hose Bed 1 FE

65-01-6060 Cover Color: Blue 1

65-01-6600 Divider - Hose Bed, Pumper 1 FE

65-01-8000 Hose Bed Capacity 1

65-02-0900 Shelf - Adjustable, 29-36" x 24-28"D (Each) 1 FE Location: Compartment B1

10/23/2013 Page 7


65-02-1000 Shelf - Adjustable, 37-48"W x 24-28"D (Each) 1 FE Location: Compartment R1

65-02-1220 Shelf - Adjustable, 29-36"W x 12-15"D (Each) 1 FE Location: Compartment L3

65-02-1230 Shelf - Adjustable, 37-48"W x 12-15"D (Each) 1 FE Location: Compartment L1

65-02-1232 Shelf - Adjustable, 48-60"W x 12-15"D (Each 1 FE Location: Compartment L2

65-02-1250 Shelf - Additional Adjustable, 29-36"W x 12-15"D (Each) 1 FE Location: Compartment L3

65-02-1260 Shelf - Additional Adjustable, 37-48"W x 12-15"D (Each) 1 FE Location: Compartment L1

65-02-1500 Shelf - Additional Adjustable, 29-36"W x 24-28"D (Each) 1 FE Location: Compartment B1

65-02-3420 Divider - Compartment (Each) 2 FE Locations: Compartments L3 and R3 to separate from compartment B1

65-03-0700 Tray - 250 Pound Roll-Out, 37-48"W x 24-28"D (Each) 1 FE Location: Compartment L1 (adjustable, lower section)

65-02-3500 Step - Chrome Folding, Front of Body (Each) 6 FE Locations: Three (3) each side of the apparatus on the front compartment face

65-02-5000 Steps - LED Lighted, Rear (4) 1 FE Locations: Left rear of apparatus

70-00-0030 Electrical System - (Body Only!) 1 FE

70-00-0100 Electrical, 12-Volt Testing 1 FE

70-00-0600 EMI/RFI Protection 1 FE

70-01-5700 Lower LED Lights (Zone B/D) - Whelen M6 Super LED M6R (Pair) 1 Locations: One (1) each side on rear tailboard ends

70-01-5705 Lower LED Lights (Zone B/D) - Whelen M6 Super LED M6B (Pair) 1 Locations: One (1) each side in body wheel well area

70-01-5720 Lower LED Lights (Zone B/D) - Whelen LIN3 Super LED RSB02ZCR (Pair) 1 Locations: One (1) each side below compartments L1/R1, forward portion in the rub rails

70-01-5725 Lower LED Lights (Zone B/D) - Whelen LIN3 Super LED RSR02ZCR (Pair) 1 Locations: One (1) each side below compartments L3/R3, rearward portion in the rub rails

70-01-5800 Lower LED Lights (Zone C) - Whelen M6 Super LED M6R (Each) 1 Location: Left rear of the apparatus, above the tail light housing

70-01-5805 Lower LED Lights (Zone C) - Whelen M6 Super LED M6B (Each) 1 Location: Right rear of the apparatus, above the tail light housing

70-01-5900 Upper Front LED Lights (Zone B/D) - Whelen M6 Super LED M6R (Pair) 1

10/23/2013 Page 8


70-01-6000 Upper Rear LED Lights (Zone B/D) - Whelen M6 Super LED M6R (Pair) 1

70-01-6100 Upper Rear LED Lights (Zone C) - Whelen M6 Super LED M6B (Each) 1 Locations: Left upper rear of apparatus

70-01-6105 Upper Rear LED Lights (Zone C) - Whelen M6 Super LED M6R (Each) 1 Locations: Right upper rear of apparatus

70-05-3820 Lights - LED Clearance and Maker, Whelen OS Series 1 FE

70-05-4700 Lights - Stop/Turn (LED) & Back-Up (Halogen), Whelen 600 1 FE

70-05-5500 Lights - License 1 FE

70-05-7000 Lights - 6" Deck (2), Unity Halogen 1 FE Locations: One (1) each side rear of apparatus, mounted on the compartment tops

70-06-3140 Light - Underbody, Whelen LED (Each) 4 FE Locations: TBD

70-10-1120 Light - (1) Compartment - 26" Access Night Stik - 73026 4 FE Locations: Compartment L2 (2) and compartment R2 (2)

70-10-2820 Light - (1) Compartment - 54" Access Night Stik - 73054 10 FE Locations: Compartment L1 (2), compartment L3 (2), compartment R1 (2), compartment R3 (2) and

compartment B1 (2)

70-10-8020 Switch - Compartment Open Door Indicator (Ea.) 8 FE

71-02-2232 LED Telescopic Light - Akron SceneStar ELSS-XLDC-W-PS 2 Locations: One (1) each at the top mount pump pane

80-C2-0220 Paint - Body, Single Color 1 FE

80-C4-1020 Body Paint Color/Code: White 854064 1 FE

80-E2-0220 Stripe - Scotchlite, 2-6 Double 1

80-E2-0425 Striping Layout: Reverse "Z" L1/R1 1

80-E8-0220 Stripe - Rear Chevron Pattern 1 FE

80-G2-0420 Lettering - 3" Scotchlite w/Shaded 1 FE

80-G4-1220 Lettering Color - Blue 1 FE

80-G6-0820 Shading Color: Black 1 FE

80-H2-0820 Decals Installation - Customer Supplied (Pair) 1 FE

98-A2-0820 Warranty - Mechanical Parts & Labor, 5-Year 1

98-A4-0420 Warranty - Body Structure, 10-Year 1 FE

98-A6-0220 Warranty - Paint/Corrosion, 4-Year 1 FE

90-C2-0420 Ladder - 10' Folding Attic, Alco-Lite FL-10 1 FE

90-D2-0420 Ladder - 14' Roof, Fiberglass Alco-Lite FRL-14 1 FE

90-E2-1020 Ladder - 24' Extension, Fiberglass Alco-Lite - FEL-24 1 FE

Technology

December 3, 2013 Agenda packet